Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 245

10-11-LO :uo paA~a~a~

·:-Jooqpu·eLf
6u~~aau~Bu3 ~o ~~~n~e~
·ou~~aau~ou3
~o ~~~n~e~ ·~aup~s
'~B010UL.f~al ~o ~~~s~aA~un
I'JC)5(j(1
p<i~OlJ
1
JJ
~dO:J
zooz
I UNIVERSITY OF
TECHNOLOGY SYDNEY

UTS: ENGINEERING
H NOB 2002

DISCLAIMER
This publication contains information which is current at 14 September 2001.
Changes in circumstances after this date may impact upon the accuracy or
currency of the information. The University takes all due care to ensure that
the information contained here is accurate, but reserves the right to vary any
information described in this publication without notice. More up-to-date
information is published on line at:
www.uts.edu.a u/d iv/pu blicatio ns
Readers are responsible for verifying information which pertains to them by
contacting the Faculty or the UTS Student lnfo & Ad m in Centre.
2

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY
it is the policy of UTS to provide equal opportunity
for all persons regardless of race; colour;
descent; national or ethnic origin; ethno-religious
background; sex; marital status; pregnancy;
potential pregnancy; carer's responsibilities;
disability; age; homosexuality; transgender
status; political conviction; and religious belief.

FREE SPEECH
UTS supports the right to freedom of speech and
the rights of its members to contribute to the
diversity of views presented in our society.

NON-DISCRIMINATORY LANGUAGE
UTS has adopted the use of non-discriminatory
language as a key strategy in providing equal
opportunity for all staff and students. Guidelines
for the use of non-discriminatory language have
been developed and all members of the University
community are encouraged to use them.
www. equity. ut s. ed u .au/resou rces/la n guage. ht m I

ACCESS UTS ON THE WEB


www.uts.edu.au
Faculty Handbooks and Calendar
www. uts. e du. au/d iv/ publications/
UTS Rules and Policies
www. uts. ed u .a u/ d iv/p u b licatio ns/po lie i es/

EDITORIAL AND PRODUCTION


Publications
Corporate Affairs Unit
Registrar·s Division

COVER
Design by Emery Vincent Design
Production by UTS External Relations Unit

COPYRIGHT STATEMENT
©All rights reserved. No part of this publication
may be reproduced in any form by any process,
electronic or otherwise, without the prior written
permission of the University of Technology,
Sydney, except as permitted by the Copyright
Act 1968.
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION 6
Welcome 6
About the UTS handbooks 6
Student inquiries 7
Applications 8
Fees and costs 9
HECS 9
Postgraduate Education Loans Scheme [PELS] 10
Financial help 11
UTS Library 11
University Graduate School 11
International Exchange Student Scheme 12
Support for student learning 12
Student learning centres 14
Equity and diversity 15
Jumbunna, lnd1genous House of Learning 15
NSW child protection legislation 16
Other services 16
Environment, health, safety and security 17
Campus life 19
Principal dates for 2002 20

FACULTY INFORMATION 24
Welcome to the Faculty of Engineering 24
History 24
Mission 25
Practice-based engineering education 25
Women in Engineering program 26
International Engineering programs 27
Structure of the Faculty 27
Location 27
Research programs 28
Associated centres 28
Principal contacts 29
Professional bodies in engineering 30
Academic staff groups- areas of professional interest 31
Engineering learning and design centres 35
Other support centres 35
Engineering clubs and societies 35
Endowments, prizes and scholarships 35
4

UNDERGRADUATE COURSES 41
Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in Engineering Practice [E001] 41
General degree, without major 49
MaJors 50
Civil Engineering major {0 7I 50
Civil and Environmental Engineenng ma;or {02} 57
Computer Systems Engineering major {03} 53
Construction Engineering ma;or {lA) 54
Electrical Engineering major {04} 55
Mechanical Engineering major {06} 57
Mechanical and Mechatronic Engineering major {2A} 58
Software Engineering major {08} 59
Telecommunications Engineering major {07} 60
Bachelor of Engineenng [E007] 62
Bachelor of Engineer1ng Science IE006] 62

Combined degree courses 67


Bachelor of Engineenng, Bachelor of Arts in International Studies,
Diploma 1n Engineering Practice [E002] 67
Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Business [E005] 69
Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Business, Diploma in Engineering Practice [EOOBI 70
Bachelor of Engineenng, Bachelor of Science [E013] 71
Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Medical Science [E015] 71
Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Biotechnology ltba] 71
Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Science, Diploma in Engineering Practice [E014] 76
Bachelor of Engineering Science, Bachelor of Laws ILL 14] 77

International exchange programs 79

International Studies electives 80

POSTGRADUATE COURSES 81

The Faculty of Engineering 81

Research programs and centres 81

Continuing professional education 87

Information for students 88

Research degrees 92
Doctor of Philosophy [EP99] 92
Master of Engineering [by thesis] [EP98] 94

Groundwater research degrees 96


Docter of Philosophy IE055] 96
Master of Engineering [E0 56] 96

Specialist coursework awards 96


Master of Engineering Management [EP85] 96
MBA [Engineering Management and Policy major] 97
Master of Environmental Engineering Management IEP89] 98
Master of Engineering in Groundwater Management IE057] 99
Graduate Diploma in Engineering in Groundwater Management [E061] 100
Graduate Certificate in Environmental Engineering Management IEP54) 101
Graduate Certificate in Engineering Management [EP57) 102
5

Coursework awards- general 103


Master of Engineering Iby coursework) IEP81 I 103
Master of Engineering Studies IEP88) 105
Master of Engineering Studies !Honours) IEP91 I 105
Graduate Certificate in Engineering IEP51 I 107

Postgraduate program majors 108

ELSSA LANGUAGE STUDY SKILLS ASSISTANCE CENTRE 112


Undergraduate Programs for International Students 112
Postgraduate program 114
ELSSA subject descriptions 115

SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS 119


Subjects offered by the other faculties 176
International Studies subjects 207

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF SUBJECTS 222


Subjects offered by the other faculties 224

BOARDS AND COMMITTEES 226

STAFF LIST 228

INDEX 232

UTS CONTACTS 238

MAPS 239
6

GENERAL INFORMATION

WELCOME ABOUT THE UTS


HANDBOOKS
Welcome to the University of Technology,
Sydney (UTS), one of the largest universities
Every year UTS produces 10 faculty /institute
in New South Wales- a university with an
handbooks which provide the latest infor-
international reputation for quality programs
mation on approved courses and subjects to
and flexible learning. UTS develops and
be offered in the following year. These hand-
regularly revises its programs of study in
books include comprehensive details about
partnership with industry, government and
course content and structure, subject and
professional bodies, so that its degrees are
elective choices, attendance patterns, credit-
based on the latest professional standards and
point requirements, and important faculty
current practices. As a result, UTS produces
and student information. Many of them also
graduates who are ready for work, and this is
contain faculty policies and guidelines for
demonstrated in the high numbers of its
participation in specific courses. This provides
students who are members of the workforce
students with the necessary information to
within a few months of finishing their degree.
meet the requirements of the course, complete
UTS offers its students a lively, supportive and a program of study, and receive a degree.
diverse learning environment across three
UTS also produces a companion volume to
campuses, and a range of social, cultural and
these handbooks every year. The UTS:
sporting facilities to enrich each student's
Calendar contains the University Act, By-law
experience. UTS regards learning as a lifelong
and Rules, a list of courses offered across the
experience, and offers a range of programs to
University, and other useful University
cater for the educational needs of people at a
information. Copies of the faculty /institute
variety of stages in their lives, and from
handbooks and the UTS: Calendar are held in
diverse backgrounds and cultures.
the University's libraries and faculty offices
UTS offers undergraduate and postgraduate and can be purchased at the Co-op Bookshop.
degrees, developed by the Faculties of
Every effort is made to ensure that the
Business; Design, Architecture and Building;
information contained in the handbooks and
Education; Engineering; Humanities and
the Calendar is correct at the time of printing.
Social Sciences; Information Technology; Law;
However, UTS is continuously updating and
Nursing, Midwifery and Health; and Science.
reviewing courses and services to ensure that
Each of these faculties is responsible for
they meet needs, current and emerging, and
programs across a number of key disciplines,
as a result information contained in these
and many offer courses in conjunction with one
publications may be subject to change.
another, or with the Institute for International
Studies. Courses developed and delivered by For the latest information, see the University's
these faculties reflect the University's commit- website at:
ment to providing a relevant education to www.uts.edu.au
students through flexible and work-based
modes of learning and through the ongoing
internationalisation of the curriculum.
General information 7

STUDENT INQUIRIES Education


CMOSD.1.01
(Room D101, BuildingS)
UTS Student lnfo & Ad m in Centre
City campus at Haymarket
telephone (02) 9S14 1222 (from Autumn semester 2002)
email info.office@uts.edu.au CB10
www.uts.edu.au (Room TBA, Building 10)
23S Jones Street
City campus
City campus
CB01.4 telephone (02) 9S14 3900
(Level 4 foyer, Tower Building) email education@uts.edu.au
1S Broadway, Ultimo
KG02.3.33
Kuring-gai campus (Room 333, Building K2)
Kuring-gai campus
KG01.6 (Level6, Building K1)
telephone (02) 9S14 S621
Eton Road, Lindfield
email teached.office@uts.edu.au
Postal address
Engineering
PO Box 123, Broadway NSW 2007
CB02.7
(Level7, Building 2)
International Programs Office City campus
10 Quay Street, Haymarket telephone (02) 9S14 2666
telephone +61 2 9S14 1S31 email upo@eng.uts.edu.au
fax +61 2 9S14 1S30
email intlprograms@uts.edu.au Humanities and Social Sciences
www.ipo.uts.edu.au Faculty Student Centre
CRI COS provider code: 00099F CB03.2
(Level 2, Building 3 (Bon Marche))
City campus
Faculty student offices telephone (02) 9S14 2300
Business email hss.studentcentre@uts.edu.au
Undergraduate inquiries Faculty Research Office
CMOSC.1 CB02.7
(Level 1, Building S) (Level 7, Building 2)
City campus at Haymarket City campus
telephone (02) 9S14 3SOO telephone (02) 9S14 19S9
KGOl.S email research.degrees.hss@uts.edu.au
(LevelS, Building K1)
Kuring-gai campus Information Technology
telephone (02) 9S14 S3SS CB04.3
email undergraduate.business@uts.edu.au (Level3, Building 4)
City campus
Postgraduate inquiries telephone (02) 9S14 1803
CMOSB.S email info@it.uts.edu.au
(Level S, BuildingS)
City campus at Haymarket Law
telephone (02) 9S14 3660 CMOSB.3.03
email graduate.business@uts.edu.au (Room B303, BuildingS)
City campus at Haymarket
Design, Architecture and Building telephone (02) 9S14 3444
CB06.5 email admingen@law.uts.edu.au
(LevelS, Building 6
(Peter Johnson Building))
City campus
telephone (02) 9S14 8913
email dab.info@uts.edu.au
8 General information

Nursing, Midwifery and Health APPLICATIONS


KG05.3.97
(Room 397, Level 3, Building K5)
Undergraduate
Kuring-gai campus
telephone (02) 9514 5202 The NSW and ACT Universities Admissions
email nmh@uts.edu.au Centre (UAC) processes most applications for
undergraduate courses which start at the
Science beginning of the year. Students are required
to lodge these UAC application forms between
CB04.3
(Level 3, Building 4) August and December; early closing dates may
apply to some courses. To find out more about
City campus
these courses and the application procedures,
SL01.2 check the UAC Guide, or the UAC website at:
(Level 2, Dunbar Building)
St Leonards campus www.uac.edu.au
telephone (02) 9514 1756 Students can also apply for entry to some UTS
email information@science.uts.edu.au courses by lodging a UTS application form
directly with the University. These are usually
Institute for International Studies courses that are not available to recent school
leavers and do not have a UAC code.
10 Quay Street
Haymarket, City campus
telephone (02) 9514 1574 Postgraduate
email iisinfo@uts.edu.au Applications for postgraduate courses should
Notes:
be made directly toUTS. For courses starting
at the beginning of the year, most applications
1. The Building ID system is a four-character code, com-
prising two letters describing a geographic location and
open in August with a first round closing date
two numerals that use existing building numbers. Office of 31 October. For courses starting in the
locations appear as Building!D.FloorNo.RoomNo. middle of the year, applications open in May.
The geographic location codes are: For further information, contact the UTS
CB City campus, Broadway Student Info & Admin Centre.
CC City campus, Blackfriars, Chippendale
CM City campus at Haymarket International students
KG Kuring-gai campus
International student applications for both
SL St Leonards campus
postgraduate and undergraduate courses can
2. In 2002, City campus will extend into CBlO (Jones be made either directly to the International
Street) and a number of faculties and administrative
units will be relocated.
Programs Office (IPO) or through one of the
University's registered agents. For courses
starting at the beginning of the year, appli-
cations should be received by 30 November
of the previous year. For courses starting in
the middle of the year, applications should be
received by 31 May of that year. For more
information, contact IPO.
CRI COS provider code: 00099F

Non-award and cross-institutional


study
Students who want to study a single subject
at UTS which is not part of a UTS degree or
qualification, must apply for non-award or
cross-institutional study. There are three
application periods, and closing dates vary for
each semester. For more information contact
the appropriate faculty or the UTS Student
Info & Admin Centre.
General information 9

FEES AND COSTS Course fees for international students


At the time of publication, course fees for
undergraduate international students range
Service fees
from A$5,000 to A$8,500 per semester, and for
Service fees are charged to students to contri- postgraduate international students from
bute to the cost of a range of facilities and A$5,000 to A$8,700 per semester. These vary
services which are generally available to all from time to time and the International
students during the course of their study. Programs Office should be contacted for up-
to-date information, or visit the website:
Variations and exemptions
www.ipo.uts.edu.au I courses I index.html
Fees and charges may vary from year to year.
International students in Australia on a student
In certain circumstances, some students may
visa are required to undertake full-time study
be eligible for reduced service fees.
as a condition of their visa.
For full details of variations and exemptions For more information contact the International
to the fees listed below, contact the UTS
Programs Office, or visit the website:
Student Info & Admin Centre.
www.ipo.uts.edu.au
Fee components,
Union Entrance Fee Other costs
a once-only charge for new students $22
Students may incur other costs while they
Union Fee study at UTS. These may include books,
a semester-based charge for printed sets of reading materials, photocopy-
currently enrolled students $120 per semester ing, equipment hire, the purchase of computer
Students' Association Fee software and hardware, and Internet services.
a yearly charge for
currently enrolled students $54.25 per year
Student Accommodation Levy HECS
a yearly charge for currently
enrolled students $61.50 per year The Higher Education Contribution Scheme
Student Identification Card Charge (HECS) is a financial contribution paid to the
a yearly charge for students Commonwealth Government by tertiary
enrolled on a tuition fee basis $15 per year students towards the cost of their education.
It is payable each teaching period and the
Charges have been adjusted to reflect the University's amount paid varies according to the number
liability for Goods and Services Tax (GST). of credit points undertaken and the method
of payment nominated by the student.
Course fees Most students have three choices in the way
they pay HECS:
No course fees are paid by local students
1. paying all of the HECS up front and
undertaking undergraduate studies at UTS.
receiving a 25% discount
Students are, however, liable for HECS
charges (see following). Many postgraduate 2. deferring all payment until a student's
courses attract a course fee. These course fees income reaches a certain level, or
are calculated on a course-by-course basis and 3. paying at least $500 of the HECS contribu-
are charged in addition to the service fees tion up front and deferring the remainder.
outlined above. Payment of course fees may
vary depending on a student's status, and on Note: These options may not apply to New Zealand
citizens and Australian Permanent Residents.
conditions laid down by the faculty. Contact
the relevant faculty for full details. Commonwealth legislation sets strict condi-
tions for HECS over which the University has
Details of course fees are outlined under each
no control. HECS charges are based on the
course entry in this handbook. Readers should
subjects in which students are enrolled on the
note that fees quoted throughout the hand-
HECS census date.lt is important for students
book are correct at the time of publication
to realise that any reductions in their academic
however they are subject to change and
workload after the census date for a particular
should be confirmed with the Student Info &
semester will not reduce their HECS liability.
Admin Centre.
10 General information

Students who defer their HECS payments POSTGRADUATE EDUCATION


become liable to commence repayment once
their taxable income reaches the repayment LOANS SCHEME (PELS)
threshold. This does not necessarily mean at
the conclusion of their studies- a student's As a result of the Government's Innovation and
income may reach this threshold before then. Education Legislation Amendment Bill (No.2)
New students, students returning from leave 2001 being endorsed by Parliament, a new
and students who are commencing a new or Postgraduate Education Loans Scheme (PELS)
second course, must complete a Payment will be implemented on 1 January 2002.
Options Declaration form. This form must be PELS is an income-contingent loan facility
lodged with the University by the census date similar to the Higher Education Contribution
and should show a valid Tax File Number. Scheme (HECS) for eligible students enrolled
The HECS census date for Autumn semester in fee-paying postgraduate non-research
is 31 March and for Spring semester is 31 courses.
August (as the dates fall on a Sunday in 2002, All eligible students enrolled in a postgradu-
the HECS census dates will be 28 March and ate fee-paying non-research course in 2002 are
30 August). HECS census dates for other eligible to apply for a loan. This means that
teaching periods can be obtained from the both continuing and commencing students
UTS Student Info & Admin Centre. are eligible to apply.
There are a number of variations to these Eligible students are able to borrow up to the
guidelines. It is the responsibility of each amount of the tuition fee being charged by
student to find out which HECS conditions UTS for each semester for the duration of their
apply to them. Information can be obtained course. Students are also able to pay part of
from the booklet HECS Your Questions their semester tuition fee to UTS for a course
Answered, which is available from the HECS and obtain a PELS loan for the balance of their
office on 1800 020 108 (www.hecs.gov.au) or outstanding fees for each semester.
the UTS Student Info & Admin Centre: Students are required to complete a Loan
email info.office@uts.edu.au Request form by the census date each semes-
ter requesting the Commonwealth to pay their
2002 HECS rates tuition fees to UTS and declare that they are
aware of their obligations to repay the loan
Differential HECS under the scheme when their income reaches
In 2002, the full-time, full-year contributions a certain amount. Students also have to pro-
for each band are as follows: vide a Tax File Number (TFN) to UTS in the
• Band 1: $3,598 (Arts, Humanities, Social same way that students choosing to defer their
Studies/Behavioural Sciences, Education, HECS payment already do.
Visual/Performing Arts, Nursing, Justice The Student Fee Services Office will be coor-
and Legal Studies) dinating the introduction of PELS at UTS.
• Band 2: $5,125 (Mathematics, Computing, Queries in relation to the introduction of PELS
Other Health Sciences, Agriculture/ should be directed to the Student Info &
Renewable Resources, Built Environment/ Admin Centre on telephone (02) 9514 1222,
Architecture, Sciences, Engineering/ or further information can be obtained from
Processing, Administration, Business and the DETYA website at:
Economics) www.hecs.gov.au/pels.htm
• Band 3: $5,999 (Law, Medicine, Medical
Science, Dentistry, Dental Services and
Veterinary Science).

Pre-differential HECS rate


If you commenced or deferred but did not
complete your course before 1997, you may
be eligible to pay a flat rate of HECS. In 2002,
this rate is $2,702 for a full time study load.
General information 11

FINANCIAL HELP UTS LIBRARY


Austudy/Youth Allowance The University Library collections are housed
in three campus libraries which contain over
Students aged under 25 years may be eligible 650,000 books, journals and audiovisual
to receive financial assistance in the form of materials as well as a large range of electronic
the Youth Allowance.
citation and full-text databases. Services for
Full-time students aged over 25 years may be students include assistance in finding infor-
eligible to receive Austudy which provides mation through Inquiry and Research Help
financial help to students who meet its income desks and online reference assistance, training
and assets requirements. programs, Closed Reserve, loans, reciprocal
Application forms and information about borrowing and photocopying facilities. The
eligibility for both Youth Allowance and Library's extensive range of electronic infor-
Austudy are available from the Student mation resources, such as catalogues,
Services Unit at Kuring-gai or City campuses. databases and Electronic Reserve, and online
Commonwealth legislation sets strict require- services, such as research assistance, online
ments for Austudy /Youth Allowance over training, loan renewal, reservations and inter-
which the University has no control. It is Library requests, can be accessed on campus
important that the students concerned and remotely 24 hours a day from the Library
understand these requirements. website.
Students who receive Austudy or the Youth The Library is open for extended hours. More
Allowance and decide to drop subjects during information about the Library can be found
the semester must be aware that to remain at:
eligible they must be enrolled in a minimum www.lib.uts.edu.au
of 18 credit points, or have a HECS liability
City Campus Library
for the semester of .375 equivalent full-time
student units. The only exceptions made are Corner Quay Street and Ultimo Road
for some students with disabilities which Haymarket
interfere with their studies, students who are telephone (02) 9514 3310
single supporting parents or, in exceptional
Kuring-gai Campus Library
cases, those who have been directed by the
University to reduce their study load. Eton Road
Lindfield
For more information, talk to a Financial
telephone (02) 9514 5325
Assistance Officer in the Student Services
Unit. Call for an appointment on: Gore Hill Library (St Leonards campus}
telephone (02) 9514 1177 (City campus) Corner Pacific Highway and
or (02) 9514 5342 (Kuring-gai campus) Westbourne Street
Application forms for both Austudy and Gore Hill
Youth Allowance should be lodged as soon telephone (02) 9514 4088
as possible with any Centrelink office.

Abstudy UNIVERSITY GRADUATE


Abstudy assists Aboriginal and Torres Strait SCHOOL
Islander tertiary students by providing
income support and other assistance. For The University Graduate School provides a
more information about Abstudy, contact the focus for higher degree research students in
staff at Jumbunna, Indigenous House of all graduate research courses at UTS. It takes
Learning: the lead in developing policy for graduate
CB01.17 research studies in partnership with the
telephone (02) 9514 1902 or 1800 064 312 faculties. The University Graduate School also
works to enhance the quality of graduate
research programs by monitoring quality and
supporting research degree students and their
supervisors.
12 General information

The University Graduate School is located in SUPPORT FOR STUDENT


Building B2, Blackfriars, City campus.
telephone (02) 9514 1336
LEARNING
fax (02) 9514 1588
email ugs@uts.edu.au Student Services Unit
www.gradschool.uts.edu.au To ensure student success, the University
provides a range of professional services to
Note: In 2002, the University Graduate School will be
relocating to CBlO Uones Street), City campus.
support different aspects of student life and
learning at UTS.
These services include:
INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE • orientation and University transition
programs
STUDENT SCHEME • student housing and assistance in finding
private rental accommodation
UTS encourages its students to develop an
• workshops and individual counselling to
international perspective on their courses and
enhance effective learning
careers. As part of their studies, students have
the opportunity to spend one or two semesters • assistance for students with disabilities
studying at an overseas university and receive and other special needs
credit towards their UTS degrees. To enable • student loans and financial assistance
this to happen, UTS has formal links with a • health services
large number of universities around the world.
• personal counselling
The UTS International Exchange Student
Scheme assists students to study on exchange • assistance with administrative problems
primarily at English-speaking universities in or complaints
the United States and Europe, but also at other • assistance when extenuating circum-
universities around the world. stances impact on study
UTS supports student participation in the • help with getting a job, and
International Exchange Student Scheme • campus interview program.
through the provision of a number of scholar-
ships each semester as a contribution to the All these services are sensitive to the needs of
costs of going on exchange. While on exchange, students from diverse backgrounds and are
students do not pay tuition fees in the over- available at City and Kuring-gai campuses
seas university. They pay their usual HECS with flexible hours for part-timers.
fees or, if they are international students at The Student Services Unit website offers a jobs
UTS, their Australian tuition fees. database, 'where UTS graduates get jobs',
Further information and application forms for virtual counselling and links to the 'student
the Exchange Scheme and scholarships can be help' website:
obtained from: www.uts.edu.au/ div I ssu
Institute for International Studies
10 Quay Street Transition to university programs
Haymarket Orientation 2002
telephone (+61 2) 9514 1537 UTS offers a free Study Success Program of
email international.exchange@uts.edu.au integrated lectures and activities before
www.uts.edu.au/fac/iis/ semester begins, to help new students manage
the transition to university study. There are
specially tailored programs for part-time and
international students as well as for recent
schoolleavers. Students are informed of aca-
demic expectations, the skills needed to be an
independent learner, and learning strategies
which can help them successfully manage the
workload. They are also provided with valu-
able information about how the University
and its faculties operate, and the services
provided.
General information 13

Peer support network Housing


The Peer Network Program enlists the aid of University Housing provides assistance to
existing students to assist with the orientation students in locating private accommodation.
of new students. A limited amount of UTS-owned housing is
For more information, contact: also available. For further information, contact:
Student Services Unit telephone (02) 9514 1509 (listings) or
telephone (02) 9514 1177 (City campus) or (02) 95141199 (UTS accommodation)
(02) 9514 5342 (Kuring-gai campus)
Special Needs Service
Careers Service The University has in place a range of services
The Careers Service can help students make and procedures to improve access for students
the link between various UTS courses and the with disabilities, ongoing illnesses and other
careers they can lead to. The Careers Service special needs. Students who have disabilities
also offers general career guidance, and assists or illnesses which may impact on their studies
with job placement for students seeking are encouraged to contact the Special Needs
permanent or casual vacation work and Service for a confidential discussion of the
employment. Contact the Careers Service on: assistance available on:
telephone (02) 9514 1471 (City campus) telephone (02) 9514 1177
TTY (02) 9514 1164
www.uts.edu.aul div I cas
email special.needs@uts.edu.au
Chaplaincy
Contacting Student Services
The Chaplaincy is coordinated through
telephone (02) 9514 1177
Student Services. Visiting Chaplains and
TTY (02) 9414 1164
Worship Rooms are available to students.
fax (02) 9514 1172
Chaplains represent different Christian email student.services@uts.edu.au
denominations, as well as Buddhism, Judaism
www.uts.edu.aul div I ssu
and Islam. Further information is available on:
telephone (02) 9514 1177 City campus
CB01.6.01
Counselling • Counselling Service
Counsellors are available at both the City and • Health Service
Kuring-gai campuses for individual consul-
• Special Needs and Financial Assistance
tation. Group programs are also held through-
Service
out the year. This service is free of charge,
confidential and sensitive to diversity. For CB01.3.01
further information, contact: • Careers Service
telephone (02) 9514 1177 (City campus) or CB08.1 (9 Broadway)
(02) 9514 5342 (Kuring-gai campus) • Housing Service
Telephone counselling is available on: Kuring-gai campus
telephone (02) 95141177. KG01.5.19 (LevelS, Building K1)
• Counselling Service
Financial assistance
• Health Service
Financial assistance staff assist students with
personal financial matters and are the contact
point for student loans. They can also advise Computing facilities at UTS
on Youth Allowance, Austudy and other UTS General Access Labs are located through-
Centrelink benefits. Contact them on: out all campuses of the University and are
telephone (02) 9514 1177 available for all students and staff to use.
Details of locations and availability of the
Health computer laboratories may be obtained from
the Information Technology Division (ITD)
The Health Service offers a bulk-billing
Support Centre on:
practice to students at two locations. For
appointments, contact: telephone (02) 9514 2222
telephone (02) 9514 1166 (City campus) or www.itd.uts.edu.au
(02) 9514 5342 (Kuring-gai campus)
14 General information

Access to these labs requires login and pass- English Language Study Skills
word. Call the Support Centre for assistance
in setting up a login.
Assistance (ELSSA) Centre
ELSSA, the UTS Centre for academic language
Student email accounts development, provides free custom-designed
UTS provides students with an email account, programs in academic writing, reading,
which gives all students access to email speaking, critical thinking and cultural knowl-
facilities via the web. To find out more about edge to meet the needs of undergraduate and
an email account, visit the website: postgraduate UTS students completing their
www.uts.edu.au/ email/ degree in English. ELSSA also collaborates
with staff in the faculties to foster interest in,
Alternatively, pick up the brochure, Your UTS
and knowledge of, literacy and learning
Email Account, available in all ITD General
through research, intellectual contributions
Access Labs and drop-in centres. If you have and staff development. ELSSA values quality,
any problems with activating your account or
diversity, internationalisation and flexibility
the computing facilities in general, contact the
as it serves the wider academic and pro-
ITD Support Centre on:
fessional communities. The Centre also offers
telephone (02) 9514 2222 several award programs. For details, refer to
email itsupport@uts.edu.au pages 112-118.
Computer training Alex Barthel, Director
CB01.18.22
In general, where computer training is
City campus
necessary as part of a course that attracts
telephone (02) 9514 2327
HECS, it is provided as part of that course.
Students can also consult the Computing or
Study Centre (see below). KG02.5.22
Kuring-gai campus
telephone (02) 9514 5160
email elssa.centre@uts.edu.au
STUDENT LEARNING
www.uts.edu.au/ div I elssa/
CENTRES
Jumbunna, Indigenous House of
Chemistry Learning Resources
Learning
Centre
Student Support Unit
The Chemistry Learning Resources Centre
assists students in undergraduate courses in Jumbunna's Student Support Unit provides
the faculties of Science; Nursing, Midwifery a range of academic and cultural support to
and Health; Engineering; and Business. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students
studying at UTS to ensure equal access and
CB04.2.11
participation in higher education.
City campus
The support available to students includes
Rosemary Ward
academic assistance, cultural activities, cultural
telephone (02) 9514 1729
affirmation programs, group and private
email Rosemary.Ward@uts.edu.au
study areas, student common room and
www.science.uts.edu.au/ cmf I chem/ clrc/ kitchen, and a computer laboratory and print-
ing facilities.
Computing Study Centre Jumbunna, Indigenous House of Learning
CB01.17
The Computing Study Centre assists students
City campus
in developing skills in the use of various
standard computer packages. telephone (02) 9514 1902 or 1800 064 312
fax (02) 9514 1894
CB01.16.11
City campus
John Colville, Director
telephone (02) 9514 1854
email John.Colville@uts.edu.au
www.it.uts.edu.au/ activities/ csc/
General information 15

Mathematics Study Centre students who have experienced long-term


educational disadvantage; coordination of
The Centre coordinates mathematics assistance
financial scholarships and awards for com-
across the University and is staffed by
mencing low-income students; and the pro-
lecturers with expertise in mathematics and
vision of confidential advice and assistance
statistics.
with the resolution of discrimination and
CB01.16 harassment-related grievances.
City campus
Equity & Diversity Unit
Leigh Wood, Director CB01.17
telephone (02) 9514 2268 telephone (02) 9514 1084
email Leigh.Wood@uts.edu.au email equity.diversity.unit@uts.edu.au
KG02.2.52 www.equity.uts.edu.au
Kuring-gai campus
telephone (02) 9514 5186
www.it.uts.edu.au/ activities/ msc/ JUMBUNNA, INDIGENOUS
Physics Learning Centre
HOUSE OF LEARNING
This is a drop-in centre for first-year physics Jumbunna was relaunched as the Indigenous
students. House of Learning (IHL) in 2001. Jumbunna
CBOl.ll has grown from being, in 1986, an Aboriginal
City campus student support centre, to become a successful
(with an adjoining computer laboratory) academic, research and support centre with
Peter Logan approximately 300 Indigenous Australian
telephone (02) 9514 2194 undergraduate and postgraduate students
email Peter.Logan@uts.edu.au studying at UTS.
www.science.uts.edu.au/physics/plc.html Jumbunna's role within UTS is to contribute
to Australia's educational and social develop-
ment by making UTS staff and students aware
of Indigenous Australian cultures and asso-
EQUITY AND DIVERSITY ciated issues. Jumbunna is committed to im-
proving the quality of teaching and research
UTS has a strong commitment to ensure that at UTS by facilitating active links with the
the diverse nature of the Australian society is Indigenous community, higher education
reflected in all aspects of its employment and institutions and other professions with
education. The University also aims to assist particular emphasis on Australia's growth as
members of under-represented groups over- a multicultural nation.
come past or present discrimination, and to Jumbunna IHL has a wide ranging, long term
provide a supportive and open organisational agenda that includes:
culture in which students and staff are able
• involving Indigenous Australians in insti-
to develop to their full potential. tutional decision-making and consultative
UTS is committed to implementing its Equal structures, academic policy development
Opportunity Statement which aims to ensure and curriculums, and strengthening
that all students and staff are treated fairly and partnerships between it and the faculties
equitably, and can work and study in an
• broadening the awareness and accept-
environment free of harassment. Discrimin-
ance of Indigenous Australian cultures,
ation, harassment and victimisation are un- achievements, contributions, and contem-
lawful, undermine professional relationships, porary issues by developing teaching
diminish the experience of university life, and
subjects and awards
are not tolerated at UTS. All students and staff
have a responsibility to contribute to the • broadening economic, social and political
achievement of a productive, safe and equit- opportunities for Indigenous Australians,
able study and work environment. in particular expanding employment and
income opportunities
The Equity & Diversity Unit provides a range
of services for students and prospective • enhancing the teaching and coordination
students. These include the coordination of of postgraduate studies in Indigenous
the inpUTS Educational Access Scheme for studies
16 General information

• the provision of consultancy services to CB02.4.02


community and government, and City campus
• improving accessibility, retention and telephone (02) 9514 2575
graduation rates of Indigenous email ombuds@uts.edu.au
Australians in studies at UTS. www.uts.edu.au/ oth/ ombuds

Reconciliation Studies elective


Freedom of Information and
The subject Reconciliation Studies is offered
by Jumbunna to all students. Offered for the Privacy
first time in Autumn semester 2002, the sub- Under the Freedom of Information Act 1989
ject is a transdisciplinary 6- or 8-credit-point (NSW), individuals may apply for access to
elective available at both undergraduate and information held by the University.
postgraduate levels. Personal information may also be accessed
Undergraduate
under the Privacy and Personal Information Act
1998. In addition to the requirements of the
85208 Reconciliation Studies 6cp Act, UTS has a number of policies which
85209 Reconciliation Studies 8cp govern the collection and use of private
Postgraduate information.
85210 Reconciliation Studies 6cp David Clarke
85211 Reconciliation Studies 8cp FOI and Privacy Officer
CB01.4A.Ol
For further details of these subjects, refer to City campus
the Subject Descriptions section at the back telephone (02) 9514 1240
of this handbook. email David.Clarke@uts.edu.au

Student complaints
NSW CHILD PROTECTION
UTS is committed to providing a learning and
LEGISLATION working environment in which complaints
are responded to promptly and with mini-
Prohibited Person Declaration and mum distress and maximum protection to all
parties.
Screening
All students and staff have a responsibility to
In accordance with New South Wales Child
contribute to the achievement of a productive,
Protection legislation, students participating safe and equitable study and work environ-
in practical training placements which require ment at UTS. The University's procedures for
them to have direct contact with children under handling student complaints are based on
18 in designated child-related employment confidentiality, impartiality, procedural
areas are required to complete a Prohibited fairness, protection from victimisation and
Employment Declaration form on enrolment.
prompt resolution.
In some circumstances students may also be
subject to employment screening. Screening Students should first raise their complaint
is carried out only with students' consent. directly with the person concerned where
Eligibility for participation in such programs possible, or with an appropriate person in the
is determined on the basis of information faculty or administrative unit concerned. To
obtained through these checks. seek advice and assistance in lodging a
complaint, contact the Student Services Unit
or the Equity & Diversity Unit.
The Policy on Handling Student Complaints
OTHER SERVICES is published on the Rules, Policies and
Procedures website at:
Student Ombud www.uts.edu.au/ div /publications/policies
Enrolled or registered students with a com- Information on how to make a complaint is
plaint against decisions of University staff, or available on the Equity & Diversity Unit's
related to the University, may seek assistance website at:
from the Student Ombud.
www.equity. uts.edu.au/ resources I gota.html
All matters are treated in the strictest confi-
dence and in accord with proper processes.
General information 17

ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH, Hazards and risks


SAFETY AND SECURITY If you see a hazard or condition that presents
a risk to your health and safety, report it to a
staff member or Security Officer so that
The University is committed to providing a
something can be done to remedy it. Help to
safe and healthy workplace for students, staff
fix it if you can.
and visitors and adopting a socially responsi-
ble approach towards protecting and sustain- To report a serious hazard after hours, contact
ing the environment. Staff and students must Security by dialling '6' from any internal
take reasonable care of themselves and others, telephone or Freecall 1800 249 559 (24 hrs).
cooperate with actions taken to protect health
and safety and not wilfully place at risk the Safe work practices
health, safety or wellbeing of others.
Always follow safe work practices as pro-
vided by your lecturer or a technical staff
Emergency procedures member. Ask for help if you are unsure about
Report emergencies to Security by dialling '6' how to use a piece of equipment or undertake
from any internal telephone or Freecall a task, particularly before carrying out new
1800 249 559 (24 hrs). or unfamiliar work.
Let the Security Officer know:
• the nature of the problem (e.g. fire, medical First aid
emergency, assault) There are a number of First Aid Officers in
• the location of the emergency, and every building on each UTS campus. See the
• your name and the telephone extension first aid poster in your study area for their
you are calling from. names, location and phone number. Security
Officers also have first aid training and can
be contacted by dialling '6' from any internal
Evacuation procedures telephone or Freecall1800 249 559 (24 hrs).
The Evacuation Alarm consists of two tones: Medical attention is also available from the
Health Service at City (Broadway) and
BEEP ... BEEP ... BEEP ... (Prepare) Kuring-gai campuses.
When you hear this tone:
• shut down or secure machinery and Accident/incident reporting
computers If you are involved in an accident or incident,
• prepare to evacuate, and report it to a staff member or Security Officer
• check whether anyone needs assistance. and then complete a UTS Accident/Incident
Report form, available from your faculty office
WHOOP...WHOOP... WHOOP... (Evacuate) or Security.
When you hear this tone: If the accident/incident is serious, call Security
immediately by dialling '6' from any internal
• listen for instructions, a public announce-
telephone or Freecall1 800 249 559 (24 hrs).
ment will tell you to 'Evacuate the building'
• leave the building via the nearest fire exit
• do not use lifts
Smoking
• provide assistance where required Smoking is not permitted inside any building
on any campus of the University, or in any
• proceed to the assembly area University vehicle.
• follow instructions from Emergency
Authorities and Security, and
Campus shuttle bus
• do not return to the building until the all
clear is given. The University operates a number of shuttle
bus services. These run between:
• City and Kuring-gai campus
• Kuring-gai campus main entry and the
Kuring-gai campus carpark
18 General information

• City campus at Haymarket and Broadway • If you feel uncomfortable about who is
and the student accommodation facilities in a lift/ elevator, do not get in. Wait until
(Geegal and Bulga Ngurra). This shuttle the next lift/ elevator arrives.
covers the area bounded by William • Remember, UTS Security staff are avail-
Henry Street, Bay Street and Broadway. able 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
All students living within this area are
urged to use the service to ensure a safe
passage home. Keeping your belongings safe
Shuttle bus timetables are available from the The University consists of a number of large
Security Office on your campus. public buildings in the CBD and experiences
a level of property crime in keeping with its
location. Purses, wallets and particularly
Lost and found mobile phones are a prime target for thieves.
The Security Office on your Campus is the • Mark your name or other personal identi-
first point of call to check for lost property or fication (e.g. your driver's licence number)
to hand in found items. Items are kept for on personal items of value. Marked items
three months and if unclaimed become the are less likely to be stolen.
property of the person who found the item.
• Use the lockers in the Library to store
personal property, particularly if you plan
Security systems on spending some time studying.
All buildings are accessible by a personal • Keep your possessions with you at all
identification number (PIN) and are protected times. Do not leave wallets, purses or
by an electronic intrusion detection system phones unprotected or out of your sight,
and a closed circuit TV network. You can ob- particularly in the Library, computer
tain a PIN from your faculty office. Remem- laboratories or cafeterias.
ber, your PIN is assigned to you and is not • Do not carry large amounts of money -
transferable. Do not misuse your PIN as this there are automatic teller machines
could compromise the safety of others. (ATMs) on most campuses.

Keeping yourself safe Bicycle storage


• If studying/working in an isolated area, Bicycle racks are located outside major build-
particularly after hours, lock the doors ings and often covered by a security camera.
and don't let anyone in who you don't
know. Do not leave doors propped open.
Recycling
• If you think you are being followed or feel
frightened for any reason, contact Security UTS has facilities for recycling paper, glass,
by dialling '6' from any internal telephone cardboard and aluminium. Reduce, reuse and
or Freecall1 800 249 559. recycle.
• Do not take shortcuts through isolated
areas, particularly at the St Leonards Contacts
campus where the cemetery is a definite
Environment, Health and Safety
no-go area, even during the day. Keep to
well-travelled routes and well-lit areas. telephone (02) 9514 1326, (02) 9514 1062,
(02) 9514 1063
• Walk near the curb, away from doorways
email ehs.branch@uts.edu.au
and bushes.
www.ehs.uts.edu.au
• Be alert when using toilet facilities,
particularly in isolated areas. Check for
Security
strangers while you are still near the door.
Whenever possible, ask a friend to City campus at Broadway
accompany you. telephone (02) 9514 1192
• If you plan to have a drink after classes, email security.general@uts.edu.au
make plans ahead of time for getting
City campus at Haymarket
home. Don't leave with people you are
not comfortable with. telephone (02) 9514 3399
email security.haymarket@uts.edu.au
• Do not hitchhike or accept a lift from a
stranger.
General information 19

Kuring-gai campus Child care subsidies


telephone (02) 9514 5551 UTS child-care centres charge a fee, comparable
email security.kuring-gai@uts.edu.au to other child-care centres, of between $40-
50 per day for 0-5 year olds and $24 a day for
St Leonards campus, Dunbar Building 5-12 year olds. All families who register with
telephone (02) 9514 4004 Centrelink can access Federal Government
email security.dunbar@uts.edu.au means-tested child-care subsidies of up to $27
per day through child-care centres.
Further subsidies are available at UTS child-
CAMPUS LIFE care centres to all current UTS staff and
students of up to $8 per day, funded by the
University and the University Union and
UTS Union available on proof of employment/ enrolment
The UTS Union is the community centre for at UTS.
the University. It provides food and drink Low-income students may apply to the Equity
services, lounges and recreational areas, & Diversity Unit for further assistance (funded
comprehensive social and cultural programs, by the Unit and the Students' Association) in
sports facilities and programs, stationery cases of demonstrable financial hardship.
shops, a newsagency and resource centres. Off
To obtain an application form, contact the
campus the Union provides access to a ski
lodge, rowing club, sailing club, athletics club Equity & Diversity Unit on:
and basketball stadium. telephone (02) 9514 1084
Union Office (City campus)
telephone (02) 9514 1444 Co-op Bookshop
email office@utsunion.uts.edu.au
The Co-op Bookshop stocks the books on
City campus (Haymarket) students' reading lists, and a variety of general
telephone (02) 9514 3369 titles and computer software. It has branches
Kuring-gai campus at the City and Kuring-gai campuses, and, at
telephone (02) 9514 5011 the start of semester, at Haymarket and Gore
www.utsunion.uts.edu.au Hill (St Leonards campus).
City campus
Union Sports Centre
telephone (02) 9212 3078
The centre contains multipurpose spaces, email uts@mail.coop-bookshop.com.au
squash courts, weights rooms, circuit training
room and outdoor basketball court. Kuring-gai campus
CB04.1 telephone (02) 9514 5318
City campus email kuringai@mail.coop-bookshop.com.au
telephone (02) 9514 2444 www.coop-bookshop.com.au
UTS Rowing Club
Dobroyd Parade, Haberfield Students' Association
telephone (02) 9797 9523 The Students' Association (SA) is the elected
representative body of students at UTS and
represents all students of the University on
Child care welfare and education issues. UTS students
UTS Child Care Inc. (UTSCC) coordinates all have the right to stand for election of the SA
child-care services at UTS. Child care is and to vote in the annual elections. The
available from 8.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m. at both Students Representative Council enacts,
City and Kuring-gai campuses. directs and coordinates the work of the SA.
Care is available for 0-5 year olds throughout All enrolled students are members of the SA
the year and for 5-12 year olds during school and pay an annual fee. Revenue from fees is
holidays. Child care can be accessed on a full- used to employ professional educational and
time, or part-time basis. welfare staff; fund the student newspaper,
telephone (02) 9514 1456 (City campus) Vertigo; run the Peer Tutor Scheme and
or (02) 9514 2960 (City campus- Blackfriars) Second-hand Bookshop; and facilitate and
or (02) 9514 5105 (Kuring-gai campus) support various information, education and
action campaigns.
20 General information

City campus
PRINCIPAL DATES FOR 2002
CB01.3
telephone (02) 9514 1155
January
Kuring-gai campus 1 New Year's Day- public holiday
KG02.4 2 Summer session classes recommence
telephone (02) 9514 5237 (to 1 February)
2 Provisional examination timetable
Radio Station 2SER-FM (1 07.3 FM) available for Summer session
2SER-FM is a community-based radio station 4 UTS Advisory Day
situated on Level 26 of the UTS Tower. 2SER 7 Closing date for change of preference
is owned by Sydney Educational Broadcasting (main round) to the Universities
Ltd, a company established jointly by the Admissions Centre (UAC), by mail or in
University of Technology, Sydney and person. Closing date (midnight) for
Macquarie University. The station broadcasts change of preference (main round) UAC
a diverse range of 'talk' and music programs, Infoline and website (www.uac.edu.au)
produced and presented by volunteers. 7 Formal supplementary examinations for
Students interested in broadcasting are 2001 Spring semester students
welcome to visit the studios: 11 Last day to submit appeal against
CB01.26.22 exclusion from Spring 2001
City campus 11 Due date for payment of Autumn
telephone (02) 9514 9514 semester 2002 tuition fees for continuing
or for more information visit the website at: international students
www.2ser.com 18 Final examination timetable for Summer
session available
18 Closing date for applications for non-
UTS Gallery and Art Collection award and cross-institutional enrolment
The UTS Gallery is a dedicated public gallery in Autumn semester 2002
on the City campus. The UTS Gallery presents 18 Main round of offers to UAC applicants
local, interstate and international exhibitions 21-25 Enrolment of new main round UAC
of art and design. The exhibitions change undergraduate students at City campus
monthly.
23 Closing date for change of preference to
The UTS Art Collection comprises a diverse UAC for late round offers
range of paintings, prints, photographs and
25 Public school holidays end
sculptures which are displayed throughout
the University. 26 Australia Day- public holiday
CB06.4 30 Closing date for applications for
City campus Postgraduate Equity Scholarships for
702 Harris Street, Ultimo Autumn semester 2002
telephone (02) 9514 1652 31 Third round closing date for post-
fax (02) 9514 1228 graduate coursework applications for
email uts.gallery@uts.edu.au Autumn semester 2002
(except Faculty of Business- closing
www.utsgallery.uts.edu.au
date 15 February)
General information 21

February April
1 Late round of offers (UAC) 1 Easter Monday- public holiday
1 Summer session ends for subjects with 1-5 Vice-Chancellors' Week (non-teaching)
formal exams 3-5 Graduation ceremonies
4-15 Formal examinations for Summer (Kuring-gai campus)
session 12 Last day to withdraw from a course or
1
6-7 Enrolment of late round UAC students subject without academic penalty
at City campus 15-26 Public school holidays
8 Last day to lodge a Stage 2 appeal 25 Anzac Day- public holiday
against assessment grade for Spring
semester 2001
11-19 Enrolment of new postgraduate May
students at City campus 1 Applications open for undergraduate
15 Third round closing date for Faculty of courses, where applicable, and post-
Business postgraduate coursework graduate courses for Spring semester
applications for Autumn semester 2002 2002
21-22 Enrolment of new international students 6-17 Graduation ceremonies (City campus)
at City campus 10 Provisional examination timetable for
22 Last round of offers (UAC) Autumn semester available
25 Orientation week for new students 22 Closing date for applications for Vice-
commences (to 1 March) Chancellor's Postgraduate Research
Student Conference Fund
25 Release of results for Summer session
(for conferences July-December)
27 Union '0' Day- Clubs and activities day
31 Final Autumn semester examination
27 Late enrolment day timetable available
31 Closing date for undergraduate and
March first round postgraduate coursework
applications for Spring semester 2002
4 Autumn semester classes commence
(except Faculty of Business- closing
6 Late enrolment day date 12 July)
8 Last day to lodge a Stage 2 appeal 31 Closing date for postgraduate research
against assessment grade for Summer degree applications for Spring semester
session 2002
15 Last day to enrol in a course or add
1
subjects
June
15 Last day to pay upfront HECS or
Postgraduate Course Fees for Autumn 10 Queen's Birthday- public holiday
semester 2002 14 Last teaching day of Autumn semester
18 Applications open for Vice-Chancellor's 15 Formal examinations for Autumn
Postgraduate Research Student semester commence (to 5 July)
Conference Fund 27 Closing date for applications for
(for conferences July- December) Postgraduate Equity Scholarships for
28 Last day to withdraw from a course or Spring semester 2002
1
subject without financial penalty 28 Second round closing date for post-
28 HECS census date graduate coursework applications for
(note 31 March is Easter Sunday) Spring semester 2002 (except Faculty of
Business- closing date 12 July)
29 Good Friday- public holiday
28 Closing date for applications for non-
30 Easter Saturday- public holiday
award and cross-institutional enrolment
31 Easter Sunday in Spring semester 2002
22 General information

July September
5 Auturrm semester formal examinations 2 Applications open for Vice-Chancellor's
end (commenced 15 June) Postgraduate Research Student
5 Due date for payment of Spring semester Conference Fund
2002 tuition fees for continuing (for conferences January- June 2003)
international students 2 Applications open for UTS Academic
8-12 Vice-Chancellors' Week (non-teaching) Internships
8-19 Public school holidays 6 Last day to withdraw from a course or
1
subject without academic penalty
12 Closing date for Faculty of Business
postgraduate coursework applications 30 Public school holidays commence
for Spring semester 2002 (to 11 October)
15-19 Formal alternative examination period 30 Vice-Chancellors' Week (non-teaching)
for Autumn semester students commences (to 4 October)
22-26 Enrolment of new students for Spring 30 Graduation ceremonies (City campus)
semester 2002 commence (to 4 October)
24 Release of Autumn semester examination
results October
25 Formal supplementary examinations for 4 Vice-Chancellors' Week (non-teaching)
Autumn semester students ends
29 Spring semester classes commence 4 Provisional examination timetable for
Spring semester available
August 7 Labour Day- public holiday
1 Applications available for undergraduate 11 Public school holidays end
and postgraduate courses for Autumn (commenced 30 September)
semester 2003 25 Final examination timetable for Spring
1 Applications available for postgraduate semester available
research scholarships for Autumn 30 Closing date for applications for
semester 2003 Postgraduate Equity Scholarships for
2 Last day to withdraw from full-year Summer session 2002/3
subjects without academic penalty 31 Closing date for Australian Postgraduate
2 Last day to lodge a Stage 2 appeal Awards, the R L Werner and University
against assessment grade for Autumn Doctoral scholarships
semester 2002 31 First round closing date for postgraduate
9 Last day to enrol in a course or add coursework applications for Autumn
subjects for Spring semester 200zl semester 2003
16 Last day to pay upfront HECS or 31 Closing date for postgraduate research
postgraduate course fees for Spring degree applications for Autumn
semester 2002 semester 2003
30 Last day to withdraw from a course or
subject without financial penalty 1
30 HECS census date
(note 31 August is a Saturday)
General information 23

November
8 Last teaching day of Spring semester
9-29 Formal examination period for Spring
semester
15 Closing date for applications for UTS
Academic Internships
19 Closing date for applications for Vice-
Chancellor's Postgraduate Research
Student Conference Fund
(for conferences January-June 2003)

December
2 Summer session classes commence
(to 7 February 2003)
9-13 Formal alternative examination period
for Spring semester students
18 Release of Spring semester examination
results
23 Public school holidays
(to 28 January 2003)
25 Christmas Day- public holiday
26 Boxing Day- public holiday
1
HECS/Postgraduate course fees will apply after the
HECS census date (31 March and August or last work-
ing day before). Contact the relevant Faculty Office for
further information about enrolment and withdrawal
deadlines for flexible delivery subjects.
Note: Information is correct as at August 2001. The
University reserves the right to vary any information
described in Principal Dates for 2002 without notice.
24

FACULTY INFORMATION
WELCOME TO THE FACULTY
OF ENGINEERING
The UTS Faculty of Engineering has a clear
mission: to be a world leader in practice-based
engineering education. We have a unique
cooperative education undergraduate course
that includes two internships- each consists
of a six month period of paid work in industry
linked with academic preparatory and de-
briefing subjects. This contextualisation is
critical in preparing students to be lifelong
learners who are able to respond to any new
challenge they subsequently meet. It also
promotes an early identification of career
preferences- in time to influence later subject
choices, while helping students shape and
form their career directions.
Professor Archie Johnston
At the postgraduate level, world class course- Dean
work and collaborative research programs are
offered and are closely targeted to 'industry-
driven' needs. The Faculty is internationally HISTORY
focused and committed to globalising its
programs, staff and students. The Faculty began teaching in 1965 as part of
a new institute, soon to become the New
We are proud of our many achievements to South Wales Institute of Technology (NSWIT).
date. These include: In 1987, by Act of the Parliament of New South
• the recent growth of the UTS Engineering Wales, NSWIT was reconstituted as the
Cooperative Scholarship Program which University of Technology, Sydney, and com-
demonstrates industry's commitment to menced operation as UTS in January 1988.
the Faculty and its practice-based During 1988 and 1989, UTS amalgamated
education philosophy with several other institutions and parts of
• the groundbreaking research in wireless institutions, and the 'new UTS' came into
communication technology for heart being in its present form in 1990. None of the
disease, innovative surgical instruments, University's new partners had engineering
global positioning systems, Solar Sailor schools, and so the Faculty of Engineering has
electrical motors, rehabilitation of timber continued in essentially the same form since
bridges, and renewable bio-fuel its inception.
propulsion, and The first courses offered led to the award of
• the expansion of the role played by the Diploma in Technology. These were extended
Faculty's Industry Advisory Network to Bachelor of Engineering level in 1971, and
(IAN) in its provision of strategic advice the Diploma courses gradually phased out.
to the Faculty. The network comprises The first Bachelor of Engineering degrees
senior industry representatives from all were awarded in 1972. Programs leading to
fields of engineering practice. Master of Engineering by coursework and by
We will continue to strive to improve our research were offered in 1975. The degree of
student service and strengthen our links with Doctor of Philosophy by research was made
our industry partners. I invite you to partici- available in 1986, initially by arrangement
pate in this exciting journey - join with us, with another university and, from 1988, by
learn with us, collaborate with us, and UTS in its own right.
succeed with us.
Faculty information 25

In 2001, the Faculty has some 2,650 under- standing of engineering theory, analysis and
graduate students and 671 postgraduate laboratory work, and to studies in other
students. Of the latter, some 74 are candidates disciplines, and promotes critical and creative
for higher degrees by research, and 597 are thinking based on knowledge gained outside
enrolled for postgraduate awards by as well as within the University. This inter-
coursework. action requires that most academic staff
themselves have significant experience of
engineering internship, and keep it constantly
MISSION refreshed. Educational programs in which
either students or a majority of staff do not
The mission of the Faculty of Engineering is have current experience of practice cannot
to be the Australian leader, and among the validly be called practice-based.
world leaders, in practice-based engineering Practice-based education is more than practice,
education and research. and more than education. A university
education should impart a thorough grasp of
fundamental principles, a respect for knowl-
PRACTICE-BASED edge, a capacity for critical inquiry and lateral
thinking, a fluency in communication, a pride
ENGINEERING EDUCATION in excellence, and an eagerness to contribute
to shaping the future. Practice-based engin-
What does it mean? eering education claims that these attributes
can be more effective when they have been
Engineering is about devising ways in which developed in contact with the human and tech-
technology can contribute to human ends, nical challenge of real engineering situations.
and about developing, delivering and main-
taining technical systems that do so. The
practice of engineering is about doing this Engineering education at UTS
reliably and cost-effectively, in the context of In Australia, the basic qualification for pro-
real social and economic objectives and fessional engineering internship is the Bachelor
pressures, and in a variety of business and of Engineering degree (BE). At most univer-
community settings. It embraces many tech- sities the BE occupies four years of full-time
nical and non-technical factors that cannot be academic study. At UTS, as well as completing
replicated in the classroom, including the the academic program, all undergraduate
need to understand and interact with a wide engineering students must gain substantial,
range of people and perspectives as well as approved engineering internship in industry,
to deal with new or unexpected technical or in other authentic professional settings.
issues and with uncertainty and risk. It This experience must be distributed over the
should recognise the fundamental need to period of the course and must meet standards
ensure a sustainable future. of level, quality, and relevance. Traditionally,
Education for professional engineering must it has taken six years to complete a UTS
include a strong intellectual training, and a Engineering degree. Since 1998, it has taken
strong grounding in engineering science. But five years.
over-concentration on engineering science Graduates of most university engineering
can impart a narrow technical mindset; and courses need up to two years' experience in
an education that is exclusively academic can industry, after graduation, before they are able
be remote from reality. Either of these can to assume real responsibility. UTS
cause graduates serious difficulty later in Engineering graduates have already gained
coming to grips with the human aspects of much of this experience, together with a real
engineering and with the demands of understanding of the interrelations between
practice. theory and practice, technology and human
Practice-based engineering education factors. They are equipped to undertake
requires students to experience the reality of professional responsibility much sooner than
engineering internship from an early stage in graduates of other courses at other
their professional formation. It actively relates universities - often, immediately upon
this experience to their developing under- graduating.
26 Faculty information

The combination of formal academic learning WOMEN IN ENGINEERING


in the University, and experiential learning in
the workplace, is called Cooperative Education PROGRAM
(or Co-op). UTS Engineering courses have
embodied this principle for over 30 years. The The engineering profession in Australia has
courses have been highly regarded in industry traditionally attracted few women. Currently,
and according to many reports and surveys, women represent around 6 per cent of prac-
the graduates enjoy the highest employment ticing professional engineers and 14 per cent
rate of any engineering degree courses in of enrolments in engineering degree courses
Australia. UTS Engineering is by far the nationally.
largest Co-op faculty in Australia, in any The Women in Engineering program was first
discipline. Co-op is well known and highly established at UTS to improve this rate of
regarded in other countries also, particularly participation by communicating a broadened
in North America. UTS is a member of the conception of engineering to secondary
World Council for Cooperative Education. students. This experience led to the develop-
The BE program has recently been completely ment of curriculum resources on teaching
redesigned. It retains the Co-op requirement technology for girls. The program now com-
for substantial work experience, but now goes municates with secondary schools in ways
much further. It extends the concept of that are inclusive of the interests and
practice-based engineering education into one capabilities of a diverse range of students,
especially women, and also works to address
of total professional formation, and leads to
educational, cultural and professional barriers
the combined award of Bachelor of
that may inhibit the contribution of women
Engineering, Diploma in Engineering Practice
to the engineering profession.
(BE DipEngPrac). Details appear in the
relevant section of this handbook. The program has been recognised in engineer-
ing education and professional spheres by its
Other UTS Engineering courses, under- inauguration of the Annual Australasian
graduate and postgraduate, are also designed Women in Engineering Forum, for its
to interact strongly with industry, though the initiatives in curriculum development, and its
work-experience requirements are mostly less contributions to the ground-breaking
structured than those of the BE DipEngPrac. National Review of Engineering Education.
In all programs, the majority of students It has strongly influenced the philosophy of
already have significant industrial experience, engineering at UTS, and has been a catalyst
or are gaining it concurrently. The Faculty has for many innovations in the new Bachelor of
policies for maximising opportunity for its Engineering, Diploma in Engineering Practice
academic staff to maintain first-hand experi- curriculum introduced in 1998. The program
ence in industry, and engages many practising has recently translated its experience in com-
engineers as adjunct teaching staff. It also municating with schools about engineering
strongly encourages collaborative research into curriculum innovation in the Bachelor of
and consultancy with industry, and many of Engineering at UTS. Women in Engineering
its research students are industry based. The promotes opportunities for inclusive team
predominant culture, therefore, is strongly building for students, and student interaction
practice oriented, and this also benefits the with women engineers from diverse fields
relatively small number of students who do around current issues.
not yet have engineering work experience. The Faculty of Engineering at UTS has the
The Faculty is actively exploring the new highest proportion of women academic staff
paradigms of work-based learning now devel- of any Australian engineering faculty. Several
oping in several countries, and has recently are past coordinators of the program.
introduced a work-based learning program. The Faculty strongly welcomes women
In all of its activities the Faculty seeks to students and values their contribution to an
promote better understanding of the role of inclusive teaching and learning environment,
engineering in society, and to promote and and their insights from their internship experi-
support service to the community through ence in engineering. It also supports broader
other channels as well as industry. cultural change initiatives which will better
enable women graduates to fulfil their poten-
tial as future engineering and management
professionals.
Faculty information 27

INTERNATIONAL STRUCTURE OF THE


ENGINEERING PROGRAMS FACULTY
Engineering is an international profession, The Faculty is not subdivided into departments
and international interactions are essential to or other entities, but functions on an
the development and professional currency integrated basis.
of any engineering school. UTS Engineering Each member of academic and general staff
has vigorous international partnerships in all belongs to a Staff Group, reflecting their
its areas of activity, and works to build professional interests and expertise. The
relationships with international as well as Group titles are:
Australian leaders in engineering internship • Civil Engineering
and practice-based education and research.
• Computer Systems Engineering
In its educational programs, the Faculty seeks
• Electrical Engineering
to emphasise the international dimension of
engineering and of professional development • Engineering Management and Practice
and practice. All students, undergraduate and • Environmental Engineering
postgraduate, are strongly encouraged to • Mechanical and Manufacturing
undertake international placements as part of Engineering
their academic program, for full credit.
Research students and Faculty staff are • Telecommunications Engineering
similarly encouraged to develop international • Technical Support
partnerships and to gain international • Administrative Support.
experience in the course of research projects The Faculty's governing body is the Faculty
or development leave. The Faculty has many Board in Engineering. There is a Dean's
staff with strong international backgrounds, Advisory Committee, a Faculty Budget
and has many international visitors from Committee, a Committee on Educational
overseas universities and engineering Development, a Courses Committee, a
organisations. Research Degrees Committee, and a Research
The Faculty welcomes international students, Management Committee. There is also a
both through exchange programs and as can- network of advisory committees with
didates for UTS degrees, and expects to recruit membership drawn from industry, the
increasing numbers of international students profession and the community. See page 227
to its undergraduate and graduate programs. for further details.
These students provide an essential and In addition, the Faculty is represented on most
welcome internationalising influence, and of the University's boards and committees.
help Australian students and staff to become
more fluent in their international interactions.
It is the Faculty's business to offer a satisfying
and rewarding experience to all its students, LOCATION
and in relation to its international students,
this should contribute to the strengthening of The Faculty of Engineering is located at City
personal, professional and economic links campus, Broadway; in Buildings 1 and 2. Main
between Australia and other countries. locations are:
International exchange programs relating to • CB02.7.093 (Level 7, Building 2)
the undergraduate degrees are outlined in the Dean, Faculty Manager, Undergraduate
Undergraduate courses section of this hand- and Postgraduate Office, Industrial
book. Similar opportunities are available to Liaison, International and Enterprise
students in graduate programs. All inquiries Development Office, and Women in
should be directed to the Undergraduate and Engineering program
Postgraduate Office or to the Director, • CB01.24.27 (Level24, Building 1)
International Engineering Program. Associate Dean, Teaching and Learning
International research partnerships are too Programs
numerous to list in this handbook, and are
• CB02.7.078 (Level 7, Building 2)
constantly evolving. Details appear in the
Associate Dean, International and
course entry of particular research programs
Enterprise Development
or are available from their directors.
28 Faculty information

• CB02.5.11C (LevelS, Building 2) RESEARCH PROGRAMS


Associate Dean, Research and
Development An outline of the Faculty's research interests
and strengths appears in the Postgraduate
Undergraduate and Postgraduate Office section of this handbook under Research
The UPO offices are located at CB01.7.100 Areas and Associated Centres. Details of
(level 7, Building 2). This connects with research programs are published separately.
Building 1 at the City campus, Broadway. The
postal address is:
Faculty of Engineering ASSOCIATED CENTRES
University of Technology, Sydney
PO Box 123 The Faculty participates in the work of the
Broadway NSW 2007
several centres and organisations. For details
The UPO is generally open from: refer to pages 14 and 84.
Monday to Thursday, 10 a.m. - S.30 p.m.,
and Friday, 10 a.m. - S p.m.
lnsearch Limited
Voicemail, fax or email contact may be made
at any time. Insearch Limited, which is wholly owned by
the University of Technology, Sydney, offers
General guide to locations of staff and a Foundation Studies Certificate program in
facilities Engineering. The program is designed and
supervised by the Faculty of Engineering staff
• Civil, Structural, and Environmental for students who are not currently qualified
Engineering: academic staff at CB02.S for direct university entry. While the
(level S, Building 2); laboratories mainly University cannot guarantee admission to its
at CB02.1 and CB02.2 (levels 1 and 2, degree programs (except for international
Building 2), and some at CB02.S (levelS, students), students who have completed the
Building 2) program may apply for admission to the first
• Electrical, Computer Systems, Software year of most engineering degree programs
and Telecommunications Engineering: offered by the Faculty.
academic staff and laboratories at For further information contact:
CB01.18-2S (levels 18-2S, Building 1)
Registrar
• Mechanical Engineering and Insearch Limited
Manufacturing: academic staff at Ground Floor
CB02.6 (level 6, Building 2); laboratories 10 Quay Street
mainly at CB02.2 and CB02.3 (levels 2 Haymarket
and 3, Building 2)
telephone (02) 9218 8688
• Learning and Design Centres: CB01.2S fax (02) 9281 987S
(level2S, Building 1) and CB02.6 email courses@insearch.edu.au
(level 6, Building 2)
www.insearch.edu.au
• Centre for Local Government Education
and Research: CB01.17 (level17,
Building 1) Institutes of UTS
• National Centre for Groundwater The Faculty also interacts closely with the
Management: CB01.17 (level17, following institutes at UTS:
Building 1) • Institute for Interactive Media and
• APACE (Appropriate Technology for Learning
Community and Environment): • Institute for International Studies
CB02.4 (level 4, Building 2)
• Institute for Sustainable Futures.
Further details of all these centres, institutes
and other organisations are published in the
UTS: Calendar 2002.
Faculty information 29

PRINCIPAL CONTACTS
Location' Telephone
Dean of Engineering Professor Arc hie Johnston CB02.7.092 2599
Faculty Manager Ms Sandra Meiras CB02. 7.093 2594
Associate Dean, Teaching and Learning Professor Warren Yates CB01.24.27 2436
Director, Undergraduate Programs Associate Professor David Lowe CB02.7.100 2526
Manager. Undergraduate and Postgraduate Office Ms Susana Tanuwijaya CB02.7.098 2671
Associate Dean, International and Enterprise
Development Associate Professor Jim Parkin CB02. 7.078 2638
Director, Postgraduate Programs Associate Professor Tom Anderson CB02.7.088 2422
Manager, International and Enterprise Development Ms Beate Buckenmaier CB02.7.080 2590
Associate Dean, Research and Development Professor Rod Belcher CB02.5.11 C 2423
Group Heads
Civil Professor Bijan Samali CB02. 7.070 2023
Computer Systems Mr Noel Carmody CB01.22.21 B 2390
Electrical Associate Professor Jianguo Zhu CB01.18.23 2318
Engineering Management and Practice Associate Professor Helen McGregor CB02.6 28 2673
Environmental Or Pam Hazelton CB02.5.12 2661
Mechanical Or Guang Hong CB02.6.19 2677
Telecommunications Professor Robin Braun CB01.24.24 2460
Program Heads
Capstone and double degrees Or David Eager CB02.6.12B 2687
Civil and Civil and Environmental Mr Alan Brady CB02.5.11A 2627
Computer Systems Associate Professor Chris Peterson CB01.22.21A 2389
Core Associate Professor Keith Crews CB02.5.28 2619
Electrical Or Ben Rodanski CBO 1.24.2081 2426
Engineering Practice Or Ravindra Bagia CB01.24.23 2432
Mechanical Or Phouc Huynh CB02.6.16 2617
Telecommunications Or Tim Aubrey CB01.24.17B 2360
Research Program Heads
In Key University Research Strengths
Built Infrastructure Professor Bijan Samali CB02.5.11 B 2023
[alternate Associate Professor Keith Crews!
Water and Waste Management Professor Vigi Vigneswaran CB02.5 23 2641
[alternate Professor Archie Johnstonl
Health Technologies Professor Hung Nguyen CB01.24.29 2451
[alternate Or Ananda Sanagavarapul
In University Centres
Electrical Machines and Power Electronics Associate Professor Jianguo Zhu CB01.18.23 2318
[alternate Or Peter Wattersonl
Groundwater Management Professor Michael Knight CB01.17.15 2692
Satellite Systems Associate Professor Sa m Reisenfeld CB01.25.12B 2448
[alternate Or Tim Aubreyl
In Faculty/Unit Designated Research Strengths
Intelligent Transport Systems Professor Chris Ora ne CB01.22.21 B 2390
In Emerging Research Strengths
Energy Planning and Policy Associate Professor Deepak Sharma CB02.5.27 2422
Fluid Systems Or Simon Beecham CB02.5.07 2623
Information Systems Associate Professor David Lowe CB02. 7.100 2526
Mechanical Systems Or Nong Zhang CB02.6.08 2662
Systems and Software Engineering Associate Professor John Leaney CB01.22.21A 2389
Wireless Communication Professor Robin Braun CB01.24.24 2460
Director, Industrial Liaison Mr Paul Stapleton CB02.7.097 2592
Director, International Engineering Program Mr Paul Maloney CB02.7.087 2591
Director, Women in Engineering Program Ms Bronwyn Holland CB02.7 071 2601
Community Outreach Coordinator Ms Betty Jacobs CB02 7 074 2450

Note: A list of academic staff by Groups, show1ng their professional interests, is given at the end of this section. The University's
formall1sting of Faculty of Engineenng staff, with qualifications. appears at the end of this handbook and in the UTS: Calendar 2002.
Note that some locations are provisional and may change.
30 Faculty information

PROFESSIONAL BODIES IN The Association of Professional


ENGINEERING Engineers, Scientists and
Managers, Australia
The Institution of Engineers, The Association of Professional Engineers,
Scientists and Managers, Australia (APES MA)
Australia
provides advice and assistance on
The Institution of Engineers, Australia employment-related matters for professional
(IEAust) is the principal professional engin- engineers, scientists and managers. Student
eering body and learned society in Australia. members receive the publication The Student
Its membership covers all branches of engin- Update three times a year which gives practical
eering, with specialist colleges catering for the insight into the workplace and employment
main fields of practice. Its headquarters is issues that affect them as professional
located in Canberra, with operating divisions engineers. For information and student
in capital cities and regional centres. The local membership application forms, contact
division for UTS is Sydney Division, which APESMA on telephone (02) 9264 9500.
runs an annual program of lectures, seminars
and professional activities, with particular
events for Young Engineers. Its offices are Other bodies
located in North Sydney, and can be contacted There are a number of other national and
on telephone (02) 9929 8544. regional associations representing particular
Corporate membership of IEAust (in the branches of engineering. Faculty staff with
grades of Member or Fellow) confers the interests in the field concerned are often active
status of Chartered Engineer and provides a in these bodies, and glad to provide
listing in the National Professional Engineers information.
Register. Students enrolled in courses leading
to the Bachelor of Engineering degree may
join IEAust as Student members, and upon
graduation become eligible for Graduate
membership. To attain the corporate grade of
Member, certain professional competencies
must be gained and demonstrated, normally
in employment after graduation. UTS
graduates may expect to receive credit
towards this requirement for the industrial
experience gained during their degree,
although some further experience is normally
needed (refer also to Professional recognition
under Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in
Engineering Practice).
IEAust membership is also available in the
categories of Engineering Associate (normally
holding a TAFE Associate Diploma or equiv-
alent) and Engineering Technologist (normally
holding a Bachelor of Technology degree or
an Advanced Diploma).
IEAust assesses degree courses conducted by
Australian universities, and may recognise
them as meeting its educational requirements
for membership. All UTS Bachelor of
Engineering degrees are so recognised.
Faculty information 31

ACADEMIC STAFF GROUPS -AREAS OF PROFESSIONAL


INTEREST
(The staff list at the end of the handbook includes academic and general staff.)
Location Telephone

Civil Engineering
Associate Professor Tom Anderson Construction and Management CB02.7.088 2639
Or Simon Beecham Water Engineering CB02.5.07 2623
Mr Alan Brady Surveying CB02.5.11A 2627
Associate Professor Keith Crews Timber Engineering. Structural Design CB02.5.28 2619
Mr Ken Halstead Local Government Engineering CB02.5.22 2640
Or Reza-ul Karim Structural Mechanics. Analysis and Design CB02.5.05 2621
Or Kin Leung Lai Structural Mechanics. Concrete Structures CB02.5.1 0 2626
Or R Sri Ravindrarajah Concrete Technology CB02.5.29 2625
Or Gerald Ring Soil Engineering CB02.5.06 2622
Or Ali Saleh Structural Mechanics, Finite Element Analysis, CB02.5.17 2635
Computational Mechanics
Professor Bijan Samali Structural Dynamics, Wind and Earthquake CB02. 7.070 2632
Engineermg
Mr Chris Wilkinson Structural Design Philosophies, Structure of Steel, CB02.5.18 2648
Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Structures
Postdoctoral Fellow
Or Danielle Simone Klimesch Fibre-Cement Building Products, Advanced CB02.5.24 2642
Materials Analysis/Characterisation
Research Fellows
Or Jianchun Li Dynamic Analysis and Testing, Fracture Mechanics CB02.5.09 2651
Ms Yi Min Wu Dynamic Testing CB02.5.36A 2582
Adjunct Professor
Professor Steve Bakoss Structural Mechanics, Structural Design CB02.5.03 2629

Computer Systems Engineering


Mr Noel Carmody Microcomputer System Design, Operating Systems, CB01.22.21C 2391
Computer Architecture, Digital Control Systems,
Electrical Engineering

Professor Chris Ora ne Positioning Systems, Intelligent Transport Systems, CB01.22.21 B 2390
Software Engineering

Or Martin Evans Software Engineering, Philosophy in Engineering CB01.22.24 2351


Or K K Fung Parallel Processing, Software Engineering, CB01.22.25 2394
Computer Simulation, Microcomputer Engineering,
Digital Systems
Mr John Leaney Software/Systems Engineering, Systems/Software CB01.22.21A 2389
Architecture, Open Systems
Associate Professor Oavid Lowe Hypermedia Information Modelling, Web and CB02.7.100 2526
Hypermedia Development Processes, Web
Project Seeping
Mr Steve Murray Embedded Systems, Real-time Systems, Operating CB01.22.22 1553
Systems, Computer Systems Engineering

Associate Professor Chris Peterson Industry Research Policy, Year 2000 Software CB01.22.20A 2392
Compliance, Software Project Management

Or Keiko Yasukawa Mathematics Education, Nonlinear Systems and CB01.22.1 OC 2437


Control, Numeracy and Engineering
32 Faculty information

Location Telephone

Electrical Engineering
Professor Hung Nguyen Computer Control and Instrumentation, CB01.24.29 2451
Biomedical Technology, Neural Networks
and Fuzzy Logic
Mr Peter McLean Embedded Systems, Signal Processing, CB0119.21 2339
Numerical Methods
Mr An drew Mears Biomedical Engineenng, Instrumentation and CB01.24.32 2427
Control, Biosensors, Signal Processing and
Identification
Or Quang Ha Control Theory, Robotics, Computer Control CB01.24.17B 2453
Or Venkat Ramaswamy Power Electronics, Electrical Machines, CB01.24.17A 2418
Variable-Speed Drives, Computer Simulation
and Modelling
Or Ben Rodanski Numerical Methods, Computer-aided Design, CB01.24.20B 2426
Device Modelling for CAD, Software Engineering
Associate Professor Jianguo Zhu Electromagnetics, Electrical Machmes and CB01.24.28 2318
Drive Systems, Power Electronics
Senior Research Fellow
Or Peter Watterson Electromagnetics, Engineering Mathematics, CB0118.23 2319
Numerical Methods

Engineering Management and Practice


Or H Akpolat Engineering Management, Management Systems, CB02. 7 070 2628
Risk Management
Mr Ravindra Bagia Systems Engineering, Software Engineering, CB01.24.23 2432
Engineering Management
Professor Rod Belcher Antenna and Microwave Systems, Systems CB02.5.11 2423
Engineering
Associate Professor Paul Bryce Micro-hydroelectricity, Appropriate Technology, CB01.24.20A 2425
Renewable Energy and Development
Mrs Betty Jacobs Engineering, Science and Design Education, CB02. 7.074 2450
Communication
Mr R Jarman Micro-hydroelectric Systems, Appropriate CB01.18.23 2368
Technology, Engineering Communication
Mr Peter Lewis Engineering Education, Engineering CB01.24.31 2431
Management, Project Management
Mr Paul Maloney International Engineering, Philosophy of Science CB02. 7.083 2591
Associate Professor Helen McGregor Human Communication, Engineering and Social CB02.6.28 2678
Issues, Cooperative Education, Engineering
Documentation, Professional Development
Ms Vicki McKain Instrumentation and Control, Engineering CB01.24.33 2443
Education and Biomedical Engineering
Associate Professor Deepak Sharma Energy Planning and Policy, Institutional CB02.5.27 2422
Restructunng and Decis1on Processes,
Project Planning and Performance

Mr Paul Stapleton Industrial Liaison CB02. 7.097 2592


Adjunct Professor
Associate Professor Stephen Johnston Appropriate Technology, Design, Ergonomics, CB02.6.27 2668
Philosophy, Practice and Social Context
of Engineering
Faculty information 33

Location Telephone

Environmental Engineering
Professor Vigi Vigneswaran Environmental Engineering, Water and Waste CB02.5.23 2641
Treatment, Management and Re-use, Industrial
Waste Minimisation, Cleaner Production

Professor Michael Kn1ght [National Centre for Groundwater Management) CB01.17.15 2692
Land-based Waste Management Systems,
Contaminated Site Investigation, Remediation
Dry Land Salinity, Urban Water Resource
Management
Associate Professor Jim Parkin Engineering Management, Environmental CB02.7.087 2638
Planning, Decision Theory
Or Prasanthi Hag are Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant Design, CB02.5.20 1952
Industrial/Hazardous Waste Management,
Auditing Landfill Management

Or Pamela Hazelton Applied Soil Science, Land Resource Management CB02.5.12 2661
Ms Bronwyn Holland Environmental Engineering, Women in Engineering CB02.7.071 2601
Program
Mr James Irish Environmental Risk Assessment, Risk Engineering, CB02.5.01 2617
Statistical Hydrology
Professor Arc hie Johnston Environmental Hydraulic Engineering, Fluid CB02.7.092 2599
Mechanics or Water Quality, Groundwater Pollution,
Urban Drainage, Oil Spill Hydrodynamics.
Riverbank Stabilisation
Or Robert McLaughlan Ecohydrology, Contaminated Sites Management, CB01.17.15 2614
Engineering Education [National Centre for
Groundwater Management)
Or Noel Merrick Groundwater Modelling, Flow Modelling and CB01.17.15 2612
Optimisation [technical and economic coupling).
Groundwater Management, Geophysical Mapping
of Salinised Sites [National Centre for
Groundwater Management)
Or William Milne-Home Aquifer Pumping Test Analysis, Dry Land Salinity CB01.17.15 2654
and its Management, Isotope Tracers
[National Centre for Groundwater Management)
Or Hao Ngo Advanced Water and Wastewater Treatment CB02.5.47 2653
Processes, Water Quality Assessment and
Monitoring, Argo-industries Waste Management
Mr Derek Yates Soilwater Physics, Unsaturated Flow, CB01.17.15 2702
Groundwater Modelling [National Centre for
Groundwater Management)
34 Faculty information

Location Telephone

Mechanical Engineering and Manufacturing


Mr Terry Brown Experimental and Computer-aided Stress Analysis CB02.6.04 2658
and Design, Adhesives
Mr John Dartnall Mechanical Engineering Design CB02.6.22 2541
Or David Eager Acoustics, Project Management, Occupational CBD2.6.12B 2687
Health and Safety, Building Services Engineering,
Fire Engineering, Accident Investigation, Forensic
Engineering, Children·s Playgrounds and
Amusement Parks and Devices
Or Guang Hong Internal Combustion Engines, Active Flow Control, CB02.6.19 2677
Thermodynamics, Engineering Statistics
Or Phuoc Huynh Computational Mechanics, Fluid Mechanics, CB02.6.16 2675
Heat Transfer
Ms Catherine Killen Management of Technology, Computer-aided CB02.6.24 2697
Design, Product Data Management
Or Austin Mack Aerodynamics, Fmite Element Methods, CB02.6.26 2684
Computational Fluid Dynamics, Computational
Electromagnetics
Or Jafar Madadnia Sustainable Engineering, Renewable and CBD2.6.06 2740
Non-renewable Energy, and Jet Cutting Systems,
Heat Transfer, Cooling Towers. EHD
Mr Garry Marks Political Economy of Technology, Industry CB02.6.09 2683
Development Policy, Engineering Education
Or Fred Sticher Advanced Kinematics and Dynamics, CB02.6.23 2681
Instrumentation
Or Nong Zhang Vibration Analysis, Turbo Mach.1nery Vibration, CB02.6.08 2662
Dynamics of Vehicle Powertrain Systems,
Vibration and Motion Control
Adjunct Professor
Professor John Reizes Computational Fluid Dynamics, Thermodynamics, CB02.6.1 0 2742
Heat Transfer, Energy Ethics

Telecommunications Engineering
Or Tim Aubrey Antennas and Propagation, Microwave Engineering CB01.24.17B 2360
Professor Robin Braun Digital Communications, Information Theory CB01.24.24 2460
of Coding, Digital Signal Processing, Teletraffic
Engineering, Telecommunications Economics
Or Jules Harnett Engineering Mathematics CB01.24.19 2413
Mr Anthony Kadi Real-time Signal Processing, Ultrasound Signal CB01.24.20E 2459
Processing, Signal Theory, Hardware Design and
Construction, Communications Networks
Associate Professor Sa m Reisenfeld Communications Systems, Satellite Communication, CB01.25.12B 2448
Information Theory, Modulation, Channel Coding,
Synchronisation, Mobile Communications,
Wireless Networks, Neural Networks
Or Ananda [Mohanl Sanagavarapu High Frequency Electromagnetics, Wave CB01.25.12A 2447
Propagation, Microwave Engineering,
Mobile Communication
Or Kumbesan Sandrasegaran Wireless Communication Systems, CB01.24.200 2428
Knowledge-based Systems, Computer-based
Learning, Broadband Residential Access Networks
Professor Warren Yates Signal Processing, Communication System CB01.24.27 2436
Theory, Packet Radio and Spread Spectrum
Communications, Synchronisation Issues
in Communications
Faculty information 35

ENGINEERING LEARNING Prizes available to students in all faculties of


the University are described in the UTS:
AND DESIGN CENTRES Calendar 2002.

The Faculty has a strong commitment to pro-


Endowments
viding an effective and supportive learning
environment for engineering students. The James N Kirby Chair of Manufacturing
Learning and Design Centres are located at Engineering
CB01.25.15 (Building 1, room 2515 (level25)) In 1983, the James N Kirby Foundation com-
and CB02.6.39 (Building 2, room 639 (level6)). menced a series of donations to the Faculty
They serve students by providing access to of Engineering Development Fund towards
tutors for individual and small group support, the establishment of a Chair in an area relating
reference material, and software and to manufacturing industry. The capital fund
hardware resources, on a drop-in basis, and to support the Chair was built up over some
are open for extended hours. 12 years and is now expected to be capable of
providing a substantial annual contribution
in perpetuity.
OTHER SUPPORT CENTRES Through the Foundation's generosity, the
Council of UTS was able to establish the James
For a complete list of student support centres, N Kirby Chair of Manufacturing Engineering
refer to page 14 of this handbook, under in 1988. The inaugural professor, Dr Frank
Student Learning Centres. Swinkels, was appointed in 1989 and took up
duty in 1990. Dr Swinkels had previously been
Director of the University's Centre for
Industrial Technology.
ENGINEERING CLUBS AND
SOCIETIES Prizes
Engineering clubs and societies at UTS Aim Products Prize
include: This award was established in 2000 by do-
• The Faculty of Engineering Speakers Club nations from Aim Products Australia Pty Ltd.
• SECSME (Society of Electrical, Civil, The prize is awarded each semester to the
Structural and Mechanical Engineers) student with the best performance in each of
the following subjects: 48210 Engineering for
• Society of Environmental Computer
Sustainability; 48510 Introduction to Electrical
Systems and Telecommunication
Engineering; 48520 Electronics; and 48441
Engineers.
Introductory Digital Systems. The prize
consists of a cash award of $250.

ENDOWMENTS, PRIZES AND Association of Consulting Structural


Engineers Prizes
SCHOLARSHIPS
Two prizes from the Association of Consulting
A number of prizes and scholarships for Engineers were established in 1986, and are
academic excellence are awarded to students awarded annually to students enrolled in the
enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering. Prizes Civil or Civil and Environmental Engineering
are awarded in respect of each academic year major. The Junior prize is awarded to the
and are presented annually at a Faculty student in the Civil or Civil and Environmental
ceremony. These prizes are made available Engineering major who achieves, at the first
through the generosity of private individuals attempt, the highest aggregate in the subject
and organisations in the public and private 48321 Statics. The cash value of the prize is
$200. The Senior prize is awarded to the
sector.
student in the Civil Engineering major who
Scholarships for commencing students are achieves, at the first attempt, the highest
also available. Undergraduate scholarships aggregate in the subject 48369 Structural
are described below. Inquiries about post- Design 2. The cash value of the prize is $250.
graduate scholarships should be made with
the Scholarships and Promotions Manager on
telephone (02) 9514 1521.
36 Faculty information

Australian Industry Group John Heine Trevor Buchner Design Prize


Memorial Prizes (Prize under review)
These prizes were formerly known as the This prize was established in 1988 from a Trust
MTIA John Heine Memorial Prizes and have Fund set up in recognition of the contribution
been re-named because the Metal Trades and distinguished service of Trevor Buchner,
Industry Association of Australia merged the first academic member of staff of the
with the Australian Chamber of Manufacturers School of Civil Engineering. This prize is
in 1998 to form the Australian Industry awarded annually to the student enrolled in
Group. the Civil Engineering major, who achieves the
The MTIA established the John Heine highest aggregate mark, at the first attempt,
Memorial Foundation in 1950 in memory of in the subject 48369 Structural Design 2. The
John Heine who did much to advance the prize has a cash value of $200.
cause of the metal trades industry. In 1971 the
Foundation decided to give support and Electric Energy Society of Australia
encouragement to students by the annual Since 1976 the Electric Energy Society of
award of prizes to outstanding students in the Australia has offered encouragement, by way
undergraduate Mechanical Engineering of an annual cash award of $200, to Electrical
major of the Bachelor of Engineering, Engineering students. The purpose of the
Diploma in Engineering Practice, at the end prize is to attract the interest of students in
of their first year at UTS, on the basis of the pursuing a course which enables them to
aggregate mark in all subjects studied in their become engineers in the electric power distri-
second semester. The Foundation continues bution industry. The prize is awarded to a
to offer these prizes through the Australian sandwich pattern or part-time student who
Industry Group. The prizes are in the form of achieves best performance in the subject 48550
cash awards to help students cover costs for Electrical Energy Technology.
books and equipment for use in connection
with their early years of study at UTS. Energy Australia Prize in Power
Currently, prizes are awarded to students in Engineering
their first three years of study. There are nine
This prize was established in 1986 and is
prizes and each is a cash award of $400.
awarded annually to the student who com-
L H Baker Medal
pletes the requirements of the Electrical
Engineering degree course and who obtains
The medal was established in 1977 to perpetu- the highest WAM after completion of the
ate the memory of the late L H Baker, former Electrical Engineering degree and Energy
Head of the School of Mechanical Engineering, Technology sub-major. The cash value of the
who died in 1976. The prize consists of a medal prize is $250 and is subject to periodic review
and may be awarded annually to a student for the purpose of maintaining its real value.
who, over the calendar year, has completed
four subjects in the Mechanical Engineering Francis E Feledy Memorial Prize
field of practice and achieved the highest
aggregate mark; the student must have been This award was established by the staff of the
working full-time during the entire year. British Motor Corporation as a memorial to
the late Francis E Feledy for his work as an
Eldred G Bishop Prize architect and engineer with that company. The
award was first made available in 1966
The prize was established in 1974 to com-
through the then Department of Technical
memorate the leadership of Eldred George
Education. In 1974, the then Institute became
Bishop in improving the standard and quality
the Trustee of the fund. At the discretion of
of manufacturing engineering in Sydney. The
prize is awarded to a student who is an the Trustee, the prize is awarded annually to
Australian citizen, generally entering his or an outstanding part-time student entering his
her final year of studies towards the Bachelor or her final year in each of the Faculties of
of Engineering degree. Selection is by invi- Engineering; Science; and Design, Architecture
tation initially, followed by written appli- and Building. Each prize is valued at $600.
cation and an interview. No candidate may
be considered for the prize more than once.
The prize consists of a commemorative trophy
and a cash award of $1,600.
Faculty information 37

The George J Haggarty conditions: (i) he or she must have been a


Civil Engineering Prize registered student in the Mechanical
In 1981 the George J Haggarty Student Engineering degree course during the year for
Endowment Fund was established to com- which the award is made, and (ii) he or she
memorate the significant contribution made must have achieved the best performance in
by the Foundation Head, School of Civil the subject 48660 Dynamics and Control.
Engineering, to engineering education. From The recipient of the prize in Electrical
the Fund, the George J Haggarty Civil Engineering shall satisfy the following con-
Engineering Prize is awarded annually to a ditions: (i) he or she must have been an
student in the Civil Engineering major who, enrolled student in the Electrical Engineering
at his or her first attempt, achieves the highest or Computer Systems Engineering major
aggregate in the subject 48331 Mechanics of during the year for which the award is made,
Solids. The prize is a cash award of $200. and (ii) he or she must have achieved the best
performance in the subject 48560 Analogue
The IEAust MEM Prize and Digital Control.
This prize was established in 1992 by the Each prize is a cash award of $500.
Institution of Engineers, Australia. The prize
may be awarded in respect of each academic Institution of Electrical Engineers Prize
year but is not awarded if no candidate This prize is offered by the Institution of
reaches a level acceptable to the Faculty Board Electrical Engineers (lEE) in the United
in Engineering. The recipient of the prize shall Kingdom to institutions in which the degree
satisfy the following conditions: (i) he or she programs have been mutually accredited by
must have been a registered student in the the IEAust and the lEE. It was established at
Master of Engineering Management degree, UTS in 1991. The prize may be awarded in
and (ii) he or she must have achieved the respect of each academic year but is not
highest aggregate marks of students fulfilling awarded if no candidate reaches a level
the requirements to graduate. The prize is a acceptable to the Faculty Board in
cash award of $250. Engineering. The prize is awarded to a
graduating Electrical Engineering student on
The Institute of Public Works Engineering the basis of outstanding performance in the
Australia - NSW Division Medal final-year project. The prize consists of a
This prize was established in 1975. It is certificate, a cash award of $250 and two
awarded annually to the student, in either years' free membership of the Institution of
part-time study or sandwich mode, with the Electrical Engineers.
best overall academic performance in the
Civil, or Civil and Environmental Engineering Institution of Electrical Engineers
degree course and who is employed by a Local E C Parkinson Prize
Government Authority at the time of The Sydney section of the Institution of
completing the course. The recipient must Manufacturing Engineers donated a sum of
have been employed by a Local Government money in 1964 to be used to establish a prize
Authority for at least three semesters during for the purpose of perpetuating the memory
the period of his or her course. The award of the late E C Parkinson, a distinguished pro-
comprises $500 cash and a medal. duction engineer and, for many years, a senior
executive of the AWA Company. Since 1970
The Institute of Instrumentation and the prize has been awarded to a student of
Control, Australia Prize the University. The prize is awarded annually
This prize was established in 1992 by the to a graduating student with a Mechanical
Institute of Instrumentation and Control, Engineering major, on the basis of the highest
Australia. The prize may be awarded each aggregate mark in the subjects studied in the
academic year but is not awarded unless a student's last semester. Only students who
candidate reaches a level acceptable to the undertake 18 credit points or more in their last
Faculty Board in Engineering. The prize is semester are eligible. The prize is a certificate
awarded to Mechanical Engineering and and a book allowance of $150.
Electrical Engineering students.
The recipient of the prize in Mechanical
Engineering shall satisfy the following
38 Faculty information

lplex Pipelines Award technical education. The prize is awarded to


This award was established in 1983 as the a final-year student in Electrical Engineering
Hardie's Pipeline Systems Award. In 1998, it who has achieved the highest level of
was re-named the Iplex Pipelines Award. It is academic excellence or who has conducted the
awarded annually to the student in the Civil best final-year project. The prize consists of
Engineering major who obtains the highest an instrument or a combination of instruments
aggregate in the subject 48362 Hydraulics and to the value of $500, and a commemorative
Hydrology. The prize consists of a cash award certificate from the company.
of $250 and a prestigious trophy.
Society of Manufacturing Engineers
Jack Kaganer Prize (Stage 8) Prize
(Prize under review) (Prize under review)

This prize was established in 1991 by The Society of Manufacturing Engineers has
donations from the family and friends of the supported this prize since the early 1970s. It
late Jack Kaganer to commemorate his long is awarded annually to the student enrolled
and distinguished service to what was then in the Mechanical Engineering or Manufactur-
the School of Civil Engineering of NSWIT. ing Engineering degree course who obtains
Jack Kaganar was the second member of staff the highest mark in the subject 48012 Capstone
to join the School of Civil Engineering and Project (12cp) for a thesis on a manufacturing
played an important role in its development engineering topic. The prize is a cash award
until his retirement at the end of 1984. The prize of $250 together with one year's free member-
is awarded annually to a student registered ship of the Society and a framed certificate.
in either the Civil or Civil and Environmental
Engineering major during the year in which Richard Whitfeld Prize for Industrial
the award is made, and who achieves, at the Experience
first attempt, the highest aggregate in the This prize was established in 1992 by the
subject 48369 Structural Design 2. The prize Computer Systems Engineering Forum. In
is a cash award of $250. 1997 it was re-named in honour of the late
Richard Whitfeld, an eminent figure in the
Leica Geosystems Pty Ltd Prize computer industry, and an active contributor
This prize was established in 1986 as the Leica to the work of the Faculty.
Instruments Prize. In 1998 it was re-named the The prize may be awarded each academic
Leica Geosystems Pty Ltd Prize. The prize is year but is not awarded if no candidate
awarded to the student who obtains the reaches a level acceptable to the Faculty Board
highest mark in the Surveying Practical Test. in Engineering. The recipient shall satisfy the
If the Practical Test is not conducted in either following conditions: (i) he or she must have
semester of the year for which the award is been an enrolled student in the Computer
made, the prize is awarded to the student who Systems Engineering major during the entire
has obtained the highest aggregate mark in calendar year for which the award is made,
the subject 48320 Surveying. The prize is an and (ii) he or she must have the highest mark
instrument chosen by the company. in the subject 48142 Engineering Practice
Review 2.
Pioneer Concrete (Stage 5) Prize In selecting the prize winner, account is taken
This prize was established in 1987 by Pioneer of industrial experience log books, reports,
Concrete (NSW) Pty Ltd. It is awarded submissions from employers, and any other
annually to the student enrolled in the Civil, relevant material. The criteria include
or Civil and Environmental Engineering appropriateness of experience, engineering
major who achieves, at the first attempt, the excellence, technical ability, communication
highest aggregate in the subject 48352 skills, quality of report and degree of inno-
Construction Materials. The prize has a cash vation shown during the work experience.
value of $500. The prize is in the form of a certificate and a
cash award of $500.
RS Components Pty Ltd Prize
This prize was established in 1996 by RS
Components Pty Ltd, an organisation which
firmly believes in the principles of a strong
Faculty information 39

Scholarships commencing during the second week of the


Autumn semester 2002 and concluding at the
Engineering Co-op Scholarship Program
end of the Spring semester 2002 examination
Availability period.
Engineering Co-operative scholarships are
Engineering internship opportunities
awarded in 2002 to students who are success-
ful candidates at the 2001 NSW Higher School During their second academic year, scholars
Certificate examinations (or equivalent) and may be given the opportunity to undertake one
who are either Australian citizens or perma- period of work experience with the sponsor
nent Australian residents. Awards are made of their scholarship.
only to men and women who satisfy the Personal requirements
requirements for admission to the Bachelor of
Engineering, Diploma in Engineering Scholars are selected jointly by the University
Practice. and scholarship sponsors on the basis of a
combination of academic achievements and
Scholarships are not normally available for the personal attributes relevant to a career in
Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Arts in
professional engineering, such as an interest
International Studies, Diploma in Engineering in engineering, communications skills,
Practice. Because of its special nature, this
leadership and creativity.
course has different employment and support
arrangements in place, including scholarship Academic requirements
support for study and work overseas. Competition for scholarships is strong and a
Sponsors UAI of approximately 97 is required for
success. It is also a requirement that the pro-
The scholarships are derived from gifts made fessional engineering interests of each scholar
to the University by industry sponsors who be in the field of activity of the sponsor of the
are engaged in a variety of engineering scholarship.
endeavours. The value of each scholarship
depends on the level and period of sponsor- Applications and interviews
ship but is between $5,000 and $10,000 per Application forms are available from high
annum. The stipend to students is tax free. school careers advisers in August each year.
The Faculty acknowledges the commitment The closing date is 27 September. Applicants
and generous sponsorship of the Engineering who are short-listed are required to attend an
Co-op Scholarship Program by the following interview in late November or early December.
organisations: Other than in exceptional circumstances,
BP Australia; Canon Australia; Ci Technologies scholarships are awarded only to applicants
Pty Ltd; CMPS&F; Commonwealth Bank; able to personally attend the interview.
Comalco; Delta Electricity; Energy Australia;
Conditions of award
GHD; IBM Australia; Insearch Limited;
Institute of Municipal Engineering Australia; Conditions of award applying to individual
Keycorp Limited; Kinhill Engineers; Leighton scholarships are consistent with this infor-
Contractors; McMillan, Britton & Kell; mation, and are advised when the offer is
National Facility for Dynamic Testing; Pacific made.
Power; Optus; Ove Arup & Partners; Rose
Consulting; Vodafone; Warman International. The George J Haggarty Civil Engineering
Sponsors of 2002 scholarships are not yet Scholarship
finalised. This scholarship was established in 1981 from
funds made available from the George J
Duration and payments Haggarty Student Endowment Fund. The
The scholarships are designed to provide George J Haggarty Civil Engineering Scholar-
students with financial support at the start of ship is aimed primarily at country-based
their course. Most scholarships operate only students who are about to start a sandwich
during the first academic year of each scholar's course. Preference is given to country students
course; some commencing in 2002 may be wishing to enter the area of Local Government
available for longer periods. engineering who have little other opportunity
An initial payment of 10 per cent of the total of alternative study programs or venues. The
annual stipend is made at the time of enrol- scholarship is offered occasionally as funds
ment. This is followed by fortnightly payments permit and is between $1,000 and $1,200.
40 Faculty information

Ove Arup Bursary


The Ove Arup Bursary was established in
1994. It provides financial support of up to
$2,000 per annum to a student of Aboriginal
or Torres Strait Islander descent who is enrolled
in one of the Civil Engineering programs
offered by the Faculty of Engineering. The aim
of the bursary is to provide financial support
to students who would otherwise be con-
strained by inadequate financial resources, to
assist them to begin or to continue their studies.
Applications for the bursary are invited from
eligible candidates by the relevant Program
Director. The successful applicant is selected
by a committee comprising a nominee from
Ove Arup and Partners, the relevant Program
Director or his or her nominee and the Faculty
Manager, Engineering, who shall act as
convener of the committee.
The financial support from the bursary is pro-
vided to the student while he or she under-
takes full-time study. The benefits of the
bursary continue to be provided to the student
during academic semesters until completion
of the course or withdrawal from it, subject
to satisfactory academic progression being
maintained. Only one bursary is current at
any one time.
41

UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
The Faculty's flagship course is the five-year Bachelor of Engineering,
Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in
Engineering Practice. Students graduating Diploma in Engineering
with this award can major in Civil, Civil and Practice
Environmental, Computer Systems,
Construction, Electrical, Mechanical, + UTS course code: E001
Mechanical and Mechatronic, Software and + UAC code: Refer to majors
Telecommunications engineering, or graduate + Testamur title: Refer to majors
without specifying a major. In addition, a + Abbreviation: BE DipEngPrac
major can be combined with a sub-major in + Course fee: HECS [local)
another discipline. The Faculty also offers a $8,000 per semester [internationall 1
four-year Bachelor of Engineering and a three-
year Bachelor of Engineering Science degree
course as well as the combined awards Overview
Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Arts in The program leading to the combined award
International Studies, Diploma in Engineering of Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in
Practice; Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Engineering Practice is a comprehensive
Business; Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor preparation for careers in the professional
of Science; Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor practice of engineering.
of Medical Science; Bachelor of Engineering, The Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in
Bachelor of Biotechnology; and Bachelor of Engineering Practice is a combined degree
Engineering Science, Bachelor of Laws. and the awards are not available separately.
The same educational philosophy underpins Both elements of the program are closely
all awards. In every case, students undertake interwoven and interdependent, and prepare
a set of core subjects, a set of field of practice students for the professional engineering
subjects that defines their major and in some internship by linking theory and application.
cases, a set of electives. The different awards The degrees combining engineering with
have a requirement of between zero and two business, biotechnology, science and medical
internships. The advanced standing, scope science may also be combined with the
and assumed knowledge is the same for all Diploma of Engineering Practice by
courses. undertaking further work and study.
The Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in As noted earlier, the combination of formal
Engineering Practice is described in full detail. academic learning in the University and
Descriptions of the other awards cover only experiential learning in the workplace is
the differences between the award and the called Cooperative Education. UTS Engineer-
Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in ing degree courses have embodied this prin-
Engineering Practice, so for a full ciple for over 30 years. The courses are highly
understanding, the Bachelor of Engineering, regarded in industry, and the graduates have
Diploma in Engineering Practice should be enjoyed correspondingly high employment
read in association with the appropriate rates: according to many reports and surveys,
award description. the highest of any engineering degree courses
in Australia. Co-op is well known and highly
regarded in other countries also, particularly
North America.
Engineering education in many countries is
undergoing revolutionary change, and the
UTS program is believed to be at the forefront.
At present, students can major in the com-
bined award in one of eight areas. These are
Civil Engineering, Civil and Environmental
Engineering, Construction Engineering,
1
$5,000 per semester during Engineering lnternships.
42 Undergraduate courses

Computer Systems Engineering, Electrical NSW Higher School Certificate


Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Selection is competitive, and is made on the
Mechanical and Mechatronic Engineering, basis of UAI (Universities Admission Index)
Software Engineering, and Telecommuni- alone. The minimum UAI for entry varies
cations Engineering. The choice of major can from year to year and is likely to vary between
be made at entry, or postponed until the end majors, depending on the numbers of appli-
of the first year without extending completion cations for entry and places available. The
time. Further majors will be introduced in UAC Guide, published annually, quotes the
subsequent years in response to technological UAis applying in the previous year.
developments and employment demand, and
provision will be made to allow students to Although there are no formal subject pre-
requisites, the Bachelor of Engineering,
change from existing majors. It is also possible
Diploma in Engineering Practice is taught on
for students to negotiate a program which
the assumption that students have
focuses on an area outside the designated
competencies equivalent to two units of
majors. There is considerable elective scope,
which can be used either to extend engineer- English, three units of Mathematics and two
units of Physics. Some bridging courses are
ing knowledge or to take a sub-major in a
different discipline such as business or social available (see below).
science.
TAFE qualifications or tertiary studies
UTS recognises the following tertiary
Course aims qualifications for matriculation:
The UTS program aims to equip graduates • completed TAPE Diplomas, Associate
with the skills and attributes needed for pro- Diplomas, Advanced Diplomas, and
fessional practice and professional leadership. Tertiary Preparation Certificate (TPC) -
The program is designed around the triple partially completed TAPE courses are not
themes of academic development, personal usually acceptable
development, and professional formation. It
• successful completion of at least one year
provides sound foundations in engineering
full-time or two years part-time study in
theory, technical expertise, and knowledge of
a degree course at an Australian university,
professional practice, while also developing
and
academic literacy, advocacy skills and social
awareness so that graduates are equipped to • awards, or partial completion of degree
grow as lifelong learners and to become programs, at recognised overseas
effective citizens in many different capacities. universities.
The concept has been strongly endorsed in Selection depends on the level of achievement
wide-ranging industry consultations. in the qualification or course concerned, and
Interaction between work experience and may involve other factors.
academic curriculum has been greatly Intending applicants are advised to ensure
strengthened, giving the program a depth that that their maths and English language skills
no other full-time academic course can match. are equivalent to those assumed for NSW
Higher School Certificate applicants. If you
Admission requirements are from a non-English speaking background,
you are strongly advised to complete a TAPE
Full details relating to admission are available course, English for further studies, or the
from the UTS Student Info & Admin Centre TAPE Certificate IV, English for Academic
at the University's postal address, or by Purposes, before enrolment at UTS. Applicants
telephone on (+612) 95141222. The following with little recent mathematics exposure are
brief comments are offered as a general guide. strongly advised to undertake the UTS subject
The main intake of students commences the Foundation Mathematics before enrolling. For
program in March each year. Australian further information telephone (02) 9514 2666.
residents apply for admission through the
New South Wales Universities Admissions Supplementary and bridging courses and
Centre (UAC). Mid-year entry may be avail- English proficiency
able, and inquiries for admission mid-year Entrants who have not studied the equivalent
should be directed to the Associate Dean, of three units of HSC Mathematics, or who
Teaching and Learning. do not feel confident with this material, are
encouraged to contact the Faculty's Under-
Undergraduate courses 43

graduate and Postgraduate Office for advice. TAFE studies


Lack of background and/ or confidence may Students with TAFE Diplomas are entitled to
create obstacles to successful orientation to the advanced standing in the Bachelor of
University in the first year of study. There are Engineering, Diploma in Engineering Practice
mathematics bridging courses which may be (BE DipEngPrac). The level of advanced
recommended, as well as an option to take standing depends on the relevance of the
the first mathematics and physics subjects at TAFE area of study to the proposed major in
a slower pace than the standard. the BE DipEngPrac. For a TAFE Diploma in
The Mathematics Study Centre, the Physics the same area, students could expect to get
Learning Centre, the Engineering Learning between 24 and 48 credit points depending
and Design Centres, the Computing Study on the grades obtained in the TAFE subjects.
Centre, and the English Language and Study To qualify for 48 credit points, all subjects at
Skills Assistance Centre are all available to TAFE would need to be 'A' passes. Once a
enrolled students. See page 14 for contact student has been confirmed as qualifying for
details. a specific credit point value of advanced
standing, the individual subject exemptions
International students will be negotiated by the student with an
International students should apply through academic adviser, to make up the credit point
the UTS International Programs Office, from total. 48 credit points corresponds to 25 per
which all details of fees, requirements and cent of the academic content of the course,
procedures are available. equivalent to two semesters. Students who
have taken specially designed TAPE-
A Foundation Studies Program in
university articulation subjects, or who have
Mathematics, Science, Computing Science and
completed advanced diplomas may gain more
English is available to international students
than 48 credit points.
who do not meet the requirements for entry
to degree programs. This program is offered Completion of particular TAFE qualifications
through the Insearch Limited, affiliated to does not guarantee the offer of a place at UTS:
UTS, and the Institute's and the Faculty's selection is competitive.
policy is to guarantee an offer to full-fee-
paying international students who complete Partially completed Bachelor of
the program with a WAM of 60 or better. Engineering studies
Note: The Computer Systems and Telecom- Students with partially completed studies in
munications Engineering majors require a a Bachelor of Engineering course at another
WAM of 85 and the Software Engineering Australian university, accredited by the
major requires a WAM of 95. Institution of Engineers, Australia, who are
admitted to a UTS BE course, are guaranteed
Engineering Co-op scholarships full proportional credit for up to 50 per cent
of the academic requirements for the degree.
UTS Engineering Co-op scholarships, spon-
This is on a specified-credit, case-by-case
sored by engineering employers, are awarded
basis. Further credit may be allowed, on a
each year to students who are successful in
discretionary basis, up to a maximum of 75
the HSC examinations (or equivalent) and who
per cent of the academic requirements for the
are entering any of the majors available in the
degree.
Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in
Engineering Practice. Refer to the
Other studies and recognition of prior
Endowments, Prizes and Scholarships section
learning
for details.
The Faculty examines applications for
advanced standing from entrants in all other
Advanced standing circumstances on a case-by-case basis. This
Students who have pursued relevant studies may include recognition of prior learning for
at another tertiary institution may be admitted candidates who do not hold formal
with advanced standing and exempted from qualifications but have extensive relevant
certain subjects. Extensive industrial experi- experience.
ence gained prior to admission may qualify a
student for exemption from part of the engin-
eering internship requirements. Applicants
for advanced standing should read the
following sections carefully.
44 Undergraduate courses

Advanced standing in the Engineering Program must be met. However, it should be


Practice Program understood that four subjects represent a
Exemption from part of the Engineering heavy commitment for most people. Students
Practice Program is granted only on the basis who combine this with other substantial
of actual work experience that can be shown commitments run the risk of failure and
to meet the required standards. The maximum frustration. Students are encouraged to take
exemption would be one work-experience responsibility for their own arrangements, but
semester, incorporating the subjects 48121 should be guided by Faculty advice and by
Engineering Practice Preview 1, 48110 the experience of others.
Engineering Experience 1 and 48122 The timetable of subject offerings is designed
Engineering Practice Review 1. to guarantee a viable attendance pattern for
In no circumstances is exemption granted students taking the published full-time
from the whole of the engineering internship pattern of four subjects in a stage, and also
requirement. for students undertaking a four-subject stage
on a part-time basis over a full year, with two
Candidates transferring from a full-time subjects in each semester. The latter arrange-
degree course at another university are ment would normally require attendance on
reminded that the academic and work- campus for at least one afternoon each week
experience requirements of the UTS program (usually two afternoons), as well as evenings.
have to be individually satisfied. Advanced
standing in the academic program does not The Faculty is aware that some employers
confer pro-rata advanced standing in appear to expect students to be able to under-
industrial experience. Advanced standing in take an entire degree program concurrently
industrial experience is only granted on the with a full-time job, without any allowance
basis of actual experience of the required for study time. This is simply unrealistic, and
standard. Candidates transferring from full- is not condoned. The Faculty will be glad to
time courses elsewhere are welcome, but advise students in such a situation.
should seek advice on their attendance In future years it is anticipated that some
pattern and progression plan. subjects will be available during a Summer
session, between December and February.
General proviso This may enable completion of the course in
The Faculty reserves the right to advise any an accelerated timeframe, and also provide
student who is admitted with advanced opportunity for students to recover missed
standing, and who is not succeeding in the subjects or to optimise their study-work
program, to undertake some or all of the arrangements. Also, the Faculty expects over
subjects from which exemption had been the next few years to make increasing num-
granted. bers of subjects available in flexible learning
modes, including distance, block attendance,
and work-based learning. Major projects may
Attendance also often be conducted in the workplace.
Attendance patterns are based on a semester
calendar, with some additional flexibilities Course duration
(see below). A semester consists of 13 weeks
of formal teaching, a one-week tutorial week, Students undertaking full-time academic
a one-week study period prior to exams, and enrolment will normally complete the pro-
a two-week examination period. The Autumn gram in eight academic semesters, each con-
semester runs from the beginning of March taining four subjects, plus two periods of
to early July, and the Spring semester from engineering internship in the workplace
the beginning of August to early December. totalling at least 48 weeks. On this basis the
Refer to the Principal dates for 2002 under program takes five years, or 10 semesters, to
General Information for exact dates. complete. The internships must be interleaved
with the academic semesters: an internship
Course structures provide flexibility to
would typically be taken in the third or fourth
students in negotiating their academic
semester and again in the seventh or eighth.
requirements with their work and other
commitments. Each semester, students may It is possible to complete the program entirely
enrol in up to four subjects and may combine on a part-time attendance basis, with continu-
their academic study with work. The only ous concurrent employment, by enrolling in
restriction is that subject prerequisites, and academic subjects at the rate of two subjects
requirements of the Engineering Practice per semester (half the full-time rate). This
Undergraduate courses 45

would require eight years overall, and is not • Core program: 60 credit points
recommended. Students wishing to make • Engineering Practice Program: 12 credit
extensive use of part-time attendance are points, plus 48 weeks of approved
strongly encouraged to negotiate with their internship
employers at least two full-time semesters
somewhere through the program. • Fields of practice: 90, 96 or 102 credit
points, depending on major
• Electives: 24 or 30 credit points,
Course structure depending on major
Programs lead to the combined award of • Capstone Project: 6 or 12 credit points,
Bachelor of Engineering and Diploma in depending on major.
Engineering Practice. The Bachelor of Students are expected to develop a personal
Engineering cannot be awarded alone; nor can portfolio over the entire duration of their
the Diploma in Engineering Practice. course, to document, reflect upon, and syn-
The award may be taken out with a desig- thesise their own understanding of engineer-
nated major. Areas in which majors are ing internship, drawing from all of their
currently defined are Civil Engineering, Civil different learning experiences.
and Environmental Engineering, Construction All subjects are rated at 6 credit points except
Engineering, Computer Systems Engineering, for some electives offered by other faculties,
Electrical Engineering, Mechanical and the Engineering Practice Preview and
Engineering, Mechanical and Mechatronic Review subjects. Face-to-face contact hours
Engineering, Software Engineering, and vary, depending on the nature of the subject
Telecommunications Engineering. Majors in and mode of delivery. Students need to spend
new areas of engineering practice will be at least nine learning hours per week,
introduced as they develop. including class contact, for a 6 credit-point
Students may select a particular major at subject. Many students will find they need
entry, or may defer their choice until the end more time than this, particularly to achieve a
of their first year of study. Such deferment high standard of performance. Subject
need not normally prolong the period needed outlines are given in the Subject Descriptions
to complete the program, nor add to the num- section.
ber of subjects required. Students may choose
not to take any major, but to take a general Core program
program comprising subjects from different This component provides a framework cover-
areas of engineering (refer to General degree, ing knowledge, skills, and attributes that are
without major on page 49). relevant to all engineers across all fields of
The program overall comprises six principal practice. It consists of common mathematics
components: the core program; the Engineer- and physics subjects, and common engineer-
ing Practice Program; the fields of practice ing subjects which draw on several fields of
subjects; the electives; the Capstone Project; engineering practice to develop interdisciplin-
and the portfolio. The core program, the ary knowledge and skills within the larger
Engineering Practice Program, the Capstone context of professional practice. It also
Project and the portfolio are common to all develops awareness of the values debate in
students undertaking the BE DipEngPrac. engineering, and promotes commitment to
The Engineering Practice Program comprises the principles of sustainability.
a minimum of two compulsory internships of The core program is not a common first year,
not less than 48 weeks in industry, plus the but runs throughout the course from admission
associated two Preview and two Review to graduation. Students take differing com-
subjects which relate the work experience to binations of subjects in their first year, and in
the academic program. each successive year, depending on their
The choice of fields of practice subjects deter- choice of major.
mines eligibility to graduate with a desig- Subjects in the core have the following titles
nated major. Electives may be chosen from a (not necessarily in chronological order):
wide range available across and beyond the 48210 Engineering for Sustainability
University, and certain combinations of 33130/132 Mathematical Modelling 1
electives may lead to a sub-major within 68037/039 Physical Modelling
Engineering or in another discipline. A total 33230 Mathematical Modelling 2
of 204 credit points are required for 48221 Informatics VB
graduation, distributed in the following way:
46 Undergraduate courses

48222 Informatics C level; or to broaden their engineering knowl-


48230 Engineering Communication edge by taking fields of practice subjects
48240 Uncertainties and Risks in associated with another major; or to take sub-
Engineering jects from another faculty, including part credit
48250 Engineering Economics and Finance for a second degree. Some students may wish
48075 Engineering Management to explore two or more introductory engineer-
48270 Technology Assessment ing subjects before making their choice of
major, in which case the additional subject/s
Fields of practice and majors may be counted (subject to conditions) as part
This component relates theoretical and prac- of the elective component. The elective com-
tical learning from core subjects to applications ponent also provides a mechanism for credit-
in specific fields of engineering internship. It ing prior learning and work-based learning.
develops knowledge of engineering science Students are not permitted to take as an
and technologies relevant to particular elective a subject which covers substantially
branches of engineering, and specialist the same material as a required subject or a
technical expertise. Particular sets of subjects subject already undertaken. Undergraduate
constitute majors in the respective fields of students may enrol in Faculty of Engineering
practice, as set out below. A major provides postgraduate subjects that have been
the essential foundations needed for practice approved for undergraduate enrolment
in that field, familiarity with current practice, provided they have already completed at least
awareness of like! y developments, and 120 credit points of their undergraduate
knowledge of resources available for future degree. Undergraduate students may
self-directed learning. undertake up to four approved postgraduate
All majors emphasise and develop the subjects. A maximum of three approved
essential engineering skills of observation and postgraduate subjects recently undertaken as
experimentation, analysis and synthesis, part of an undergraduate degree may be used
modelling, systems thinking, conceptual to apply for exemptions from a Faculty of
reasoning and judgment, and problem Engineering Master's degree provided the
formulation and solving, using as case studies subjects fulfil the equivalent subject
the technologies and contexts relevant to the requirements.
particular field of practice. Each major involves Some courses and/ or majors have an elective
substantial laboratory content, designed to component of less than 30 credit points. The
integrate theoretical and practical under- Civil Engineering and the Civil and
standing. All are designed to link with the core Environmental Engineering majors have only
program and with engineering internship. 24 credit points of electives. In the case of the
The totality of all fields of practice subjects Civil and Environmental Engineering major,
across all majors provides the pool from which because of its dual disciplinary nature,
students wishing to graduate with a general students are strongly recommended to take
degree may draw (subject to approval) to as electives subjects drawn from one of the
make up their field of practice component. approved sequences of environmental
The field of practice component requires 96 subjects. In other instances, the elective
credit points, except in Computer Systems provision is reduced in order to accommodate
Engineering where it is 90 credit points, and a second formal award. The combined degrees
in Civil Engineering and Civil and Environ- have no electives.
mental Engineering where it is 102 credit
points. Some fields of practice include subjects Sub-majors
taught wholly or partly by other faculties. The Faculty has defined a large number of
sub-majors for students who wish to use their
Electives elective components to undertake a coherent
In general, students may devote 30 credit program of study in a discipline comple-
points to electives (exceptions below). mentary to their major. Some sub-majors are
Electives may be taken from subjects offered available to all students, others only to
by any faculty of the University, or indeed students in specific majors. Each sub-major is
other universities. Students may elect to defined as a selection of any four subjects
deepen their knowledge and skills in their drawn from a larger set- typically six to eight.
own field of practice by taking additional The subjects included in a sub-major set could
subjects in that field, possibly at graduate consist of one or more of the following types:
fields of practice subjects from another major,
Undergraduate courses 47

graduate engineering subjects, and subjects subjects that undergraduate students may
offered by other faculties. Students who use undertake as electives and also the number
graduate engineering subjects to meet their of undergraduate credit points that must be
elective requirement can count the credit accumulated before a graduate subject can be
points towards a Master's degree. There are taken.
strict rules covering the number of graduate

Availability
Some of the sub-majors currently available are shown in the following table. For further
information, consult the following website: www.eng.uts.edu.au/ enrol
Sub-major Available to students majoring in

Abonginal Cultures and Philosophies All


Accounting All
Advanced Communications All
B1omedical All
Business Management All
Civil All but Civil
Computer Control and Instrumentation Electrical. Computer Systems
Computer Science Computer Systems. TelecommunicatiOns. Electrical. Software
Construction Management Civil
Cultural Studies All
Economics All
Electrical Energy Electncal
Electronics All, except Electrical, Computer Systems, Telecommunications
Software Development Civil, Mechanical
Engineering Management All
Environmental Engineering Civil, Civil and Environmental
Health All
Humanities and Communications All
Instrumentation and Control Electrical
Internet Computer Systems, TelecommunicatiOnS, Software
lSE All
Journal1sm All
Land, Waste Civil
Manufacturing Management All
Marketing All
Materials Civil, Mechanical
Mathematics All
Mechanical Engineermg Not Mechanical
Mechanical Design Mechanical
Optimisation Research All
Quantitative Methodology All
Software Development Civil, Mechanical
Software Engineering Computer Systems, Telecommunications, Electrical

Statistics All
Structures Civil
Telecommunications All, except Telecommunications

Women's Studies All


Wnting All
48 Undergraduate courses

Engineering Practice Program Industry Partnering Unit


The Engineering Practice Program supports The Industry Partnering Unit (IPU) assists
and assesses student learning in workplace students in obtaining internships. Its staff
and community environments. Its objectives maintain contact with industry, register
are to prepare students for engineering work students' intentions of seeking work experi-
experience, to support them during that ence, advise students on the preparation of
experience, and to assist them in maximising resumes and presentation at interview, keep
learning. The program also supports the students' resumes on file, and advise on the
integration of this experiential learning with availability of work opportunities in Australia
the theoretical and practical aspects of the and overseas. Students seeking work experi-
academic curriculum. ence should register with the IPU in the
A fundamental objective is to develop the semester preceding their intended period of
ability to learn actively in a wide variety of work.
modes and contexts, and to critique and Full details of the process and extensive
contribute to those learning environments on preparation for the Internship are given in the
a lifelong basis. prerequisite subject Engineering Practice
The program is administered through a series Preview.
of subjects, offered in flexible mode. Students
enrol in the program as a whole and are Capstone Project
guided through the respective modules. Each student undertakes a Capstone Project,
Students are ultimately responsible for their supervised by a member of academic staff and
progression through the program. Academic designed to consolidate and integrate learning
staff and workplace mentors and supervisors in all aspects of the program. Industry-linked
act as facilitators; administrative staff assist projects, under joint supervision, are strongly
in ensuring that students' progress is recorded encouraged. As a future objective, the Faculty
and validated; and Industrial Partnering Unit intends to develop the capability to facilitate,
staff assist students in securing suitable work supervise and assess team projects, where
placements and in establishing cooperative possible, on a multidisciplinary basis involv-
programs with industry and the community ing students from other disciplines as well as
(see below). Engineering.
The Engineering Practice Program comprises: The project topic must be approved by an
48121 Engineering Practice Preview 1 3cp academic supervisor and must be relevant to
48110 Engineering Experience 1 the field of practice concerned. It may be
(Minimum 22 weeks internship) Ocp largely technical in emphasis, or may encom-
48122 Engineering Practice Review 1 3cp pass a range of technical and contextual
48141 Engineering Practice Preview 2 3cp challenges.
48130 Engineering Experience 2 The Capstone Project results in a substantial
(Minimum 22 weeks internship) Ocp report, which must be written and produced
48142 Engineering Practice Review 2 3cp to professional engineering standards and
must demonstrate the student's readiness for
Note: Minimum time in the workplace to satisfy each
engineering internship subject is 22 weeks. In total,
professional engineering practice.
however, 48 weeks must be gained to meet course
requirements and to be eligible to graduate. Portfolio
Students are encouraged to undertake ad- An integral requirement of the course is the
ditional work experience of a high standard. development of a personal portfolio by each
In the table displaying standard programs, the student. The portfolio is used to document
internship is shown in a single semester. academic and workplace experiences, and to
Students should note that in the semester provide a personal resource for critical re-
prior to their internship they should flection and for educational and professional
undertake Engineering Practice Preview 1 or career planning, as well as personal develop-
2 (3cp) as appropriate to their internship. ment. The portfolio development process
During their period of internship, they should commences in the first semester of the course
enrol in Engineering Experience (Ocp). In the and is carried through to graduation, with
semester following their internship, they increasing student autonomy in the content
should enrol in Engineering Practice Review and structure of the documentation.
1 or 2 as appropriate to their internship.
Undergraduate courses 49

Honours General degree, without major


The Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in • UAC code: 603105
Engineering Practice may be awarded with • Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering
first or second class Honours for meritorious Diploma in Engineering Practice
performance in the course as a whole.
Students may choose not to take any of the
Professional recognition specified majors but instead to make up a
personal program drawing on several fields
All Bachelor of Engineering courses offered
of engineering practice. The program of study
by the Faculty have been accorded recognition
would be:
by the Institution of Engineers, Australia
(IEAust). • Core program: 60cp
The Institution manages the National • Engineering Practice Program: 12cp, plus
Professional Engineers Register (NPER-3), 48 weeks of approved internship
which is the only Australian register of • Fields of practice: 96cp
practising professional engineers with legal • Electives: 30cp
recognition. Registration assures the commu-
nity of the member's professional competence • Capstone Project: 6cp
and commitment to ethical practice, may be Personal programs must be negotiated with
cited in relation to quality assurance systems, an academic adviser and approved not later
and (particularly in New South Wales) can than the commencement of the student's third
provide legally established professional semester of study. All such programs must be
limitation of liability. Professional engineers approved by the Director, Undergraduate
normally join the register concurrently with Programs. Any subsequent variations to the
their recognition as a Chartered Member of program must be approved by the academic
the Institution (CPEng). adviser, or the Director, who has discretion to
approve minor variations to the above pro-
A candidate for NPER-3 registration must
gram (for example, inclusion in the 96 credit
have completed an accredited undergraduate
point fields of practice subjects, of a subject
engineering course, have practised as an
from another faculty or discipline).
engineer, and be able to demonstrate com-
petency against the Institution's competency The fields of practice subjects must include
standards. These are detailed under 11 head- an appropriate balance of introductory and
ings: ethics and principles; practice skills; advanced subjects, which the Director
planning and design; business and manage- determines, and must represent a coherent
ment; communication; research, development theme or potential career interest.
and commercialisation; materials or compo- Students are cautioned that such a general
nents; education and training; manufacturing degree may not meet the requirements of the
and production; project implementation; and Institution of Engineers, Australia, for NPER-
asset management. 3 registration as a chartered professional
Graduates of full-time engineering degree engineer. Advice in this regard should be
courses at other universities, without work sought through the Associate Dean at the time
experience, will typically require three or of negotiating the program.
more years of work experience after gradu-
ation to attain NPER-3. UTS Engineering
graduates are able to apply to IEAust for
recognition of their undergraduate work
experience towards professional registration.

Other information
The Faculty publishes a Student Survival Guide
each January available from the Under-
graduate and Postgraduate Office, CB02.7.100
(Level 7, Building 2). The Faculty's website
gives current information on all aspects of the
Faculty's operations:
www.eng.uts.edu.au
50 Undergraduate courses

Civil Engineering major ideas, and capacity to listen to and understand


the ideas of others. Students are required to
• UTS major code: 01 take initiatives for their own learning, to
• UACcode:603015 develop critical thinking based on technical
• Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering knowledge and to make rational judgments
in Civil Engineering regarding the application of theory to prac-
Diploma in Engineering Practice tical situations. Reflection on tasks undertaken
is strongly encouraged.
Civil engineering covers a broad range of As well as submission of formal assignments
activities and working styles generally based and reports, students participate in class
on a commitment to serve society. Civil discussion groups, tutorial and laboratory
engineers may work on the design, construc- sessions, seminar presentations and project
tion, management, maintenance, rehabilitation work. The approach is structured to develop
or renovation of all types of industrial or written, verbal and audiovisual communi-
commercial buildings or structures. They may cation skills. Group-based practical exercises,
be involved with infrastructure developments requiring consideration of engineering and
such as highways, airports or integrated non-engineering viewpoints, develop inter-
transport systems; water storage, purification disciplinary skills and an ability to cooperate
and distribution systems to provide safe and liaise with colleagues.
drinking water and water for irrigation and
industrial use; systems for the treatment and Sub-majors
disposal of sewage, domestic and industrial See page 47 for a list of available sub-majors.
waste; and flood mitigation and harbour
protection works, with due consideration of
safety and economy.
Graduates may be employed with private
sector consultants, contracting companies,
mining and process industries, commercial
business, research organisations or with
public sector federal, State and local govern-
ment and regulatory organisations. Significant
employment opportunities exist in Australia,
South-East Asia and internationally.
This major is designed to develop technical
skills, experience and confidence in engineer-
ing analysis, problem identification and
problem solving; and to provide a consistent
focus on engineering as a mix of technical
skills, logical reasoning, common sense,
judgment and the management of activities
and people. It provides a thorough foundation
in applied engineering science and progress-
ively develops a basic understanding of the
discipline of civil engineering, together with
a recognition of the vital links with other pro-
fessionals and community groups. Emphasis
is given to the leadership role that engineers
can play, and the need for engineers to be
concerned with the social and environmental
needs of the community and the impact of
their creations on the public.
The program encourages skills in observation,
collection and analysis of information,
mathematical modelling of processes and
behaviour, and thinking particularly in the
abstract. It develops ability to communicate
Undergraduate courses 51

Standard program Civil and Environmental


Subject Subject Core or Engineering major
number name fields of practice
Semester 1 + UTS major code: 02
48210 Engineering for Sustainabtlity c • UAC code: 603005
33130 Mathemattcal Modelling 1 c • Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering
68037 Physical Modelling c in Civil and Environmental Engineering
48310 Introduction to Civtl Engineering FP Diploma in Engineering Practice
Semester 2
48221 lnformatics VB c In addition to the need for all engineers to
33230 Mathemattcal Modelltng 2 c have an awareness of modern environmental
48321 Statics FP issues (especially the challenges of sustainable
48320 Surveying FP development for engineering) and the grow-
Semester 3 ing demand for specialist environmental
48230 Engineering Communication c engineers, there is significant demand in
60101 Chemistry and Materials Sctence FP Australia for civil engineers with enhanced
48331 Mechanics of Solids FP skills and knowledge in related areas of en-
48330 Soil Behaviour FP vironmental engineering. Civil and environ-
Semester 4 mental engineers are sought by the water
Engineenng Internship EPP
supply and sanitation industry, in waste
[may be taken in Semesters 3 or 4) management, in transportation, and in the
Semester 5
rapidly growing environmental management
sector of the economy, including rehabilitation
48240 Uncertainties and Risks m Engineenng c
48641 FlUid Mechanics FP
of degraded areas as well as the minimisation
48349 Structural Analysis FP
of the environmental impact of new activities.
48340 Construction FP Employers include local government, road
and other infrastructure agencies, consultants,
Semester 6
construction enterprises, and environmental
48250 Engineering Economics and Ftnance c planning and regulatory groups.
48352 Construction Materials FP
48359 Structural Design 1 FP This major provides a broad understanding
48350 Envtronmental and Sanitation Engineering FP of the art and science of civil engineering, and
Semester 7
a wider and more detailed understanding
than has been traditional in Australia of those
48260 Engineenng Management c
48362 Hydraulics and Hydrology FP
aspects of environmental engineering which
48369 Structural Design 2 FP are often required in the civil engineering field
48360 Geotechnical Engineenng FP of practice. This is achieved by substituting
four environmental science and engineering
Semester 8
subjects for civil engineering field of practice
Engineering Internship EPP
[may be taken in Semesters 6-9)
subjects, and utilising a more advanced
version of another. While students have a free
Semester 9
choice for their four elective subjects, those
48270 Technology Assessment c undertaking the Civil and Environmental
48370 Transport 1n the Environment FP
Engineering major are encouraged to choose
Two sub-maJor subjects/electtves
from graduate subjects in the area of
Semester 10 environmental engineering and management.
Capstone ProJect
Civil engineers practising in areas closely
48389 Computer Modelling and Design FP
identified with environmental engineering
Two sub-maJor subjects/electives
require an understanding of the traditional
C = Core subject areas of civil engineering: behaviour of struc-
FP = Fields of pract1ce subject
EPP = Engtneertng Practice Program !refer to page 48 for detatls) tures, characteristics of the main materials en-
Note: Atl Engineering subjects are 6 credit po1nts. Eng1neer1ng countered in civil engineering (soil, steel and
Internship shown m Semester 4 and 8 IS for illustration only. concrete), hydraulics and hydrology, water
supply and sanitation, transportation engin-
eering, management of resources, construc-
tion, and design. In addition, they require:
52 Undergraduate courses

• an understanding of biology, ecology and Standard program


microbiology, and of how such knowledge
Subject Subject Core or
can be utilised in engineering internship number name fields of practice
to preserve and enhance environmental Semester 1
values 48210 Engineering for Susta1nabil1ty c
• knowledge of the social and political 60101 Chem1stry and Materials Science FP
arena in which environmental decisions 91150 B1ology and Ecology for Engineers FP

are made 48310 Introduction to Civil Engineenng FP

• excellent communication skills, so that Semester 2

they may exercise leadership in resolving 48221 lnformat1cs VB c


potential environmental problems and 33130 Mathematical Modell1ng I c
disputes 68037 Physical Modelling c
48820 Introduction to Env~ronmental Engineering FP
• knowledge of the ways in which our laws Semester 3
determine the framework for environ-
mental planning, design, and monitoring, 48230 Engineering Communication c
and
33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c
48321 Statics FP
• more detailed knowledge than most civil 48340 Construction FP
engineers of water supply, sanitation,
Semester 4
waste management, pollution control, and
Engineering Internship EPP
land and water resources management. [may be taken in Semesters 3 or 4)
The curriculum aims to develop attributes Semester 5
which encourage involvement in environ- 48240 Uncertainties and R1sks in Engmeering C
mental issues in the community as well as 48641 Fluid Mechanics FP
through employment. It highlights the need 48331 Mechanics of Solids FP
for engineers to work collaboratively with 48840 Water Supply and Wastewaler Engineering FP
other professions, with their community, and Semester 6
with environmental interest groups to
48250 Engineering Economics and F1nance C
enhance each others' knowledge of the 48330 Soil Behaviour FP
possibilities for environmental management. 48352 Construction Matenals FP
48850 Environmental Plannmg and Law FP
Sub-majors
Semester 7
See page 47 for a list of available sub-majors.
48260 Engineenng Management c
48362 Hydraulics and Hydrology FP
48349 Structural Analysis FP
48860 Pollution Control and Waste Management FP

Semester 8
Engmeering Internship EPP
(may be taken in Semesters 6-91

Semester 9
48270 Technology Assessment c
48359 Structural Design 1 FP
Two sub-maJor subjecls/electlves

Semester 10
Capstone Project
48370 Transport in the Environment FP
Two sub-major subjects/electives

C = Core subjeCt
FP = Fields of practice subject
EPP = Engmeenng PractiCe Program (refer to page 48 for details)
Note: All Eng1neenng subjects are 6 cred1t points. Eng1neenng
Internship shown 1n Semester 4 and 8 ts for dlustrat1on only.
Undergraduate courses 53

Computer Systems Engineering Standard program


major Subject Subject Core or
number name fields of practice
• UTS major code: 03 Semester 1
• UAC code: 603025 48210 Engineenng for Sustainability c
• Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering 33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 c
in Computer Systems Engineering 68037 Phys1cal Modelling c
Diploma in Engineering Practice 48510 Introduction to Electrical Engineenng FP
Semester 2
The Computer Systems Engineering major 48222 lnformatics C c
aims to develop graduates who are able to 33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c
specify, design, and implement complex 48610 Introduction to Mechanical Eng1neering FP
computer-based systems. The increasing 48520 Electronics FP
complexity and popularity of computer sys- Semester 3
tems creates significant demand for such 48230 Engineering Communication c
graduates, evidenced by a graduate employ- 48430 Software Development FP
ment rate of almost 100 per cent. 48531 ElectromechanicalSystems FP
Many graduates of the major will work in the 48530 Circuit Analysis FP
technical computer industry in such areas as Semester 4
telecommunications, process control, manu- Engineering Internship EPP
facturing, defence, and electronics. Increasing- Imay be taken in Semester 3 or 41
ly, graduates will also work in non-engineering Semester 5
industries that have a need for state-of-the- 48240 Uncertainties and Risks in Engineenng c
art computer systems, such as finance, retail- 48440 Software Engineering FP
ing, and social services. 48441 Introductory Digital Systems FP
Computer systems engineering is a field of Sub-maJor subject/elective
challenging intellectual knowledge and Semester 6
experience. Computer systems engineers are 48250 Engineering Economics and Finance c
highly trained professionals who need to have 48450 Operat1ng Systems FP
knowledge not only of software and program- 48451 Advanced Dig1talSystems FP
ming, but also of electronics, mathematics, Sub-major subject/elective
physics, information theory, and computer Semester 7
hardware. With this breadth of training, they 48260 Engineering Management c
often work as software engineers or electronics 48540/1 Signals and Systems FP
engineers, or in other areas of information 48740 Communications Networks FP
systems and technology. Sub-major subject/elective

The major concentrates on professional form- Semester 8


ation in the area of technical expertise and on Engineering Internship EPP
providing the necessary technical tools, and lmay be taken in Semesters 6-91
incorporates a strong systems engineering Semester 9
approach. It emphasises professional values 48270 Technology Assessment c
and an appreciation of the social context 48570 Data Acqu1sition and Distribution FP
within which a computer systems engineer 48470 Computer Systems Analysis FP
works, and develops information literacy, Sub-major subject/elective
problem-posing, problem-solving and Semester 10
presentation skills. Capstone Project
A number of subjects are project-based, plac- Capstone Project
ing strong emphasis on interpersonal commu- 48480 Computer Systems Design FP
nications skills, team work, and providing Sub-major subject/elective
opportunities for development of maturity C = Core subject
FP = F1elds of pract1ce subject
and the achievement of self-fulfilment within EPP = Engineenng Pract1ce Program !refer to page 48 for detatlsl
a supportive environment. Note: All Eng1neenng subjects are 6 cred1t po1nts. Eng1neenng
Internship shown 1n Semester 4 and 8 IS for 1llustrat1on only.
Sub-majors
See page 47 for a list of available sub-majors.
54 Undergraduate courses

Construction Engineering major Through elective and project work, the course
offers the opportunity to pursue studies in
• UTS major code: 1A areas of special interest. Towards the later
+ UAC code: 603095 stages of the course, students can create
• Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering specialist sub-majors such as soils and water,
in Construction Engineering structures, management or further studies in
Diploma in Engineering Practice construction are available. A sub-major
provides a focus on a specialist area of
The Construction Engineering major prepares construction prior to graduation.
students to work in the professional disci- The course offers an engineering education,
plinary area of Construction Engineering and which provides background technical knowl-
develops the capacity to capably manage large edge and skills. In addition, it seeks to develop
construction infrastructure projects. critical, analytical and evaluative skills and
The Construction Engineering major is an an ability to communicate ideas and work
exciting new initiative that compliments effectively within a multidisciplinary team.
traditional engineering skills with a strong Graduates are well grounded in the mathe-
core in construction management education. matics and science of engineering, have a
Construction engineering covers many sound understanding of information technol-
activities and working styles generally as ogy and are adept at using computer appli-
service providers to public and private sector cations in the workplace. A feature of the
clients in an increasingly broad range of construction industry is that it introduces
service industries. Invariably, construction managerial opportunities to young engineers
engineering requires close liaison with the more quickly than almost any other discipline
client, government and community. area, consequently the major has a focus on
managerial aspects such as budgeting and
The construction industry accounts for almost finance, multidisciplinary capabilities and
7 per cent of the Australian GDP and is a major project management. The managerial nature
employer of engineers. Australian construc- of the discipline positions graduates to attract
tion companies operate extensively in the Asia remuneration packages higher than the usual
Pacific region on projects in Australia, Papua technical salaries of engineers with
New Guinea, New Zealand, Hong Kong, comparable years of experience.
Indonesia, the Philippines, Thailand, Malaysia,
Vietnam, China and India. Construction Sub-majors
engineers are also in demand throughout the See page 47 for a list of available sub-majors.
world for their development, finance, project
management, design and construction, oper-
ation and maintenance, and multidisciplinary
expertise.
Work opportunities exist in the development
of non-residential building in the commercial
and recreation sectors. Examples include
high-rise office towers, shopping centres,
warehousing and distribution centres,
manufacturing facilities, hotels, resorts,
townhouses, sporting facilities, theatre
complexes, tourist facilities, airport facilities,
public and private hospitals and retirement
villages. Extensive opportunities also exist in
the infrastructure construction, maintenance
and operation areas of roads and highways,
railways, tunnels, marine developments,
airports, water and sewerage treatment and
reticulation, land development, agricultural
land improvement, mining and quarrying,
process engineering, telecommunications,
waste management, environmental services
and pipelines.
Undergraduate courses 55

Standard program Electrical Engineering major


Subject Subject Core or
number name lletds ol practice + UTS major code: 04
Semester 1 • UAC code: 603035
33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 c • Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering
16061 Construction Management lA FP in Electrical Engineering
16062 Construction Management 2A FP Diploma in Engineering Practice
48310 Introduction to Civil Engmeering FP
Semester 2 The benefits arising from the supply of
33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c electricity to residential, commercial and
68037 Physical Modelling c industrial sites is immense. Recent advances
16065 Construction Management 2S FP in electronics and micro-electronics have
48320 Surveying FP created a profound impact in homes, indus-
Semester 3 tries and hospitals. Automatic control has
48221 lnformat1cs VB c become an integral part of modern manu-
60101 Chemistry and Materials Science FP facturing and industrial processes, and has
48340 Construction FP been a foundation for many important devel-
48321 Statics FP opments in medicine, economics, sociology
Semester 4
and management. All these are part of
electrical engineering.
Engineering Internship EPP
[may be taken in Semester 3 or 4) This major aims to develop a new generation
Semester 5 of electrical engineers who are more attuned
48230 Engineering Communication c to social and environmental sustainability and
48330 Soil Behaviour FP who have the technical expertise in various
48641 Fluid Mechanics FP enabling disciplines, and the interdisciplinary
48331 Mechanics of Sol1ds FP skills, to contribute significantly towards the
Semester 6
building of a more harmonious world. The
Electrical Engineering major is concerned
48240 Uncertainties and Risks in Engineering C
48850 Environmental Planning and Law FP
with the optimisation of energy systems,
48352 Construction Materials FP alternative energy sources, intelligent
48349 Structural Analysis FP electronic systems, real-time computing,
industrial networking, automated systems for
Semester 7
social benefits, and devices for biomedical
48250 Engineering Economics and Finance C
technology, etc.
16063 Construction Management 3A FP
16064 Construction Management 4A FP Graduates of the major will work in numerous
48359 Structural Design 1 FP challenging areas: electronic and micro-
Semester 8
electronic industries, process control,
48360 Geotechnical Engineering FP
mechatronics and robotics, power generation
16066 Construction Management 3S FP
and distribution, power electronics, building
16087 Construction Management 4S FP services, manufacturing and transport
Sub-major subject/elective industries, biomedical industries, mining and
agriculture. Increasingly, electrical engineers
Semester 9
are also involved in sports medicine, enter-
Engineering Internship EPP
[may be taken in Semesters 6-9)
tainment, environment control studies, and
financial engineering.
Semester 10
Capstone Project
The major develops technical expertise in
Three sub-major subjects/elect1ves
electronics and microelectronics, power
electronics, energy and power systems,
C = Core subject
FP = F1elds of pract1ce subject
analogue and digital control and automation,
EPP = Engmeenng Pract1ce Program [refer to page 48 for details) data acquisition and distribution, instrumen-
Note: All Engineering subjects are 6 cred1t po1nts. Engineering tation and signal processing, artificial
Internship shown 1n Semester 4 and 8 IS for 1llustrat1on only.
intelligence, real-time computing, and indus-
trial networking. It incorporates substantial
laboratory work, and most of the advanced
subjects have 50 per cent theory and 50 per
cent project work. Appropriate theoretical
foundations are provided to ensure that
56 Undergraduate courses

designs are based on social responsibility, Standard program


sustainability, and sound engineering Subject Subject Core or
methodologies with guaranteed stability and number name fields of practice
accuracy. At the same time, strong encourage- Semester 1
ment is provided to help student projects to 48210 Engineering for Sustainabil1ty c
production-level completion using appro- 33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 c
priate management techniques. Whenever 68037 Physical Modelling c
possible, professional hardware systems are 48510 Introduction to Electrical Engineering FP
produced, and with a high degree of software Semester 2
validation and professional documentation. 48222 lnformat1cs C c
There is emphasis on development of 33230 Mathemalical Modellmg 2 c
comprehension, presentation, interpersonal 48610 Introduction la Mechanical Engineenng FP
and team skills, and on interdisciplinary 48520 Eleclronics FP
interactions. Semester 3
Students also have the opportunity to develop 48230 Engmeenng Communication c
community involvement through interdisci- 48430 Software Development FP
plinary projects. Examples might include 48531 Electromechanical Systems FP
automated systems for people with disabilities, 48530 Circuil Analys1s FP
low-cost efficient hydro-electric systems for Semester 4
villages in developing countries, or non- Engineering Internship EPP
invasive blood glucose monitors for patients [may be la ken in Semesler 3 or 41
with diabetes. Semester 5
Computer control and instrumentation covers 48240 Uncertainlies and Risks in Engineering c
areas such as robotics, fuzzy logic, neural 68038 Advanced Malhemalics and Physics FP
networks and software development, relating 48441 Introductory Digital Syslems FP
to practice in fields such as mechatronics, 48540 Signals and Systems FP
biomedical engineering and financial Semester 6
engineering. Typical thesis topics could be an 48250 Engineering Economics and F1nance c
intelligent robotic system using fuzzy logic, 48550 Electrical Energy Technology FP
or a voice and handwriting system. Energy 48451 Advanced Digilal Systems FP
technology covers areas such as variable 48551 Advanced Electronics FP
speed drives, energy and environment Semester 7
economics, power system design and power 48260 Engineering Management c
generation. Typical thesis topics could be 48560 Analogue and Digital Conlrol FP
wind energy, a solar vehicle, or economics of 48561 Power Electronics FP
energy distribution. Biomedical technology Sub-major subject/eleclive
covers areas such as anatomy and physiology, Semester 8
biomedical instrumentation and medical
Engineenng lnlernship EPP
imaging. Typical thesis topics could be a laser- [may be taken in Semesters 6-91
based spectrometer for measuring muscle
Semester 9
energetics, or a blood pressure control system
for intensive care.
48270 Technology Assessmenl c
48570 Dala Acquisition and Dislribul10n FP
Sub-majors Two sub-maJor subjects/electlves

See page 47 for a list of available sub-majors. Semester 10


Capstone Projecl
Capstone ProJect
Two sub-maJor subjects/electives
C = Core subject
FP = Fields of practiCe subjecl
EPP = Eng1neer~ng Pracl1ce Program Irefer lo page 48 for details!
Note: All Engineenng subjects are 6 credit po1nts. Eng•neenng
lnternsh1p shown in Semester 4 and 8 is for 1llustrat•on only.
Undergraduate courses 57

Mechanical Engineering major Sub-majors


See page 47 for a list of available sub-majors.
• UTS major code: 06
+ UAC code: 603055 Standard program
+ Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering
Subject Subject Core or
in Mechanical Engineering number name fields of practice
Diploma in Engineering Practice Semester 1
48210 Engineering for Sustainability C
Mechanical engineering involves the design, 33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 C
control, management, repair or development 68037 Physical Modelling C
of mechanical systems that transform energy 48610 Introduction to Mechanical Engineering FP
and materials into useable forms. It remains Semester 2
one of the defining disciplines of professional
48221 lnformatics VB c
engineering activity. The academic knowl-
33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c
edge that is fundamental to mechanical engin- 48621 Manufacturing Engineering FP
eering is concerned with forces and motion, 48620 Fundamentals of Mechanical Engineering FP
energy conversion and transmission, and the
Semester 3
materials that enable these to occur.
48230 Engineering Communication C
The major provides a strong foundation in 60101 Chemistry and Materials Science FP
dynamics, fluid mechanics, solid mechanics, 48331 Mechanics of Solids FP
thermodynamics, materials science, electrical 48510 Introduction to Electrical Engineering FP
theory and manufacturing technology. The Semester 4
practice of engineering is emphasised through Engineering Internship EPP
work placements, structured opportunities to Imay be taken in Semester 3 or 41
reflect on work experience, methods of class
Semester 5
presentation and assessment, and the use of
design subjects to encourage the development
48240 Uncertainties and Risks in Engineering c
48641 Fluid Mechanics FP
of engineering confidence. 48640 Mach1ne Dynamics FP
Consideration of values, social contexts and 48642 Strengths of Engineenng Materials FP
sustainability is seen as part of the learning Semester 6
processes and is a legitimate concern of all 48250 Engineering Economics and Finance C
subjects. Management skills are gained 48651 Thermodynamics FP
through work experience and through man- 48531 Electromechanical Systems FP
agement subjects that provide intellectual 48650 Mechanical and Manufacturing Design FP
rigor to what has been learned. Technical ex- Semester 7
pertise is developed through the mechanical
48260 Engineering Management c
engineering fields of practice subjects which 48660 Dynamics and Control FP
are structured to emphasise the relationship Restncted Choice subject 1' FP
between engineering science and engineering Restricted Choice subject 2' FP
internship. This is enhanced by the 'design' Semester 8
subjects, which provide a further practical
Engineering Internship EPP
focus on theoretical concepts- a practice and Imay be la kenin Semesters 6-91
design component runs through each fields
Semester 9
of practice subject.
48270 Technology Assessment c
Academic literacy, numeracy and oral compre- Two sub-maJor subjects/electives
hension and presentation skills are presented 486 70 Engineenng Design
formally in early subjects, and enhanced Semester 10
progressively through the remainder of the
Capstone Project
program. All subjects require information Three sub-maJor subjects/electives
retrieval and evaluation skills, also introduced
C = Core subject
at the outset. Particular emphasis is placed on FP = Ftelds of practtce subJect
problem posing and solving, on interaction EPP = Engtneenng Practice Program (refer to page 48 for detatlsl
with the core subjects, and on design. Note: All Eng1neering subjects are 6 credit po1nts. Eng1neenng
lnternsh1p shown 1n Semester 4 and 8 is for 1llustrat1on only.
The major aims to equip students to take
Restricted Cho1ce subjects: any two from the followmg - 48661
control of their own learning, to develop the Energy Appl1cat1ons. 48662 Mechantcal Appl1cat10ns. 48663 Advanced
capacity for community involvement, to think Manufacturing.

'big picture', and to act as professionals rather


than technicians.
58 Undergraduate courses

Mechanical and Mechatronic Quality Control


Engineering major 49309 Quality Planning and Analysis
49306 Quality and Operations Management
• UTS major code: 2A Systems
• UACcode:603115 Software
• Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering
48440 Software Engineering
in Mechanical and Mechatronic Engineering
48475 Software Systems Analysis
Diploma in Engineering Practice
Sustainable Energy Systems
This is a new major introduced in 2002. It 48661 Energy Applications
allows students to combine fundamental 49322 Airconditioning
know ledge of mechanical engineering 1
systems with the ability to exploit advanced These subjects are being developed.
electronics and information technology to Sub-majors
embed intelligence in mechanical systems.
Current examples of such systems are engine See page 47 for a list of available sub-majors.
electronic control, automated manufacturing
systems, robotics systems, micromachines and
biomedical instrumentation systems.

Specialist options
Advanced Manufacturing
48663 Advanced Manufacturing
4xxxx PLC and Robotics'
Biomedical Technology
49312 Advanced Flow Modelling
49261 Biomedical Instrumentation
CAE
49325 Computer-aided Mechanical Design
49312 Advanced Flow Modelling
Control and Automation
4xxxx Embedded Microcontrollers
4xxxx PLC and Robotics'
Electromechanical Systems
48531 Electromechanical Systems
4xxxx Embedded Microcontrollers1
Environmental Engineering
49312 Advanced Flow Modelling
48850 Environmental Planning and Law
Financial Management
22207 Accounting Transactions and Business
Decisions
22107 Accounting for Business
IT Fundamentals
48440 Software Engineering
48740 Communications Networks
Mechanical System Design
48662 Mechanical Applications
49325 Computer-aided Mechanical Design
Undergraduate courses 59

Standard program Software Engineering major


Subject Subject Corur
number name lietds ol practice • UTS major code: 08
Semester 1 • UAC code: 603085
48210 Engineering lor Sustainability c + Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering
33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 c in Software Engineering
68037 Physical Modelling c Diploma in Engineering Practice
48610 Introduction to Mechanical Engineering FP
Semester 2 Software engineering is growing at a
48222 lnformatics C c phenomenal rate and is now transforming
33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c every aspect of modem lifestyles. It underpins
48510 Introduction to Electrical Engineering FP modem approaches to medical monitoring,
48620 Fundamentals of Mehanical Engineering FP vehicle guidance, industrial processing,
Semester 3 robotic operation, telecommunication network
48230 Engineering Communication c management, flight supervision and many
48331 Mechanics of Solids FP
other applications.
48430 Software Development FP The Software Engineering major brings
48621 Manufactunng Engineenng FP together computing and physical sciences,
Semester 4 providing the intellectual and practical
Engineering Internship EPP framework for the conception, design, devel-
Imay be taken in Semester 3 or 4] opment, testing and maintenance of effective
Semester 5 software-based systems. In addition to being
48240 Uncertainties and Risks in Engineering c well grounded in the fundamentals of com-
48640 Machine Dynamics FP puting science, mathematics, and electrical
48520 Electronics FP engineering, graduates are given the basis to
48650 Mechanical and Manufacturing Des1gn FP be able to adapt and learn new discipline areas
Semester 6
as they emerge.
48250 Engineering Economics and Finance c Technical skills are developed in program-
48641 Fluid Mechanics FP ming, analysis, design, testing, and specifi-
48570 Data Acquisition and Distribution FP cation of complex real-time software systems.
48642 Strength of Engineering Materials FP These are complemented by academic skills
Semester 7 such as problem posing and solving, critical
48260 Engineering Management c reading, recollection of important facts,
48651 Thermodynamics FP research skills, comprehension, written and
48660 Dynamics and Control FP oral presentation skills, and ability to carry
486 70 Engineering Design FP out complex analysis. Through many team-
Semester 8
based assignments, students learn to work
together to develop leadership qualities and
Engmeering Internship EPP
Imay be taken in Semesters 6-9] to become confident of their professional
competencies. Through journal writing and
Semester 9
the development of a personal portfolio,
48270 Technology Assessment c students will be able to reflect on both their
Sub-major !Specialist Option 1I
academic and workplace experiences and to
Sub-major !Specialist Option 2)
Specialist Option 3/elective
draw on these for their educational and career
planning as well as personal development.
Semester 10
Capstone Project Sub-majors
Sub-major !Specialist Option 1) See page 47 for a list of available sub-majors.
Sub-major !Specialist Option 2)
Specialist Option 3/elective/ Capstone Project
C = Core subJect
FP = F1elds of pract1ce subject
EPP = Engineermg Pract1ce Program !refer to page 48 for details)
Note: All Engineering subjects are 6 cred1t po1nts. Eng1neenng
Internship shown m Semester 4 and 8 is for illustration only.
60 Undergraduate courses

Standard program Telecommunications


Subject Subject Core or
Engineering major
number name fields of practice

Semester 1 • UTS major code: 07


48222 lnformatics C C • UAC code: 603065
33130 Mathematical Model11ng 1 C • Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering
68037 Physical Modelling C in Telecommunications Engineering
48510 Introduction to Electrical Engineering FP Diploma in Engineering Practice
Semester 2
48210 Engineering for Sustamability c Telecommunications is a rapidly expanding
33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c industry, and Sydney has the status of a global
48520 Electronics FP telecommunications hub. Enterprises
48430 Software Development FP covering the complete spectrum from large
Semester 3 multinationals to small home businesses have
48230 Engineenng Communication C recognised the critical role that effective use
31514 Computing Theory FP of communications and information
48441 Introductory D1gital Systems FP technologies plays in maintaining
31425 Principles of Software Development B FP competitiveness.
Semester 4 As in any rapidly expanding field, there is
Engineering Internship EPP strong demand in the telecommunications
Imay be taken 1n Semester 3 or 41 industry for people with entry-level skills.
Semester 5 These include familiarity with the products
48240 Uncertainties and R1sks in Engineering c available and the ability to optimise the
31429 Procedural Programming FP network interfaces of equipment at a software
48450 Operating Systems FP and hardware level. Typical tasks are those
Sub-major subject/elective of local-level system design, system
Semester 6 integration and system management, network
48250 Engineering Economics and Finance C
security management, and restoration of
48440 Software Engineering FP service in the event of a fault. Training courses
31777 Human-Computer Interaction FP are offered by public and private providers
Sub-maJor subject/elective to produce the skilled personnel needed; and
Semester 7
industry, with its understandable focus on
48260 Engmeenng Management c addressing immediate skill shortages, offers
31434 Database Design FP
premium salaries. However, these skills are
48740 Communications Networks FP not the skills of engineers, but of technicians
Sub-major subject/elective or technologists. Neither the individuals con-
Semester 8
cerned, nor our society, are properly served
by relying exclusively on such short-term
Engineering Internship EPP
Imay be taken 1n Semesters 6-91 strategies.
Semester 9 Telecommunications technology has the
48270 Technology Assessment c potential to make a major contribution to the
31931 Software Quality Assurance FP achievement of a more intelligent, socially just
48475 Software Systems Analysis FP and sustainable society. This cannot happen
Sub-maJor subject/elective unless the community as a whole is able to
Semester 10
effectively influence the manner in which the
Capstone Project
technology is developed, financed and
Capstone ProJeCt
deployed. This in turn needs broadly
48485 Software Systems Design FP
educated and socially aware technical experts
Sub-maJor subject/elective who can stimulate and engage in community
debate and in economic and business plan-
C = Core subject
FP = Fields of pract1ce subject ning. The Telecommunications Engineering
EPP o:o Engmeer1ng Practtce Program [refer to page 48 for detarlsl major at UTS is designed to develop these
Note: All Engineenng subjects are 6 credtl points. Engrneenng characteristics, and to attract able students
lnternshrp shown 1n Semester 4 and 8 IS for rllustrat1on only.
with broadly-based interests.
The subjects in the major are designed to link
with the core and the Engineering Practice
Undergraduate courses 61

Program, and with the portfolio, to contribute Standard program


progressively to professional formation over
Subject Subject Core or
the 10 semesters of the course. An appreciation number name- fields of practice
of concepts such as sustainability, ethical Semester 1
principles and technology assessment is 48210 Engineering for Sustainability c
developed by drawing out common themes 33130 Mathematical Modell1ng 1 c
illustrated in multiple case studies over 68037 Physical Modelling c
multiple subjects. Competence in modelling, 48510 Introduction to Electrical Engineering FP
experimental methods, risk analysis, systems Semester 2
thinking, and mathematical analysis is 48222 lnformatics C c
developed alongside the personal effective- 33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c
ness skills needed for employment. Many 48720 Introduction to Telecommunications
subjects engage the perspectives of other Engineering FP
disciplines. The Capstone Project explores the 48520 Electronics FP
complexity of balancing competing interests Semester 3
and requirements in order to find a design 48230 Engineering Communication c
solution. The application of systems engineer- 48430 Software Development FP
ing methodology as one of the means of 48730 Authentication and System Security FP
dealing with complexity is emphasised. 48530 Circuit Analysis FP
Information retrieval, writing, speaking, and Semester 4
critical reading skills are valued, and compre- Engineenng Internship EPP
hensive feedback and assistance are provided !may be taken in Semester 3 or 4)
in their development. Semester 5
Through a guided sequence of design 48240 Uncertainties and R1sks in Engtneering c
challenges, students are encouraged to value 48440 Software Engineering FP
their own intellectual resources and to gain 48540/1 Signals and Systems FP
the confidence to tackle complex and ill- 48441 Introductory Digital Systems FP
defined problems. They are encouraged to Semester 6
become 'reflective practitioners', to critique 48250 Engineenng Economics and F1nance c
their own work and the work of others, to take 48771 Communication Theory FP
responsibility for their own learning, and to 48770 Signal Processing FP
pose and answer their own questions. Sub-maJor subject/elective
Semester 7
Sub-majors
48260 Engineering Management c
See page 47 for a list of available sub-majors. 48740 Communications Networks FP
Sub-maJor subject/elective
and one of the following
48780 Mobile Communications FP
48785 Telecommunications Channels FP
Semester 8
Engineering Internship EPP
!may be taken in Semesters 6-9)
Semester 9
48270 Technology Assessment C
48450 Operating Systems FP
48750 Network Planning and Management FP
Sub-major subject/elective
Semester 10
Capstone ProJect
79371 Legal Issues in Communications FP
Two sub-maJor subjects/electives
C "' Core subject
FP = Fields of pract1ce subject
EPP = Engtneertng Practice Program !refer to page 48 for deta1lsl
Note: All Eng1neenng subjects are 6 cred1t po1nts. Engineering
Internship shown 1n Semester 4 and 8 IS for illustration only.
62 Undergraduate courses

Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering


+ UTS course code: E007 Science
• Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering
+ UTS course code: E006
• Abbreviation: BE
• Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering
• Course fee: HECS [local)
Science
$8,000 per semester [international)
+ Abbreviation: BEngSc
• Course fee: HECS [local)
Overview $8,000 per semester [international)
This course is identical to the Bachelor of
Engineering, Diploma in Engineering Practice Overview
except that there is no requirement for
This course is a shortened version of the
students to undertake internships. It is offered
Bachelor of Engineering (E007). Students
to provide an opportunity for international
complete 75 per cent of the Bachelor of
students to experience practice-based edu-
cation in an Australian context through their Engineering subjects.
classroom interactions with students who Students enrolled in the Bachelor of
have undertaken one or more internships. The Engineering Science may transfer to the
course allows international students more Bachelor of Engineering. This involves com-
flexibility to be able to negotiate their pletion of the remaining 25 per cent Bachelor
workplace experience before or after the of Engineering subjects which can be achieved
completion of the course or during their in one year.
periods of vacation.
Course duration
Course duration This course can be completed after three years
This course is offered on a four-year, full-time of full-time study.
basis.
Course structure
Course program In addition to the standard majors (Civil, Civil
Students in the Bachelor of Engineering under- and Environmental, Computer Systems,
take the program as outlined in the Bachelor Electrical, Mechanical, Software, and
of Engineering, Diploma in Engineering Telecommunications), the Bachelor of
Practice (see page41) without the Engineering Engineering Science is at present available in
Practice program component. Singapore with a major in Aerospace
Operations.
Professional recognition Note: The Construction and Mechanical and
Mechatronic Engineering majors are not yet
The degree has the same recognition as the offered in this degree.
Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in
Engineering Practice, provided graduates
have at least 12 weeks of industrial experience Professional recognition
in an equivalent setting. The degree qualifies holders for membership
of the Institution of Engineers, Australia, in
the category of Engineering Technologist.
Undergraduate courses 63

Course programs Civil Engineering major


Aerospace Operations major Subject Subjett Core or
number name field$ of practice
Subject Subject Core or Semester 1
number name fields of practice

Semester 1
48210 Engineering for Sustainability c
33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 c
48210 Engineering for Sustainability c 68037 Phys1cal Modelling c
33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 c 48310 Introduction to Civil Engineering FP
68037 Physical Modelling c
Semester 2
48610 Introduction to Mechanical Engineering FP
48221 lnformatics VB c
Semester 2
33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c
48221 lnformatics VB c 48321 Statics FP
33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c 48320 Surveying FP
48401 Aerospace Operations 1 FP
Semester 3
48620 Fundamentals of Mechanical Engineenng FP
48230 Engineering Communication c
Semester 3
60101 Chemistry and Materials Science FP
48230 Engineering Communication c 48331 Mechanics of Solids FP
60101 Chemistry and Matenals Science FP 48330 Soil Behaviour FP
48402 Aerospace Operations 2 FP
Semester 4
48403 Aerospace Operations 3 FP
48240 Uncertainties and Risks in Engineering c
Semester 4
48641 Fluid Mechanics FP
48240 Uncertainties and Risks in Engineering c 48349 Structural Analysis FP
48641 Fluid Mechanics FP 48340 Construction FP
48640 Machine Dynamics FP
Semester 5
49104 Aerospace Maintenance and Management FP
48250 Engineering Economics and Finance c
Semester 5
48352 Construction Materials FP
48250 Engineering Economics and Finance c 48359 Structural Design 1 FP
48651 Thermodynamics FP 48350 Environmental and Sanitation Engineering FP
48810 Introduction to Electrical Engineering FP
Semester 6
Sub-maJor subject/elective FP
Four sub-major subjects/electives
Semester 6
C Core subject
=
48260 Engineering Management FP= F1elds of practice sub;ect
Three sub-major subjects/electives
Note: All Engineering subjects are 6 credit pomts.
C = Core sub;ect
FP= Fields of practiCe sub;ecl
Note: All Engineenng subjects are 6 credtt points.
64 Undergraduate courses

Civil and Environmental Engineering major Computer Systems major


Subje<t Subject ~or Subject Subject Core or
number ' name fields of practice number name fields of practice
Semester 1 Semester 1
48210 Engineenng for Sustainabil1ty c 48210 Engineering for Susta1nab1l1ty c
60101 Chemistry and Matenals Science FP 33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 c
91150 B1ology and Ecology for Engineers FP 68037 Physical Modelling c
48310 Introduction to C1v1l Engmeering FP 48510 Introduction to Electrical Engineenng FP
Semester 2 Semester 2
48221 lnformatics VB C 48222 lnformalics C c
33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 C 33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c
68037 Phys1cal Modelling C 48610 Introduction to Mechanical Engineenng FP
48820 Introduction to Environmental Engmeering FP 48520 Electronics FP
Semester 3 Semester 3
48230 Engineenng Communication c 48230 Engineering Communication c
33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c 48430 Software Development FP
48321 Statics FP 48531 Electromechanical Systems FP
48340 Construction FP 48530 Circuit AnalysiS FP
Semester4 Semester 4
48240 Uncertainties and Risks in Engineering c 48240 Uncertainties and Risks In Engineering c
48331 Mechanics of Solids FP 48440 Software Engineering FP
48840 Water Supply and Waslewater Engineering FP 48441 Introductory Digital Systems FP
48641 Fluid Mechanics FP Sub-major sub;ect/elective
Semester 5 Semester 5
48250 Engineenng Economics and F1nance c 48250 Engineering Econom1cs and Finance c
48330 Soil Behaviour FP 48450 Operating Systems FP
48352 Construction Materials FP 48451 Advanced Digital Systems FP
48850 Environmental Planning and Law FP Sub-major subject/elective
Semester 6 Semester 6
Four sub-maJor subjects/electives 48540/1 Signals and Systems FP
C o Core sub;ect 48740 Communications Networks FP
FP o F1elds of pract1ce subject Two sub-maJor subjects/electives
Note: All Engmeenng subjects are 6 credit points. C =: Core subject
FP o F1elds of pract1ce subject
Note: All Eng1neermg subjects are 6 cred1t pomls.
Undergraduate courses 65

Electrical Engineering major Mechanical Engineering major


SUbject Subject Core or Subject Subject c-ore or
number name fields of practice number name fields of practice
Semester 1 Semester 1
48210 Engtneering for Sustainabil1ty c 48210 Engineering for Sustainab1lity c
33130 Mathematical Modell1ng I c 33130 Mathematical Modelling I c
68037 Physical Modelltng c 68037 Phys1cal Modelltng c
48510 Introduction to Electrical Engineering FP 48610 Introduction to Mechanical Engineering FP

Semester 2 Semester 2
48222 lnformatics C c 48221 lnformatics VB c
33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c 33230 Mathematical Modell1ng 2 c
48610 Introduction to Mechanical Engineering FP 48621 Manufacturing Engineering FP
48520 Electronics FP 48620 Fundamentals of Mechanical Engineering FP

Semester 3 Semester 3
48230 Engineering Commun1cat1on c 48230 Eng1neenng Communtcaflon c
48430 Software Development FP 60101 Chemistry and Materials Sc1ence FP
48531 Electromechanical Systems FP 48331 Mechanics of Solids FP
48530 C~rcu1t Analysis FP 48510 IntroductiOn to Electrical Engineering FP

Semester 4 Semester 4
48240 Uncertatnt1es and R1sks 1n Engineering c 48240 Uncertainties and R1sks in Engineering c
68038 Advanced Mathematics and Physics FP 48641 Fluid Mechamcs FP
48441 Introductory Digital Systems FP 48640 Machtne Dynamics FP
48540 Signals and Systems FP 48642 Strength of Engineering Materials FP

Semester 5 Semester 5
48250 Engrneering Economics and Frnance c 48250 Engineering Econom1cs and Finance c
48550 Electrical Energy Technology FP 48651 Thermodynamics FP
48451 Advanced D1g1tal Systems FP 48531 Electromechanical Systems FP
48551 Advanced Electronics FP 48650 Mechanical and Manufacturing Design FP

Semester 6 Semester 6
Four sub-ma;or sub;ects/elect1ves Four sub-ma;or sub;ects/elect1ves

C = Core subject C = Core subject


FP= F1elds of pract1ce subject FP= F1.elds of pract1ce subject

Note: All Eng1neermg subjects are 6 credrt po1nts. Note· All Eng1neerrng subjects are 6 credrt pornts.
66 Undergraduate courses

Software Engineering major Telecommunications Engineering major


Subject Subject Core or Subject Subject Core or
number namt fields of practice number name fields of practice
Semester 1 Semester 1
48222 lnlormat1cs C c 48210 Engineenng for Sustainab111ty c
33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 c 33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 c
68037 Phys1cal Modell1ng c 68037 Phys1cal Modelling c
48510 Introduction to Electncal Engmeenng FP 48510 Introduction to Electrical Eng1neenng FP

Semester 2 Semester 2
48210 Eng1neenng for Sustalnabil1ty c 48222 lnlormat1cs C c
33230 Mathematical Modell1ng 2 c 33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 c
48430 Soltwa re Development FP 48720 Introduction to Telecommunications
48520 Electronics FP Engtneenng FP
48520 Electronics FP
Semester 3
48230 Engineenng Communication c Semester 3

31429 Procedural Programming FP 48230 Engineering Communication c


31425 Principles of Software Development B FP 48430 Software Development FP
48530 C~ecu1t Analysis FP 48730 Authentication and System Security FP
48530 Circuit Analysis FP
Semester 4
48240 Uncertainties and R1sks in Eng1neenng c Semester 4

31514 Computing Theory FP 48240 Uncertainties and Risks 1n Eng1neenng c


48450 Operating Systems FP 48440 Software Engineenng FP
Sub-maJor subject/elective 48441 Introductory Digital Systems FP
48541 S1gnals and Systems FP
Semester 5
48250 Eng1neering Economics and F1nance C Semester 5

48440 Software Engineering FP 48250 Engineering Economics and Finance c


31862 Pnnc1ples of Human-Computer Interaction FP 31514 Comput1ng Theory FP
Sub-maJor subject/elective 48770 Signal Processing FP
48740 Communications Network FP
Semester 6
31434 Database Des1gn FP Semester 6

48740 Communications Networks FP Four sub-maJor subjects/electives


Two sub-major subjects/electives C = Core subject

C = Core subject FP= Ftelds of pract1ce subject

FP= F1elds of pract1ce subject Note: All Eng1neer1 ng subjects are 6 credtt po1nts.

Note: All Engmeenng subjects are 6 cred1t po1nts.


Undergraduate courses 67

COMBINED DEGREE Attendance


COURSES The program involves eight semesters of
academic work in Australia, two semesters of
academic work overseas, and two periods of
Bachelor of Engineering, engineering internship. The periods of engin-
Bachelor of Arts in eering internship can be taken in Australia,
or one in Australia and one overseas.
International Studies,
Diploma in Engineering Course duration
Practice Attendance may be full time or part time.
Overall full-time duration is normally six
• Course code: E002 years, although it may be possible to complete
• UAC code: 609032 the degree in less than this.
• Testamur title: Bachelor of Engineering
Bachelor of Arts in International Studies
Diploma in Engineering Practice Course structure
• Abbreviation: BE BA DipEngPrac The program requires a total of 252 credit
• Course fee: HECS [local) points of academic subjects, including those
$8,000 per semester [international)' taken overseas, plus the normal minimum of
48 weeks of engineering internship. Some
Overview students choose to take their first period of
engineering internship overseas, during their
Offered jointly by the Faculty of Engineering second or third year of enrolment. Most take
and the University's Institute for International this first period in Australia. Engineering and
Studies, this program leads to the combined International Studies are interwoven through-
degree of Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor out the program, and the combined degree is
of Arts in International Studies, Diploma in awarded on completion. It is not possible to
Engineering Practice. The program links the take the Bachelor of Arts in International
Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in Studies separately, or to complete either
Engineering Practice with the study of a degree at an intermediate point. However, a
language and culture other than English. All student unable for any reason to continue
majors in the Bachelor of Engineering, with International Studies could transfer to
Diploma in Engineering Practice are also the Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in
available in this combined degree. Engineering Practice.

International Studies component


Course aims
The Bachelor of Arts in International Studies
The purpose of the program is to develop
requires undergraduates to study a major- a
skills for leadership in the professional prac-
region or country specialisation- over a mini-
tice of engineering in an international setting.
mum of three years. In Sydney, students study
It reflects a belief in the international character
Language and Culture for at least two years,
of engineering, and the conviction that
followed by a period of study overseas.
Australian professionals can benefit from
early development of an international In the International Studies program, students
perspective and a fluency in cross-cultural focus on one of the following countries or
interactions. majors: Chile, China, France, Germany,
Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico,
Spain or Thailand. There is also a Heritage
Admission requirements major that permits students with previous
Students normally enter the program directly exposure to a language and culture to con-
from high school, and are selected on the basis tinue their study in countries such as Croatia,
of academic performance. Application is Greece, Hong Kong, Korea, Poland, Russia,
made through UAC in the normal way. Taiwan, the Philippines, Vietnam and others.
1
Australia and the Asia-Pacific is only available
$5,000 per semester during Engineering Intemships.
as a major to international students. Inter-
national students may access one of the other
68 Undergraduate courses

majors offered provided that the country they Standard program


choose as their major is able to grant them a
Subject Subject
visa to study there. This needs to be deter- number name
mined prior to commencing subjects within Semester 1
the International Studies major. If a visa 48210 Eng1neenng for Sustainab1lity c
cannot be granted, then it will not be possible 33130 Mathematical Modelling I c
to undertake the chosen major. 68037 Physical Modelling c
Students are admitted to the International F1elds of pract1ce subject FP
Studies program with no guarantee of entry Semester 2
to a specific major, though every effort is made 48221/2 lnformat1cs c
to meet student preferences. The Institute 33230 MathematiCal Modell1ng 2 c
reserves the right to allocate places in majors Two fields of practice subjects FP
according to its resources and arrangements Semester 3
with overseas universities. Two fields of practice subjects FP
Each major includes 32 credit points (four 8- 50140 Comparative Social Change l8cpl
credit-point subjects) of instruction in 971xxx Language and Culture I l8cpl
Language and Culture; 8 credit points of Semester 4
study of Comparative Social Change; 8 credit Engineering Internship EPP
points of study of Contemporary Society; and 972xxx Language and Culture 2 l8cpl
48 credit points (two semesters) of study at a Semester 5
university or institution of higher education 48240 Uncertainties and R1sks 1n Engmeering c
in the country of the major. Two f1elds of practice subjects FP
There are no prior language requirements for 973xxx Language and Culture 3 [8cp)
the International Studies component of this Semester 6
combined degree, except for programs within Two fields of practice subjects FP
the Heritage major. 976xxx Contemporary Soc1ety l8cpl
974xxx Language and Culture 4 l8cpl
Arrangements for In-country Study
Semester 7
Students are required to complete all appro- 977xxx In-country Study 1 [24cp)
priate subjects in their combined degree,
Semester 8
including four consecutive semesters of study
978xxx In-country Study 2 l24cpl
of Language and Culture before proceeding
to In-country Study. There are different classes Semester 9
available for students according to their level 48250 Engineering Economics and Finance c
of language proficiency. Three f1elds of pract1ce subjects FP

The Institute for International Studies makes Semester 10


arrangements for students to spend two Engineering Internship EPP
semesters of In-country Study at an institution Semester 11
of higher education in the country of their 48260 Engineering Management c
major. The costs of tuition in host institutions Three fields of pract1ce subjects FP
overseas and travel between Sydney and the Semester 12
designated host institutions are borne by UTS Capstone Project
except in cases where a scholarship has been Fields of practice subject FP
awarded to the student with provision for
C "' Core subject
these costs. Under those circumstances, the FP "' F1elds of practice sub;ect
funds that would have otherwise been allo- EPP = Eng1neermg Pract1ce Program [refer to page 48 for de tarts]
I = International Studies subject
cated towards the student's tuition and travel
Note: All Engmeering subjects are 6 credit pornts unless otherwrse
are redirected to support the In-country Study stated.
program in general. In most cases, the cost of
living for the period of In-country Study will
not exceed the cost of living away from home
in Sydney. However, students should be
aware that the cost of living in some countries
- notably Japan - may be higher than in
Sydney.
Undergraduate courses 69

Bachelor of Engineering, Course duration


Bachelor of Business The program is offered on a five-year, full-
time basis.
+ Course code: E005 Students can gain the awards Bachelor of
• UAC code: 609350 Engineering, Bachelor of Business, Diploma in
+ Testamur titles: Bachelor of Engineering Engineering Practice by undertaking one fur-
Bachelor of Business ther semester of integrated work experience.
• Abbreviation: BE BBus
+ Course fee: HECS [local]
$8,000 per semester [international] 1
Course structure
Engineering component
Overview Students undertake the engineering degree in
This program, offered jointly by the Faculty any of the majors on offer, provided the UAI
of Engineering and the Faculty of Business, requirement for the selected major is met
leads to a combined degree (two testamurs): (presently Civil, Civil and Environmental,
Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Business. Computer Systems, Construction, Electrical,
Mechanical, Mechanical and Mechatronic,
The course provides students with the oppor- Software or Telecommunications).
tunity of completing the core and major com-
ponents of both the engineering and business Business component
degrees. In addition, the course includes a
semester-length work experience component Students undertake the business degree with
(refer to Engineering Practice Program, page selected majors in Accounting, Banking,
Economics, Electronic Business, Finance,
48).
International Business, Management,
Graduates with this combination of qualifi- Marketing, Sport Management, or Tourism.
cations can expect to have a wide range of The Information Technology major is not
career opportunities spanning the two disci- available to students in this program.
plines. Obvious opportunities exist for gradu-
ates in the application of advanced technology Standard program
in commercial settings to enhance business
The standard program for this course is
competitiveness. Other attributes of engineer-
shown on page 70.
ing graduates such as a systems perspective
and skill in the use of quantitative modelling
techniques will provide further business career Other information
opportunities. For graduates choosing to prac-
Students should contact the Faculty of Engin-
tice as engineers, the business knowledge will
eering Undergraduate and Postgraduate
prove invaluable in providing a sound foun-
Office (UPO) on telephone (02) 9514 2666 re-
dation for entrepreneurial initiatives and the
garding administrative matters for this course.
commercialisation of engineering innovations.

Admission requirements
Students normally enter this course directly
from high school.
To be admitted to this combined degree pro-
gram, applicants must achieve a UAI rank no
lower than five points below the rank for the
Bachelor of Business single degree program.
Students wishing to transfer from the
combined degree program to the Bachelor of
Business single degree program, and whose
UAI is less than the current entry rank for the
Bachelor of Business, will be required to apply
for admission through the UAC in the Non-
recent School Leaver category.
1
$5,000 per semester during Engineering Internship.
70 Undergraduate courses

Standard program Bachelor of Engineering,


Subje<t
number
Subje<t
name Bachelor of Business,
Semester 1 Diploma in Engineering
48210 Engineenng for Sustainabil1ty
33130 Mathematical Modelling 1
Practice
68037 Phys1cal Modelltng
48xxx Introduction to xxxxx
1 + Course code: EOOB
+ Testamur titles: Bachelor of Engineering
Semester 2
Bachelor of Business
25115 Economics for Business
Diploma in Engineering Practice
48221/2 lnformatics
33230 Mathematical Modelling 2
• Abbreviation: BE BBus DipEngPrac
Two fields of practice subjects'
+ Course fee: HECS [local]
$8,000 per semester [international]'
Semester 3
48230 Engineenng Communication
241 OB Marketing Foundations Overview
79203 Business Law and Eth1cs This course (two testamurs) is essentially the
22107 Accounting for Business
same as the Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor
Semester 4 of Business double degree described previous-
48240 Uncertainties and R1sks in Engineering ly with the addition of a second engineering
Three fields of practice subjects internship and portfolio.
2xxxx Business core elective 13
Semester 5
Course duration
48260 Eng1neenng Management
Three f1elds of practice subjects The standard course can be completed full
2xxxx Business core elect1ve 2" time in five-and-a-half years.
Semester 6
48121 Engineering Pract1ce Prev1ew I Course structure
Two f1elds of practice subjects
2xxxx Business core elect1ve 3
The Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of
2xxxx Busmess major 1 Business, Diploma in Engineering Practice
program requires a total of 252 credit points
Semester 7
of academic subjects, including the engineer-
Eng1neenng experience semester
ing internship component.
Semester 8
1
48122 Engineering Pract1ce Review I $5,000 per semester during Engineering Intemships.
Two f1elds of practice subjects
2xxxx Business maJor 2
2xxxx Bus1ness maJor 3

Semester 9
Three f1elds of practice subjects
2xxxx Bustness major 4
2xxxx Bustness major 5

Semester 10
Capstone Project
2xxxx Bus·mess maJor 6
2xxxx Bus mess major 7
2xxxx Busmess major 8

Students must enrol1n the subject wh1ch corresponds to the1r maJor.


Students must complete 15 of the l1elds of pract1ce subjects specific
to the1r chosen Engineenng maJor.
3
Students must choose from 22207,25300,21128 and 21193.
Undergraduate courses 71

Bachelor of Engineering, Course aims


Bachelor of Science These courses are aimed at producing
graduates with professional qualifications in
• UTS course code: E013 science, medical science or biotechnology and
• UAC code: 609360 engineering and who are well prepared to
+ Testamur titles: Bachelor of Engineering pursue a career in either field, or one that com-
Bachelor of Science bines the skills of both. Depending on the
• Abbreviation: BSc BE science and engineering disciplines chosen,
• Course fee: HECS [local) graduates of this course will work as cutting
$8,000 per semester [international) edge professionals where science and engin-
eering interact most dynamically. Graduates
could find themselves working in medical tech-
Bachelor of Engineering, nology and instrumentation, biotechnology,
Bachelor of Medical Science environmental protection and management,
energy and resource exploration and develop-
• UTS course code: E015 ment, communications, mathematical
+ UAC code: 609370 modelling, transportation, construction,
• Testamur titles: Bachelor of Engineering nanotechnology, molecular biology and
Bachelor of Medical Science materials technology.
+ Abbreviation: BMedSc BE
+ Course fee: HECS [local) Admission requirements
$8,000 per semester [international)
Australian students are required to apply for
admission through the NSW University
Bachelor of Engineering, Admissions Centre (UAC). For schoolleavers,
Bachelor of Biotechnology admission is based on UAI scores. We recom-
mend that HSC studies include the following
+ UTS course code: tba subjects: HSC English Advanced, Mathematics,
• UAC code: 609360 and at least one science subject. Non-recent
• Testamur titles: Bachelor of Engineering School Leavers should apply through UAC
Bachelor of Biotechnology in addition to submitting a Personal Statement
• Abbreviation: BBiotech BE to UTS. Applications are taken from
+ Course fee: HECS [local) September to December each year.
$8,000 per semester [international) International students should contact the UTS
International Programs Office (IPO) for appli-
Overview cation procedures. In addition to academic
requirements, students are required to meet
There is a strong interrelation between the English language proficiency requirements.
progress of engineering and developments in Further details are available from IPO.
science, and a demonstrated need for pro-
fessionals with a strong understanding and There is provision for students already enrolled
experience in both areas. These combined in a Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor of Engin-
degree programs (two testamurs each) are eering degree to transfer to the combined
designed to provide opportunities for degree program. Students currently enrolled
students interested in science, the scientific in a Science or Engineering program are per-
basis of engineering and technology, and the mitted entry to the combined degree program
technology itself. An interest in careers with if they satisfy either of the following criteria:
a strong research and innovation component • they meet the entry requirement for the
will be a key graduate attribute. combined degree and have demonstrated
These double degree courses enable students satisfactory progress in their current
to combine a Bachelor of Engineering in any program of study, or
one of the offered majors (Civil, Civil and En- • they have achieved a Credit weighted
vironmental, Computer Systems, average mark over at least two stages of
Construction, Electrical, Mechanical, their current program.
Mechanical and Mechatronic, Software, or
Telecommunications) with a Bachelor of
Science, Bachelor of Medical Science or
Bachelor of Biotechnology.
72 Undergraduate courses

Advanced standing Science component


UTS recognises prior tertiary level learning, in- Students are required to complete 96 credit
cluding that from other universities and TAFE points of science subjects, of which at least 72
(Associate Diploma and Diploma only). Once credit points must focus on a major area of
a student's application to study has been ac- study in science, medical science or
cepted, they may apply to receive recognition biotechnology.
of successful prior learning, and may there- Science majors may be taken in the following
fore be able to complete the course in less than areas:
the standard time. Applications for credits and • Applied Chemistry
exemptions should be made to the Associate
• Applied Physics
Dean (Coursework Programs) in the Faculty
of Science. • Biomedical Science
• Earth and Environmental Science
Attendance • Environmental and Urban Horticulture
Full-time attendance involves approximately • Environmental Biology
24 hours each week at the University. This • Nanotechnology.
enables a full stage of the course to be com-
pleted in one semester. Part-time attendance Recommended Science strands
involves approximately 12 hours each week Applied Chemistry (78 credit points)
at the University. This form of attendance
65101 Chemistry 1C 6cp
allows students to complete a full stage in one
65201 Chemistry 2C 6cp
year. It is expected that employers will release
65202 Organic Chemistry 1 6cp
part-time students for at least one half-day per
65306 Analytical Chemistry 1 6cp
week for attendance at classes.
65307 Physical Chemistry 1 6cp
65409 Analytical Chemistry 2 6cp
Course duration 65410 Chemical Safety and Legislation 6cp
Each of these courses is offered over: 65411 Inorganic Chemistry 1
(Transition Metal Chemistry) 6cp
• five years, full time 65508 Organic Chemistry 2 (Structure,
• ten years, part time, or Elucidation and Synthesis) 6cp
• six years, full time with Honours. 65509 Inorganic Chemistry 2
(New Inorganic Materials) 6cp
65606 Analytical Chemistry 3 6cp
Assessment 65607 Physical Chemistry 2 6cp
Depending on the subjects chosen, students xxxxx Science elective 6cp
can expect to undergo a variety of assessment
Materials Science (78 credit points)
types before completion of this course includ-
ing formal and informal examinations, assign- 65101 Chemistry 1C 6cp
ments and essays, practical reports and 67101 Introduction to Materials 6cp
write-ups, and seminar presentations. Assess- 65201 Chemistry 2C 6cp
ment tasks may be based on individual or 67303 Mechanical Properties of Materials 6cp
group work. For further details for individual 67304 Physical Metallurgy 6cp
subjects, see the Subject Descriptions section, 67305 Polymer Science 6cp
or contact the subject's coordinator. 67306 Industrial Ceramics 6cp
67408 Industrial Metallurgy 6cp
67409 Polymer Technology 6cp
Course structure 67506 Technical Ceramics 6cp
plus any three of the following
Engineering component
67608 Composites 6cp
Students undertake the engineering degree in 67407 Physical Properties of Materials 6cp
any of the majors on offer, provided the UAI 65062 Extractive Metallurgy 6cp
requirement for the selected major is met 67606 Corrosion and Degradation of
(presently Civil, Civil and Environmental, Materials 6cp
Computer Systems, Construction, Electrical,
Mechanical, Mechanical and Mechatronic,
Software or Telecommunications).
Undergraduate courses 73

Applied Physics (78 credit points) Biotechnology (78 credit points)


65101 Chemistry lC 6cp 65012 Chemistry lA 6cp
65201 Chemistry 2C 6cp 91701 Medical Science 1 6cp
68314 Electronics 6cp 65022 Chemistry 2A 6cp
68311 Atoms, Photons and Orbits (Physics 3) 6cp 91702 Medical Science 2 6cp
68312 Electrotechnology and Data Analysis 6cp 91313 Biochemistry 1 6cp
33490 Computational Mathematics and 91314 General Microbiology 6cp
Physics 6cp 91128 Plant Biotechnology 3cp
68411 Vibrations, Quanta and Nucleons 91326 Analytical Biochemistry 6cp
(Physics 4) 6cp 91330 Epidemiology and Public Health
68412 Energy Science and Technology 6cp Microbiology 6cp
68514 Electronics and Interfacing 6cp 91351 Immunology 1 3cp
68511 Quantum and Solid-state Physics 6cp plus any three of the following
68512 Research Methods in Applied Physics 6cp 91332 Molecular Biology 1 8cp
68611 Electromagnetics and Optics 6cp 91369 Biobusiness and Environmental
XX XXX Science elective 6cp Biotechnology 8cp
91335 Molecular Biology 2 8cp
Medical Science (78 credit points)
91368 Bioreactors and Bioprocessing 8cp
65101 Chemistry 1C 6cp
91701 Medical Science 1 6cp Earth Science (78 credit points)
65201 Chemistry 2C 6cp 66101 Earth Science 1 6cp
91702 Medical Science 2 6cp 65012 Chemistry lA 6cp
91313 Biochemistry 1 6cp 66204 Field Studies 1 6cp
91703 Physiological Systems 6cp 65022 Chemistry 2A 6cp
91704 Behavioural Sciences 6cp 66304 Earth Materials 6cp
91705 Medical Devices and Diagnostics 6cp 66305 Fold Belts and Cratons 6cp
xxxxx Approved [Bio]Medical Science 66408 Earth Resources 6cp
elective 6cp 66409 Surficial Processes and Products 6cp
91707 Pharmacology 1 8cp 66508 Crustal and Mantle Processes 6cp
plus any two of the following 91120 Mapping and Remote sensing 6cp
91706 Neuroscience 8cp 66509 Tectonics and Surface Dynamics 6cp
91708 Psychophysiology 8cp 66609 Environmental and Quaternary
91709 Pharmacology 2 8cp Geology 6cp
66611 Engineering and Ground water
Biomedical Science (78 credit points)
Geology 6cp
65012 Chemistry lA 6cp
Environmental Biology (78 credit points)
91701 Medical Science 1 6cp
65022 Chemistry 2A 6cp 65012 Chemistry lA 6cp
91702 Medical Science 2 6cp 91101 Cells, Genetics and Evolution 6cp
at least 30 credit points from 65022 Chemistry 2A 6cp
91313 Biochemistry 1 6cp 91102 Functional Biology 6cp
91314 General Microbiology 6cp 91110 Experimental Design and Sampling 6cp
91354 Anatomical Pathology 6cp 91111 Pollution Assessment 6cp
91320 Biochemistry 2 6cp 91270 Plant Physiology 6cp
91326 Analytical Biochemistry 6cp 91112 Ecological Principles and Modelling 6cp
91330 Epidemiology and Public Health 91309 Australian Biota 6cp
Microbiology 6cp 91363 Animal Ecophysiology 6cp
plus 91119 Terrestrial Ecosystems 6cp
xxxxx Biomedical Science electives 24cp 91120 Mapping and Remote Sensing 6cp
91121 Aquatic Ecology 6cp
74 Undergraduate courses

Environmental and Urban Horticulture Course program


[78 credit points)
BE (any major), Bachelor of Science -
91246 Plant Structure, Function and Culture 6cp
standard program
91101 Cells, Genetics and Evolution 6cp
Subject Subject
91247 Landscape Design and Plant Culture 6cp number name
91102 Functional Biology 6cp Semester 1
91233 Plant Production and Growth Media 6cp Sc1ence major 1;
91270 Plant Physiology 6cp 33130 Mathematical Modell1ng 1
91234 Uses of Australian Plants 6cp 68037 Physical Modellmg
91237 Plant Pathology 6cp 48xxx Introduction to xxxxx?
91250 Plants in the Landscape 6cp Semester 2
91245 Open Space Management 6cp Science major 2
91248 Plant Production Systems 6cp 33230 Mathematical Model11ng 2
91249 Plant Genetics and Breeding 6cp Two fields o1 practice subjects'
XX XXX Science elective 6cp Semester 3
48210 Engineering for Sustainabil1ty
48221/2 lnformat1cs
Science major 3
Sc1ence maJor 4
Semester 4
Sc1ence maJOr 5
Science major 6
Two fields of practice subjects
Semester 5
48230 Engineering Communication
Fields of practice subject
Science major 7
Science maJOr 8
Semester 6
48240 Uncertainties and R1sks 1n Eng1neermg
Three fields of pract1ce subjects
Semester 7
48250 Engmeenng Economics and Finance
Three f1elds of practice subjects
Semester 8
Science maJOr 9
Science maJOr 10
Science maJor 11
Science maJor 12
Semester 9
48260 Engineering Management
Two f1elds of pract1ce subjects
Science mafOr 13
Semester 10
48270 Technology Assessment
F1elds of practice subject
Capstone Project
Capstone Project/elective
1
The 13 Sc1ence maJOr subjects are listed under Recommended
Sc1ence strands.
1
Students must enrol 1n the subject wh1ch corresponds to the1r
Eng1neenng maJor.
J Students must complete the 14 fields of pract1ce subJects spec1f1c
to the1r chosen Eng1neenng maJor.
Undergraduate courses 75

BE (any major), Bachelor of Medical BE (any major), Bachelor of Biotechnology-


Science - standard program standard program
Subject Subject Subject Subject
number name number name

Semester 1 Semester 1
91701 Medical Science 1 91701 Medical Science 1
33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 33130 Mathematical Modell1ng 1
68037 Physical Modelling 68037 Physical Modellmg
48xxx Introduction to xxxxx' 48xxx Introduction to xxxxx 1
Semester 2 Semester 2
91702 Medical Sc1ence 2 91702 Medical Science 2
33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 33230 Mathematical Modell1ng 2
F1elds of practice subject' Fields of practice subject'
65101 Chemistry 1C 65012 Chemistry 1A
Semester 3 Semester 3
48210 Eng1neenng for Sustainab1l1ty 48210 Engineenng for Sustamab1l1ty
48221/2 lnformatics 48221/2 lnformatics
65201 Chemistry 2C 91313 Biochemistry 1
91703 Physiological Systems 91314 General Microbiology
Semester 4 Semester 4
91704 BehaviouralSc1ences 65022 Chemistry 2A
Three fields of practice subjects Three fields of practice subjects
Semester 5 Semester 5
48230 Engmeering Communication 48230 Engineering Commun1cat10n
F1elds of practice subject Fields of practice subjeCt
91707 Pharmacology 1 Molecular Biology 1
91313 B1ochem1stry 1 Semester 6
Semester 6 48240 UncertaintieS and R1sks In Engineering
48240 Uncertainties and R1sks in Engineering Three f1elds of practice subjects
Three fields of pract1ce subjects Semester 7
Semester 7 48250 Engineenng Economics and Finance
48250 Engmeering Economics and Fmance Three fields of practice subjects
Three fields of practice subjects Semester 8
Semester 8 one of the following two subjects
91705 Medical Devices and Diagnostics 91128 Plant Biotechnology
91708 Psychophysiology 91351 Immunology 1
IBioi Medical Science elective and
Semester 9 91326 Analytical Biochemistry
48260 Engineering Management 91330 Epidemiology and Publ1c Health Microbiology
Two fields of practice subjects and one of the following
and one of the following 91335 Molecular Biology 2
91709 Pharmacology 2 91368 Bioreactors and Bioprocessing
91706 Neuroscience
Semester 9
Semester 10 48260 Engmeenng Management
48270 Technology Assessment Two fields of practice subjects
F1elds of practice subject 91369 Biobusiness and Environmental Biotechnology
Capstone Project Semester 10
Capstone Project/elective
48270 Technology Assessment
Students must enrol 1n the subject wh1ch corresponds to the1r Fields of practice subject
Engtneenng major. Capstone ProjeCt
2
Students must complete the 14 ftelds of practtce subjects specd1c Capstone Project/elective
to their chosen Engtneenng maJOr.
1
Students must enrol 1n the subject wh1ch corresponds to the1r
Engmeenng maJor.
1
Students must complete the 14 f1elds of pract1ce subjects spec1f1c
to the1r chosen Engmeenng maJor.
76 Undergraduate courses

Honours Bachelor of Engineering~


The Honours program is designed to intro- Bachelor of Science~
duce students to more advanced coursework
and to research work in sciences. It allows Diploma in Engineering
selected students to continue on with Practice
postgraduate studies if desired and enhances
their employment prospects. For further +Course code: E014
information contact the Course Director. + Testamur titles: Bachelor of Engineering
in (name of Engineering major)
Professional recognition Bachelor of Science in
(name of Science major)
Depending on disciplines chosen, students Diploma in Engineering Practice
may be eligible for entry to the relevant • Abbreviations: BE BSc DipEngPrac
professional associations. This degree meets
• Course fee: HECS (local)
the requirements for admission into the 1
$8,000 per semester (international)
Institute of Engineers

Overview
Other information
This combined degree (two testamurs) course
For further information on Engineering majors is the same as the Bachelor of Engineering,
and approved study programs, consult this Bachelor of Science except for the additional
handbook, or the Undergraduate and requirement of two internships and comple-
Postgraduate Office (UPO) in the Faculty of tion of the Engineering Practice Program of
Engineering. the Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in
All academic inquiries relating to the science Engineering Practice. The combined course is
component should be made to: 252 credit points and has a nominal comple-
Associate Dean (Coursework Programs) tion time of six years.
Associate Professor Rod Buckney Students in the combined Bachelor of
telephone (02) 9514 4044 Engineering, Bachelor of Medical Science and
fax (02) 9514 4095 Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of
email Rod.Buckney@uts.edu.au Biotechnology can transfer to the program
including the Diploma in Engineering
Practice.
1
$5,000 per semester during Engineering Internships.
Undergraduate courses 77

Bachelor of Engineering Course duration


1
Science, Bachelor of Laws The course is completed in five-and-a-half
years of full-time study. However, most
• Course code: LL 14 students are able to complete the course at
• Testamur titles: Bachelor of Engineering accelerated rate in five years or less.
Science
Bachelor of Laws Course structure
• Abbreviation: BEngSc LLB
+ Course fee: HECS [local) The course is 264 credit points with 120 credit
$7,000 per semester [international) points covering the standard Bachelor of
Engineering Science subjects, less the 24 credit
points of electives specified for that course.
Overview The remaining 144 credit points are made up
This combined degree (two testamurs) course of Bachelor of Laws subjects. Students may
allows students to combine a Bachelor of progress through the course taking subjects
Engineering Science in any one of the offered in any sequence provided prerequisites are
majors (Civil, Civil and Environmental, met. The structure of the course, as taken by
Computer Systems, Electrical, Mechanical, a typical student, is described below.
Software, or Telecommunications) with the The course allows students to graduate with
standard professional level qualification in the separate degrees of Bachelor of Engineer-
Law, the Bachelor of Laws. The course was ing Science and Bachelor of Laws. The study
developed in response to the ever growing components and the requirements for course
demand for legal services in areas in which completion are as follows:
an in-depth appreciation of complex technical
1. The law component comprises at least 144
matters by the legal team is essential.
credit points of study approved by the
Faculty of Law.
Admission requirements 2. The engineering component comprises
Local students are required to apply for 120 credit points of study consisting of the
admission through the NSW Universities core subjects in the Bachelor of Engineer-
Admissions Centre (UAC). For schoolleavers, ing Science degree course and the field
admission is based on U AI scores. Non-recent of practice subjects associated with the
School Leavers should apply through UAC student's chosen engineering major.
in addition to sending a Personal Statement 3. On completion of the engineering com-
toUTS. Applications are taken from August ponent as set out in 2 above, a student
to end of October each year. Considerations who has also completed at least 24 credit
for admission as a Non-recent School Leaver points of law subjects approved by the
takes into account the following: Faculty of Law will be eligible for the
• English proficiency and written expression award of Bachelor of Engineering Science.
• previous legal study 4. A student who qualifies for the award of
Bachelor of Engineering Science accord-
• tertiary study
ing to 3 above will, on completion of the
• legal experience or employment law component as approved by the
• motivation and the reason for wanting to Faculty of Law, be eligible for the award
study law (and other discipline in the case of Bachelor of Laws.
of a combined or double degree)
• commitment to study law, and
• supporting material such as professional
and personal references and/ or letter of
employer's support.
International students should contact the UTS
International Programs Office (IPO) for appli-
cation procedures. In addition to academic
requirements, students are required to meet
English language proficiency requirements.
1
Subject to approval.
78 Undergraduate courses

Course diagram Stage 4- Spring semester


Bachelor of Laws Bachelor of 70318 Personal Property 4cp
Engineering Science 70317 Real Property 8cp
14 core subjects
Total 96 credrt pomls 8 core subjects 33230 Mathematical Modelling 2 6cp
Total48 credrt pomts xxxxx Engineering major subject 6cp
Stage 5- Autumn semester
Engineering Science 70417 Corporate Law 8cp
major 70617 Administrative Law Scp
Total 72 credrt pomts 48240 Uncertainties and Risks in
Engineering 6cp
xxxxx Engineering major subject 6cp
Law electives
Stage 6- Spring semester
4 x 6-credrt-point subjects
Total 24 credrt pornts 70516 Equity and Trusts 8cp
76xxx Law elective 6cp
xxxxx Engineering major subject 12cp
Practical Legal Stage 7- Autumn semester
Training
71216 Law of Evidence 6cp
or Total 24 credrt pomts
Law electives 71005 Practice and Procedure 4cp
4 x 6-credrt-po.rnt subJects
Total 24 cred1t pomts
I
concurrently
xxxxx Engineering major subject 12cp
Stage 8- Spring semester
I 71116 Remedies 6cp
Graduate Certificate
in Legal Practice 76xxx Law elective 6cp
Total 12 credrt points 48250 Engineering Economics and Finance 6cp
mcludrng xxxxx Engineering major subject 6cp
Practrcal Experrence
0 credrt pornts
Stage 9- Autumn semester
76xxx Law elective 6cp
76xxx Law elective 6cp
Each stage corresponds to one semester of xxxxx Engineering major subject 12cp
full-time attendance. Stage 10 - Spring semester
Field of practice subjects are detailed under Practical Legal Training (PLT) 24cp
the relevant major's standard program table or
(see page 50 and following). Four Law electives 24cp
Stage 11 -Autumn semester
Course program xxxxx Engineering major subject 12cp
Stage 1 -Autumn semester
70113 Legal Process and History 10cp Professional recognition
70105 Legal Research 4cp
33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 law component
6cp
68037 Physical Modelling 6cp Students completing the Bachelor of Laws and
the Professional Program will be able to apply
Stage 2- Spring semester
for admission as either solicitors or barristers
70217 Criminal Law 6cp of the Supreme Court of New South Wales.
70211 Law of Contract 8cp
48210 Engineering for Sustainability 6cp Engineering component
48221 Informatics VB 6cp The Bachelor of Engineering Science meets the
Stage 3- Autumn semester requirements of the Institution of Engineers,
70311 Law of Tort 8cp
Australia for recognition as a professional
70616 Federal Constitutional Law
technologist. Students wishing to obtain full
8cp
48230 Engineering Communication
recognition as graduate professional engin-
6cp
eers have the option of completing a Bachelor
xxxxx Engineering major subject 6cp
of Engineering in place of the Bachelor of
Engineering Science with an additional one
year of study.
Undergraduate courses 79

INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE • The Technical University of Budapest,


Hungary
PROGRAMS • Tongji University, Shanghai, China
• The Swiss School of Engineering for
Engineering is an international profession. the Timber Industry, Switzerland
Most practice standards are now inter-
national, and draw upon international experi- • The University of Electro-
ence. Australian engineering projects depend Communications, Tokyo, Japan
on products and services sourced overseas, • University of Waterloo, Canada.
and Australian products and services depend Students participating in the Exchange pro-
on overseas markets. Most of the major issues gram are exempt from paying tuition fees at
facing engineers, and the socioeconomic the host university, but are required to pay
issues to which engineering can contribute, the usual UTS fees (such as Union fees) and
are global or regional in character. Any person Australian HECS. They are also required to
commencing an engineering career in arrange appropriate general and health
Australia today can expect major involvement insurances, and to meet their own living and
with overseas engineering, and is likely to travel costs. Some overseas universities can
practice overseas at some time. Early inter- arrange accommodation at attractive rates,
national experience is an important formative and students can often obtain paid work
influence, and an excellent investment, for any experience which meets UTS degree
aspiring engineer. requirements and helps defray living costs.
All UTS Engineering students have the oppor- Some universities require participating
tunity to study and work overseas, by partici- students to develop foreign language skills
pating in the Faculty's Student Exchange prior to departure from Australia. The
program, and are strongly encouraged to do Institute for International Studies offers one-
so. Subject to conditions, students gain full semester electives in language studies, and in
academic credit for studies completed at an the study of contemporary societies in parts
overseas university, and may obtain overseas of the non-English-speaking world (see
work experience which satisfies UTS below). Students may be able to credit one or
engineering course requirements. more of these electives towards their
The Student Exchange program operates engineering degree.
between the Faculty of Engineering and many Each university participating in the Student
overseas universities, including: Exchange program has particular strengths.
• California State University, Sacramenta, Selection of a particular university requires
USA careful consideration and planning well in
• Chonnam National University, Korea advance. Faculty staff can provide advice
about student exchange opportunities and
• Halmstad University, Sweden about ways to develop appropriate language
• Huazhong University of Science and skills and cultural awareness. For further
Technology, China information students should contact the
• Institut National des Sciences Appliquees Undergraduate and Postgraduate Office on
de Lyon, France (02) 9514 2666.
• Institut National des SciencesAppliquees Further opportunities, and additional univer-
de Toulouse, France sity partnerships, are available to selected
students through the combined award of
• Institut Teknologi Bandung, Indonesia
Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Arts in
• King Mongkut's Institute of Technology, International Studies, Diploma in Engineering
Thonburi, Thailand Practice.
• Kungl Tekniska Hogskolan (Royal In addition to these formal programs, inter-
Institute of Technology), Sweden national opportunities are continually arising,
• Kyushu Institute of Technology, Japan and are often initiated by students themselves.
• Mikkeli Polytechnic, Finland The Faculty is willing to recognise and
facilitate any arrangement consistent with its
• Nanyang Technological University,
objectives. Any student wishing to propose
Singapore or explore such opportunities should contact
• Pontifica Universidad Cat6lica de Chile the Director, International Engineering
Program.
80 Undergraduate courses

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
ELECTIVES
The UTS Institute for International Studies
offers electives in language studies and in the
study of contemporary societies in parts of the
non-English-speaking world. All subjects are
taught over one semester, and have a value
of 8 credit points.

Language studies
Students wishing to take language studies as
a credited part of their degree are required to
enrol through the Institute for International
Studies.

Contemporary society
The Institute also offers a number of subjects
providing an introduction to the contemporary
societies, politics, economics and culture of
the countries of South- East Asia, La tin
America and Europe. Subjects on China,
Japan, South-East Asia, Latin America and
Europe are available. There are no
prerequisites for any of these Contemporary
Society subjects, which are taught in English.
These subjects are only offered in the Spring
semester.

Other information
Further information is available from the 2002
handbook for the Institute for International
Studies, or through the Faculty's Director,
International Engineering Program. Inter-
national Studies subject descriptions are
available at the back of this handbook.
81

POSTGRADUATE COURSES
THE FACULTY OF relating to undergraduate and postgraduate
program management.
ENGINEERING telephone (02) 9514 2666
fax (02) 9514 2611
The Faculty of Engineering at UTS offers post- email upo@eng.uts.edu.au
graduate coursework and research programs For more information on UPO, see page 28.
that maintain UTS Engineering as an inter-
national node providing a wide range of All inquiries, except for courses in Ground-
professional development opportunities to water Management, should be made through
engineers and other graduates. In fulfilling theUPO.
these responsibilities, the Faculty draws on its For courses in Groundwater Management,
close links with industry to offer distinctive contact
programs which are highly regarded by Professor Michael Knight
engineering-dependent enterprises. CB01.17.15
In 2001, approximately 74 research students telephone (02) 9514 1984
and 597 coursework students were enrolled fax (02) 9514 1985
in the Postgraduate Program. email groundwater.management@uts.edu.au
Details of all postgraduate courses are pro- http: I I groundwater.ncgm.uts.edu.aul ncgm
vided in this handbook. Information is given Director, Postgraduate Coursework
on the objectives, structure, content and dura- Program
tion of the courses, together with admission Associate Professor Tom Anderson
requirements and rules governing progression. telephone (02) 9514 2639
Information is also provided on teaching and fax (02) 9514 2549
supervisory staff. email tom.anderson@uts.edu.au
Postgraduate award courses may be taken by Manager, Postgraduate Coursework
coursework or research. The Faculty supports Programs
research, through its management of post- Ms Beate Buckenmaier
graduate research, encouragement of telephone (02) 9514 2590
individual researchers and research teams, fax (02) 9514 2549
facilitation of interdisciplinary research, and email beate.buckenmaier@uts.edu.au
sponsorship of visits to UTS Engineering by
For a list of program coordinators and their
internationally renowned experts.
contact details, see page 82.
In addition to award courses, the Faculty pro-
vides opportunities for continuing professional
development through studies undertaken on
a non-award basis. RESEARCH PROGRAMS AND
The following information is intended to assist CENTRES
postgraduates to plan and complete their
studies within the Faculty of Engineering. The Faculty of Engineering at UTS has a lively
Additional information produced by the and cutting-edge research culture driving
Faculty can be obtained on the Internet and advances in engineering technology, practice
from other publications, or by direct inquiry. and education. Our research is needs-driven
Inquiries relating to postgraduate studies and collaborative and we work with many
within the Faculty are always welcome. enterprises in business partnerships. Our
researchers are world-class and recognised
Staff leaders in their fields, responsible for deliver-
ing new, better and more cost-effective
The Undergraduate and Postgraduate Office solutions to complex engineering challenges.
(UPO) provides a first point of contact for
Faculty research is varied and utilises modern
inquiries from current and prospective
laboratories and research facilities on the City
students, together with a range of services
82 Postgraduate courses

Postgraduate c:oursework programs Coordinators Location Telephone


Computer Control Engmeenng Professor HT Nguyen CB01.24 29 2451

Energy Planning and Polrcy Associate Professor D Sharma CB02 .5.21 2422

Eng1neenng Management Associate Professor T Anderson CB02.7.088 2639

Environmental Engineering Or P Hazelton CB02.5.12 2661

Graduate Project Special Course and Or H Akpolat CB02. 7.070 2628


Foundatron Subjects
Groundwater Management Professor M Knrght CB01.17.15 2692

Information Systems Engineering Associate Professor D Lowe CB02.7.100 2526

Local Government Engineering Mr K J Halstead CB02.5.22 2640

Local Government Management Mr Rob Melior CB01.17.14 2595


Manufactunng Engmeering and Management Or G Hong CB02 6.19 2677

Software and lnformatron Systems Engrneering tba tba tba


Software Engrneering tba tba tba
Structural Engrneenng Professor B Samali CB02 5.118 2023
Telecommunications Engmeerrng Professor R Braun CB01.24.24 2460
Telecommunications Networks Professor R Braun CB01.24.24 2460
Water Engrneenng Or S Beecham CB02.5.07 2623

For a maJor in Computer Systems Engmeermg, contact Associate Professor Oav1d Lowe or Mr John Leaney on the numbers shown above.

campus, Broadway. These are supported by • Australian Graduate School of Engineer-


extensive computing facilities and library ing Innovation
services. The laboratories have excellent back- • Faculty designated research strength in
up workshops and expert support staff. Many Intelligent Transport Systems
opportunities exist for professional develop-
• Faculty designated research strength in
ment through challenging, well-resourced
Wireless Communications.
research programs.
In addition to the above strengths, many of
the Faculty's research capabilities are inter-
Research profile disciplinary in nature, spanning:
The Faculty has a number of key research • engineering innovation
areas and strengths. These include:
• engineering management
• Key University research strength in
Managing Waste and Water in Local
• environmental management
Communities • biomedical engineering
• Key University research strength in New • hypermedia information systems
Technologies for Developing and Sustain- • software engineering
ing Physical Infrastructure • risk analysis and management
• Key University research strength in • systems engineering
Health Technologies
• asset management
• Australian Cooperative Research Centre
for Renewable Energy • regional development technology

• Cooperative Research Centre for Satellite • engineering communications and


documentation, and
Systems
• Centre for Electrical Machines and Power • engineering education and practice .
Electronics
• Centre for Built Infrastructure Research Collaborative research
• National Centre for Groundwater The Faculty's researchers work with private
Management and public companies to achieve their strategic
• Centre for Local Government Education objectives in engineering research and
and Research development. These collaborative programs
Postgraduate courses 83

tend to be long-term and offer mutually bene- Environmental Engineering: solid-liquid


ficial outcomes, with the economic, business, separation techniques for water and waste-
social and environmental dimensions of water treatment, fundamental and applied
engineering being addressed explicitly. Most research related to using new chemicals in
collaborative research is supported by removing specific pollutants such as organics
sponsorships or grants. and herbicides, development of new and
compact hybrid systems for water and
wastewater treatment, membrane technology,
Research opportunities solid waste and sludge management, green
Research opportunities encompass the waste recycling, domestic wastewater treat-
following areas of specialisation: ment systems, specific industrial wastewater
Civil and Structural Engineering: engineer- treatment, hazardous waste treatability,
ing materials, water engineering, public characterisation of specific soils in engineering
health engineering, environmental risk assess- context, neutralisation of acid sulphate soils
ment, local government engineering, structural and environmental risk assessment.
analysis and design, timber engineering, Mechanical Engineering: advanced mechani-
prestressed and reinforced concrete, steel cal design, airconditioning and refrigeration,
structures, construction and project manage- kinematics and dynamics, energy conser-
ment, FEM and computer applications, vation, control engineering, computational
concrete technology, regional planning, road and experimental fluid dynamics and turbo-
and transportation engineering, stormwater machinery, slurry flows, heat transfer, machine
management, structural dynamics, motion tools, computer-integrated manufacturing,
and vibration control, wind and earthquake computer-aided engineering robotics,
engineering. experimental and finite element stress
Computer Systems Engineering: information analysis, internal combustion engines and
theory applied to position-fixing systems, alternative fuels, product and process
multimedia/hypermedia systems, software development, occupational health and safety.
engineering, image processing, embedded Telecommunications Engineering: image pro-
computer systems. cessing, intelligent networks, ATM networks,
Electrical Engineering: electrical machines and protocol engineering, digital transmission,
industrial drives, numerical analysis of teletraffic engineering, multiple access
electromagnetic fields, magnetic components schemes, spread spectrum communication,
in power electronic systems, magnetic testing, neural networks, speech and image coding,
power electronics, instrumentation and data microwave processing of materials, micro-
acquisition systems, micro-hydroelectric wave circuit design, antennas, mobile commu-
control and instrumentation, power systems nications, EM wave propagation, microwave
analysis, adaptive multi-variable control, applications in medicine, satellite commu-
speech and image coding, multimedia/ nications, digital signal processing, adaptive
hypermedia, robotics, neuro-fuzzy systems. signal processing in communications, electro-
magnetic interference, human visual percep-
Engineering practice and management:
tion, signal compression, signal processing for
research generic to engineering as a discipline
environmental imaging, data fusion.
including engineering innovation, environ-
mental engineering, biomedical engineering,
energy planning and policy, telecommuni- Research management
cations planning and policy, risk-analysis and Research management within the Faculty is
management, systems engineering, socio- coordinated through two committees.
technical systems, asset management, sustain-
able design, regional development technology, The Faculty Research Degrees Committee is
engineering communication and engineering responsible, under delegations from the
documentation; international and Australian Faculty Board in Engineering, for recommen-
practice and engineering ethics. Candidates dations relating to the admission, progression
who wish to pursue research in engineering and examination of research degree candi-
management in association with their dates, together with the development of
professional (workplace) responsibilities can policies and practices across the Faculty to
often be accommodated. assist candidates and enhance outcomes.
84 Postgraduate courses

The Research Management Committee is management into an effective culture of


responsible for enhancing research outcomes innovation. Its structure provides a basis for
in the Faculty. It has responsibility (inter alia) industry-university educational partnerships.
for developing, implementing and maintain- AGSEI offers modular course programs,
ing the Faculty's Research Management Plan, multidisciplinary in nature and strongly inter-
including program allocations and infra- active with industry. These are of interest to
structure development funded by the Faculty; professionals in all sectors and from a range
the collection and dissemination of research of disciplines, including engineering. Initially
information; and the promotion of research at least, programs are being directed at the
partnerships with industry and other bodies. experienced professional levels.
AGSEI builds specifically on the capability of
Research centres and Key engineers, and focuses on the organisation
University Research Strengths and application of engineering effort to inno-
vation and business performance. Its programs
The Faculty of Engineering supports several cover topics central to the process of engineer-
centres, and has numerous key strengths in ing such as product and process innovation,
engineering and other related fields. These strategic planning, technology management,
include: project management, system and concurrent
engineering, quality management, design,
Australian Cooperative Research Centre information engineering, computer-aided
for Renewable Energy engineering, logistics engineering, human
The Australian Cooperative Research Centre resources and change management, commu-
for Renewable Energy (ACRE) seeks to create nication, professional and business ethics,
an internationally competitive renewable manufacturing, project financing, risk
energy industry. ACRE brings together management, integrated marketing, contract
excellent research capabilities and market management, engineering economics, and
knowledge into a world class centre for legal and government interfaces.
innovation and for the commercialisation of Participants may aggregate course modules
renewable energy systems. towards the award of the Master of
Inquiries may be made to: Engineering Practice and other postgraduate
Associate Professor Joe Zhu awards through the Faculty of Engineering
Director, Academic Programs, CEMPE and other faculties of UTS.
Faculty of Engineering Inquiries may be made to:
CB01.18.28 Professor Vernon Ireland
telephone (+61 2) 9514 2318 AGSEI Ltd, Australian Technology Park
fax (+61 2) 9514 2435 Cornwallis Street, Eveleigh
email joe.zhu@uts.edu.au (PO Box 1686, Strawberry Hills, NSW 2012)
www.phys.murdoch.edu.au/ acre/ telephone (+61 2) 9209 4111
fax: (+61 2) 9319 3088
Australian Graduate School of Engineering email v.ireland@agsei.usyd.edu.au
Innovation www.usyd.edu.au/ su/ agsei/
The Australian Graduate School of
Engineering Innovation (AGSEI) was formed Centre for Built Infrastructure Research
jointly by UTS, the University of Sydney and and Key University Research Strength in
a number of industry partners in 1992. New Technologies for Developing and
AGSEI's establishment has been funded in Sustaining Physical Infrastructure
part by the Commonwealth Government's The Centre for Built Infrastructure Research
Advanced Engineering Centres scheme, (CBIR), encompasses multidisciplinary
under policies intended to 'increase higher researchers from the Faculties of Engineering;
education's contribution to Australia's design Science; and Design, Architecture and
and engineering capacities and to assist in the Building. It aims to develop new technologies
development of internationally competitive, to enhance the quality and performance of
value-added industries'.
new infrastructure and to underpin cost-
AGSEI's purpose is to help Australian effective strategies for the maintenance and
enterprises build wealth-creating capability rehabilitation of exiting infrastructure. The
by combining the best of engineering and Centre currently focuses on collaborative
Postgraduate courses 85

research with industry in areas which include Cooperative Research Centre for Satellite
the application of new advanced materials in Systems
construction; assessment, maintenance and The Cooperative Research Centre for Satellite
remediation of structural performance; mini- Systems (CRCSS) was established in 1997 to
misation of hazard resulting from earthquake, design and build robust and innovative
wind or wave action; the assessment and satellite systems and has a budget of
health monitoring of timber bridges; and use $56 million over seven years, including contri-
of renewable materials and recycled construc- butions from research and industry partici-
tion and demolition materials. It is located at pants. Participants in the CRCSS include UTS,
the Australian Technology Park, Eveleigh. the CSIRO, University of South Australia, La
Directors: Professor Steve Bakoss and Trobe University, Queensland University of
Professor Bijan Samali. Technology, University of Newcastle, Auspace
Inquiries may be made to: Limited, VIPAC Scientists and Engineers Pty
Professor Bijan Samali Ltd, Curtin University of Technology, the
CB02.5.11B Defence Science and Technology Organisation,
telephone (+61 2) 9514 2023 the ARIES Consortium, D-Space Ltd, Optus
fax (+61 2) 9514 2633 Communications, and Kodak Ltd.
email bijan.samali@uts.edu.au As a core member of the CRCSS, UTS is
www.cbir. uts.edu.au represented on the management board for the
program. UTS is part of the telecommuni-
Centre for Local Government Education cations group of the CRCSS with the specific
and Research role to design and develop Ka band micro-
wave earth stations to be used with the
The Centre has links with several faculties -
Federation Satellite One (Fedsat-1). Fedsat-1
especially Business and Engineering.
will be a low cost micro-satellite, conducting
Research areas relating to local government
telecommunication, space physics, remote
include: environmental management (devel-
sensing and engineering experiments. The Ka
opment, planning and assessment); strategic
band is a new commercial band in the higher
planning and management; community
end of microwave spectrum being utilised by
governance and local government training.
a number of low earth orbit satellite business
Inquiries may be made to: ventures for global direct satellite access to the
Associate Professor Graham Sansom Internet and Internet-based services. The Ka
Centre Director band is 30 Gigahertz on the up link from earth
CB01.17.14 to the satellite and 20 Gigahertz from the
telephone (+61 2) 95141689 satellite to the earth station. The two frequen-
fax (+61 2) 9514 2274 cies are used to separate received signals from
email graham.sansom@uts.edu.au transmitted signals. Using the Ka band
www.clg.uts.edu.au/ requires the development of new communi-
cation techniques, and subsystems.
Centre for Materials Technology Inquiries may be made to:
The Centre for Materials Technology is Associate Professor Sam Reisenfeld
operated jointly with the Faculty of Science. Director, UTS CRCSS Program
Research topics relating to engineering Faculty of Engineering
include: development, characterisation and CB01.25.12
applications of advanced materials, including telephone (+612) 9514 2448
composites; materials processing; industrial fax (+61 2) 9514 2435
applications of microwave energy; new email sam.reisenfeld@uts.edu.au
carbons and cements. Dr Ananda Mohan Sanagavarapu
Inquiries may be made to: Telecom Group, Faculty of Engineering
Professor Geoff Smith University of Technology, Sydney
Centre Director CB01.25.12A
CB01.12.30 telephone (+61 2) 9514 2447
telephone (+612) 9514 2224 fax (+61 2) 9514 2435
fax (+61 2) 9514 2219 email ananda@eng.uts.edu.au
email gbs@phys.uts.edu.au www.eng.uts.edu.au/ cress
or
www.cress.csiro.au
86 Postgraduate courses

Faculty Research Strength in Wireless international reputation in the field of health


Communication technology with more than $6 million in
competitive research funding over the last five
The increasing demand for data communi-
years. This group brings together complemen-
cations has led to an explosion of applications
tary interdisciplinary research skills unique
which exploit wireless transmission. The
in Australia in the development of revolution-
Wireless Communications group is in a
ary devices and novel systems for health
position to take advantage of this through
continuing applied research in the area. We technology applications.
have a strong ongoing project (CRC Satellite Based on several significant devices which
Systems), involving satellite transmission of have already been developed by the Core
Ka band, and there is research in the area of Group (the Mind Switch, the Non-Invasive
'smart' antennas, the development of Hypoglycaemia Monitor), and numerous
microwave electronics, and at a higher level, novel systems (membrane electrophysiology,
video delivery over the Internet. dry electrodes, fatigue monitoring, diabetic
complication predictive techniques, and fusion
Inquiries may be made to:
of tomology images), a new and ambitious
Associate Professor Robin Braun program has been developed to enhance our
Faculty of Engineering capacity to deal with major illnesses in terms
telephone (+612) 9514 2460 of effective prediction, diagnosis and
fax (+61 2) 9514 2435 rehabilitation. The focus of the group is on the
email robin.braun@eng.uts.edu.au study of health and disease processes, and the
www.eng.uts.edu.au development of new devices and advanced
techniques for the prediction, diagnosis and
Institute for Coastal Resource Management rehabilitation of lifestyle diseases such as
Inquiries should be made directly to the cardiovascular disease, diabetes mellitus,
Faculty of Science. neurologial disorder and cancer.
Inquiries may be made to:
Key Faculty Research Strength in Professor Hung Nguyen
Intelligent Transport Systems Faculty of Engineering
The research plan has three key research telephone (+612) 9514 2451
beacons focused on the goal of developing fax (+61 2) 9514 2435
technologies for Integrated Traveller Services email htn@eng.uts.edu.au
and Control Systems. The beacons, Integrated www.eng. uts.edu.au/ -htn
Positioning I Communications Systems, Professor Ashley Craig
Advanced Traveller Services, and Integrated Faculty of Science
Traffic and Transit Management Systems, telephone (+612) 95141358
represent areas of endeavour where members fax (+61 2) 95141359
of the group have already made significant email a.craig@uts.edu.au
contributions and formed strategic
relationships. Health Technologies website:
www.eng. uts.edu.au/ -htn/health.html
Inquiries may be made to:
Professor Chris Drane Key University Strength in Managing Waste
Faculty of Engineering and Water in Local Communities
telephone (+61 2) 9514 2390 The UTS managing waste and water in local
fax (+61 2) 9514 2381 communities group brings together
email cdrane@eng.uts.edu.au researchers from the UTS Faculties of
www.sinta.uts.edu.au/its/ Engineering and Science and from the Centre
for Local Government to work on research
Key University Research Strength in Health aimed at encouraging the community to take
Technologies responsibility for their own waste and water
Continued advances in health care and quality management.
of life in the future will come from new knowl- The group research concentrates on the
edge and innovative scientific/technological application of new technologies and social
breakthroughs. Our research team, which policy to conserve, optimise and wisely
forms a joint faculty designated research manage waste and water in local communi-
strength from the Faculties of Engineering and ties. Three critical areas are being addressed:
Science, has an extensive national and
Postgraduate courses 87

1. water conservation and localised effluent • new models for analysis and design
treatment, storage and reuse (electrical, thermal, mechanical)
2. waste management and minimisation, • new control techniques (new theories and
and computer processors)
3. optimisation of land-based waste manage- • new practical designs for commercialis-
ment in the local community. ation (new materials and components),
Inquiries may be made to: and
Professor Vigi Vigneswaran • new processes relevant to remote areas
Faculty of Engineering and developing nations (local organis-
telephone (+61 2) 9514 2641 ations, high reliability).
fax (+612) 9514 2633 Major interdisciplinary projects include:
email s.vigneswaran@uts.edu.au • 2.5-20kW electric generators and control-
www.uts.edu.au/research/ lers for wind turbines for remote area
wastestrength.html power supplies
• 40kW hydroelectric scheme for Solomon
National Centre for Groundwater Islands
Management
• very low-cost, efficient variable-speed
The National Centre for Groundwater drive for small fan motors
Management is operated jointly with the
• implantable rotary blood pump with inte-
Faculty of Science. Research areas include:
grated motor, impeller and bearings
contaminated land evaluation and rehabili-
tation; groundwater quality management • brushless, doubly-fed, twin-stator drive
strategies for industrial, agricultural and for large fans and pumps, and
urban use; contaminant transport and water • 40kW brushless motor controllers and
resource modelling; optimisation; ground- battery chargers for 105-seat hybrid
water geophysics and remote sensing; and electric ferry.
hydraulic modelling, with applications such Inquiries may be made to:
as irrigation management.
Associate Professor Joe Zhu
Inquiries may be made to: Director, Academic Programs, CEMPE
Professor Michael Knight Faculty of Engineering
Centre Director CB01.24.28
CB01.17.15 telephone (+612) 9514 2318
telephone (+612) 95141984 fax (+61 2) 9514 2435
fax (+61 2) 95141985 email joe.zhu@uts.edu.au
email www.eng.uts.edu.au/ -joe/
groundwater.management@uts.edu.au
http:/ I groundwater.ncgm.uts.edu.au/
ncgm/
CONTINUING
University Centre for Electrical Machines PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
and Power Electronics
This centre is principally concerned with elec- Most subjects offered through the Faculty of
trical variable speed drives and generation of Engineering are available in single-subject
electricity using rotating electrical machines mode, class sizes permitting, with their
and renewable sources (wind, hydro). The successful conclusion creating the possibility
technical research disciplines necessary for of advanced standing credit under existing
these two areas are very similar, covering Faculty policies.
electrical machines design, power electronics, All enrolments on this non-award basis incur
and mechanical design. The interest in full-cost recovery fees, currently $220 per
renewable energy generation is primarily for credit point for the majority of postgraduate
remote areas and developing countries, so the subjects.
incorporation of expertise in design for such
In addition, in-house short courses, seminars,
areas is valuable, with the inclusion of
workshops and other professional develop-
technology transfer and human management
ment programs are offered from time to time,
issues. Research topics cover:
frequently in response to corporate invitations
88 Postgraduate courses

or opportunities arising from visits by inter- Admission to courses is competitive and


national experts. applicants are advised to exercise care in
Engineers and others requiring further infor- completing the application form. The offer of
mation on continuing professional opportu- a place is determined principally on the basis
nities through the Faculty of Engineering are of information supplied in the application.
invited to contact the Undergraduate and Applications must be submitted to UTS
Postgraduate Office at any time. Student Info & Admin Centre. Refer to page
7 of this handbook for contact details.

Enrolment
INFORMATION FOR
Enrolment for postgraduate programs involv-
STUDENTS ing coursework takes place in February for
Autumn semester, and in July for Spring
The following information is only an outline. semester. Complete enrolment details are
Additional information is provided to all forwarded to successful applicants. Enrolment
students upon enrolment. must be in person.
Students from outside the Sydney basin may
Admission requirements complete formal enrolment procedures by
mail.
Intending postgraduate students must lodge
Enrolment for Doctoral and Master's by thesis
an application for admission by the due date
degrees, for those who do not apply in the
(where appropriate). Separate application
normal admission period, is arranged through
forms are available for:
the University Graduate School.
• Postgraduate coursework awards
(Graduate Certificates, Graduate Diploma Deferral of enrolment
in Groundwater Management and Deferral of enrolment is not allowed for
Master's degrees by Coursework) graduate courses.
• Master's degrees by Thesis
• Doctoral degree programs. Late applications
Applications may be accepted for some post-
Research degrees graduate courses after the closing date.
In general, applications for most Doctoral and Applicants should contact the UTS Student
Master's by Thesis programs are accepted Info & Admin Centre to check which courses
between October and December each year for are still open.
commencement at the beginning of the The following conditions apply to all late
following year. applicants:
There are, however, mid-year intake opportu- 1. subject to availability of class places, late
nities depending on available places. applicants will be considered for offers
For applications completed in accordance only after on-time applications have been
with University and Faculty instructions, a considered
decision should be expected within six weeks. 2. the nominal closing date for late appli-
However, failure of applicants to supply all cations is 31 January or 30 June 2002.
the required information may extend decision However, the University reserves the
processes considerably. right to close late applications at any time
Applicants are advised to apply well in for any course without prior notice.
advance following discussion of research
possibilities with potential supervisors. Refer English proficiency
also to the detailed information on these Applicants whose tertiary education was
courses in the following pages. conducted in a language other than English
are required to demonstrate proficiency in the
Coursework degrees English language. The most effective way of
UTS application forms for coursework awards doing this is by obtaining a satisfactory result
may be requested (by phone, mail or in person) in a recognised English test.
from the Undergraduate and Postgraduate UTS accepts the results from the following
Office and from the UTS Student Info & tests:
Admin Centre.
Postgraduate courses 89

• the IELTS (International English evant experience are particularly encouraged


Language Testing System) test: an to make an early application, as it is often
international test of English that is offered necessary to interview such applicants.
through Australian Education Centres
and British Council Offices overseas. The Result of application
IELTS test is available in Australia in all Applicants who apply by the appropriate
capital cities and many regional centres. closing dates (31 October I 31 May) will
For further information on IELTS, contact normally be advised within four weeks of
UTS International Programs - refer to receipt of their application.
page 7 of this handbook for contact
details. Fees
A satisfactory result on the IELTS test is a Service fees
minimum overall band score of 6.5 with
a minimum of 6.0 in the writing section. All students are required to pay compulsory
student service fees. For further information,
• UTS also accepts the CULT and TOEFL see page 9 of this handbook.
test.
An application for admission is not con- Course fees
sidered until proficiency in English has been In addition to the student service fees, most
demonstrated. For further information, Australian-resident students are required to
contact UTS International Programs or the contribute towards the cost of their post-
UTS Student Info & Admin Centre. graduate education, either through the Higher
Education Contribution Scheme (HECS) or
Documentation through the payment of postgraduate course
Original documentation or a certified copy is fees. Research students who qualify for a
required to support all applications. Failure Research Training Scheme Place (see below)
to submit required documentation may delay are exempt from postgraduate course fees.
or even jeopardise an applicant's admission Students admitted to the Faculty of Engineer-
to a course. Details of the documentation ing in 2002 will be required to pay course fees
required are given on the application form. according to a schedule which will be available
Applicants who are uncertain of the docu- late in 2001. The schedule will be provided
mentation required should contact the UTS on inquiry by the Faculty of Engineering or
Student Info & Admin Centre. the UTS Student Info & Admin Centre. Full
Applicants with overseas qualifications are information on fees is included with the
advised to contact the UTS Student Info & application form and with offers of admission.
Admin Centre to determine whether their The basis for calculating postgraduate course
qualifications lie within the University's fees is EFTSU (equivalent full-time student
assessment guidelines. units). For candidates in degrees by course-
Those applicants who are subsequently work, each subject has a credit point rating
advised that their qualifications lie outside the and 1.0 EFTSU = 48 credit points (cp); this
guidelines may contact the following body to represents a full study load for one year. The
request an educational assessment of their majority of postgraduate subjects in Engineer-
qualifications: ing are rated at 6cp, so full-time attendance
typically involves four subjects per semester.
National Office of Overseas Skills The fee schedule shows, for each course, the
Recognition (NOOSR) fee per EFTSU, per credit point, and for the
PO Box 1407, Canberra, ACT 2601 course overall. Fees for individual subjects are
telephone 1800 02 0086 pro rata with their credit point ratings.
As the processing of a NOOSR assessment As a guide, typical semester fees in 2001 for
may take some weeks, applicants are advised both full-time and part-time attendance were
to contact the UTS Student lnfo & Admin calculated on a schedule fee of $200 per credit
Centre well before the 2002 closing date for point of study undertaken. Certain specialist
assessment advice. courses carry higher fee rates.
All applicants submitting documentation for Students may be able to claim payment of
assessment are encouraged to apply well in course fees as a tax deduction, and should
advance of the course closing date. Applicants contact the Australian Taxation Office to
who are applying for admission solely on the discuss their specific situation.
basis of professional qualifications and/ or rel-
90 Postgraduate courses

Fee-paying overseas applicants Advanced standing


Students from countries outside Australia are Advanced standing is granted in accordance
able to enrol in full-time postgraduate pro- with the University rules described in the
grams on a fee-paying basis. Fees for courses UTS: Calendar 2002. Exemptions from subjects
offered to fee-paying overseas students in may be granted on the basis of the successful
2002 will be in the order of A$15,000 per recent completion of equivalent postgraduate
annum, depending on the course. For further level subjects, 'challenge' or recognition of
information on fee arrangements for overseas prior learning.
students, contact the International Programs
Exemptions from subjects are not normally
Office.
granted for subjects completed as part of
another award completed in the Faculty of
Scholarships Engineering at the same level.
Postgraduate Equity Scholarships Applications for advanced standing on the
basis of postgraduate subjects can be made at
The University offers a limited number of
any time on the standard UTS Subject Exemp-
Postgraduate Equity Scholarships each year
tion form and submitted to the Undergradu-
to students enrolled in postgraduate fee pay-
ate and Postgraduate Office, together with
ing courses. A Postgraduate Equity Scholarship
supporting documentation including relevant
allows the student to complete an entire
course as a HECS payer with a choice of up- subject syllabi.
front, partial up-front or deferred payment Advice is given at enrolment upon request,
options. Students must complete the but approval cannot be guaranteed at that
'Application for Equity Scholarship' form time. Students are advised to seek advanced
available from the UTS Student Info & Admin standing advice prior to enrolment if possible.
Centre, or the Faculty of Engineering. Note
also that exemption is from the course fee
Attendance
only, not from student service fees.
The Academic Year of the University for 2002
Scholarships/support places is divided into two main semesters:
A limited number of scholarships/support • Autumn: 4 March -14 June
places are available to support full-time study • Spring: 29 July- 8 November
in Master's by research and Doctoral All courses have their major intake in March,
programs. at the beginning of the academic year. How-
There are two types of support available: ever, mid-year entrance is possible in all
1. Research Training Scheme Place (RTSP) courses and places are available in the second
Most research higher degree students semester beginning in July. Potential mid-year
receive an RTSP whereby there is a waiver applicants should contact the Undergraduate
of course fees (student service fees must and Postgraduate Office in April for initial
still be paid). The numbers of RTSPs vary advice.
from semester to semester. They are Research candidates may commence their
allocated competitively if there are more studies at any time during the year.
applicants than places available.
2. Scholarships with Stipend (APA, UTS Attendance patterns and academic credit
Doctoral and R L Wemer scholarships) Attendance patterns for postgraduate
These scholarships are only offered once coursework degrees in any year vary with the
a year for commencement in Autumn choice of subjects; normally, full-time or part-
semester (they are not offered mid-year). time attendance can be offered. Most subjects
Applications open 1 August and close 31 are offered in the evening. In some cases,
October each year. Scholarships with Stipend however, it is necessary for part-time students
provide periodical payments (Stipend) to the to attend the University one afternoon a week
student and a waiver of course fees (student or for blocks of attendance at other times.
service fees must still be paid). Class attendance requirements vary with the
For more information refer to the UTS courses. For many subjects, attendance during
Graduate School website: one semester at a weekly two or three-hour
www.gradschool.uts.edu.au session is the standard requirement. Where
appropriate, postgraduate subjects are also
Postgraduate courses 91

offered on a block attendance or intensive Special note should be made of the Faculty's
short course basis or in distance mode. interpretation of the rules concerning unsatis-
Subjects offered in a block mode require factory performance.
attendance at the University for a block of full-
day study (usually one-and-a-half days) on a Unsatisfactory performance
small number of occasions (usually three) A student enrolled for a coursework award
during the semester. The interval between who:
blocks allows time for self-directed study and 1. records two failures, or
application work.
2. over any period of two semesters, fails to
Subjects offered in distance mode normally meet any concurrent experience or other
require no attendance at the University except requirements prescribed for the degree,
for attendance at formal examinations. For or
students who live outside the Sydney basin,
3. fails to meet any additional course
examinations are arranged at an official centre
requirements prescribed under Rule 3.2.5
near their home/work. Contact with lecturers
or Rule 3.2.6, within the period set down
is by email, fax or telephone.
at the time of admission,
Each subject, including research and project
will be required to show cause why registration
subjects not requiring regular class attendance,
should not be discontinued. The student must
has a credit point rating denoting its academic
respond in writing, and the decision will be
value towards the award.
made by the relevant Committee of the
Faculty of Engineering.
Course duration A student enrolled for a research degree who
PhD degrees are normally a minimum of two receives two unsatisfactory progress reports
years' duration on a full-time basis and three from his or her supervisors, or a PhD student
years' duration on a part-time basis if the can- who fails to satisfy the requirements of the
didate holds a Master's degree by research, Doctoral Assessment after a prescribed period
or three years full-time, and four years part- of candidature (currently 12 months for a full-
time for candidates with a Bachelor's degree time student), will be required to show cause
or a Master's degree by pure coursework. why registration should not be discontinued.
The student must respond in writing, and the
Master's degrees by research and thesis are
decision will be made by the relevant
normally a minimum of three semesters'
duration on a full-time basis, or five semesters Committee of the Faculty of Engineering.
on a part-time basis. In some cases, a student
Leave of absence
with appropriate advanced study and/ or
relevant work experience may be permitted Leave of absence is not normally granted to
to complete the degree in a shorter time. students who have not completed the require-
ments for at least one subject in their course.
Master's degrees by coursework are normally
Leave of absence during candidature for one
of two or three semesters' duration on a full-
award is normally limited to a total period of
time basis, or four to six semesters part-time.
two years. Application should be made on the
Some Master's degrees can be completed in
appropriate Leave of Absence form.
one year (12 calendar months) by studying
during the Summer semester (December-
February). The Master of Engineering
Management, the Master of Environmental
Engineering Management and the Master of
Engineering Studies can be completed in two
semesters of full-time study.

Rules and regulations


Students are subject to the Rules prescribed
by the University for the course in which they
are enrolled, and to the general rules of the
University which appear in the UTS: Calendar
and online at:
www.uts.edu.au/ div /publications/policies
92 Postgraduate courses

RESEARCH DEGREES Alternatively, an applicant may be permitted


to register as a Master's degree student for
the purpose of preparing for admission to
The degrees of Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Doctoral candidature, and may be permitted
and Master of Engineering (ME) by thesis are to transfer to Doctoral candidature upon satis-
offered in areas of current research, through fying prescribed requirements. Details are set
programs in the Faculty. out in the UTS: Calendar 2002.
Applicants for admission to research degree
Doctor of Philosophy programs in Engineering should preferably
have a minimum of two years' experience in
+ Course code: EP99 employment related to the course or program
• Testamur title: Doctor of Philosophy they wish to undertake.
• Abbreviation: PhD
• Course fee: see note !local) Applications
$8,000 per semester !international)
All applicants must complete an application
form. The application must indicate the pro-
Overview posed research topic and the name of a
The degree of Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) member of academic staff with whom the
may be awarded to candidates who have topic has been discussed and who is willing
completed an individual program of to supervise the candidate's work, and should
supervised research and submitted a thesis also include any evidence of ability to conduct
embodying the results of the work. The thesis research and to complete a substantial project.
must constitute a distinct contribution to For part-time candidature, the application
knowledge, whether by original investigation must also include a statement from the
or by review, criticism or design. A formal applicant's employer, indicating the level of
course of study or other work may also be the employer's support for the application,
prescribed. and the time allocation of the candidate to the
The Faculty's overall policy is one of close research project.
interaction with industry and the profession, It is important that formal applications are
and of seeking to contribute directly to the lodged after the intending candidate has
advancement of Australian engineering made suitable inquiries within the Faculty.
practice. Consequently, research programs of This is necessary in order to clarify an
an applied nature, and fundamental studies appropriate research area and to ensure that
which involve a direct relationship with supervision is available, together with any
industry, are strongly encouraged. The greater equipment and laboratory facilities that may
proportion of research conducted by Faculty be required. Applications which are not
staff is supported by industry sources. There supported by an indication of the proposed
is a number of equally active programs of research topic and the name of a prospective
more basic research supported by granting supervisor are not accepted.
agencies, and it is University policy to increase
support from these sources.
Attendance
Admission requirements Doctoral degree candidature may be under-
taken on a full-time or part-time basis. The
To qualify for admission to PhD candidature, work may be carried out either on University
applicants should hold a Bachelor of premises, at a site external to the University,
Engineering degree with Second Class or some combination of both.
Honours Division 1, or a Master of Engineer-
ing degree, from UTS or the former NSWIT;
or must hold another qualification or meet Course duration
other requirements deemed to be equivalent. For full-time candidates, the program is
normally of at least four semesters' duration
Note: Research degrees are offered on a sponsored,
scholarship, faculty part-sponsored, or full-fee-paying
for the holder of a Master's degree by research
basis. Students should contact the Faculty or the and six semesters for a holder of a Bachelor's
University Graduate School for further details. There are, degree or a Master's degree by coursework.
however, student service fees to be paid (see Fees and For part-time candidates, the program is
costs, page 9).
normally of at least six semesters' duration
Postgraduate courses 93

for the holder of a Master's degree by research Computer Systems Engineering


and eight semesters for the holder of a Dr Kit-Ka Fung
Bachelor's degree or a Master's degree by CB01.22.25
coursework. telephone (+61 2) 9514 2394
fax (+61 2) 9514 2435
Assessment email kkf@eng.uts.edu.au
For Doctoral students there is a formal assess- Electrical Engineering
ment of their progress at the end of the first Associate Professor Joe Zhu
two semesters for both full-time and part-time CB01.18.23
candidates. telephone (+61 2) 9514 2318
The Doctoral Assessment is conducted in fax (+61 2) 9514 2435
accordance with University Rule 3.5.9.1. email joe.zhu@uts.edu.au
The objectives of the assessment are to ensure Engineering Practice Management
that: the candidate has gained the prerequisite
knowledge and skills to allow successful and Associate Professor Deepak Sharma
timely completion of the proposed research CB02.7.088
program; and the candidate's progress is telephone ( +61 2) 9514 2422
consistent with completion of the research fax (+612) 9514 2633
program in the prescribed time and demon- email deepak.sharma@eng.uts.edu.au
strates potential to complete the work to Environmental Engineering
doctoral standard. Candidates who, for any
reason, are not equipped with requisites Dr Prasanthi Hagare
necessary to bring the proposed research CB02.5.20
program to a successful completion or have telephone (+61 2) 95141952
not demonstrated sufficient aptitude, are fax (+612) 9514 2633
made aware of this assessment before they email prasanthi.hagare@uts.edu.au
invest further time and money. Where it is Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering
proposed (at the candidate's instigation) that
the nature or scope of the research program Dr Guang Hong
be changed significantly, there is continued CB02.6.19
commitment by the Faculty for provision of telephone (+61 2) 9514 2677
adequate human and physical resources, fax (+61 2) 9514 2633
including proper supervision. email guang.hong@uts.edu.au
Telecommunications Engineering
Other information Dr Ananda Mohan Sanagavarapu
CB01.25.12A
Initial inquiries regarding research areas may
telephone (+61 2) 9514 2447
be made with the Associate Dean Research
fax (+61 2) 9514 2435
and Development, (+61 2) 9514 2686.
email ananda@eng.uts.edu.au
Academic advice on research is also available
from the members of: National Centre for Groundwater Management
The course code for PhDs in Groundwater
Faculty Research Degrees Committee
Management is E055
Engineering Practice and Management
Professor Michael Knight
Professor Rod Belcher CB01.17.15
Associate Dean Research and Development telephone (+61 2) 95141984
CB02.5.11 fax (+612) 95141985
telephone (+61 2) 9514 2423 email groundwater.management@uts.edu.au
fax (+612) 9514 2633
http: I I groundwater.ncgm.uts.edu.aul ncgml
email rod.belcher@uts.edu.au
Most intending PhD candidates will be able
Civil and Structural Engineering to relate their research interest to one or more
Professor Bijan Samali of the Faculty's existing research areas and
CB02.5.11B they may contact the relevant researchers
telephone (+61 2) 9514 2023 directly to discuss their application.
fax (+61 2) 9514 2633
email bijan.samali@uts.edu.au
94 Postgraduate courses

Inquiries about interdisciplinary topics Master of Engineering


should be directed, in the first instance, to the:
Administrative Officer, Research
(by thesis)
Office of the Associate Dean • Course code: EP98
Research and Development • Testamur title: Master of Engineering
CB02.5.11 • Abbreviation: ME
telephone (02) 9514 2686
• Course fee: see note [local)
fax (02) 9514 2633
$8,000 per semester [international)

Overview
The degree of Master of Engineering (by
thesis) may be awarded to candidates who
have completed an individual program of
supervised work and submitted a thesis
embodying the results. A formal course of
study or other work may also be prescribed.
In keeping with the Faculty's overall policies,
the accent is on applied research and develop-
ment work, although basic research proposals
are also welcomed and supported. Topics
which involve close cooperation with indus-
try are strongly encouraged, and a majority
of current candidates are engaged in topics
which are actively supported by their
employers.
The degree has been established to provide
practising engineers with an opportunity to
pursue, in depth, the solution of an engineer-
ing problem which requires individual effort
beyond the scope of a Bachelor's degree. The
thesis must be a distinct contribution to
knowledge in the area covered by the
research. Its contents may report the results
of an original investigation, review or criticise
some aspect of engineering knowledge, or
present an engineering design or solution
involving the application of new or known
techniques to an engineering problem of
significance.
Note: Research degrees are offered on a sponsored,
scholarship, faculty part-sponsored, or full-fee-paying
basis. Students should contact the Faculty or the
University Graduate School for further details. There are,
however, student service fees to be paid (see Fees and
costs, page 9).

Admission requirements
To qualify for admission to candidature for a
Master's degree (by thesis), applicants must
hold a Bachelor of Engineering degree from
UTS or the former NSWIT, or another qualifi-
cation deemed to be equivalent. In special
circumstances, engineers who do not possess
a degree or equivalent may be admitted to the
program if they can provide evidence of
Postgraduate courses 95

general and professional qualifications which be changed significantly, there is continued


will satisfy the UTS Graduate School Board commitment by the Faculty for provision of
that they possess the educational preparation adequate human and physical resources,
and capacity to pursue postgraduate studies. including proper supervision.
Applicants who do not meet the requirements
for admission to candidature for Master's Other information
degree (by thesis) may be admitted as Master's
qualifying students, for the purpose of prepar- Initial inquiries regarding research areas may
ing for candidature. Further details are given be made with the:
in the Rules relating to Master's Degree (by Administrative Officer, Research
thesis) Students, set out in full in the UTS: Office of the Associate Dean
Calendar 2002 . Research and Development
CB02.5.11
telephone (02) 9514 2686
Attendance fax (02) 9514 2633
Candidature may be on a full-time or part- Academic advice on research is also available
time basis. The work may be carried out either from the members of the Research Degrees
using Faculty facilities, or in an industrial Committee (see under Doctor of Philosophy,
location. page 92).

Course duration
For full-time candidates, the program is
normally of at least three semesters' duration
from the time of registration as a Master's
degree candidate. For part-time candidates,
duration is normally at least five semesters.
Candidates who are specially qualified in the
relevant discipline may be allowed to com-
plete the program in less than the minimum
time.

Assessment
For Master's students there is a formal
assessment of their progress at the end of the
first two semesters for both full-time and part-
time candidates.
The Master's assessment is conducted in
accordance with University Rule 3.4.9.1.
The objectives of the assessment are to ensure
that: the candidate has gained the prerequisite
knowledge and skills to allow successful and
timely completion of the proposed research
program; and the candidate's progress is
consistent with completion of the research
program in the prescribed time and demon-
strates potential to complete the work to a
Master's standard. Candidates who, for any
reason, are not equipped with requisites
necessary to bring the proposed research
program to a successful completion or have
not demonstrated sufficient aptitude, are
made aware of this assessment before they
invest further time and money. Where it is
proposed (at the candidate's instigation) that
the nature or scope of the research program
96 Postgraduate courses

GROUNDWATER RESEARCH SPECIALIST COURSEWORK


DEGREES AWARDS
Doctor of Philosophy Specialist courses by coursework are offered
by the Faculty in several fields. Each of these
• Course code: E055 courses include core subjects, that is, subjects
• Testamur title: Doctor of Philosophy which must be completed satisfactorily
• Abbreviation: PhD during studies for the award.
• Course fee: see note [local) Students in any specialist course receive
$7,750 per semester [international) preference in the allocation of class places in
core subjects. Students taking popular sub-
Master of Engineering jects through elective studies are allowed to
enrol when places are available.
• Course code: E056
• Testamur title: Master of Engineering
• Abbreviation: ME Master of Engineering
• Course fee: see note [local) Management
$7,750 per semester [international)
+ Course code: EP85
For full details of these programs, refer to page • Testamur title: Master of Engineering
92 for the Doctor of Philosophy and page 94 Management
for the Master of Engineering. • Abbreviation: MEM
Further information is available from: + Course fee: $10,560 [local)
Professor Michael Kent $8,000 per semester [international)
National Centre for Groundwater
Management Overview
telephone (02) 9514 1984 The Master of Engineering Management
fax (02) 9514 1985 (MEM) program places a greater emphasis on
email groundwater.management@uts.edu.au the interface between technology and man-
agement than does the traditional Master of
Note: Research degrees are offered on a sponsored,
scholarship, faculty part-sponsored, or full-fee-paying Business Administration (MBA). While the
basis. Students should contact the Faculty or the MEM program is formally administered by
University Graduate School for further details. There are, the Faculty of Engineering, there is close
however, student service fees to be paid (see Fees and collaboration with the Faculty of Business in
costs, page 9). its presentation and development.
The MEM program provides opportunity for
engineers who seek career prospects in
engineering management to undertake a
formal course of relevant study at the Master's
degree level. The course is designed for engin-
eers or scientists who perform, or who aspire
to perform, management tasks while main-
taining currency in their technical specialities.

Admission requirements
An applicant for admission to candidature for
the Master of Engineering Management
degree should:
1. be a graduate in engineering of the
University of Technology, or
2. hold a degree or equivalent from another
higher education institution in engineer-
ing or other technological I applied
science field deemed to be equivalent in
Postgraduate courses 97

standard to the Bachelor of Engineering 49002 Project Management 6cp


degree at UTS, or 49004 Systems Engineering for Managers 6cp
3. hold a Graduate Certificate or Graduate 49309 Quality Planning and Analysis 6cp
Diploma in engineering at a level of per- MEM electives
formance deemed by the Faculty Board
The remaining 6-12 credit points of electives may
in Engineering to be satisfactory evidence be completed from the following:
of an ability to undertake Master's candi-
49050 Graduate Project 12cp
dature (typically 60 per cent average).
Postgraduate subjects from the
Applicants with second class Honours or Faculty of Engineering 6cp each
above require no experience. Others should Other approved postgraduate
have two years of relevant work experience, UTS subjects from the Faculties
or one year of structured industrial experience of Business, Law, and other
equivalent to that required for the BE degree universities 6cp each
atUTS. Not less than 60 per cent of the total credit points
Graduates from the MEM with a suitable group must be completed through subjects offered by the
Faculty of Engineering.
of electives may apply for the MBA in Engin-
eering Management and Policy and complete
MBA (Engineering Management and
that degree with a further eight MBA subjects.
Policy major)
Refer below and to the Faculty of Business for
further details. The Faculty of Business, in cooperation with
the Faculty of Engineering, offers a version of
the MBA suitable for engineering managers.
Attendance
This degree may be entered directly through
The program is structured for evening atten- the Faculty of Business or after completing a
dance, block attendance or distance mode. Faculty of Engineering MEM or Master of
Extra intensive classes may be held in the Engineering Studies (MEStud). With a
university breaks. UTS subjects are generally suitable choice of subjects from the MEM or
presented in the evenings. Apart from 49004 MEStud, advanced standing may be granted
Systems Engineering for Managers, all for up to eight subjects from the MBA.
subjects in the course program are available It is structured in the following way:
in distance mode if requested.
Business Administration core
21718 Organisation Analysis and Design
Course duration 21813 Managing People
Most students taking two subjects per semes- 25706 Economics for Management
ter require two years to complete the degree. 22747 Accounting for Managerial Decisions
24734 Marketing Management
Overseas students 25742 Financial Management
The MEM course is also available to fee- 21720 Employment Relations'
paying overseas students on a full-time basis, 21715 Strategic Management (Capstone)
taking one year (two semesters) to complete. xxxxx Elective(s)
1
International students may undertake 21775
Course structure Comparative International Employment Relations as an
alternative to this subject.
The MEM program comprises eight subjects
and may be articulated into the MBA program. Engineering Management and Policy major
The course requires 48 credit points of study. any eight of the following
49001 Judgment and Decision Making 6cp
49002 Project Management 6cp
Course program
49004 Systems Engineering for Managers 6cp
MEM core 49006 Risk Management in Engineering 6cp
A minimum of 36 credit points must be completed 49012 Project Management Support Systems6cp
from the following: 49013 Managing Information Technology in
49003 Economic Evaluation 6cp Engineering 6cp
49001 Judgment and Decision Making 6cp 49122 Ecology and Sustainability 6cp
22747 Accounting for Managerial Decisions 6cp 49309 Quality Planning and Analysis 6cp
21813 Managing People 6cp 49318 Manufacturing Systems Management 6cp
98 Postgraduate courses

Master of Environmental Course structure


Engineering Management The course requires 48 credit points of study.

+ Course code: EP89


Course program
• Testamur title: Master of Environmental
Engineering Management Group A
+ Abbreviation: MEEM 36 credit points from the following
• Course fee: $10,560 [local) 49121 Environmental Assessment and
$8.000 per semester [international) Planning 6cp
49122 Ecology and Sustainability 6cp
49123 Waste and Pollution Management 6cp
Overview
49124 Water Quality Management 6cp
The Master of Environmental Engineering 49125 Environmental Risk Assessment 6cp
Management (MEEM) is designed to enable 49126 Environmental Management of Land 6cp
engineers and other technical specialists to 66025 Contaminated Site Management 6cp
take a leadership role in the field of environ-
mental engineering. It combines a set of key Group B
subjects that contain information on the 12 credit points from the following
nature of environmental problems together 49001 Judgment and Decision Making 6cp
with engineering techniques for their solution. 49002 Project Management 6cp
This is supplemented by management and 49003 Economic Evaluation 6cp
policy subjects to empower the engineer, or 49108 Local Government Law 6cp
technical specialist, to lead multidisciplinary 49050 Graduate Project 12cp
teams working in the field of environmental
engineering.

Admission requirements
Normally, a degree in engineering or other
technological/ applied science field is required.
Candidates without a degree, but with suit-
able experience, may enrol in the Graduate
Certificate in Environmental Engineering and
Management and later transfer to the MEEM
with full credit for completed subjects.
Candidates with second class Honours or
above need no work experience. Otherwise
two years' experience is desirable.

Attendance
The program is structured for evening
attendance, block attendance or distance
mode.

Course duration
Most students taking two subjects per semes-
ter require two years to complete the degree.

Overseas students
The MEEM course is also available to fee-
paying overseas students on a full-time basis,
taking one year to complete.
Postgraduate courses 99

Master of Engineering in Semester 2- Spring


44152 Ground water Engineering
Groundwater Management Project (M) (F /T) 24cp
44156 Ground water Engineering
• Course code: E057 Project (M) (P /T) 12cp
• Testamur title: Master of Engineering
in Groundwater Management Electives
• Abbreviation: ME
66018 Ground water Geophysics 6cp
• Course fee: HECS [local)
66025 Contaminated Site Management 6cp
$7,500 per semester [international)
xxxxx Other approved subject 6cp

Overview
This course is offered through the National
Centre for Groundwater Management and in
collaboration with the Faculty of Science.
It is designed to enable students to develop
specialist skills in the area of groundwater
management including aspects of geology,
hydrology, hydraulics and resource manage-
ment. This provides a multidisciplinary per-
spective to issues of groundwater management.

Admission requirements
Applicants must possess a degree in engineer-
ing from UTS or an equivalent qualification.
Applicants are required to submit a curriculum
vitae.

Attendance
The course is structured on a block attendance
pattern and laboratory work during Autumn
semester and project work during Spring
semester.
The course is also available in distance mode
which has an additional on-campus
component.

Course duration
The course is offered on a one-year, full-time,
or two-year, part-time basis.

Course program
Semester 1 -Autumn
49550 Computing for Ground water
Specialists Ocp
49551 Surface Hydrology and Ground water 6cp
49555 Ground water Modelling 6cp
66014 Hydrogeology 6cp
66015 Hydrogeochemistry 6cp
xxxxx Elective 1 6cp
xxxxx Elective 2 6cp
1 00 Postgraduate courses

Semester 2- Spring
Graduate Diploma
44153 Ground water Engineering
in Engineering in Project (GD) (F/T) 12cp
Groundwater Management 44157 Ground water Engineering
Project (GD) (P /T) 6cp
• Course code: E061
• Testamur title: Graduate Diploma in Electives
Engineering in Groundwater Management 66018 Ground water Geophysics 6cp
• Abbreviation: GradDipE 66025 Contaminated Site Management 6cp
• Course fee: HECS Ilocal) xxxxx Other approved subject 6cp
$6.250 per semester !international)

Overview
This course is designed for students working
in the area of groundwater resource
management.

Admission requirements
Applicants should possess a degree in engin-
eering from UTS or hold equivalent qualifi-
cations. Applicants with other qualifications
relevant to groundwater resource develop-
ment may be accepted for admission, subject
to approval by the Faculty Board.

Attendance
The course requires attendance in a pattern
similar to the Master of Engineering in
Groundwater Management. However, the
project work of the Spring semester is shorter
and must be completed by the end of the
teaching semester.
This course is also available in block or
distance mode and has a similar on-campus
component to the Master's course.

Course duration
The course is offered on a one-year, full-time
or two-year, part-time basis.

Course program
Semester 1 -Autumn
49550 Computing for Ground water
Specialists Ocp
49551 Surface Hydrology and Ground water 6cp
49555 Ground water Modelling 6cp
66014 Hydrogeology 6cp
66015 Hydrogeochemistry 6cp
xxxxx Elective 1 6cp
xxxxx Elective 2 6cp
Postgraduate courses 101

Graduate Certificate in Attendance


Environmental Engineering The block attendance pattern of study current-
ly consists of three sessions per semester. Each
Management session involves three days of full-day atten-
dance. To complete two subjects in a semester,
• Course code: EP54 three days of full-day attendance is required
• Testamur title: Graduate Certificate in at each session. To complete one subject in a
Environmental Engineering Management semester, one-and-a-half days of attendance
• Abbreviation: none at each session is required. Subjects may also
• Course fee: $5,280 [local] be taken in distance mode.
$8,000 per semester [international]

Overview Course duration


The normal attendance pattern, based on two
Environmental engineering and management
subjects per semester, requires a minimum of
is high on the political agenda. It also has a
two semesters to complete the course.
high professional priority. The Code of Ethics
of the Institution of Engineers, Australia
reminds its members that their responsibility Course program
' ... for the welfare, health and safety of the
Semester 1 -Autumn
community shall at all times come before their
responsibility to the profession, to sectional 49123 Waste and Pollution Management 6cp
or private interest or to other Engineers'. This 49124 Water Quality Management 6cp
responsibility applies equally to scientists, Semester 2- Spring
town planners and other professionals work-
49121 Environmental Assessment and
ing in this field. They have a compelling duty Planning 6cp
to ensure that the adverse effects of develop- 49122 Ecology and Sustainability 6cp
ment on the total environment are minimised.
This course of four subjects deals with the
broad aspects of environmental management Articulation and progression
relevant to practising professionals in engin- Work undertaken under this Graduate
eering science, planning, architecture, law, Certificate enrolment may be credited towards
surveying, health and building. Completing a Master's degree provided the requirements
the course develops a background and com- of the Master's degree are met in full, in terms
petence in environmental management. of subject coverage and project weighting.
More specifically, it develops an awareness of However, completion of the requirements for
understanding the human impact on the the Graduate Certificate in Environmental
environment with respect to waste minimis- Engineering and Management does not
ation and water quality management. It guarantee admission to Master's candidature.
develops professional skills required to work
as part of an integrated team responsible for
environmental planning and management.

Admission requirements
The normal educational qualification for ad-
mission is a Bachelor's degree in engineering,
science, design, architecture, building, sur-
veying or planning. Equivalent qualifications
are considered on their merits.
Provisional admission for graduates from
disciplines other than those above is available
provided their education contained an
adequate introduction to mathematics and
physical sciences.
1 02 Postgraduate courses

Graduate Certificate in Attendance


Engineering Management Subjects may be taken in the evening or by
distance mode.
+ Course code: EP57
• Testamur title: Graduate Certificate
Course duration
in Engineering Management
+ Abbreviation: none The course can be completed in one semester
+ Course fee: $5,280 [local) of full-time study or two semesters of part-
$8,000 per semester [international) time study.

Overseas students
Overview
The Graduate Certificate in Engineering
Many working engineers and technologists Management is available to fee-paying
do not have the time to commit to a full overseas students on a full-time basis, taking
Master's course. However, the demand for one semester to complete.
management knowledge amongst engineers
is increasing. The Graduate Certificate in
Engineering Management is designed to pro- Course structure
vide a four-subject package of management The Graduate Certificate is completed with
knowledge which can be tailored by the 24 credit points of study. A minimum of 18
student to fit their immediate needs. All the credit points comes from the core of the
subjects are taken from the Master of Master of Engineering Management and the
Engineering Management (MEM) and may be remainder from the core or electives.
credited towards the MEM on successful
admission to that program.

Admission requirements
An applicant for admission to candidature for
a Graduate Certificate in the Faculty of
Engineering should:
1. be a graduate in engineering of UTS, or
2. hold a degree or equivalent from another
higher education institution in engineer-
ing or other technological/ applied
science field deemed to be equivalent in
standard to the Bachelor of Engineering
at UTS, or
3. for those applicants without formal quali-
fications, produce such other evidence of
general and professional qualifications
sufficient to show that the applicant
possesses the educational preparation
and capacity to pursue graduate studies.
Applicants should have two years of relevant
work experience, or one year of structured
industrial experience equivalent to that
required for the Bachelor of Engineering
degree at UTS.
Applicants are also required to submit a
covering letter indicating why they wish to
undertake the course and a detailed
curriculum vitae.
Postgraduate courses 103

COURSEWORK AWARDS Applications for admission by internal trans-


fer of candidature from a Graduate Certificate
GENERAL may be considered following completion of
subjects totalling at least 18 credit points at a
A range of coursework programs is available level of performance deemed by the Faculty
through the Faculty, leading to the general Board in Engineering to be satisfactory
awards of Master of Engineering (by course- evidence of an ability to undertake Master's
work), Master of Engineering Studies and candidature (typically 60 per cent average).
Graduate Certificate in Engineering.
Attendance
Master of Engineering Attendance may be on a full-time or part-time
basis. Classes are usually held in the evenings,
(by coursework) in block and/ or distance mode.
• Course code: EP81
• Testamur title: Master of Engineering Course duration
• Abbreviation: ME
Programs may be completed on a full-time
• Course fee: $15,400(locall basis in three academic semesters, or in 12
$8,000 per semester (international) calendar months by studying during the
summer months (December to February).
Overview Completion on a part-time basis requires two
The course provides opportunity at Master's to three years.
level for professionally qualified engineers,
including recent graduates, to extend in depth Assessment
and breadth the knowledge and skills gained
from their undergraduate studies. The award of the degree is ungraded.
Each program must be designed to enhance In existing UTS subjects, assessment proce-
technological knowledge pertaining to one or dures are as already established or as
more fields of engineering. The completion of modified by the appropriate authority from
subjects and project work at advanced level time to time.
is central to this requirement. Emphasis is placed where appropriate on self-
The course offers program flexibility com- directed experiential learning and criterion-
bined with opportunities for articulation from referenced assessment in the development
a sub-Master's (i.e. Graduate Certificate) to a and review of the Faculty's postgraduate
Master's level award. subjects.

Admission requirements Supervision


An applicant for admission to candidature for Responsibility for supervision of the Graduate
the Master of Engineering degree shall either: Project for the degree rests with the Director,
Postgraduate Coursework Programs.
1. be a graduate in engineering of UTS, or
The Graduate Project must be supervised by
2. hold a degree or equivalent from another a principal supervisor who is a member or
higher education institution deemed to be adjunct member of staff of the Faculty of
equivalent to the Bachelor of Engineering Engineering of UTS. Industry-based projects
degree at UTS, or are strongly encouraged, particularly for part-
3. hold a Graduate Certificate or Graduate time candidates with employer sponsorship,
Diploma in Engineering at a level of and require formal eo-supervisory
performance deemed by the Faculty arrangements.
Board in Engineering to be satisfactory Candidates and supervisors of project work
evidence of an ability to undertake are expected to follow principles and practices
Master's candidature (typically 60 per consistent with the University's Code of
cent average). Practice for Master's Research Students and
Applicants should have two years of relevant Supervisors, and described in the Postgraduate
work experience, or one year of structured Project Guide Notes available from the
industrial experience equivalent to that Undergraduate and Postgraduate Office.
required for the Bachelor of Engineering
degree at UTS.
10.4 Postgraduate courses

Course structure • credit to be granted for subjects taken


through providers other than UTS are
A candidate for the degree shall complete determined by the Faculty Board in
coursework subjects and a major individual Engineering
project, totalling 60 credit points.
• postgraduate subjects offered by the
The program of study for each candidate shall Faculty of Engineering of The University
have regard to the purpose and coherence of of Sydney, the University of New South
subject selection and the integration of course Wales and the University of Western
and project work. Within this framework, the Sydney, or other universities by arrange-
Faculty Board in Engineering may from time ment, may be credited towards the degree
to time introduce program majors that require to a maximum value of 18 credit points.
students to complete a number of prescribed
subjects with or without opportunity for
electives. In these cases, the area of program Course program
concentration is recognised on the candidate's The Faculty offers program majors in
academic record. A major is granted if four specialised fields relating to its research
subjects (24 credit points) are completed activities. These may change from time to time
within a particular Postgraduate Program in number or available areas of study.
major as described in this handbook, together
Programs are available in fields relating to
with an approved Graduate Project in the
each of the Faculty's main discipline areas and
major of 18-30 credit points.
its associated teaching Centres (Centre for
Subjects selected are drawn from those offered Local Government Education and Research,
by the Faculty of Engineering of UTS, other National Centre for Groundwater Manage-
faculties of UTS, other faculties of engineering ment and the Australian Graduate School of
(including The University of Sydney, the Engineering Innovation); and in other inter-
University of New South Wales and the or intra-faculty fields through the Faculty of
University of Western Sydney), and other Engineering. Advice on available program
institutions approved by the Academic Board. majors in any year may be obtained initially
Not less than 60 per cent of total credit points on inquiry to the Faculty of Engineering,
must be completed through subjects offered, through the Undergraduate and Postgraduate
and/ or a Graduate Project supervised, by the Office.
Faculty of Engineering of UTS. The Graduate
Project must be supervised by a principal Subject availability
supervisor who is a member or adjunct
member of academic staff of the Faculty of Subjects offered by the Faculty of Engineering
Engineering of UTS. available to Master of Engineering
candidates, and examples of program majors,
Subjects are generally from among those appear in this handbook. Attention should be
designated as postgraduate. Undergraduate paid to the prerequisite requirements of
subjects may be included only where they particular subjects. Subjects offered by other
were not included in the course leading to a faculties of UTS are published in the
candidate's primary qualification and where respective faculty handbooks. Inquiries with
they can be shown to represent material rel- respect to these, and to subjects offered by
evant to career development. Undergraduate other institutions, may be directed in the first
subjects may not in any event total more than instance to the Undergraduate and
12 credit points. Postgraduate Office in the Faculty of
Engineering.
Credit
Subjects taken through any faculty of UTS Program selection
shall be credited towards the degree at the Each candidate's program of study shall be
credit point values established for them by the determined in consultation with an academic
University. adviser and shall require the approval of the
The credit point weighting for the Graduate Director, Postgraduate Coursework Programs,
Project lies within the range of 18-30 credit or other person designated by the Faculty
points. Board in Engineering. Approval shall include
The following provisions are additional to the arrangements for the supervision of project
University's normal advanced standing work.
provisions:
Postgraduate courses 105

Each individual program must comprise a Master of Engineering


coherent selection of subjects and project work
of demonstrable relevance to the aims of the Studies
course set out above.
• Course code: EP88
The Director, Postgraduate Coursework
• Testamur title: Master of Engineering Studies
Programs- or a candidate's academic adviser
+ Abbreviation: MEStud
-will consult with other faculties to identify
+ Course fee: $10,560 [local)
subjects offered by them that may be relevant
to an individual program. Approval to take $8,000 per semester [international)
subjects offered by other universities, within
the limits established above, is normally Master of Engineering
granted in circumstances where an equivalent Studies (Honours)
subject is not available through UTS.
Prior to undertaking the Graduate Project, + Course code: EP91
each candidate is required to submit a • Testamur title: Master of Engineering Studies
comprehensive project definition, as a basis [Honours)
from which the objectives and scope of the + Abbreviation: MEStud[Hons)
work is agreed, together with the credit point • Course fee: $15,860 [local)
value to be given to the project. $8,000 per semester [international)

Overview
The Master of Engineering Studies (MEStud)
provides an opportunity for recently
graduated engineers to pursue further studies
in their chosen field of endeavour. The degree
is structured in such a way that a student may
choose a program of study that will deepen
the body of knowledge acquired in the first
degree as well as expand knowledge
boundaries into policy and engineering
management areas. The program of study
chosen by the student is usually framed
within a Postgraduate Program major and
supervised by an experienced academic in
that field. However, students also have the
option of not electing a major.
The Master of Engineering Studies (Honours)
(MEStud(Hons)) is an extension, in the form
of a research project, of the program of studies
chosen by students. Students who perform
well in the coursework program are permitted
to transfer into the MEStud(Hons) where they
are given the opportunity to complete a
research project in their major.

Admission requirements
An undergraduate degree in engineering or
other technological/ applied science field or
a Graduate Certificate in engineering is
required for entry to the course.

Course duration
The MEStud requires two semesters of full-
time study or four semesters of part-time
106 Postgraduate courses

study. Those students who wish to take • Engineering Management


Honours require at least one further semester • Environmental Engineering and
to complete the degree. Management
• Groundwater Management
Course structure • Information Systems Engineering
Master of Engineering Studies • Local Government Engineering
Students must complete eight postgraduate • Manufacturing Engineering and
subjects (48 credit points) offered by the Management
Faculty of Engineering to qualify for the • Software Engineering
award of Master of Engineering Studies.
• Software and Information Systems
Group A Engineering
a minimum of 18 credit points must be • Structural Engineering
completed from the following
49013 Managing Information Technology • Telecommunications Engineering
in Engineering 6cp • Telecommunications Networks
49001 Judgment and Decision Making 6cp • Water Engineering .
49306 Quality and Operations
Each of these Postgraduate Program majors
Management Systems 6cp
is managed by an academic designated by the
49016 Technology and Innovation
Director, Postgraduate Coursework Programs,
Management 6cp
who advises the student on assumed prior
Group B knowledge and a suitable combination of
Five postgraduate subjects postgraduate subjects. Where a student
from the Faculty of Engineering 6cp each transfers to the MEStud(Hons), that student
is normally required to complete the Research
Majors
Project using the body of knowledge
Students normally nominate a major at contained in the chosen Postgraduate
enrolment which requires the completion of Program major.
at least four subjects within a particular
Postgraduate Program major (see page 108).
Indicated compulsory major subjects must be
completed. Any special topics listed in the
program major are not available in the MEStud.
To obtain the Software and Information
Systems Engineering major students must
complete eight subjects (48 credit points) from
the Software and Information Systems
Engineering Program major list. Group A
subjects do not apply to this major.
The major is noted on the academic transcript.

Master of Engineering Studies (Honours)


On completion of the requirements of the
MEStud at Credit level or above, a student
may transfer to the MEStud(Hons). In
addition to the 48 credit points at Credit level
the candidate is required to complete a 24
credit point research project over a period of
a least one semester.

Postgraduate Program majors


Postgraduate Program majors available
within the Faculty of Engineering in 2002 are
listed below:
• Computer Control Engineering
• Energy Planning and Policy
Postgraduate courses 107

Graduate Certificate Course structure


in Engineering Students design their own program to suit
individual needs. Program details are deter-
• Course code: EP51 mined prior to enrolment, in consultation
• Testamur title: Graduate Certificate in with, and with the approval of, an academic
Engineering adviser designated by the Director,
• Abbreviation: none Postgraduate Coursework Programs.
• Course fee: $5,280 [local] The program of study for each candidate shall
$8,000 per semester [international] have regard to the purpose and coherence of
subject selection. Within this framework, the
Course aims Faculty Board in Engineering, on advice from
the Undergraduate and Postgraduate Office,
The objective of this course is to provide prac- may from time to time introduce program
tising professional engineers or technologists majors that require students to complete a
with an opportunity to extend their engineer- number of prescribed subjects with or without
ing knowledge beyond the subject areas opportunity for electives. In these cases, the
covered in their first qualification, and/ or to area of program major is recognised on the
update their knowledge and skills in line with candidate's academic record. A major is
recent advances in engineering, technology granted if three subjects (18 credit points) are
and business practice; and to provide gradu- completed within a particular Postgraduate
ates in cognate disciplines with the opportu- Program major as described on page 108.
nity to undertake formal study in appropriate
areas of engineering. At least 60 per cent of the content of any
individual program shall consist of subjects
The course may also be of value to immigrant offered by the Faculty of Engineering.
engineers, already professionally qualified in
their countries of origin, who are seeking orien- Undergraduate subjects may be included only
tation to Australian conditions and practice. where they were not included in the course
leading to a candidate's primary qualification
and where they can be shown to represent
Admission requirements material relevant to career development. They
An applicant for admission to candidature for may not in any event total more than 60 per
a Graduate Certificate in the Faculty of cent of the content of any individual program,
Engineering should: as determined by the credit points awarded
on completion of each subject.
1. be a graduate in engineering of UTS, or
Subject selection should be clearly related to
2. hold a degree or equivalent from another a professional theme involving either an
higher education institution deemed to be expansion of knowledge beyond the areas
equivalent to the Bachelor of Engineering covered in the student's first degree, or an
degree at UTS, or advance in skills resulting from developments
3. for those applicants without formal quali- in engineering and associated technologies
fications, produce such other evidence of and management practices.
general and professional qualifications
sufficient to show that the applicant
possesses the educational preparation Articulation and progression
and capacity to pursue graduate studies. Work undertaken under Graduate Certificate
enrolment may be credited towards a
Master's degree provided the requirements of
Attendance the Master's degree are met in full.
Attendance may be on a full-time or part-time Completion of the requirements for the
basis. Classes are usually held in the evenings, Graduate Certificate in Engineering does not
in block and/ or distance mode. guarantee admission to Master's candidature.
Eligibility for consideration may be subject to
Course duration the attainment of a certain level of performance
- typically, a weighted average mark in
The Graduate Certificate requires completion completed subjects of at least 60 per cent over
of subjects totalling 24 credit points and may 18 credit points.
be taken on a one-semester, full-time, or a two-
semester, part-time basis.
108 Postgraduate courses

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM Indicated compulsory major subjects


must be completed.
MAJORS Postgraduate program majors reflect current
research strengths and interests in the Faculty
Postgraduate majors are available in Master of Engineering, and change with time. It is
of Engineering (ME), Master of Engineering expected that all of the postgraduate program
Studies (MEStud) and Graduate Certificates. majors listed below will be offered in 2002.
The Faculty of Engineering offers an extensive However, the availability of individual sub-
range of programs by research and/ or course- jects in any year is influenced by student
work through its award and non-award demand, arrangements with visiting lecturers,
courses. A selection of these designated as scheduling within the University, and policies
2002 program majors are described below. on class sizes.
Information on other specialist research areas If, in the opinion of the Director of
can be obtained from individual members of Postgraduate Coursework Programs, a student
academic staff (see section titled Staff list on does not have the required prerequisite
page 228). knowledge to successfully undertake and
Program majors have been developed to complete a major, then the student may be
match the needs of engineers and other required to undertake one or two preparatory
professionals. They provide opportunities for undergraduate subjects.
advanced studies and professional develop-
ment in engineering and cross-disciplinary Postgraduate majors
areas between engineering and other disci-
plines. All postgraduate program majors are Computer Control Engineering
differentiated by their focus, structure, presen- Available ME, MEStud and Graduate Certificate
tation, attendance flexibility, assessment 49261 Biomedical Instrumentation' 6cp
practices and multiple entry I completion 49275 Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic
1
6cp
options. 49211 Software Engineering Principles 6cp
Students are entitled to have the name of the 49212 Object-oriented Languages 6cp
major listed in the degree transcript (not the 49214 UNIX and C 6cp
testamur), if they have completed the 49324 Instrumentation and Condition
following: Monitoring 6cp
• ME (by coursework): A minimum of four 1
Subject compulsory for major.
subjects (24 credit points) must be com-
pleted within the particular postgraduate Academic inquiries
program major as described below, Professor H Nguyen
together with an approved Graduate Coordinator Computer Control Engineering
Project in the major of between 18 and 30 CB01.24.29
credit points. Indicated major compul- telephone (+61 2) 9514 2451
sory major subjects must be completed. fax (+61 2) 9514 2435
• MEStud: A minimum of four subjects (24 email htn@eng.uts.edu.au
credit points) must be completed within
the particular postgraduate program Energy Planning and Policy
major as described below. Indicated com- Available ME, MEStud and Graduate Certificate
pulsory major subjects must be completed.
49021 Evaluation of Infrastructure
Any special topics listed in the program Investments 6cp
major are not available in the MEStud. To
49024 Energy Modelling 6cp
obtain the Software and Information
49026 Electricity Sector Planning and
Systems Engineering major students Restructuring 6cp
must complete eight subjects (48 credit 49029 Environmental Policy for Energy
points) from the Software and Information Systems 6cp
Systems Engineering program major list. 49706 Regulatory Economics 6cp
MEStud Group A subjects do not apply
the following subjects are offered
to this major. subject to demand
• Graduate Certificate: A minimum of three 49022 Energy Resources and Technology 6cp
subjects (18 credit points) must be com- 49023 Energy and Environmental
pleted within the particular postgraduate Economics 6cp
program major as described below.
Postgraduate courses 109

49025 Methods for Energy Analysis 6cp Academic inquiries


49027 Energy Demand Analysis and Dr P Hazelton
Forecasting 6cp
Coordinator Environmental Engineering
49028 Policy and Planning of Energy and Management
Conservation 6cp
CB02.5.12
Academic inquiries telephone (+61 2) 9514 2661
Associate Professor D Sharma fax (+61 2) 9514 2633
Coordinator Energy Planning and Policy email pam.hazelton@uts.edu.au
CB02.5.21
Groundwater Management
telephone (+61 2) 9514 2422
fax (+61 2) 9514 2633 Available ME, MEStud and Graduate Certificate
email deepak.sharma@uts.edu.au 49550 Computing for Ground water
Specialists 6cp
Engineering Management 49551 Surface Hydrology and Ground water 6cp
Available ME only 49555 Ground water Modelling 6cp
Note: Specialist programs in engineering management are
66014 Hydrogeology 6cp
available as a Master of Engineering Management (see 66015 Hydrogeochernistry 6cp
page 96) and as a Graduate Certificate in Engineering 66018 Ground water Geophysics 6cp
Management (see page 102).
49001 Judgment and Decision Making 6cp
Academic inquiries
49002 Project Management 6cp Professor M Knight
49003 Economic Evaluation 6cp Director National Centre for Groundwater
49006 Risk Management in Engineering 6cp Management
49012 Project Management Support CB01.17.15
Systems 6cp telephone (+612) 9514 1984
49016 Technology and Innovation fax (+61 2) 95141985
Management 6cp email groundwater.management@uts.edu.au
49306 Quality and Operations http: I I groundwater.ncgm.uts.edu.au I ncgm
Management Systems 6cp
49309 Quality Planning and Analysis 6cp Information Systems Engineering
49318 Manufacturing Systems Management 6cp Available ME and Graduate Certificate
49002 Project Management 6cp
Academic inquiries
49013 Managing Information Technology
Associate Professor T Anderson in Engineering 6cp
Coordinator Engineering Management 49209 Advanced Web Technology 6cp
CB02.7.088 49210 Website Design and Management 6cp
telephone (+612) 9514 2639
fax (+61 2) 9514 2549 Academic inquiries
email tom.anderson@uts.edu.au Associate Professor D Lowe
Coordinator Information Systems
Environmental Engineering and Engineering
Management CB02.7.100
Available ME only telephone (+61 2) 9514 2526
Note: Specialist programs in environmental engineering fax (+61 2) 9514 2435
management are available as a Master of Environmental email david.lowe@uts.edu.au
Engineering Management (see page 98) and as a Graduate
Certificate in Environmental Engineering Management Local Government Engineering
(see page 101).
Available ME, MEStud and Graduate Certificate
49121 Environmental Assessment
and Planning 6cp 49102 Traffic and Transportation 6cp
49122 Ecology and Sustainability 6cp 49104 Asset Maintenance Management 6cp
49123 Waste and Pollution Management 6cp 49105 Water Supply and Wastewater
Management 6cp
49124 Water Quality Management 6cp
49106 Road Engineering Practice 6cp
49125 Environmental Risk Assessment 6cp
49107 Stormwater Drainage Design 6cp
49126 Environmental Management of Land 6cp
49108 Local Government Law 6cp
49127 On-site Water and Wastewater
Treatment 6cp 49121 Environmental Assessment and
Planning 6cp
11 0 Postgraduate courses

Academic inquiries Software and Information Systems


Mr K Halstead Engineering
Coordinator Local Government Engineering Available ME, MEStud and Graduate Certificate
CB02.5.22 49211 Software Engineering Principles
I
6cp
telephone (+61 2) 9514 2640 49002 Project Management 6cp
fax (+61 2) 9514 2633 49013 Managing Information Technology
email ken.halstead@uts.edu.au in Engineering 6cp
49209 Advanced Web Technology 6cp
Manufacturing Engineering and 49210 Website Design and Management 6cp
Management 49212 Object-oriented Languages 6cp
Available ME, MEStud and Graduate Certificate 49214 UNIXandC 6cp
49002 Project Management 6cp 49239 Software Systems Middleware 6cp
49307 Internal Combustion Engines and 49275 Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic 6cp
2
Environmental Issues 6cp 49247 Software Engineering Foundation 2 6cp
49312 Advanced Flow Modelling 6cp
49316 Materials Handling 6cp Subject compulsory for major.
2
Program Coordinator's agreement required prior to
49318 Manufacturing Systems enrolment.
Management 6cp
49321 Energy Conversion 6cp Academic inquiries
49322 Airconditioning 6cp Associate Professor J Leaney
49323 Vibration Analysis: Theory and Coordinator Software and Information
Applications 6cp Systems Engineering
49324 Instrumentation and Condition CB01.22.21A
Monitoring 6cp telephone (+61 2) 9514 2389
49325 Computer-aided Mechanical Design 6cp fax ( +61 2) 9514 2435
Academic inquiries email john.leaney@uts.edu.au
DrGHong Structural Engineering
Coordinator Manufacturing Engineering
Available ME, MEStud and Graduate Certificate
and Management
CB02.6.19 49047 Finite Element Analysis 6cp
telephone (+612) 9514 2677 49131 Bridge Design 6cp
fax (+612) 9514 25655 49132 Stability of Structures 6cp
email guang.hong@uts.edu.au 49133 Steel and Composite Design 6cp
49134 Structural Dynamics and
Software Engineering Earthquake Engineering 6cp
Available ME, MEStud and Graduate Certificate 49136 Timber in Engineering Design 6cp
1 49150 Prestressed Concrete Design 6cp
49211 Software Engineering Principles 6cp
49152 Damage and Repair of Concrete
49002 Project Management 6cp
Structures 6cp
49212 Object-oriented Languages 6cp
49214 UNIX and C 6cp Academic inquiries
49239 Software Systems Middleware 6cp Professor B Samali
49275 Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic 6cp Coordinator Structural Engineering
49247 Software Engineering Foundation 22 6cp CB02.5.11B
1
Subject compulsory for major.
telephone (+61 2) 9514 2623
2
Program Coordinator's agreement required prior to fax (+61 2) 9514 2633
enrolment. email bijan.samali@uts.edu.au
Academic inquiries
Associate Professor J Leaney
Coordinator Software Engineering
CB01.22.21A
telephone (+612) 9514 2389
fax (+61 2) 9514 2435
email john.leaney@uts.edu.au
Postgraduate courses 111

Telecommunications Engineering Telecommunication Networks


Available ME, MEStud and Graduate Certificate Available ME, MEStud and Graduate Certificate
49205 Transmission Systems 1 6cp 49202 Communication Protocols1 6cp
49215 Telecommunications Industry 49238 Telecommunications Network
Managemene 6cp Management1 6cp
49201 Integrated Services Networks 6cp 49201 Integrated Services Networks 6cp
49202 Communication Protocols 6cp 49209 Advanced Web Technology 6cp
49219 Emerging Internetworking Protocols 6cp 49211 Software Engineering Principles 6cp
49238 Telecommunications Network 49215 Telecommunications Industry
Management 6cp Management 6cp
1
49219 Emerging Internetworking Protocols 6cp
Subject compulsory for major.
49239 Software Systems Middleware 6cp
Special topics 49249 Telecommunications Engineering
2
Foundation 2 6cp
The following special topic subjects are
available only in the Telecommunications 1
Subject compulsory for major.
2
Engineering major. They are limited to small Program Coordinator's agreement required prior to
numbers of students (five or less) and are enrolment.
typically taught once every three semesters,
Special topics
dependent on the availability of the lecturer.
The following special topic subjects are
49207 Advanced Concepts in Microwave
and Mobile Communications 6cp
available only in the Telecommunications
49218 Asynchronous Transfer Mode
Networks major. They are limited to small
(ATM) Technology 6cp numbers of students (five or less) and are
49220 Real-time Signal Processing in typically taught once every three semesters,
Telecommunications 6cp dependent on the availability of the lecturer.
49221 Coding and Coded Modulation 6cp 49204 Advanced Teletraffic Engineering 6cp
49222 Advanced Digital Modulation 49218 Asynchronous Transfer Mode
Techniques 6cp (ATM) Technology 6cp
49223 Satellite Communication Systems 6cp
Academic inquiries
49224 Simulation of Digital
Communication Systems 6cp Professor R Braun
49226 Modem/Codec Design 6cp Coordinator Telecommunications
Engineering
Academic inquiries CB01.24.24
Professor R Braun telephone (+61 2) 9514
Coordinator Telecommunications fax (+612) 9514 2435
Engineering email robin.braun@uts.edu.au
CB01.24.24
telephone (+612) 9514 Water Engineering
fax (+61 2) 9514 2435 Available ME, MEStud and Graduate Certificate
email robin.braun@uts.edu.au 49107 Stormwater Drainage Design 6cp
49111 Coastal Engineering 6cp
49113 Urban Stormwater Pollution
Management 6cp
49124 Water Quality Management 6cp
49551 Surface Hydrology and
Ground water 6cp

Academic inquiries
DrS Beecham
Coordinator Water Engineering
CB02.5.07
telephone (+612) 9514 2623
fax (+61 2) 9514 2633
email simon.beecham@uts.edu.au
112

ENGLISH LANGUAGE STUDY


SKILLS ASSISTANCE CENTRE
The English Languages Study Skills Assistance UNDERGRADUATE
(ELSSA) Centre enhances teaching and
learning at UTS through a focus on academic PROGRAMS FOR
language development, which involves INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
reading, writing, listening, speaking, critical
thinking and cultural knowledge.
The Centre does this by: Advanced Diploma in
• collaborating with faculties to integrate Australian Language and
the development of students' academic
language in their areas of study
Culture
• teaching custom-designed programs to + UTS course code: HA30
meet the specific requirements and • Testamur title: Advanced Diploma in Australian
changing needs of undergraduate and Language and Culture
postgraduate UTS students and staff + Abbreviation: none
• fostering interest in, and knowledge of, • Course fee: $6,000 (local)
language and learning through research, $9,000 (international)
intellectual contributions and staff devel-
opment, and The Advanced Diploma in Australian
• valuing quality, diversity, internationalis- Language and Culture (ADALC) has been
ation and flexibility as the Centre serves designed jointly by the ELSSA Centre and the
the wider academic and professional Institute for International Studies for inter-
communities. national students - either as a study-abroad
year in their current degree (fee-paying), or
In addition to a wide range of free academic
as part of a university-to-university exchange
language development services available to
agreement, or as a stand-alone program.
UTS students who complete undergraduate
and postgraduate degrees in English, the It can be taken at either undergraduate or
ELSSA Centre also offers the following award postgraduate level and allows students to
courses, programs and elective subjects. enrol in subjects about Australian society and
culture while tailoring a program to their own
interests and level of English language
competence.
Students will audit classes in their area of
study as an integral part of the ADALC.
The Advanced Diploma is aimed at two types
of students:
• exchange and Study Abroad students
who wish to complete the ADALC and
return to their country, or
• international students who do not meet
the UTS language entry requirements and
who need to develop their academic
literacy skills to enable them to enrol in
undergraduate courses at UTS.
International students graduating from the
the ADALC meet the UTS language entry
requirements and, provided they meet
academic entry requirements into faculties,
are eligible to study at UTS after completing
theADALC.
English Language Study Skills Assistance (ELSSA) Centre 113

Admission requirements Australian English


Students must have reached an English Language and Culture
language competence level of 5.0 (IELTS) or
TO EFL 510 (computer 180). Students with an Program
IELTS of 6.0 or TOEFL of 550 are exempt from
Semester 1. • UTS course code: n/a
• Testamur title: n/a- Students receive a
Statement of Completion
Course duration • Abbreviation: n/a
The Advanced Diploma is normally a two- • Course fee: $9,000 (internationall 1
semester program.
The Australian English Language and Culture
Program is aimed at study-abroad or exchange
Course structure students who are not able to enrol in the
This program is a 48-credit-point course, Advanced Diploma in Australian Language
comprising six subjects. and Culture.
This program enables international students
Course program from language backgrounds other than
English to develop their English language
Semester 1 skills through the study of aspects of contem-
59304 English for Academic Purposes 1 Scp porary Australian society and culture. Through
59306 Researching Australia!- both class activities and excursions, it intro-
Ethnography Scp duces students to a range of intercultural
59308 Australian Society and Culture 1 Scp issues and provides them with opportunities
to interact with native speakers in order to
Semester 2
develop the cultural understanding, skills,
59305 English for Academic Purposes 2 Scp knowledge and confidence required to use
59307 Researching Australia- Researching English and participate actively in a variety
Students Scp of settings.
59309 Australian Society and Culture 2 Scp
The program focuses particularly on oral
skills and includes some participation in
Other information mainstream University classes. Students
Contact the English Language Study Skills complete a major project using ethnographic
Assistance (ELSSA) Centre for more infor- research techniques.
mation on this program.
Admission requirements
Students whose language level is below IELTS
5.0 or TOEFL 510 (computer 180).

Course duration
This program is completed over two semesters.

Course structure
This program consists of two full-time
subjects, comprising 24 credit points each.

Course program
Semester 1
59314 Australian English Language and
Culture 1 24cp
1
This program is not offered to local students.
114 English Language Study Skills Assistance (ELSSA) Centre

Semester 2 POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM


59315 Australian English Language and
Culture 2 24cp
Graduate Certificate in
Other information English for Academic
Contact the English Language Study Skills Purposes
Assistance (ELSSA) Centre for more infor-
mation on this program. • UTS course code: HA80
• Testamur title: Graduate Certificate in English
for Academic Purposes
• Abbreviation: none
ELECTIVE SUBJECTS • Course fee: $3,500 [locall
$5,100 [internationall
The ELSSA Centre offers five elective subjects
aimed specifically at students from language The Graduate Certificate in English for
backgrounds other than English. Some of Academic Purposes (GCEAP) is aimed at
these subjects may be completed during international postgraduate research students
semester or, in intensive mode during the who do not meet the UTS English language
February or July vacation periods. requirement but who meet all other academic
Semester 1 or 2 requirements to commence studies at UTS at
postgraduate research level.
59316 Essay Writing 4cp
59317 Report Writing 4cp Participation in the program is only possible
59318 Seminar Presentation 4cp for students who have already enrolled in a
59319 Communication for Employment 4cp
postgraduate research degree program
59320 English for Business 6cp
elsewhere at UTS. Enrolment in the GCEAP
is an integral part of the enrolment in a
postgraduate research degree and emphasises
the developmental approach of an integrated
program.

Admission requirements
Applicants must:
• be international students
• be eligible to enrol in a postgraduate
research degree at UTS, and
• have an IELTS score of 5.5 to 6.0 (mini-
mum of 5.5 in writing) or TO EFL score of
530-550 (computer 197-213) or equivalent.
Other postgraduate students who meet the
UTS language entry requirements and who
feel they need to develop their language skills
would also be eligible to attend the program.

Course duration
The first two subjects of the GCEAP are
offered in the intensive pre-sessional mode
(eight weeks before semester) and the final
subject is offered concurrent with the first
semester of students' enrolment in their
research degree.
English Language Study Skills Assistance (ELSSA) Centre 115

Course structure SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS


In addition to being enrolled in a postgraduate
research degree at UTS, students must
complete the three compulsory subjects of the 59304
GCEAP (totalling 24 credit points). English for Academic Purposes 1
Scp; prerequisiteis): IELTS score 5.0 !students with
an IELTS of 6.0 and above are exempt from this
Course program subject)
59310 Postgraduate Study in Australia Scp Ionly for undergraduate international, exchange or
59311 Academic English for Postgraduate Study Abroad students)
Study Scp This is the first of two subjects specifically for
59312 Postgraduate Academic Writing in international students. The aim of these
Context Scp
subjects is to ensure that students' language
and study skills have developed sufficiently
Other information to enable them to successfully participate in
classes alongside other UTS students.
Contact the English Language Study Skills
Assistance (ELSSA) Centre for more infor- The subjects focus on developing the language
mation on this program. and learning skills required for tertiary study
in Australia. They integrate the four macro-
skills - reading, writing, listening and
speaking - into a thematic approach which
looks at a variety of contemporary issues in
Australian culture and society. These issues
are linked to subjects which may be studied
in subsequent years at UTS. Students take a
critical/ analytical approach to understanding
and producing written and spoken texts
appropriate for an Australian tertiary context.

59305
English for Academic Purposes 2
Scp; prerequisiteis): IELTS score 6.0 or 59304
English for Academic Purposes 1
!only for undergraduate international, exchange or
Study Abroad students)
This is the second of two subjects specifically
for international students. The aim of these
subjects is to ensure that students' language
and study skills have developed sufficiently
to enable them to successfully participate in
classes alongside other UTS students.
The subjects focus on developing the language
and learning skills required for tertiary study
in Australia. They integrate the four macro-
skills - reading, writing, listening and
speaking - into a thematic approach which
looks at a variety of contemporary issues in
Australian culture and society. These issues
are linked to subjects which may be studied
in subsequent years at UTS. Students take a
critical/ analytical approach to understanding
and producing written and spoken texts
appropriate for an Australian tertiary context.
116 English Language Study Skills Assistance (ELSSA) Centre

59306 59309
Researching Australia 1 - Ethnography Australian Society and Culture 2
8cp; prerequisite[sl. IELTS score 5.0 8cp; prerequisite[sl: IELTS score 6.0 or 59308
[only for undergraduate international, exchange or Australian Society and Culture 1
Study Abroad students! [only for undergraduate international, exchange or
This is the first of two subjects specifically for Study Abroad students!
international students in the Advanced This is the second of two subjects specifically
Diploma in Australian Language and Culture. for international students in the Advanced
The aim of these subjects is to introduce Diploma in Australian Language and Culture.
students to a range of intercultural issues and In these subjects students are introduced to
to investigate the cultural norms of Australian several aspects of Australian society and
society through the application of specific culture: the indigenous experience; aspects of
research methods. At this level, students use rural and urban Australia; the history of
ethnographic techniques to investigate aspects migration; and the development of multi-
of contemporary Australian experience. culturalism. Students explore these aspects
through film, documentaries, literature,
59307 music, art, sport events, etc. Visits to cultural
Researching Australia 2 - Researching for institutions as well as presentations and guest
Study lectures from experts are key features of these
8cp; prerequisite[sl: IELTS score 6.0 or 59306 subjects.
Researching Australia 1 - Ethnography
[only for undergraduate international, exchange or 59310
Study Abroad students! Postgraduate Study in Australia
This is the second of two subjects specifically 8cp; prerequisiteisl: IELTS score 5.5 [minimum of
for international students in the Advanced 5.5 in writing!; corequisite[sl: enrolled in a
Diploma in Australian Language and Culture. postgraduate research degree at UTS
The aim of these subjects is to introduce [only for postgraduate international students!
students to a range of intercultural issues and This is the first of three compulsory subjects
to investigate the cultural norms of Australian in the Graduate Certificate in English for
society through the application of specific Academic Purposes (GCEAP) specifically for
research methods. At this level, students use international students enrolled in a post-
questionnaire and interview techniques to graduate research degree at UTS. The aim of
investigate aspects of contemporary student this intensive subject is to provide students
life and present their research both orally and with a foundation in academic literacy and
in written report form. oracy skills required to start postgraduate
studies at UTS.
59308 This subject focuses on developing the
Australian Society and Culture 1 language and learning skills required for
8cp; prerequisite[sl: IELTS score 5.0 tertiary study in an Australian university. It
[only for undergraduate international, exchange or integrates the four macro-skills - reading,
Study Abroad students! writing, listening and speaking - into a
This is the first of two subjects specifically for thematic approach which looks at a variety
international students in the Advanced of contemporary issues in Australian culture
Diploma in Australian Language and Culture. and society. The subject also provides students
In these subjects students are introduced to with an understanding of studying at an
several aspects of Australian society and Australian university and living in Australia.
culture: the indigenous experience; aspects of
rural and urban Australia; the history of
migration; and the development of multi-
culturalism. Students explore these aspects
through film, documentaries, literature,
music, art, sport events, etc. Visits to cultural
institutions as well as presentations and guest
lectures from experts are key features of these
subjects.
English Language Study Skills Assistance (ELSSA) Centre 117

59311 preparation of postgraduate assignments or


Academic English for Postgraduate Study research documents (articles, conference
Bcp; prerequisite[s): 59310 Postgraduate Study in papers, etc.).
Australia or equivalent; corequisite[s): enrolled in a
postgraduate research degree at UTS 59314
[only for postgraduate international students] Australian English Language and Culture 1
This is the second of three compulsory 24cp; 20hpw
subjects in the Graduate Certificate in English This subject enables international students
for Academic Purposes (GCEAP) specifically from language backgrounds other than
for international students enrolled in a English to develop their English language
postgraduate research degree at UTS. The aim skills through the study of aspects of contem-
of this intensive subject is to provide students porary Australian society and culture. Through
with academic literacy and oracy skills both class activities and excursions, it intro-
required to be effective postgraduate students. duces students to a range of intercultural
This subject focuses on developing the issues and provides them with opportunities
academic written and spoken language skills to interact with native speakers in order to
required for postgraduate study in the develop the cultural understanding, skills,
students' disciplines. These academic skills knowledge and confidence required to use
are developed in the context of students' areas English and participate actively in a variety
of study and in conjunction with staff from of settings. The subject focuses particularly on
faculties across UTS. Students take a critical/ oral skills and includes some participation in
analytical approach to understanding and mainstream University classes. Students
producing written and spoken texts appro- complete a major project using ethnographic
priate for the Australian context. The subject research techniques.
focuses in particular on critical reading skills,
paraphrasing and summarising, selecting, 59315
evaluating and using a variety of sources of Australian English Language and Culture 2
information, developing written arguments, 24cp; 20hpw; prerequisite[s]: 59314 Australian
presenting seminars, etc. In this subject, texts English Language and Culture 1 or equivalent
are selected and assessment prepared jointly This subject continues the language skill
by academic literacy experts and postgraduate development of 59314 Australian English
coordinators and supervisors in students' Language and Culture 1 and extends student
faculties. participation in mainstream University
classes. Students complete a number of field
59312 projects on topics relating to their own
Postgraduate Academic Writing in Context interests or study areas. Lecturers coordinate
Bcp; prerequisite[s]: 59311 Academic English for student progression through these projects
Postgraduate Study or equivalent; corequisite[s]: through individual and group meetings,
enrolled in a postgraduate research degree at UTS presentations by guest speakers, excursions
[only for postgraduate international students] and readings.
This is the final of three compulsory subjects
in the Graduate Certificate in English for 59316
Academic Purposes (GCEAP) specifically Essay Writing
aimed at international students enrolled in a 4cp; over 10 weeks
postgraduate research degree at UTS. The aim
This elective is one of five subjects offered by
of this subject is to provide students with
the ELSSA Centre and it is aimed at non-
ongoing integrated academic literacy and
English-speaking-background students who
oracy support during the first semester of
need to develop their essay-writing skills. It
their postgraduate studies at UTS.
focuses on the critical analysis of topics
This subject focuses on consolidating post- relevant to different academic areas of study,
graduate international students' academic the development of essay outlines and the
literacy and oracy skills while they complete final preparation of essays.
the first semester of postgraduate studies at
UTS. The subject focuses on advanced skills
in reading, text drafting and editing, the
development of critical writing skills and the
118 English Language Study Skills Assistance (ELSSAI Centre

59317
Report Writing
4cp; over 10 weeks
This elective is one of five subjects offered by
the ELSSA Centre and it is aimed at non-
English-speaking-background students who
need to develop their report-writing skills. It
focuses on the analysis of topics relevant to
different academic areas of study, the develop-
ment of report plans and the final preparation
of reports.

59318
Seminar Presentation
4cp; over 10 weeks
This elective is one of five subjects offered by
the ELSSA Centre and it is aimed at non-
English-speaking-background students who
need to develop their seminar presentation
skills. It focuses on the analysis of topics
relevant to different academic areas of study
and the development of seminar presentation
skills.

59319
Communication for Employment
4cp; over 10 weeks
This elective is one of five subjects offered by
the ELSSA Centre and it is aimed at non-
English-speaking-background students who
need to develop their employment-seeking
skills. It focuses on the analysis of recruitment
advertisements relevant to different academic
areas of study, and the development of writing
and speaking skills required for gaining
employment. It also covers work-related
communication skills.

59320
English for Business
6cp; over 10 weeks
This elective is one of five subjects offered by
the ELSSA Centre and it is aimed at non-
English-speaking-background business
students who need to develop their written
and spoken communication skills. It focuses
on the critical analysis of topics relevant to
business study, the development of essay
outlines, report outlines, seminar structures
and the final preparation of an essay, a report
and a seminar.
119

SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS
44152 44156
Groundwater Engineering Project (M) (FIT) Groundwater Engineering Project (M) (P/Tl
24cp; availability: Groundwater Management 12cp; availability: Groundwater Management
courses only courses only
Postgraduate Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: Professor MJ Knight, Subject Coordinator: Professor M J Knight,
National Centre for Groundwater Management National Centre for Groundwater Management
The objective of subjects 44152, 44153, 44156, For subject description, refer to 44152 Ground-
44157 is to provide candidates with the water Engineering Project (M) (F /T).
opportunity to research specific groundwater
engineering, resource, environmental or 44157
contamination problems. Projects should Groundwater Engineering Project (GO) (P/Tl
reflect the knowledge and experience ob- 6cp; availability: Groundwater Management
tained throughout the coursework section of courses only
the course, and should demonstrate initiative, Postgraduate
creativity and practical problem solving. The Subject Coordinator: Professor M J Knight,
depth and extent of the research varies with National Centre for Groundwater Management
the level of the degree, i.e. a Master's project For subject description, refer to 44152 Ground-
is more in-depth and critical than a Graduate water Engineering Project (M) (F /T).
Diploma project. Each project is a substantial
study that must be completed to a high pro-
fessional standard. It must, however, be
48006
realistic with due regard to the time, super- Capstone Project (6cp)
vision and facilities available. Each student is 6cp; prerequisite[s): 48260 Engineering
required at commencement of the project to Management; corequisite[s): 48140 Review of
write a short (two page) research plan which Engineering Practice 2 or 48160 Professional
addresses the following issues: introduction; Review; 48270 Technology Assessment
Undergraduate
statement of the problem; importance of the
Subject Coordinator: David Eager
project; research objectives; methods; expected
results; timetable (milestones, dates). The Objectives of the Capstone Project are: to bring
research plan is submitted to the Subject together and integrate knowledge and skills
Coordinator for endorsement or revision. At gained in the course as a whole, including
the conclusion of the project, three bound engineering principles, planning and design,
copies of a comprehensive report are sub- ethics, management, and communication, and
mitted. In special circumstances, with the to apply these to an initially unstructured
agreement of the project supervisor, alter- problem formulated by each student in con-
native modes of project reporting might be sultation with an adviser; to reinforce and
acceptable (e.g. conference papers). develop competencies that have not been
sufficiently emphasised in the student's
44153 choice of subjects or engineering practice to
date; to define a substantial engineering study
Groundwater Engineering Project (GO) (F/Tl
or design task, place it in context, and carry it
12cp; availability: Groundwater Management to completion within a specified time and to a
courses only
professional standard; to complete a compre-
Postgraduate
hensive written and bound report that places
Subject Coordinator: Professor M J Knight,
National Centre for Groundwater Management the project in context, defines its objectives,
and describes the work done and the resulting
For subject description, refer to 44152 Ground- conclusions or recommendations; to provide
water Engineering Project (M) (F /T). a bridge to the student's professional future,
and the opportunity to demonstrate pro-
fessional competencies and capabilities; and
to provide scope to demonstrate initiative and
creativity, and take pride in achievement.
120 Subject descriptions

Each student is required to undertake a sub- 48016


stantial engineering project, normally during Capstone Project - Part A
their final year of study, and to prepare a 6cp; prerequisitelsl: 48260 Engineering
formal report describing the work performed Management; corequisitelsl: 48140 Review of
and the resulting conclusions and recommen- Engineering Practice 2 or 48160 Professional
dations. The work is planned and carried out Review; 48270 Technology Assessment
under the supervision of a member of aca- Undergraduate
demic staff. Both the work and the report must Subject Coordinator: David Eager
meet professional engineering standards. The Refer to the subject description for 48006 and
project may be in any area of engineering. 48012 Capstone Project. This subject is
Students may choose a topic relating to their intended for students who wish to undertake
experience in engineering practice, or an area
a 12cp Capstone Project over two semesters.
of interest which they wish to study in detail. Such students enrol in this subject (48016) in
Typical projects might take any of the follow-
the first semester and 48026 Capstone Project
ing forms: literature review - a study of the
- Part B in the second semester.
available literature and a state-of-the-art ap-
praisal of an area of engineering; design- the
complete design of a substantial engineering
48026
artefact or system; experimental investigation Capstone Project- Part 8
-a comprehensive laboratory investigation or 6cp; prerequisiteis): 48016 Capstone Project-
testing program; research and development Part A
-original research of a fundamental or applied Undergraduate
nature, or development of a new application Subject Coordinator: David Eager
of a particular technology; computer-based Refer to the subject description for 48006
analysis - development or use of computer Capstone Project. This subject is intended for
software to study the behaviour of an engin- students who wish to undertake a 12cp
eering solution; project management - Capstone Project over two semesters. Such
planning and management of a substantial students enrol in the subject 48016 in the first
engineering project, normally in a workplace, semester and this subject (48026) in the second.
business or community context; combining
technical and management skills; impact 48071
analysis, planning, system design- study and Numerical Methods
analysis of an engineering solution in its 6cp
economic, social and environmental context, Undergraduate
integrating the engineering dimension with
This subject builds on students' knowledge
cross-disciplinary interfaces, and optimising
of mathematics from the TAFE Diploma. It
overall system design, normally interactive
assumes a knowledge of introductory calcu-
with other professions.
lus. It provides students with an understand-
ing and use of numerical methods in the
48012 engineering environment. It lays the foun-
Capstone Project (12cp) dations to enable students to confidently use
12cp; prerequisitels): 48260 Engineering numerical techniques in subsequent subjects
Management; corequisiteis): 48140 Review of and the work environment.
Engineering Practice 2 or 48160 Professional
Review; 48270 Technology Assessment Topics include: applications of sequences and
Undergraduate series; linear algebra; matrices, vectors and
Subject Coordinators: Gerry Ring and determinants; applications of matrices and
David Eager vectors; vector algebra in 2-space and 3-space;
introduction to vector calculus and appli-
Refer to the subject description for 48006
cations; curve fitting using least squares
Capstone Project. The difference between the
methods for polynomials, log-linear and log-
6cp and 12cp versions of the Capstone Project
log relationships; engineering applications of
is that a student is expected to invest at least
differential equations (first and second order);
150 hours in the former, and 300 hours in the
numerical methods in linear algebra and in
latter.
the solution of differential equations; graph
theory and optimisation; use of the Simplex
method; introduction to combinatorial
optimisation; probability and statistics
Subject descriptions 121

including probability theory, permutations 48120


and combinations, probability distributions, Review of Engineering Practice 1
binomial, Poisson and normal distributions;
6cp [exemption process)
sampling, confidence intervals and hypothesis ENGINEERING PRACTICE
testing. Undergraduate
Assessment: assignments 20 per cent; mid- This subject has been introduced for the pur-
semester examination 30 per cent; final pose of assisting students who commenced
examination 50 per cent. before 1998 in the BE course and wish to trans-
fer to the BE DipEngPrac. It is a substitute for
48110 the two new 3-credit-point subjects 48121 and
Engineering Experience 1 48122. Students who have completed 44
Ocp; prerequisite[sl: 48121 Engineering Practice weeks of industrial experience under the old
Preview 1; either 48210 Engineering for course can apply for an exemption in this
Sustainability or 48220 lnformatics; and one of subject as a means of simplifying the transfer
48310 Introduction to Civil Engineering or 48510 to the BE DipEngPrac.
Introduction to Electrical Engineering or 48610
This subject is also relevant for new students
Introduction to Mechanical Engineering or 48720
starting the engineering degree at UTS with
Introduction to Telecommunications Engineering or
48820 Introduction to Environmental Engineering significant work experience. These students
ENGINEERING PRACTICE
may apply for an exemption. By completing
Undergraduate this subject, students accelerate their progress
in the DipEngPrac.
Engineering educators, as well as engineering
employers, have long recognised the value of
48121
integrating practical experience with aca-
demic studies. Engineering Experience 1 and Engineering Practice Preview 1
2 are zero credit point subjects that support 3cp
ENGINEERING PRACTICE
students while they are working in industry
or the community for the purpose of gaining Undergraduate
experience in the practice of engineering. Engineering Practice Preview 1 helps initiate
Engineering Experience 1 provides students students to the engineering workplace by
with the opportunity to discover engineering guiding them through the employment pro-
workplace culture and to develop their basic cess, developing the communication and
technical skills. It is expected that students documentation skills appropriate to engin-
gain this level of experience early in their eering practice, showing them how to learn
academic program. One semester prior to through experience, exploring the nature and
undertaking the experience students must culture of the workplace, introducing ethical
enrol in the subject 48121 Engineering Practice and social issues, and helping them to plan
Preview 1. Students may enrol in Engineering for their own personal and professional
Experience 1 for more than one semester while development.
they are working at a basic level and they need Students negotiate their learning options from
not take additional semesters of Engineering a range of compulsory and optional topics
Practice Preview 1, however, they are encour- including: ethics and social responsibility,
aged to progress to higher levels of engineer- industrial relations, occupational health and
ing practice so that they can gain a wide range safety, and the culture of engineering.
of skills and abilities.
Assessment tasks are negotiated from a
Each student's experience is unique. Employer variety of compulsory and optional assign-
or host organisations are not expected to ments, many of which can be incorporated
provide formal training although some may into the student's portfolio. Some tasks
choose to do so. Instead students are required include: personal resume, job application
to become active learners and seek opportu- letters, employment interviewing, learning
nities to fulfil the objectives of this experience style assessment, learning contracts, ethics
module. Students are assisted in this process case study, and industrial relations case study.
through Engineering core and fields of Assessment is essentially formative to assist
practice subjects and specifically through students in achieving an acceptable level.
Engineering Practice Review 1. However, students are not able to undertake
Engineering Experience 1 until they have
passed all the compulsory components of
Engineering Practice Preview 1.
122 Subject descriptions

48122 they need not take additional semesters of


Engineering Practice Review 1 Engineering Practice Preview 2. However, they
3cp; prerequisite( si: 48110 Engineering Practice 1 are encouraged to progress to a professional
ENGINEERING PRACTICE
level of engineering practice.
Undergraduate Each student's experience is unique. Employer
Engineering Practice Review 1 guides students or host organisations are not expected to
through a process of thoughtful reflection and provide formal training although some may
review of their engineering practice. Work- choose to do so. Instead students are required
place issues are examined and students are to become active learners and seek opportu-
assisted in developing appropriate pro- nities to fulfil the objectives of this experience
fessional strategies. Students identify the module. Students are assisted in this process
technical and professional advancement that through Engineering core and fields of
has occurred as a consequence of their practice subjects and specifically through
experience, and integrate these new ideas Engineering Practice Review 2.
with their existing knowledge frameworks.
This learning is documented for peer and 48140
professional review. Review of Engineering Practice 2
Since each student's work experience is 6cp; prerequisite(sl: 48120 Review of Engineering
unique, all students benefit from sharing and Practice 1 plus an additional 24 weeks of
discussing their experiences. However, this engineering practice at a professional level
ENGINEERING PRACTICE
subject assists all students to receive a firm
Undergraduate
grounding in the fundamentals of engineering
workplace practice, including: the nature and This is a transition subject that has been intro-
culture of the engineering workplace, the em- duced for the purpose of assisting students
ployment process, ethics and social responsi- who commenced before 1998 in the BE course
bility, communication and documentation, the and who have transferred to the BE
application of engineering method, occu- DipEngPrac. It is used with the permission of
pational health and safety, industrial relations, the Director of the Engineering Practice Pro-
and personal and professional development. gram where the normal process of enrolling
Assessment tasks include: evaluation of the in the 3cp subjects 48141 and 48142 would
learning contract, report on workplace experi- unreasonably delay graduation.
ence, group review, logbook and portfolio.
48141
48130 Engineering Practice Preview 2
Engineering Experience 2 3cp; prerequisite(sl: 48122 Engineering Practice
Review 1
Ocp; prerequisite(sl: 48141 Engineering Practice
Preview 2 Unde rg ra duate
ENGINEERING PRACTICE Engineering Practice Preview 2 helps students
Undergraduate to develop as professional engineers by refin-
Engineering Experience 1 and 2 are zero credit ing employment-related processes, develop-
point subjects that support students while ing the communication and documentation
they are working in industry or the commu- skills appropriate to professional engineering
nity for the purpose of gaining experience in practice, exploring issues of organisational
the practice of engineering. Engineering management and commercial practice, exam-
Experience 2 expects that students are ad- ining ethical and social issues, applying theory
vanced in their academic studies and working in practice and developing strategies for
closely with engineering professionals in continuing professional development.
order to extend their understanding of the Students negotiate their learning options from
practice of professional engineering and to a range of compulsory and optional topics in-
apply, test and further develop their technical cluding: the nature and culture of professional
skills. One semester prior to undertaking the engineering, the professional employment
experience students must enrol in the subject process, engineering in a global social context,
48141 Engineering Practice Preview 2. Students organisational behaviour, management and
may enrol in Engineering Experience 2 for commercial practice, industrial relations and
more than one semester while they are human resource issues, communication and
working at this para-professional level; and documentation, leadership and teamwork,
Subject descriptions 123

occupational health and safety, ethics and 48210


social responsibility, experiential learning and Engineering for Sustainability
knowledge creation, and personal and pro- 6cp
fessional development. In addition they CORE
consider the development of professional Undergraduate
competencies as required by the Institution Subject Coordinator: Or Keiko Yasukawa
of Employers, Australia.
Upon completion of this subject, students
Assessment tasks are negotiated from a variety should be able to demonstrate development
of compulsory and optional assignments, in the following areas:
many of which can be incorporated into the
• orientation to university study
student's portfolio. Some tasks include: pro-
fessional resume, employment and assess- • ability to read critically and write appro-
ment interviewing, learning contracts, ethics priately in a variety of academic contexts
case study, industrial relations case study, • appreciation of the social and historical
occupational health and safety case study. contexts of engineering
Assessment is formative to assist students in • awareness of different definitions of
achieving an acceptable level. However, 'progress'
students are not able to undertake Engineer-
ing Experience 2 until they have passed all • awareness of what is 'professionalism'
the compulsory components of Engineering • appreciation of the role of codes of ethics,
Practice Preview 2. and
• appreciation of the principles of
48142 sustainability.
Engineering Practice Review 2 This subject takes students on a journey into
3cp; prerequisite[s): 48130 Engineering Experience 2 the past, present and future of engineering
Undergraduate and its relationship to society and the environ-
Engineering Practice Review 2 helps students ment. They choose one of several module
to develop as professional engineers by groups based around broad engineering-
reflecting on their workplace practice and related themes.
documenting their learning for peer and Within these modules, students examine the
professional review. contributions made by engineers in their
Since each student's work experience is unique, respective areas, how they were received by
all students benefit from sharing and discuss- and benefited different groups in society, and
ing their experiences. However, this subject what impact they had on the environment.
assists all students to appreciate the dimen- Current and historical case studies from our
sions of professional engineering workplace local communities as well as from other parts
practice, including: engineering in a global of the world are used to illustrate the different
environment, organisational behaviour, ways in which technologies have evolved and
commercial practice, industrial relations and have been valued.
human resource issues, ethics and social The subject is taught by an interdisciplinary
responsibility, communication and docu- team who will present lectures, and facilitate
mentation, the extension and application of interactive workshops. Assessment includes
engineering knowledge, occupational health individual reflective writing, case study
and safety, industrial relations, and personal reports, and team-based poster presentation.
and professional development and recognition. In each of these assessment tasks, students are
Assessment tasks include: evaluation of the assessed both for their learning of key content
learning contract, report on workplace material and academic skills such as critical
experience and career episodes, group review, reading and analysis, and academic writing
logbook, and portfolio. and presentation.
124 Subject descriptions

48221 ing concepts through graphical communi-


lnformatics VB
cation; demonstrate their ability to' converse'
mathematically; lead and participate in group
6cp
processes; appreciate the central role of
CoRE
Undergraduate
communication in engineering practice.
Subject Coordinator: Austin Mack Topics include: principles and theories of com-
This subject has the same objectives as 48222 munication; communication in practice; the
Informatics C but uses the language Visual processes of communication; and communi-
Basic as the vehicle for developing student cation technology.
knowledge and understanding.
48240
48222 Uncertainties and Risks in Engineering
lnformatics C 6cp; prerequisite[ si: 48210 Engineering for
Sustainability; 48221/2 lnformatics; 33230
6cp
CoRE Mathematical Modelling 2
Undergraduate CoRE
Subject Coordinator: Martin Evans Undergraduate
Subject Coordinators: Tim Aubrey and Keiko
The aim of Informatics C is to develop skills Yasukawa
in computing and an awareness of the
In this subject, students engage in ideas of
associated ethical issues within the context of
how, as engineers, they have a responsibility
the Engineering profession. The four broad
to make appropriate analysis of different
learning objectives of the subject are to:
types of risk scenarios, how risk is perceived
1. develop skills in computer programming and assessed by different groups of people,
in order to gain a better understanding and what constitutes 'management' of risks.
of how a computer operates In order to engage in these ideas, students
2. develop skills in problem solving where need and learn various theories, techniques,
the solution is suitable for a computer and experiences as they progress through the
3. develop an awareness of the ethical issues subject.
associated with computing, and Upon conclusion of this subject, students are
4. develop skills in using informatics' tools. expected to demonstrate:
Topics include: C programming; pseudocode; • a critical appreciation of ideas concerning
problem solving; algorithm design; personal decision making under risk, uncertainty,
and professional ethics; library awareness; ignorance and indeterminacy, and an
personal software process; time management; appreciation that each person and group
operating systems; the Internet; and engineer- has knowledge, attitudes and beliefs
ing tools. about risk and uncertainty which, to the
individual or group, are 'rational'
48230 • awareness of contexts in which experts,
Engineering Communication including professional engineers,
6cp; prerequisite[s): 48210 Engineering for manipulate problems involving risk and
Sustainability uncertainty
CoRE • experience in formulating and under-
Undergraduate taking a modelling exercise, and a critical
Subject Coordinator: Helen McGregor appreciation of the uncertainties and
On completion of this subject students should subjectivities inherent in modelling, and
be able to: understand basic principles and • the ability to select and apply appropriate
theories of human communication; research statistical tools, to acquire additional
within the various discipline areas that inform statistical competencies, and to evaluate
the study of communication; write compe- their strengths and limitations.
tently in a number of different genres; perform
competently in a variety of oral commu-
nication situations; understand basic princi-
ples and practices of graphic communication;
demonstrate their ability to express engineer-
Subject descriptions 125

48250 It introduces and analyses a range of engineer-


Engineering Economics and Finance ing and project management tools, develop-
6cp; prerequisite[sl: 48110 Engineering Practice 1; ing an appreciation of their appropriate uses,
48240 Uncertainties and Risks in Engineering strengths and weaknesses. Building on
CORE awareness developed in earlier subjects, and
Undergraduate through work place experiences, it introduces
Subject Coordinator: Gary Marks students to the potential impacts of engineers'
decisions and management on the community
The objectives of this subject are for students
to be able to use their knowledge of engineer- and the client. Students will acquire skills in
choosing and using the most appropriate
ing culture to develop an understanding of
engineering and project management tools for
the relationship between economics and
identifiable engineering activities.
finance and engineering; to gain a working
knowledge of macro and microeconomic Topics include: concepts of general manage-
theories in the context of engineering practice, ment and engineering and project manage-
ethics and sustainability; to acquire skills in ment and their relationships; systems/
determining the appropriate use and product life cycle model and the various
limitations of various economic and financial contributions which engineers make, or can
models and techniques used to define/ make, during this cycle; and the contributions
manage/analyse engineering activities; to of other occupations; models used to visualise
develop competence in identifying and the processes occurring during the cycle, and
working through the economic and financial for envisaging management and decision
aspects of an engineering project/ case study; making; the range of tools which can be
to become aware of the impact of various applied for various purposes during the cycle,
economic and financial models and tech- e.g. to make decisions, manage people,
niques on the social and technical dimensions manage resources, audit and account for
of engineering activity; to integrate economic management of resources, etc.; historical
and financial understanding and fields of development of this range of management,
practice specialist knowledge in project- theories, tools, and models, and the argu-
based/ case study work. ments for and against them; engineering and
project management; and the capabilities
Topics include: a basic understanding of the
required of engineering managers.
place engineers occupy in the economic
environment; the terms, philosophies and
mechanics of economic documentation as
48270
they may be seen by engineers in their Technology Assessment
professional context; and the financial, 6cp; prerequisite[sl: 48240 Uncertainties and Risks
economic, environmental and social issues in Engineering
confronting engineers in technological project CORE

management and costing. Undergraduate


Subject Coordinator: Paul Bryce
48260 The objective of this subject is to provide
Engineering Management students with an understanding of technology
as a context-based process, and to gain an
6cp; prerequisite[sl: 48122 Engineering Practice
Review 1 or 48120 Review of Engineering Practice appreciation of how it has been specifically
1; 48240 Uncertainties and Risks in Engineering constructed within the engineering culture.
CORE Students develop an appreciation of the two-
Undergraduate way influences between technology and
Subject Coordinator: Ravindra Bagia society. This allows students to review and
This subject enables students to develop the critique paradigms and tools for assessing
following: an appreciation that management technology; compare and critique methodol-
is integral to engineering in aspects ranging ogies and strategies for dealing with the
from the personal to the organisational; an impacts of engineering activity; develop skills
awareness of the roles and functions of in determining the appropriate use of various
management - general, engineering and techniques used by decision makers to
project management; an understanding of the manage I determine the impact of engineering
rationale underpinning various engineering activity; develop skills in involving commu-
and project management models and tools nity in decision making regarding the impact
and the interaction with engineering practice. of engineering activity; gain an appreciation
126 Subject descriptions

of the diversity of engineering practice and Laboratory sessions: two sessions of 1.5 hours
its interdependence with other professions; duration involving demonstration of water
experience and reflect on the interdisciplinary engineering and building dynamics.
nature of engineering activity. Projects- Discovery: two formal sessions of 3
The subject provides case studies for student hours duration and supplementary work in
exercises in assessment in, for example, fore- group format to develop experimentation and
casting, policy, assessment, venture capital or understanding of the engineering process.
innovation assessment, or consultancy advice Site visit: all students must attend an all-day
to researchers, government or corporate site visit of a civil engineering project or
managers. operational facility, to gain an appreciation of
the workplace. Practising civil engineers and
48310 other professionals accompany the students
Introduction to Civil Engineering in outlining the necessary skills required to
6cp design and construct an engineering project
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM or operational facility. Site visits may include
Unde rg ra duate inspection of the following facilities after
The objectives of this subject are: to ensure a construction: water treatment plant, waste-
general understanding of the role of the civil water treatment plant, water storage dam and
engineer in the provision of basic infrastruc- associated power station. Site visits may also
ture necessary to support the development include the following during construction:
and maintenance of urban and rural settle- arterial road (freeway /motorway), road
ment; to provide a sound foundation for bridge, transportation facility (light rail),
further education in the processes of design, commercial or industrial building, coastal
construction, operation and maintenance of engineering structure (coal loader or harbour
community infrastructure; to provide an structure).
understanding of the need to consider the
demands and expectations of the community, 48320
while having due regard for both the devel- Surveying
oped and fragile natural environment; to 6cp
ensure an understanding of the need to FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
develop the necessary individual, and multi- Undergraduate
disciplinary skills in civil engineering project The objectives of this subject are to enable
analysis and development; and to develop students to: become competent in the theory
effective verbal and written communication and practice of basic surveying skills; be able
skills. to use basic surveying equipment such as
Lecture content includes: civil engineering levels and theodolites and perform the
and the environment, phases of civil engineer- calculations and reductions of observations
ing work, drawings and specifications, loads associated with such equipment; be aware of
and deflection, uses and behaviour of con- the likely errors that may occur during
struction material (concrete and steel), build- observations and of methods to eliminate, or
ing dynamics, soils and civil engineering, soil minimise such errors; be competent in making
retention structures, roads and traffic engin- distance measurements accurately over short
eering, water engineering. distances using tapes and wires and be aware
Field work and associated design exercise: of the advantages of modern developments
two sessions (3 hours' duration each) of basic in this field such as Electronic Distance-
surveying and levelling in the field, followed measuring Equipment; be able to perform a
by one three-hour session of design work simple traverse and associated calculations to
involving catchment area calculation, storm- find the misclose and proportional accuracy,
water run-off estimation, longitudinal section and the bearing and distance of one missing
plotting, and pipe gradient design using basic line; understand and be able to perform rel-
formulae. This segment serves as an intro- evant calculations for the engineering appli-
duction to surveying, hydrology and urban cations of surveying (horizontal curves,
storm water management subjects. vertical curves, and areas and volumes); and
be aware of field techniques used to enable
Seminar presentation: two sessions of (2 hours
preparation of a detail and contour plan. The
duration each) for presentation of a short
stadia method is discussed in class and is used
discussion paper on a civil engineering topic
as a data-gathering tool in a practical exercise.
of individual choice. Use of audiovisual aids
is encouraged.
Subject descriptions 127

The applications of modern computer pro- involving water flow and soil settlement; have
grams to reduce data for and the plotting of a solid basis for further formal study and self-
detail and contour plans are introduced. Ser- study in the geotechnical area.
vices of professional surveyors are explained, Topics include: introduction to soil engineer-
as are engineering situations where surveyors ing - typical problems, the engineer's role;
must be engaged. geological fundamentals- classification, com-
Topics include: use of equipment such as levels, position and structure of rock, engineering
theodolites and tapes and wires; calculations properties; geomorphology - soil formation,
related to this equipment, as well as travers- landforms; nature of soil- particulate nature,
ing, horizontal curve setting out, design of classification, clay mineralogy; introduction
vertical curves, areas and volumes and stadia to soil mechanics- overview, state of vertical
and contouring; modern developments in stress, effective stress; water in soil- ground-
surveying; and the role of the professional water, seepage and permeability; soil environ-
surveyor. mental impacts - problems, environmental
behavioural aspects and properties; settle-
48321 ment of soils- settlement theory, consolidation
Statics testing, stresses under loaded areas, lD
6cp; corequisite!sl: 33130 Mathematical settlement estimation, elastic deformations,
Modelling 1; 68037 Physical Modelling rate of settlement.
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Undergraduate 48331
The subject aims to assist students to acquire Mechanics of Solids
fundamental understanding of equilibrium 6cp; prerequisite!sl: 48321 Statics or 48620
concepts commonly used in analysis and Fundamentals of Mechanical Engineering
design of engineered structures. It also aims FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CiVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM

to develop their skills to analyse simple struc- Undergraduate


tures such as beams and trusses subjected to The objectives of this subject are to enable
various loading and support conditions. On students to: acquire fundamental understand-
completion of this subject, students should be ing of the behaviour of structural components
able to apply equilibrium conditions as tools commonly used in engineered structures and
to analyse simple structures, and have devel- machines; develop skills to help them model
oped an appreciation of design in civil engin- and analyse the behaviour of structural and
eering. The principles developed in this subject machine components subjected to various
form the basis of structural analysis and loading and support conditions based on
design. principles of equilibrium and material
constitutional relationships.
48330 Content includes: pure bending of beams -
Soil Behaviour flexural stress and strain, calculation of beam
6cp; corequisite!sl: 48331 Mechanics of Solids loads; shear flow and shear stresses in beams
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM - distribution of shear stresses in beam
Undergraduate sections, forces and stresses in shear con-
The objective of this subject is to give a broad- nectors; composite beams - composite short
based introduction to the geosciences and a columns; slope and deflection of simple
more rigorous introduction to soil as an engin- beams; column buckling- Euler's equation,
eering material. The subject concludes with a end conditions and effective length, combined
detailed study of the problem of soil settle- axial and bending stresses for short columns;
ment behaviour. At the completion of the torsion of circular shafts, thin-walled closed
subject students should: be familiar with the sections and solid rectangular sections;
natural processes occurring on the surface of transformation of plane stresses- Mohr's
the earth; be able to communicate with geolo- circle of plane stresses, principal stresses and
gists, earth scientists and others involved in planes; inelastic bending - stress resultants,
studying the ground; understand the funda- yield moment and ultimate moment capacity
mentals of the behaviour of soil as an of elastoplastic sections, elastic and plastic
engineering material; be aware of those section modulus, plastic hinges; product of
aspects of soil behaviour which have a signifi- inertia, principal axes and principal moments
cant environmental impact; be able to solve a of inertia; unsymmetric bending; combined
range of soil-related problems especially those stresses due to axial force, shear force, bending
128 Subject descriptions

moments and twisting moment; shear centre; to prepare students for understanding the
transformation of plane strains - measure- limit-states design concepts, which they
ment of strains, strain rosette, relationship encounter in other structural design subjects.
between elastic modulus, shear modulus and
Poisson's ratio. 48350
Environmental and Sanitation Engineering
48340 6cp; prerequisite[sl: 60101 Chemistry and Materials
Construction Science
6cp; prerequisite[s): 48310 Introduction to Civil FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Engineering Undergraduate
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM This subject introduces civil engineering
Undergraduate students to basic environmental concepts and
The objective of this subject is to give a broad the environmental consequences of typical
based introduction to the construction industry engineering activities. It applies material
and to emphasise the technical and managerial learnt in48210 Engineering for Sustainability
skills needed by engineering professionals and 60101 Chemistry and Materials Science
working in this area. On completing the sub- to real-life situations encountered during
ject the student should have a well developed planning, designing and implementing civil
awareness of the equipment, processes and engineering projects. The subject helps
methodology associated with construction students: develop an awareness of environ-
work; be able to estimate productivity of mental issues; understand the implication of
earthmoving equipment using cycle time data certain processes such as construction within
and correctly balance fleets of machinery; a natural system and to become familiar with
have a basic understanding of preliminary and both preventive and management strategies
detailed cost estimating; be able to identify to minimise air, water, soil and noise pollution;
many of the day-to-day problems encountered become familiar with the main aspects of
on construction sites; and be able to partici- environmental legislation; and understand
pate actively in planning construction projects concepts and design of water pollution control
and solving construction problems. mechanisms.
Topics include initial site establishment; earth- Main topics are: environmental issues and
moving grading and compaction equipment; their importance; pollution due to man-made
shoring of excavations, underpinning; foun- activities, their types and their effect on
dation work pumps and groundwater control; natural ecosystems; an introduction to local
compressors and air tools; formwork and and global environmental problems; environ-
falsework concrete construction equipment mental legislation and the importance of
performance, the repetitive cycle of operations conducting environmental impact assessment;
and fleet operation; project planning pre- problems of waste generation and principles
liminary and detailed estimates and bid of landfill management; generation and
considerations. management of toxic wastes; contaminated
sites and their remediation; concepts of water
48349 pollution control; design of water and
Structural Analysis wastewater treatment works; and project case
6cp; prerequisite[s): 33230 Mathematical Modelling studies emphasising environmental issues.
2; 48331 Mechanics of Solids
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM 48352
Undergraduate Construction Materials
This subject covers methods and concepts 6cp; prerequisite[sl: 60101 Chemistry and Materials
which are fundamental to the analysis of Science
structural frameworks. Students learn to FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CiVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM

analyse indeterminate structures using both Undergraduate


direct force-based methods as well as iterative Civil engineering is carried out by pro-
methods such as moment distribution. fessionals who design, construct, maintain,
Students also learn how to establish and apply inspect and manage public works projects.
structural loads that are typical in building The common materials used in civil engineer-
design and how to use influence lines to find ing applications or in construction are timber,
maximum load effects. An introduction to concrete, bitumen, masonry and reinforcing
nonlinear analysis of structures is also given and structural steel. It is essential for civil
Subject descriptions 129

engineers to have the basic understanding of that students have completed have intro-
these construction materials, in relation to duced them to statics, solid mechanics, simple
their production, properties, testing and aspects of the (structural) design process, the
application. The main objectives of this subject structural behaviours of materials (in the
are to help students acquire the fundamental corequisite subject) and methods of structural
knowledge on the production, physical and analysis. Structural design then builds on the
engineering properties of the construction prior fundamental knowledge of material
materials; understand the effects of environ- properties and structural analysis and allows
ments on the properties and performance of the engineer to design a safe and economical
these materials; become familiar with the structure complying with the requirements of
relevant Australian and other specifications the relevant Australian Standards, based on
and standards, in relation to the requirements his or her knowledge of and experience in
and testing methods and interpretation of test structural behaviour.
results; improve analytical and communi- Students learn about the structural behaviour
cation skills by presenting the test report; and become competent in the structural
select the material in relation to the specified design of reinforced concrete elements (beams,
requirements; and develop the awareness of slabs and columns) and of timber elements
the use of waste materials for construction. (beams, columns, tension members, beam-
Subject content is designed to meet the objec- columns and bolted and nailed connections)
tives in relation to the following construction in accordance with the relevant Australian
materials: steel, timber, bituminous materials, Standards. The competence gained in
concrete, and masonry. Topics include: structural analysis assists students in gaining
requirements, selection and standards of experience and competence in the structural
construction materials; steel - production, design of these structural components.
forms, grades, mechanical properties and Topics include: reinforced concrete - intro-
testing; bituminous materials and mixtures- duction to reinforced concrete behaviour, un-
production, properties and testing; timber - cracked and cracked section analyses, linear
classification, grading, properties and testing; elastic and ultimate behaviour in beams,
timber products - plywood and glulam; serviceability of beams and ultimate strength
cement and other binders- production, types, design for moment and shear in beams, one-
composition, properties and testing; waste way, two-way and flat slab analysis and
materials for construction- fly ash, recycled design, punching shear, column design
concrete, slag, and others; aggregate - (stocky and slender) and reinforcement
classification, properties and testing; admix- detailing; timber - introduction to timber
tures - types and effects on concrete proper- behaviour, material properties and supply,
ties; concrete - uses, mix design, properties design of tendion and compression members,
and testing of fresh and hardened concrete; design for moment, shear, bearing and
masonry units, mortar, grout and plaster; deflection in beams, design for combined
environmental degradation of construction actions, design of nailed and bolted Type 1
materials including fire attack. connections and durability-based design.
Assessment: assignments worth 25 per cent,
48359 mid-semester exam worth 35 per cent, short
Structural Design 1 answer quiz worth 5 per cent and an exam
6cp; prerequisite[sl: 48349 Structural Analysis worth 35 per cent.
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CiVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Undergraduate 48360
All engineers who wish to practise as civil Geotechnical Engineering
engineers in Australia must have a competent 6cp; prerequisite[sl: 48330 Soil Behaviour; 48340
knowledge of structural design to the relevant Construction
current Australian Standards, and a compe- FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
tent knowledge of structural analysis to allow Undergraduate
the design to be done. Structural analysis is
The aim of this subject is to develop students'
an integral part of the structural design
technical competence in the analysis of soil
process because it allows engineers to model
masses and of their influence on structures
the behaviour of structures under load and associated with the soil. The analysis of
to determine the design actions induced by footings, retaining walls and soil slopes are
the applied loads. The prior structural subjects
130 Subject descriptions

examples. By completing this subject, students 48369


should be able to: understand the concept of Structural Design 2
failure in soil and apply it to the analysis of 6cp; corequisite[s): 48359 Structural Design 1
soil masses; critically appraise a problem in FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CiVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
order to decide which particular analysis Undergraduate
should be used; identify the limitations of
All engineers who wish to practise as civil
their analyses and carry out appropriate
engineers in Australia must have a competent
solution validation; be responsible for the
knowledge of structural design to the relevant
analysis component of a design team; study
current Australian Standards, and a compe-
the relevant literature and learn to apply new,
tent knowledge of structural analysis to allow
or more complex, methods of analysis; carry
the design to be done. Structural analysis is
out fieldwork in association with subsurface
an integral part of the structural design
investigations.
process because it allows engineers to model
Topics include: shear strength theory - Mohr the behaviour of structures under load and
Coulomb failure law; site investigation - to determine the design actions induced by
planning, fieldwork, techniques; shallow the applied loads. The prior structural subjects
foundations- types, bearing capacity theories, that students have completed have introduced
retaining structures; earth pressure theories- them to statics, solid mechanics, methods of
Rankine and Coulomb, analysis of gravity structural analysis, the structural behaviour
walls, cantilever walls, braced excavations; of materials and structural design of rein-
deep foundations - types, load carrying forced concrete and timber elements. Structural
capacity, settlement, group behaviour, lateral design then builds on the prior fundamental
loading; slope stability- failure mechanisms, knowledge of material properties and
infinite slopes, rotational failure, remedial structural analysis and allows the engineer to
measures; soil improvement - compaction, design a safe and economical structure com-
soil stabilisation, dewatering, preloading. plying with the requirements of the relevant
Australian Standards, based on his or her
48362 knowledge of and experience in structural
Hydraulics and Hydrology behaviour.
6cp; prerequisite[s): 48641 Fluid Mechanics Students learn about the structural behaviour
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM and become competent in the structural design
Undergraduate of steel elements (tension and compression
The objective of this subject is to give students members, beams, beam-columns and bolted
a knowledge of open channel hydraulics and and welded in-plane connections), reinforced
hydrology, leading to understanding of the concrete pad footings and cantilevered retain-
scientific foundations and basic principles of ing walls and of prestressed concrete flexural
these fields, and the ability to apply hydraulic elements in accordance with the relevant
and hydrological methods to engineering Australian Standards. The competence gained
applications in an integrated way. Knowledge in structural analysis assists students in gain-
of fluid mechanics is consolidated and ing experience and competence in the struc-
problem-solving skills in dealing with water tural design of these structural components.
engineering tasks are acquired. Topics include: structural steel - material
Topics include: open channel hydraulics - properties, tension and compression mem-
types of flow (e.g. steady, uniform), friction bers, in-plane effective lengths, beam design
equations, rapidly-varied flow, continuity, (section moment capacity, lateral-torsional
energy and momentum conservation, buckling, shear, web crippling, web buckling
gradually varied flow, water surface profiles, and three-plate girders, beam-columns, bolted
software packages, hydraulic structures and welded in-plane connections, fracture
(channel appurtenances, culverts, bridge and fatigue behaviour and design; reinforced
waterways); hydrology - the hydrological concrete- isolated pad footings and canti-
cycle, water balances, meteorology and levered retaining walls; prestressed concrete
climatology, data collection, statistics, hydro- - introduction to prestressed concrete
logical models, design rainfalls, rainfall- behaviour, load-balancing and equivalent
runoff processes, flood estimation models and load techniques, uncracked and cracked
procedures, software packages, yield analysis, section analyses, linear elastic and ultimate
ground water, environmental hydrology; and behaviour in beams, serviceability of beams
integration of hydraulics and hydrology case
studies.
Subject descriptions 131

and ultimate strength design for moment and 48401


shear in beams, strength at transfer and end Aerospace Operations 1
block reinforcement.
6cp
Undergraduate
48370
This is the first subject in the Aerospace
Transport in the Environment
Operations major and provides an overview
6cp; prerequisite[s): 33230 Mathematical of aerospace operations in the aviation indus-
Modelling 2 try. Aerospace operations are not seen as
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
unique but as a particular example of a trans-
Undergraduate
port system which operates in a commercial,
The objectives of this subject are to enable economic and regulatory environment.
students to understand: the relationship
Topics include defining the Aerospace indus-
between transport and land use; the basic
try; what is meant by aerospace operations;
concepts of transportation relating to model-
historical evolution of air transport with
ling and design; and the relationship between trends in transport aircraft design; fuels;
urban form, energy use and sustainability.
supersonic transport; travel away from Earth;
Students also learn to design feasible transport
energy and materials as key factors; aspects
schemes using a variety of modes and to of management and business practice; intro-
evaluate transportation projects in terms of duction to strategic planning applied at the
their capacity, cost, environmental impact and company and national levels in the context of
equity. technological change.
Topics include: land-use transportation inter- Assessment: seminar presentation worth 25
action; the transportation planning system; per cent; literature review worth 30 per cent;
environmental impact of transport and issues major reports worth 30 per cent; class partici-
in ecologically sustainable transport; design pation worth 15 per cent.
principles used in public transport; transport
economics, privately funded infrastructure
and freight issues; the geometric design,
48402
pavement design and the capacity of roads; Aerospace Operations 2
the needs of pedestrians and cyclists and the 6cp; prerequisite[s): 48401 Aerospace Operations 1
overall road safety issue. Undergraduate
This subject provides students with skills and
48389 understanding in various aspects of flight and
Computer Modelling and Design ground operations. This is the second subject
6cp; prerequisite[s): 48359 Structural Design 1; in the Aerospace Operations major. In this
successful completion of 144cp subject students are given the opportunity to
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM, CiVIL AND analyse system and aircraft performance, and
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM to plan aerospace operations. These activities
Undergraduate are central to the overall objectives of the
course, and facilitate understanding required
This subject combines computer modelling
and civil engineering design for senior of professionals in the industry.
engineering students. Students learn basic Assessment: seminar presentation worth 25
concepts necessary to develop and apply com- per cent; literature review worth 30 per cent;
puter models to prepare a complete structural major reports worth 30 per cent; class partici-
engineering design. Building on subjects they pation worth 15 per cent.
have completed earlier, students learn to inte-
grate their engineering knowledge to design a 48403
multistorey building or an industrial enclosure. Aerospace Operations 3
They are guided by a team of academic staff 6cp; prerequisite[s): 48402 Aerospace Operations 2
through a wide range of fundamental design Undergraduate
aspects covering the design of foundation and This subject provides students with a global
structural elements, design loads, water view of aerospace operations, and allows them
drainage and the preparation of design to contribute to aerospace operations through
drawings. integration of material covered throughout
the course. The subject considers aerospace
as an integral part of the total transport
132 Subject descriptions

system; aviation law and regulations; systems 48405


engineering theory, applied to aerospace Design Awareness for the Aero Industry
operations. This subject also integrates 6cp; prerequisite[s): 48070 Engineering Material;
material from other elements of the course to 48404 Aerospace Maintenance and Management;
give an overview of aerospace operations. corequisite[s): 48075 Engineering Management
Aerospace operations are not seen as unique Undergraduate
but as a particular example of a transport
This subject provides students with an under-
system which operates in a commercial,
standing and appreciation of the design pro-
economic and regulatory environment.
cess in general, with particular reference to
Assessment: seminar presentation worth 25 the aerospace industry. This subject is the
per cent; literature review worth 30 per cent; second in the technology strand of the course.
major reports worth 30 per cent; class partici- It builds on the materials subject and provides
pation worth 15 per cent. insight into the technology management
subjects that follow. Engineering technologists
48404 are primarily concerned with the manage-
Aerospace Maintenance and Management ment of technology. The students must how-
6cp; prerequisite[s): 48403 Aerospace Operations 3; ever be aware of the design process and the
corequisite[s): 48070 Engineering Material constraints and compromises involved, and
Undergraduate this subject should give them that awareness.
This subject provides students with a global Topics covered include the principles of design;
view of aerospace operations, and allows them design philosophies; design practice; con-
to contribute to aerospace operations through current engineering; design for maintain-
integration of material covered throughout ability; aircraft design philosophies and
the course. The subject considers aerospace implications, including basic aircraft strength
as an integral part of the total transport and systems analysis; materials applications;
system; aviation law and regulations; systems and the basic mechanics of flight.
engineering theory, applied to aerospace Assessment: seminar presentation worth 25
operations. This subject integrates material per cent; literature review worth 30 per cent;
from other elements of the course to give an major reports worth 30 per cent; class partici-
overview of aerospace operations. Aerospace pation worth 15 per cent.
operations are not seen as unique but as a
particular example of a transport system 48430
which operates in a commercial, economic
Software Development
and regulatory environment. This subject pro-
vides the student with an understanding of 6cp; prerequisite[s): 48222 lnformatics C
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: COMPUTER SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
the philosophies and practices of operational
PROGRAM
maintenance in the aerospace industry. This
Undergraduate
subject provides a bridge between line
maintenance activities, with which students The objectives of this subject are to: develop
are familiar, and the management of the total in students an understanding of the concepts
operation. of object-oriented software construction,
together with an ability to apply these con-
Topics covered include factors influencing
cepts to build well-engineering software
maintenance performance, maintenance
programs; and to build teamwork proficiency
philosophies and procedures, contracting out,
and negotiating skills in the software develop-
maintenance costs, life cycle costing, main-
ment process.
tenance engineering overview, maintenance
performance measures, configuration control, Topics include: introduction to the software
maintenance inventory management, ISO development life cycle and the incremental
9000 series standards. development process; introduction to soft-
ware paradigms and detailed consideration
Assessment: seminar presentation worth 25
of the purpose and underlying principles of
per cent; literature review worth 30 per cent;
the object-oriented paradigm; introduction to
major reports worth 30 per cent; class partici-
concepts of development methodologies and
pation worth 15 per cent.
detailed coverage of one specific methodology
(including analysis, design and implemen-
tation aspects of this methodology); a subset
of the United Modelling Language (UML)
Subject descriptions 133

notation; principles and procedures for soft- students working in small teams. A set of
ware testing, vertification, validation and lectures is combined with workshops where
debugging; approaches to algorithm design students apply the techniques introduced.
and problem solving; preconditions and post- Assessment is based on a series of mastery
conditions in design and programming; and and advanced assessment tasks.
software coding.
Students would have developed fundamental 48441
programming skills in the prerequisite subject Introductory Digital Systems
48222 Informatics C. In order to further 6cp; prerequisite[s]: 48520 Electronics; 48430
develop their programming skills and to Software Development
understand the distinctions between different FIELDS OF PRACTICE: COMPUTER SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
programming paradigms, students are PROGRAM
required to develop an understanding of the Undergraduate
Java programming language. Students will The objectives of this subject are to enable
meet the subject objectives through various students to: master the fundamentals of
assessments, including a team project where digital and programmable electronic circuits
they will develop a software system from a set and their engineering applications; master the
of requirements using the object-oriented hardware architecture of a typical small
design methodology covered in the subject, computer system; understand the principles
and produce an operational system pro- of low-level programming and gain an ability
grammed in Java. to write simple assembly code. Students will
be introduced to the basics of concurrent and
48440 real-time application programming.
Software Engineering
Topics include: digital sequential circuits; state
6cp; prerequisite[s]: 48430 Software Development diagram and its application in the design of
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: COMPUTER SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
digital circuits; basic hardware architectures
PROGRAM
of the digital computer in terms of its building
Undergraduate
blocks; how hardware integrates with soft-
The objectives of this subject are to: develop ware at the machine level; low-levellanguage
in students a critical understanding of issues programming; internal architecture and
related to the engineering of large complex design of a typical register-based central pro-
software systems; to bring students to the cessing unit and a main memory subsystem,
point where they are fluent in the objectives and their interdependence; concepts of
of software engineering; and to ensure that computer system buses, as well as different
they are competent in techniques to realise types of input and output devices; interrupts;
software systems utilising appropriate input and output; micro-controller theory;
software engineering approaches, tools, and hardware interfacing design techniques;
techniques. Students learn how to develop a aspects of real-time programming, con-
set of requirements, apply rigorous software currency and multiple processing, the design
analysis, and to design, code and test their of a basic multi-tasking operating system and
work. On completion of the subject students the solution of a concurrent application.
are competent to engineer moderately com-
plex software systems, as members of a soft- 48450
ware development team. Operating Systems
Topics include: software engineering concepts, 6cp; prerequisite[s]: 48440 Software Engineering;
including software projects, planning, man- 48441 Introductory Digital Systems
agement, processes, methodologies, etc.; FIELDS OF PRACTICE: COMPUTER SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
software requirements engineering; formal PROGRAM
methods for software engineering; adaptation Undergraduate
of software development methodologies to The objectives of this subject are that students
suit specific projects; validation and verifi- should: be familiar with the Unix operating
cation; software estimation and costing; system at the POSIX definition level; know
configuration management; software project how to develop C applications to run on a
planning, budgeting, quality assurance (in- POSIX standard operating system; know the
cluding walkthroughs and reviews, etc.); soft- basic principles of the design and imple-
ware development CASE tools. The subject mentation of a centralised POSIX defined
uses a problem-based learning approach with operating system; know how the centralised
134 Subject descriptions

operating system functionality can be ex- 48470


panded into a distributed operating system; Computer Systems Analysis
know the basic principles of hard real-time 6cp; prerequisite[s): 48440 Software Engineering;
application programming (rate monotonic 48451 Advanced Digital Systems
and deadline monotonic to be examined in FIELDS OF PRACTICE: COMPUTER SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
depth); and know how to apply the hard real- PROGRAM
time principles to existing hard real-time Undergraduate
operating systems employing the POSIX The objectives of this subject are that students
standard (as a minimum). learn how to: perform a thorough analysis of
Topics include: the use of the Unix operating the various options for implementing a com-
system and other POSIX defined operating plex computer system; write a detailed, unam-
systems as tools for developing real-time biguous systems requirements specification;
control applications; advanced control acquire new analytical skills; and apply
application-based C programming; real-time software engineering principles learnt earlier
principles and concurrent programming tech- in the course.
niques; distributed operating systems em-
This subject does not have set topics or
ploying distributed memory management,
material to be taught in the usual way. It is
process management, file systems, and 1/0;
up to the students to work out what they need
and client/server programming, typically
to learn in order to solve the problem. Skills
using Windows NT. Rate monotonic and
that are likely to be gained include using
deadline monotonic analysis will be examined
formal specification languages; computer
as a method of providing hard real-time
performance analysis; reliability analysis; risk
application verification.
analysis; architecture development; assess-
ment of ethical and social issues; verification
48451 and validation; mathematical techniques for
Advanced Digital Systems robotics; and user interface analysis.
6cp; prerequisite[s): 48441 Introductory Digital
Systems 48475
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: COMPUTER SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
Software Systems Analysis
PROGRAM
Undergraduate 6cp; prerequisite[s): 48440 Software Engineering
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: COMPUTER SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
The objectives of this subject are that students PROGRAM
should be able to: analyse, design and imple- Undergraduate
ment a programmable digital system based on
a user requirement specification, and investi- The aim of this subject is to draw together
gate advanced computing architectures. The information from a range of earlier subjects
subject has two major components: so the performance and design alternatives of
(i) analysis/ design, and (ii) implementation, a large technical software system can be
of an advanced computing node. The analysed. The student should gain an under-
components are integrated and are each worth standing of the interaction of the various
50 per cent of the course mark. hardware and software components in the
system and the effects on performance, as well
The subject provides an in-depth understand- as the functionality, cost, data access, reli-
ing of the analysis/design and implemen- ability, resilience and social acceptability of
tation of advanced digital hardware at various alternative architectures.
medium scale computer system building
block level. It builds on the basics of 48441 The overall method of the course is problem
Introductory Digital Systems introduced in based. At the start of semester, students are
the earlier fields of practice subject. given an English language requirement
specification for a manufacturing system.
Topics include: digital design process, func- They work in teams to develop a detailed
tional design, implementation technologies, system specification by developing several
advanced computer architectures, and architectural options and then analysing these
memory and I/0 systems. It emphasises options from the viewpoint of performance
computer-aided design, including the use of and functionality. Students select the best
VHDL specification, simulation and program- option and then analyse this option further,
mable VLSI implementation technologies. with the aim of developing a detailed
functional specification.
Subject descriptions 135

During the course, students can request are given a functional specification for a
lectures on architectural analysis, queuing complex network-based system. They work
theory models, discrete event simulation, and in teams to develop a detailed design. The
other topics. students then verify the design, implement
the various modules, integrate the modules,
48480 and test the final system.
Computer Systems Design During the course, the students can request
6cp; prerequisite(sl: 484 70 Computer Systems lectures on aspects of design, coding, testing,
Analysis and documentation.
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: COMPUTER SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
PROGRAM 48510
Undergraduate Introduction to Electrical Engineering
The objective is to enable students to design 6cp
and implement complex computer systems as FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
members of a large group (of 12 or more Undergraduate
persons). Students should be able to identify The major objective of this subject is to give
several design solutions that meet the system early stage students some understanding of
requirements specification as developed in the scope and methods of electrical engineer-
48470 Computer Systems Analysis, and assess ing. This includes the engineering process, the
each on the basis of functionality, performance technologies involved, the approach to
and cost. They learn to write clear, concise problem solving, and the skills and tools used.
documentation of their decisions and the
system implementation, and gain the disci- The subject material is organised around two
pline necessary to be effective team members, modules. In Module 1, 'The Basics', basic
through an understanding of the essentials of electrical concepts such as voltage, current,
team organisation and how to be productive resistance, power, DC and AC are introduced;
in a group project. supply and utilisation of domestic electricity
is explored; and the functions of components
This is a Capstone subject that brings together commonly found in a linear DC power supply
the technical and systems engineering themes are covered. The practical aspects of this
of the course. It emphasises the need for man- module include learning how to use basic
agement as well as technical skills that are equipment such as a multimeter and CRO,
essential in the development of new systems. learning some simple 'tinkering' skills, and
The subject develops attributes such as system building and testing a DC power supply.
abstraction, goal achievement within time and
resource constraints, advanced interpersonal In Module 2, 'Applications in Electrical
communication skills, and the ability to Engineering', the focus is on a typical appli-
contribute to effective team documentation. cation, a PC-based data acquisition system.
The functions of the basic components of this
system are presented, as well as the assembly
48485 and testing of a PC data acquisition kit.
Software Systems Design Fundamentals of digital electronics are also
6cp; prerequisite(s): 48475 Software Systems presented in this module. Finally, students are
Analysis engaged in a design process where they
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: COMPUTER SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
combine a number of key theoretical concepts
PROGRAM
and practical skills to complete a project.
Undergraduate
The aim of this subject is to allow students to
take the functional specification developed in
48475 Software Systems Analysis, and use it
to design and develop the system. In this way
students learn to develop a large software sys-
tem, by actually completing and testing the
system. They learn first hand the difficulties
that can be caused if the design and imple-
mentation are carried out with a lack of rigour.
The overall method of the course is problem
based. At the start of semester the students
136 Subject descriptions

48520 48530
Electronics Circuit Analysis
6cp; prerequisiteis): 48510 Introduction to 6cp; prerequisiteis): 48520 Electronics
Electrical Engineering; 33130 Mathematical FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Modelling 1 or 33132 Mathematical Modelling 1 Undergraduate
Itwo semester mode); Offered jointly by the Faculty In previous subjects students have been intro-
of Science and the Faculty of Engineering. duced to the analysis and application of
Students may choose this subject or 68314 electrical devices and systems. In this subject
Electronics to suit their timetable. these skills are developed to the point of
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
virtuosity, as students acquire proficiency in
Undergraduate
the rigorous analysis of real-world models. By
The main objective of this subject is to a process of: (i) theoretical investigation, (ii)
familiarise students with common electronic experiment design, (iii) experimental testing,
devices and their applications. By the end of and (iv) reflection, students develop a clear
the subject, students should have acquired conceptual and experiential understanding of
reasonable proficiency in the analysis of basic the difference between real-world phenomena
electronic circuits and be able to build and test and the models that are used to represent
circuits in the laboratory. Particular emphasis them. While electrical circuits are a prime
is placed on the practical, hands-on aspect of focus, the application of analysis techniques
electronics to provide a solid foundation of to other disciplines and types of system models
working knowledge for all of the basic elec- is concomitant. The subject also provides a
tronic devices and common electronic circuits. perspective on the historical development of
Laboratory work is a significant proportion this area and on present and future trends.
of in-class delivery so as to make students
In most weeks students participate in a three-
proficient in circuit construction, testing,
hour small group teaching session with up to
troubleshooting and to give them a sound
an additional three hours laboratory or in-
knowledge of the use of test instruments.
field activities. Assessment consists of
Another objective is to show that practical
individual and group work tasks with weekly
electronic applications are relevant to other
quizzes and a final exam.
engineering and technical disciplines and may
often be placed within a wider social or Topics covered are: signals and systems -
commercial context. introduction to spectral analysis, Laplace
transforms; ideal and real voltage and current
Topics covered in the subject include:
sources and loads; resistors; capacitors,
• Theoretical material- basic concepts; DC inductors and coupled coils; Kirchoff's
circuits; AC circuits; semiconductors; voltage and current laws, Thevenin's and
semiconductor devices; power supply; Norton's theorems, mesh and nodal analysis,
BJT transistor amplifier; field effect symmetry, circuit transformation, super-
transistor; frequency response of ampli- position, solution of ODEs using Laplace;
fiers; opto-electronics; introduction to power in AC circuits, electrical distribution
digital electronics; and operational networks and devices, multiphase systems;
amplifiers. one and two ports systems, transfer and
• Practical material - device labelling immittance functions, two port parameters
(resistor colour codes, etc.); basics of and behaviour; poles and zeros, s-plane
electrical measurements, understanding analysis, Bode plots; first order systems -
of instrument accuracy, source loading; response to periodic and non-periodic inputs,
CRO, multimeter, function generator and time domain solution, frequency domain
other lab instruments; power supply solution; arbitrary systems analysis - linear
fundamentals, floating outputs and earth; versus nonlinear, response to an arbitrary
circuit construction and systematic layout input using convolution, dominant pole
from circuit diagrams, and deriving a approximation, practical system identification
circuit diagram from a physical circuit; techniques.
fault finding.
Subject descriptions 137

48531 • Dielectric materials- polarisation, dissi-


Electromechanical Systems pation factor, partial discharge, break-
6cp; prerequisite[s): 48510 Introduction to down voltage
Electrical Engineering; 33230 Mathematical • Transformer- construction, applications,
Modelling 2 ideal model, non-ideal T model,
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM capacitance
Undergraduate • Capacitor - construction, applications,
The objectives of this subject are to familiarise lumped and distributed models, induc-
students with the fundamental laws of electro- tance and losses
magnetism, magnetic and electrostatic field • Inductor - construction, lumped and
concepts, basic ac circuit analysis, and the distributed models, capacitance and
interchange of electric and magnetic energy. losses
By the end of the subject students will be able
to model a selection of electromechanical • Singly excited electromechanical systems
systems and understand their applications. -solenoid, relay, moving iron meter, vari-
able reluctance stepping motor, brushless
Technical and theoretical content is expected DC switched reluctance motor, electro-
to be acquired by students to the levels of static motor
'know' (essential), 'familiar' (can solve
problems if required) and' aware' (have read/ • Doubly excited electromechanical systems
seen). The laboratory skills to be acquired are: - voice coil motor (loudspeaker, disc
drive), permanent magnet moving coil
Know meter, two coil meter (wattmeter), perma-
• Laws- Faraday, Ampere, Gauss, Coulomb, nent magnet stepping motor, brushless de
Lorentz permanent magnet motor
• Magnetic fields - B, H, M, permeability, • Power electronics- unipolar and bipolar
flux, energy circuits, 3-phase inverter
• Magnetic circuits- permeance, reluctance, • Motor characteristics - models, emf vs.
mmf, flux, inductance, energy, field plots, speed, force/torque vs speed, current vs.
calculation of permeance from flux lines torque, efficiency (losses)
• Electrostatic fields- E, D, P, permittivity, Aware (exposure technologies}
flux, energy • Other electromagnetic machines- homo-
• Electrostatic circuits - capacitance, polar de motor, synchronous motor, AC
potential, flux, energy, field plots, calcu- generator, induction motor, brushed de
lation of capacitance from flux lines, motor, linear motor, watthour meter
calculation of E in series circuit • Electrostatic machines - Van der Graaf,
• AC circuits - phasor notation, 3-phase Whimshurst, water drop
system, S, P, Q pf, rms value • Control- motor speed and position con-
• Force/torque- rate of change of energy trol requirements
(eo-energy) • Electromechanical energy conversion
• Moving circuit models- voltage equations, applications- e.g. disc drive, printer, CD
emf player, washing machine, robot, CNC
• Mechanical models - mass, inertia, machine, servomotor, electric car, electric
Newton 2 train, rolling mill, power station, aircon-
ditioning fan, sewerage pump, water
• Solution of coupled equations - state
pump, wind generator, speedometer
equations, numerical method
• Conservation of energy- input/ output/ Laboratory skills
losses • Electrical safety
Familiar • Experiment design- experiments to learn
new things, experiments to check theories,
• Soft magnetic materials - domains,
experiments to validate designs
nonlinear, hysteresis, saturation, eo-
energy, eddy currents • Measurement of voltage, current, power
and frequency
• Hard magnetic materials - coercivity,
ferrite and rare earth magnets, Br, He, • Measurement of resistance, inductance
model and capacitance
138 Subject descriptions

• Measurement of mass and inertia Class time is used for lecture-type resource
• Measurement of magnetic field (B, H, sessions, tutorials, laboratories and project
flux) work. There is a number of formal laboratory
sessions that apply system theory to different
• Measurement of electric field (E) engineering disciplines, which also familiarise
• Measurement of torque students with the laboratory equipment.
• Flux plots Several simple control systems are then used
• Development of models and calculated as case studies in signals and system behaviour.
parameters and performance The laboratory component culminates in a
substantial group project that requires a
• Transformer open and short circuit tests formal written and oral presentation.
• Variable reluctance stepping motor
torque/current/angle and step response 48541
• Permanent magnet stepping motor Signals and Systems (Telecommunications)
torque/current/angle, step response 6cp; prerequisite[s): 48221/2 lnformatics; 33230
• Brushless DC permanent magnet motor Mathematical Modelling 2; 48530 Circuit Analysis
speed/ current/ efficiency vs. torque FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Undergraduate
• Electronic control of stepping and brush-
less DC motors This subject has the same syllabus as 48540
but is taught in the Telecommunications
• Three phase AC generator performance
context.
• Model and design verification by compar-
ison of calculated and measured param- 48550
eters and performance
Electrical Energy Technology
6cp; prerequisite[s): 48531 Electromechanical
48540 Systems; 48530 Circuit Analysis; 68038 Advanced
Signals and Systems Mathematics and Physics
6cp; prerequisite[sl: 48221/2 lnformatics; 33230 FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Mathematical Modelling 2 Undergraduate
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
The objective of this subject is to reinforce and
Undergraduate
extend knowledge of electromechanical sys-
This subject presents the theoretical basis for tems and circuit analysis into the components
system analysis and gives students skills in and philosophy of typical power systems
using the techniques to design components (generators, transformers, transmission lines,
of real control/ communication systems. The induction and synchronous motors, protection)
derivation of models from real-world devices by a deeper study of 3-phase systems, ac
through measurement, and the comparison of machines, and power system design principles.
model predictions with experimental results
Technical and theoretical content is expected
is emphasised in the laboratory component
to be acquired by students to the levels of
of the course. A group project that requires
'know' (essential), 'familiar' (can solve
the design and implementation of part of a
problems if required) and' aware' (have read/
control/communication system allows
seen), and the laboratory skills to be acquired,
students to apply their knowledge to a real-
are shown below. The topics are linked by
life problem.
application to a small power system, on which
Topics include: signal types and signal repre- assignments and laboratory work are based.
sentation in the time and frequency domains;
system modelling; signal operations in the Know
time and frequency domains; discrete signals • 3-phase circuit theory- balanced network,
and systems; the effects of feedback; time and star I delta, pu system
frequency domain performance and corre-
• Component non-ideal models and per-
lation; system stability.
formance- transmission line, 1-phase and
Through learning activities students also gain 3-phase transformer, de and ac machines
study skills including academic literacy skills, (de, induction, synchronous as motor and
and an appreciation of the different fields of generator)
practice of engineering and the interdisci-
• System control and design principles -
plinary nature of engineering.
energy storage, cogeneration, renewable
generation, remote and grid-connected
systems, and pollution control
Subject descriptions 139

Familiar tools necessary to make intelligent choices in


• 3-phase circuit theory - symmetrical the design of modern electronic circuits and
components, unbalanced network, fault systems. By completing this subject students
calculations, motor starting, generator should be able to: understand the operation
short circuit and characteristics of BJTs, and MOSFETs in
integrated circuits; understand the internal
• Component models and performance - structure of typical IC Op Amps and the oper-
CT, VT, circuit breaker, cables
ation of its basic building blocks; understand
• System control and design principles - the character and sources of non-idealities in
voltage selection, AC vs. DC, system IC Op Amps; select an appropriate device
losses and efficiency type for specific application; understand the
Aware (exposure technologies}
frequency-domain behaviour of circuits and
systems; understand the feedback principle
• Component models and performance- d, and use it to advantage in circuit and system
q transformation design; be familiar with other analogue cir-
• System control and design principles- P, cuits like oscillators, converters, multipliers,
Q, tie lines, state estimation, tap setting, etc.; use computer simulation to analyse and
economic load despatch, load flow, design circuits and systems; be familiar with
FACTS, SVC, harmonics basic techniques used in CAD of electronic
• Principles of protection - overcurrent, circuits and systems.
unit, distance, earth Topics include: review of basic BJT, MOSFET
• Power system applications- electric train, and Op Amp circuits; computer-aided design
rolling mill, power station, air condition- (tools and principles); differential and multi-
ing fan, sewerage or water pump, wind stage amplifiers; non-ideal characteristics of
generator, substation, switchyard, HV Op Amps; output stages and power amplifiers;
and LV reticulation review of different Op Amp types; frequency
response of linear circuits and systems; feed-
Laboratory skills back principles and applications; signal gener-
• 1-phase transformer tests and ation and waveform shaping; other analogue
performance circuits (data converters, multipliers, etc.);
noise in integrated circuits; and grounding,
• 3-phase transformer tests and
coupling and decoupling techniques.
performance
• DC machine performance 48560
• Induction machine parameters and Analogue and Digital Control
performance 6cp; prerequisite[sl: 48540 Signals and Systems
• 3-phase DC generator parameters and FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
performance Undergraduate
• Power system performance The objective of this subject is to enable
students to model with validation control sys-
48551 tems, to analyse, design, and implement both
Advanced Electronics analogue and digital controllers so that the
controlled systems conform with given speci-
6cp; prerequisite(sl: 48530 Circuit Analysis
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
fications. Emphasis is placed on laboratory
Undergraduate
work, the theoretical content of the subject
being only that required to produce successful
This subject draws on, and brings together, designs. Students are required to work on
the know ledge and skills developed in earlier reduced scale models of actual industrial
subjects such as Electronics and Circuit processes. The equipment is based upon
Analysis, and teaches students to analyse, experience gained with authentic control
understand and design complex electronic applications and is suitably modified for
circuits and systems. Particular emphasis is student use. Students follow the usual
placed on developing the ability to model sequence adopted in industry, i.e. they start
real-life devices, to understand their imper- with the calibration of transducers and
fections and limitations. The principal goal of actuators leading on to dynamic response
this subject is to give all students- whether testing, physical modelling, model verifi-
destined to become circuit designers, or cation and finally to controller design,
engineers who simply use electronics - the implementation, and testing.
140 Subject descriptions

Topics include: linear and nonlinear model- conceptual understanding of the difference
ling of control systems using Newton's rules, between real practical systems and the models
analogous networks or Lagragian techniques; that are used to represent them.
linearisation and development of linear, time- Topics include: external characteristics,
invariant transfer functions; development of operation and gate drive circuit design of
lead-Jag compensators or PID controllers modern power semiconductor devices;
using classical control design techniques such protection circuits and thermal design for
as root locus, Bode gain and phase diagrams, power devices; power conversion circuits
Nyquist plots and Nichols chart; development including rectifiers, choppers, inverters, and
of state-variable equations from differential cycloconverters; pulse-width modulation
equations; development of state-variable techniques; harmonic and voltage control of
feedback controllers and state observers; inverters; applications such as switch-mode
open-loop pulse transfer functions and power supplies, DC drives, AC drives, UPS
discrete-time state models; discretisation systems, HVDC; recent advances in device
using backward difference, bilinear, step- technology; using microcontroller for power
invariance or pole-zero mapping; develop- electronic applications; EMC and electro-
ment of digital PID controllers, deadbeat magnetic interference in power electronics;
controllers, and discrete-time state-variable use of linear electronics for control of power
feedback controllers; describing functions and electronic systems.
limit cycles for nonlinear control systems; and
the development of linear controllers for 48570
nonlinear systems using describing function
Data Acquisition and Distribution
techniques.
6cp; prerequisite[sl: 48540 Signals and Systems;
48441 Introductory Digital Systems
48561 FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Power Electronics Undergraduate
6cp; prerequisite[sl: 48530 Circuit Analysis By the end of this subject students should be
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
able to: analyse, design, build and test: data
Undergraduate
acquisition and distribution systems (DADS),
The objectives of this subject are to enable measurement systems, and intelligent instru-
students to: acquire reasonable proficiency in mentation systems; characterise, specify and
power electronics and its applications; gain select to satisfy the requirements of a DADS:
confidence and expertise in the use of power sensors/transducers and associated circuits,
semiconductor devices; have some under- transducer analog interfacing and signal
standing of rigorous analysis using computer conditioning circuits, and data conversion
simulation of real power electronic systems; devices and systems; interface DADS to
be aware of the electromagnetic interference computers, plant and installations; and write,
problems associated with power electronic test and embed control and programming
systems and how these problems can be over- software for DADS interfacing.
come; be aware of the interdisciplinary nature
Material to be taught and learnt includes:
of power electronics; be aware of the enormous
applications, requirement specifications and
potential this area has for development and
typical architectures of DADS; general per-
exploitation; learn how to evaluate whether
formance characteristics of DADS components
one has the skills to undertake a specific
and subsystems; physical principles and
design or analysis task and, if not, how to
design fundamentals of sensors and trans-
build up the required skill level; be aware of
ducers; mechanical, temperature, pressure,
good and bad practice in problem solving and
flow-rate, level transducers and applications;
learn the art of improving on practice when-
optoelectronic transducers and applications;
ever a weakness is revealed; develop validation
transducer analogue interfacing; precision
strategies that enable one to have sufficient
amplifiers and low-level signal conditioning;
confidence to analyse one's own readiness to
noise, guarding and shielding in instrumen-
accept professional responsibility for conclu-
tation systems; data conversion devices and
sions reached; be aware of the importance of
systems; DADS design; time and error budget
continually seeking improved analytical
of DADS; computer structures for DADS;
methods and computational tools that will
DADS interfacing to computers and control
give results more expeditiously and with
software; intelligent instrumentation systems;
reduced chance of errors; have a clear
and data integrity.
Subject descriptions 141

48610 mechanics, which is one of the fundamental


Introduction to Mechanical Engineering sciences underlying engineering practice; the
6cp modelling concept, as applied to Newtonian
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
mechanics; the idea of particle mechanics and
Undergraduate its limitations; basic engineering concepts
such as equilibrium, force and acceleration,
The objectives of this subject are to give work, energy and power, impulse and momen-
students a clear idea of where mechanical tum, and the relationships between them; and
engineering fits in the profession and in
the idea that acceleration may result from a
society; and of the career options open to change in direction as well as change in
mechanical engineers and the sorts of prob-
magnitude of velocity.
lems that mechanical engineering addresses.
Students learn how mechanical engineering Topics include: drawing and understanding
is conducted in the' real world'; become aware the use and purpose of free body diagrams,
of the engineering method and systematic frames and machines; stress resultants;
approaches to the design process; learn to kinematics and dynamics of plane motion;
perform and explain simple mechanics prob- work, energy and power; linear impulse and
lems and to perform the required calculations. momentum; conservation of momentum,
They also learn to graphically represent ob- impact; centroids and centres of mass; and
jects by sketching, using drawing instruments area moments of inertia.
and/or computer methods using standard
representation techniques such as ortho- 48621
graphic projection; gain an understanding of Manufacturing Engineering
different materials, making selections based 6cp; prerequisitels): 48610 Introduction to
on fundamental material properties and re- Mechanical Engineering
quired uses; and become aware of issues asso- FIELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
ciated with moving and rotation machinery- Undergraduate
such as lubrication/vibration/noise. The objectives of this subject are to: explain
Topics include: introduction to the mechanical and provide examples of manufacturing
engineering profession; design and the processes listed in the material to be taught;
engineering method; system-oriented ap- identify and describe the manufacturing
proaches to design and problem solving; process by which different metal, wood, plas-
introductory mechanics; sketching, drawing, tic and ceramic objects are made; demonstrate
and representation techniques; introduction improved technical writing skills by comple-
to and awareness of various aspects of tion of specified laboratory reports and site
mechanical engineering, e.g. materials; visit reports; demonstrate basic problem-
manufacturing; thermodynamics and heat solving skills relating to manufacturing and
transfer; electromechanical devices; rotating production.
machinery; lubrication and wear. Students learn the processes and materials
available, as well as a competent and practical
48620 approach to evaluating, selecting and recog-
Fundamentals of Mechanical Engineering nising the connections between the materials/
6cp; prerequisiteisl: 48610 Introduction to processes and engineering design.
Mechanical Engineering; 68039 Physical Modelling
Itwo semester mode) or 68037 Physical Modelling; 48640
33130 Mathematical Modelling 1 or 33132 Machine Dynamics
Mathematical Modelling 1 Itwo semester mode) 6cp; prerequisitels): 48620 Fundamentals of
FiELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Mechanical Engineering
Undergraduate FIELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
The objectives of this subject are to build on Undergraduate
the engineering science fundamentals that The objectives of this subject are to give
were introduced in 48610 Introduction to students an understanding of the kinematics
Mechanical Engineering and which are and dynamics of rigid bodies in general
required for later subjects, and to sharpen the planar motion, which is typically encountered
focus on the university experience emphasised in design and analysis of mechanical systems,
in early stage subjects. Students should gain and an elementary understanding of the
an understanding of the approach to learning vibration of mechanical systems, in particular,
required of university study; Newtonian the dynamic behaviour of single-degree-of-
142 Subject descriptions

freedom mechanical systems with various energy; dimensional analysis and similitude;
damping and applied forces. Students should flow in pipes; external flow - lift and drag;
be able to: model problems in rigid body potential flow; boundary layers; flow
planar and spatial kinematics; and rigid body measurements; and environmental hydraulics.
planar dynamics; understand energy methods
in contrast to direct applications of Newton's 48642
second law of motion for setting up a model; Strength of Engineering Materials
understand the physics of a problem formu- 6cp; prerequisite[s): 60101 Chemistry and
lated from a real mechanical system; appre- Materials Science; 48331 Mechanics of Solids
ciate the role of vibration in machines and FIELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
structures in the engineering world; under- Unde rg ra duate
stand the procedures required to evaluate a
This subject draws on, and brings together,
vibration problem; and analyse the dynamic
the knowledge and skills developed in earlier
response of single-degree-of-freedom
subjects such as 48620 Fundamentals of
mechanical systems.
Mechanical Engineering, 60101 Chemistry
The subject also covers: the concept of a rigid and Materials Science, and 48331 Mechanics
body, full nomenclature used in kinematics, of Solids. It also prepares students for the
two-body velocity equations, velocity pole more dedicated design subjects to come and
and velocity diagrams of planar motion; two- exposes them to practical aspects of mechani-
body acceleration equations and acceleration cal engineering design. The objectives are that
diagram; three-body velocity equations and students should be able to: understand,
acceleration equations including Coriolis describe and use the methodology of model-
acceleration term; angular velocity acceler- ling material properties and behaviour;
ation equations including three-dimensional understand and describe the fundamental
problems; F=ma applied to a rigid-body- differences in the behaviour of different types
dynamics, significance of' centre of mass', the of materials; understand and describe how
'moment' relationship (M=Ia, etc.); angular and why things fail; realise the importance of
momentum, conservation of angular momen- material selection in engineering design;
tum (general case, centre of mass moving, no predict, or design to avoid, failure given the
'fixed' point); linear and angular impulse material, environment and loading condi-
problems; energy methods for general planar tions; use analytical skills in stress analysis
motion; elementary principles of vibration and knowledge of material properties in
theory, free vibration of undamped single- mechanical design.
degree-of-freedom system; free decay vibra-
Topics include: the use of stress analysis and
tion of damped single-degree-of-freedom
material properties in materials selection and
system; and the forced vibration of single-
mechanical design; stress analysis - revise
degree-of-freedom system.
concept of normal and shear stress; combined
stress; structures and m/ c components;
48641 impact; material behaviour- time dependent
Fluid Mechanics material properties; strength; failure modes-
6cp; corequisite(s): 33230 Mathematical Modelling theories, criteria for static failure (e.g. Tresca,
2; 48331 Mechanics of Solids von Mises, Mohr, etc.), plastic collapse (axial,
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
bending and limit analysis), buckling and
Undergraduate warping, fracture, creep, fatigue, and fracture-
The objectives of this subject are to enable mechanism maps.
students to: understand key concepts and
fundamental principles, together with the
assumptions made in their development,
pertaining to fluid behaviour, both in static
and flowing conditions; deal effectively with
practical engineering situations, including the
analysis and design of engineering systems
and devices involving fluid flow; appreciate
possible applications; and engage in further
specialised study or research.
Topics include: fluid properties and statics;
conservation laws of mass, momentum and
Subject descriptions 143

48650 engines; Otto cycle and spark ignition


Mechanical and Manufacturing Design engines; diesel cycle and compression ignition
6cp; prerequisite(sl: 48640 Machine Dynamics; engines.
48621 Manufacturing Engineering; 48210
Engineering for Sustainability; 48642 Strength of 48660
Engineering Materials; 48510 Introduction to Dynamics and Control
Electrical Engineering 6cp; prerequisite(sl: 48640 Machine Dynamics
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM FIELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Undergraduate Undergraduate
Engineering design is the activity in which the The objectives of this subject are to: have an
engineering sciences are put to practical understanding of the behaviour of linear (or
purposes. This subject traces the engineering approximately linear) dynamic systems that
design process from identification of need, are typically encountered in the practice of
through methodology and analysis, docu- mechanical engineering and process engineer-
mentation and information, to discussion of ing; and gain an understanding of how such
common machine elements and engineering systems can be controlled, or have their
materials. Students should gain an under- dynamics altered, so as to achieve desired
standing of: the linkages between engineering outcomes.
science and engineering practice; some Topics include: modelling of dynamic systems
methodologies and techniques of engineering governed by linear ordinary differential equa-
design; the documentation and communi- tions of arbitrary order; transient response,
cation of design; the use of standards in frequency response, damped oscillations,
engineering and engineering design; and the neutral stability, instability; investigation of
use, properties and purpose of commonly commonly occurring nonlinearities and the
used machine elements and materials. simulation of them; application of above con-
Topics include: design methodology; model- cepts to analysis of multi-degree of freedom
ling, optimisation and simulation; machine vibrating systems; application of above con-
elements; computer-aided design; materials cepts to the control of dynamic systems by
and processes in design; and using standards, negative feedback; the design of controllers
codes and handbooks. using integral, proportional and derivative
actions; data sampling and computer-based
48651 control.
Thermodynamics
6cp; prerequisite(sl: 48641 Fluid Mechanics; 68039 48661
Physical Modelling (two semester model or 68037 Energy Applications
Physical Modelling; 48620 Fundamentals of 6cp; prerequisite(sl: 48641 Fluid Mechanics; 48651
Mechanical Engineering Thermodynamics
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM FIELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Undergraduate Undergraduate
The objectives of this subject are to: develop The objectives of this subject are to: under-
a fundamental understanding of applied stand key concepts and fundamental princi-
thermodynamics in an engineering perspec- ples, together with the assumptions made in
tive; use thermodynamics effectively in the their development, underlying the operation
practice of engineering; lay the groundwork of various energy-transfer machines, particu-
for subsequent studies in the fields related to larly turbomachines; deal effectively with
energy systems; and increase an awareness practical engineering situations involving
and emphasis on energy resources and such machines, including their selection,
environmental issues. application, performance prediction and
Topics include: thermodynamic properties of design; follow the technical literature and
pure substances; compressible flow; work and engage in further in-depth study or research.
heat; the first law of thermodynamics; Topics include: fundamentals of heat transfer;
applications to closed systems; applications fundamental principles of turbomachines;
to open systems; the second law of thermo- similitude in turbomachines; flow in cascades;
dynamics; irreversibility; entropy; vapor cavitation in pumps; centrifugal pumps, fans
power cycles; Rankine cycle and steam and compressors; axial-flow pumps, fans and
engines; refrigeration cycle; air standard compressors; radial-flow turbines; and axial-
power cycles; Brayton cycle and gas turbine flow turbines.
144 Subject descriptions

48662 There are three CAD/CAM modules.


Mechanical Applications Module 1: sheet metal operations which in-
clude flatpattem, nesting and punchpress/
6cp; prerequisite(s): 48642 Strength of Engineering
Materials; 48640 Machine Dynamics
laser. Module 2: CAD/CAM tool path
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
generation for milling machine operations
Undergraduate including point-to-point machining, planar
milling, surface milling, and cavity milling.
The objectives of this subject are to teach Machining parameters such as spindle
students to: apply some of the basic concepts
speeds, feed rates depth of cut and power
of rigid and deformable body mechanics requirements will be determined. Module 3:
learnt in previous subjects, and the more ad-
understanding GD&T and CMM operations
vanced concepts developed in this subject, to
to evaluate manufactured part for quality.
various mechanical applications; understand
the interdependence of motion, forces, vibra-
tion and stress in mechanical applications; see
48670
how computer methods can complement a Engineering Design
good understanding of the underlying theory 6cp; prerequisite: All of Stage 5
when solving problems related to the FIELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM

previous point; and develop an aptitude in Undergraduate


multiple approach problem solving. Engineering design is the activity in which the
Specific subject content varies from semester engineering sciences are put to practical pur-
to semester as it reflects student needs and poses. Engineering Design is the second of
interests and style of teacher, but is likely to two design subjects in the mechanical engin-
include: elementary spatial kinematics and eering fields of practice. This subject extends
the design of unconstrained mechanisms such the previous subject in two directions.
as constant velocity joints and guidance link- 1. The identification of need is broadened
ages; systems of shafts and gears geometry to encompass engineering ethics, risk,
together with associated lubrication, vibration health and safety, sustainability and the
and stress characteristics; the application of environmental impact of engineering
spatial dynamics to machine component design.
motion where appropriate; problems asso- 2. A second complementary strand extends
ciated with vehicle dynamics; stress analysis the design activity addressed in the
and methods of solid mechanics applied to earlier subject to systems, processes and
various mechanical engineering applications; machines.
and modelling and computer methods includ-
ing Finite Element Analysis. The objectives of this subject are to give
students an understanding of: the linkages
between engineering science and engineering
48663
practice; the methodology of engineering
Advanced Manufacturing design; the documentation and communi-
6cp; prerequisite(s): 48621 Manufacturing cation of design; the use of standards in engin-
Engineering; 48650 Mechanical and Manufacturing eering and engineering design; the use and
Design purpose of commonly used machine elements
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
and materials; engineering systems design;
Undergraduate
and the wider context of design, including
The objectives of this subject are to: under- ethics in design and design for sustainability.
stand the design and manufacturing process-
Topics include: engineering system design;
ing of sheet metal products using a CAD/ design methodology; materials and manufac-
CAM system (flatpattem, nesting and punch-
turing processes in design; human factors in
press/laser); utilise CAD/CAM software to
design and thermofluid design.
generate and evaluate numerical control (NC)
programs for the production of tooling and
moulds/ dies; utilise coordinate measuring
machines and CAD systems to evaluate how
well manufactured parts meet design criteria;
demonstrate good technical writing skills by
completion of specified laboratory reports; and
demonstrate advanced problem-solving skills
relating to manufacturing and production.
Subject descriptions 145

48720 The technical content is contextualised in a


Introduction to Telecommunications major project in which students in small
Engineering groups play the role of security consultants
6cp engaged by a hypothetical organisation to
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING
make recommendations on some aspect of the
PROGRAM
security of its network. The project involves
Undergraduate determination of stakeholder requirements
and ultimately the development of a concep-
The objectives of this subject are: to introduce tual design.
students to the basic concepts and terminol-
ogy used in telecommunications engineering; Three engineering themes permeate the
to give them basic, up-to-date, 'hands-on', subject. They are introduced and continually
technical skills to assist in finding employ- highlighted during the student's sequence of
ment in the field as part of the degree program; learning experiences in the subject. The first
to familiarise them with the telecommuni- theme is the need for a systems perspective
cations degree program and the rationale in engineering. The second related theme is
behind its structure; and to introduce them to the notion of engineering as a process of
staff involved in telecommunications engin- solving constrained optimisation problems.
eering so that they are aware of current The third theme is that of the need for
research activities in the field. engineers to take responsibility for their own
professional development, in this subject with
Topics include the following: telephony- the specific reference to the development of
public switched telephone network, mobile effective teamwork, information retrieval and
telephone networks; computer communi- project management skills.
cations- modems, host comruters 1 (PCs, and
workstations), networks , the Internee, 48740
mobile communications; broadcast systems-
radio and television, satellite and cable TV; Communications Networks
integrated networks- ISDN and ATM. 6cp: prerequisite[sl: 48430 Software Development
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING
1
These topics are covered in more depth. PROGRAM
Undergraduate
48730 On completion of this subject students are able
Authentication and System Security to appreciate the principles, design approaches,
6cp; prerequisite[s): 48720 Introduction to standards and new digital networks in the
Telecommunications Engineering: 48740 field of telecommunications networks. The
Communication Networks: 33230 Mathematical first half of this subject concentrates on a
Modelling 2: 48210 Engineering for Sustainability number of basic principles that appear in this
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING field and examine and evaluate alternative
PROGRAM approaches to meeting specific requirements.
Undergraduate Students acquire a reasonable understanding
This subject has been designed as the second of current standards and their role in relation
subject in the Telecommunications major of to future developments. Telecommunication
the Engineering undergraduate program. It networks are increasingly using broadband
addresses the issue of network security. The technologies to expand their functionality. As
subject is also suitable as an elective for a result, telecommunication engineers are
students in other majors such as Computer required to design and maintain these net-
Systems Engineering and Software Engineer- works. The latter part of this subject concen-
ing seeking an introductory subject in net- trates on both narrowband and broadband
work security. switching technologies, network design con-
The technical content of the subject covers cepts and performance measures associated
conventional and public key cryptography, with integrated services networks.
message integrity schemes, authentication Topics include: data communications; data
protocols using Kerberos and X509 certifi- transmission, transmission media, data
cates, network security standards at the encoding, line coding; data communication
application, transport and network layer, interface; data link control, multiplexing;
protection of network resources through Wide Area Networks; circuit switching,
policies, intrusion detection, firewalls, and packet switching, frame relay, ATM; Local
protective software. Area Networks; LAN systems, bridges;
communications architecture and protocols;
146 Subject descriptions

protocols and architecture, Internetworking, GSM dimensioning; CDMA dimensioning;


Internet protocol, transport protocols; net- dimensioning principles of frame relay
work security, distributed applications, ISDN networks.
and broadband ISDN.
Part3
48750 Performance analysis and management of
Network Planning and Management networks- continuous time queuing theory;
network of queues. Additional applications
6cp; prerequisiteis): 33230 Mathematical Modelling
2; 48740 Communication Networks include: performance analysis of medium
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING
access control protocols; computer communi-
PROGRAM
cations networks; statistical multiplexing.
Undergraduate Advanced applications include: traffic man-
agement in ATM; teletraffic considerations in
The objectives of this subject are for students
PCs; and network Management principles.
to develop competencies needed for the plan-
ning and management of networks, particu- Part4
larly in the areas of traffic source modelling,
Network simulation and modelling validation
performance analysis, dimensioning, simu-
- overview of discrete event system model-
lation, and management.
ling; tutorial on SIGMA. Selected topics
Students acquire a solid foundation in: model- include: single queue, single server model;
ling of traffic, including bursty sources; single queue, multi-server model; multi-
dimensioning of fixed networks (primary, queue, multi-server model; single queue with
alternate, and final route trunking and switch- different arrival patterns; server with service
ing facilities); mobile networks (GSM and breaks; events with priorities; cancellation of
CDMA); frame relay networks; performance events; entering of new events to the system;
analysis of networks based on queuing system performance evaluations; and indi-
theory; circuit switching networks; packet vidual service utilisation.
switching networks; ATM networks; Local
Area Networks (LANs); computer networks; 48770
design of common transmission, switching,
Signal Processing
and service facilities based on a performance/
6cp; prerequisitelsl: 48540 Signals and Systems
cost analysis aimed at optimising the usage
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING
of network resources; simulation tools,
PROGRAM
particularly Sigma, to model and analyse the
Unde rg ra duate
performance of networks; network manage-
ment based on the interplay principle between The objectives of this subject are to enable
commercial and technical aspects of designing students to: develop insight into the discrete
the network, utilising the technical tools implementation of signal theory; develop
learned above while meeting budget and engineering judgment in analysing signal
resource constraints. processing problems; become familiar with
practical techniques for implementing signal
Topics include:
processing algorithms.
Part 1 Topics include: AID and D/ A conversion;
Traffic Source Modelling (CBR, bursty VBR) processing with discrete signals and systems;
-point processes with applications to source system implementation and convolution;
traffic modelling; Markov chain theory; other Fourier transforms and discrete Fourier trans-
stochastic processes: autoregressive; auto- forms of discrete time signals and systems; Z-
regressive moving average; fluid traffic. transforms; implementation of FIR filters;
implementation of IIR filters; finite precision
Part2 effects; introductory spectral analysis; and
Network design, planning, and dimensioning decimation and interpolation.
-introduction to teletraffic engineering; basics
of traffic system design; traffic models for loss
and delay systems; designing alternate rout-
ing networks; additional applications: traffic
analysis in digital telephony; dimensioning of
incoming and outgoing lines to/from PABX;
dimensioning principles of mobile networks;
Subject descriptions 147

48771 to solve practical problems; and the mathe-


Communication Theory matical concepts required for modelling,
6cp; prerequisite(s): 48540 Signals and Systems analysis and design of telecommunication
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING
systems.
PROGRAM Topics include: models for action-at-a-
Undergraduate distance-after-a-time-delay- the consequent
By completing this subject, students should development of a formalism placing results
be able to formulate their own answers to the of familiar (restricted) models of electric and
following questions: What are the bandwidth magnetic effects into an overarching frame-
and channel resources required for a digital work. In this module, spatial vector operators
communications system? What are the system will be introduced and their physical mean-
elements and the performance of analogue ings explained. Maxwell's equations will be
communication systems? How is the digital developed within the framework, and general
modulation type chosen in system design? electrodynamic and power I signal transport
How is a channel code type chosen in system conceptions placed within a realistic model
design? What is the bit error rate performance that is relatively robust in the face of new tech-
of various digital modulation types? How is nologies and applications not yet envisaged.
a link budget used in system design? How are Application to unbounded waves - un-
carrier, clock, and frame synchronisation bounded medium as a communication chan-
achieved? How can systems be designed for nel; wave equations and wave functions,
multiple access communications? (briefly exposed in the subject Physical
Topics include: random processes and power Modelling), behaviour in conducting and
spectral density; introduction to digital trans- dielectric media, power flow /power loss and
mission; review of applicable mathematical its material origin.
concepts; the MAP detector; the maximum Application to bounded devices -boundary
likelihood detector; digital modulation tech- conditions, behaviour as a combination of
niques; bit error rate performance; link design discrete modes, standing and travelling
and the link budget; channel bandwidth waves. Static fields are introduced as special
requirements; multiple access techniques; cases of dynamic fields. The subject introduces
synchronisation techniques; channel coding. polarisation, wave propagation through
multiple conducting and dielectric regions,
48780 reflection, refraction, Snell's laws, critical
Mobile Communications angle, brewster angle and diffraction, dis-
6cp; prerequisite(s): 48540 Signals and Systems; cusses TEM, TE and TM waves, phase and
48720 Introduction to Telecommunications group velocities and dispersion, propagation
Engineering characteristics of microwaves with reference
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING to mobile communications.
PROGRAM Application to guided waves- introduces the
Undergraduate concepts of guided-wave propagation using
The objectives of this subject are to develop field model, metallic and dielectric guiding
students' awareness of: the basic conceptual structures, hybrid modes and optical fibres.
foundations in the science of electrical Students look at the fundamental dispersion
communications and its implications and uses and attenuation limits applicable to an optical
for telecommunication and wireless appli- communication channel; make a comparison
cations; the origin of the various tools and with analogous but different mechanisms
formulae applied to circuit analysis, electrical, applying to copper signal lines, transmission
electronic and telecommunications design; the lines, microwave and radio systems of com-
conceptual difference between lumped- munication. The subject includes the study of
element and distributed circuit behaviour; the system budgeting in optical links, and some
role of electromagnetic wave propagation in overview of future trends of application of the
explaining 'action at a distance' concepts optical spectrum in telecommunications and
involved in many real-life telecommunication computing and signal transduction.
engineering applications; the mathematical Application to transmission lines (particular
tools applied in the spatial modelling of to communications applications)- introduces
electromagnetic waves; the interrelationships the transmission line as the major example of
between different fundamental quantities and distributed network pertinent to electrical
concepts, and the application of these concepts communication engineers, analyses the
148 Subject descriptions

behaviour of the transmission line in the time- the environment, heritage and sustain-
domain and frequency domain, interrelates ability; journals and other sources of
circuit and field concepts, discusses impe- information on environmental engin-
dance, reflection, transmission and standing eering; an introduction to environmental
wave concepts, introduces impedance match- management systems and auditing
ing and Smith chart, discusses the use of • the social environment - the social
transmission line sections for realising construction of 'environment'; environ-
distributed reactive circuit elements and mental ethics; an introduction to environ-
resonators. Introduces transmission line as a mentalism, especially in Australia; aims
communication channel. Students undertake and strategies of Australian non-
laboratory experiments on microstripline and governmental environmental organis-
coaxial line passive devices. ations and community action groups
Application to antennas and radiation - • the political and legislative environment
introduces electromagnetic interference, -how environmental policy and decisions
discusses antenna as a transducer, and are made; the nature of environmental
antenna characteristics, analyses monopole, disputes, and their resolution; environ-
dipole, slot and loop antennas, discusses mental legislation and environmental
design issues of printed antennas, introduces planning
array antennas - binomial and chebyshev
• the natural environment- the atmosphere,
array synthesis and discusses the design of
hydrosphere and geosphere; the science
base station antennas. Derive link equation
of the atmosphere and hydrosphere; the
and discuss fixed and mobile communication
concept of biogeochemical cycles in the
link design fundamentals.
context of environmental engineering; an
introduction to climate, geomorphology,
48820 and soil and vegetation associations;
Introduction to Environmental Engineering methods used to monitor the environ-
6cp ment, and geographical information
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM systems
Undergraduate
• consequences of humans interacting with
The objectives of this subject are: to introduce their environment - the environmental
students to key concepts of environmental impacts of poorly planned urbanisation,
science and engineering, and to the social, industrialisation, and other forms of
legislative and political context of the work development; the sources, causes, and
of environmental engineers; to develop their effects of air, noise, water and soil pollu-
understanding of the consequences of humans tion; an introduction to the mitigation and
interacting with their environment; to enable abatement of these impacts.
them to answer questions such as: What is
pollution? and What skills are needed for the 48840
responsible practice of environmental
Water Supply and Wastewater Engineering
engineering?
6cp; prerequisite[s]: 60101 Chemistry and Materials
The following material is examined and Science; 48820 Introduction to Environmental
integrated: Engineering
• the work of environmental engineers - FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
local and global environmental problems Undergraduate
and their implications for engineers; the This subject provides Civil and Environ-
emergence of environmental engineering mental Engineering students with a detailed
as a separate discipline; issues addressed knowledge of: (i) water pollution control
by engineers who regard themselves as objectives, (ii) the design of potable water and
environmental engineers in Australia; sewage treatment processes and sewerage
career paths; interactions between and water reticulation systems, and (iii) the
environmental engineers and other technologies used in the upgrading of water
professions, occupations and groups; and wastewater treatment plants and in water
community attitudes towards engineers reuse.
and the social and professional impli-
At the completion of this subject, students
cations of these attitudes for their work;
understand: public health and environmental
the IEAust Code of Ethics and policies on
objectives in water supply and wastewater
disposal; the design concepts for drinking
Subject descriptions 149

water and sewage treatment plants; sewerage air and noise legislation (Clean Air Act and
systems and water reticulation systems; and Noise Control Act), miscellaneous environ-
new technologies developed to meet the new mental legislation addressing pollution
water quality and water re-use objectives. issues (Independent Pricing and Regulatory
Topics include: sewerage systems and water Tribunal Act, Sydney Water Corporatisation
supply systems- water quality and quantity; Act), and selected court decisions relating
description and design concepts for sewerage to pollution and land use issues (Environ-
systems; design concepts for reticulation mental Offences and Penalties Act)
systems; sewage treatment- water pollution, • environmental planning - evolution of
statutory requirements; primary treatment; human settlement, NSW environmental
biological/ secondary processes; tertiary treat- planning legislation, urban planning and
ment; potable water treatment- flocculation, sustainability, planning the neighbour-
sedimentation, filtration, ion-adsorption, hood, environmental studies, environ-
disinfection; new water quality standards for mental impact assessment in NSW, traffic
specific pollutants and technologies used for noise in the urban environment, project
upgrading on water treatment processes; control and the environment, and the
quality requirements for water recycling and operation of the Land and Environment
water re-use technologies; cases studies on Court of NSW.
water reclamation projects, small community Tutorial sessions are scheduled twice a week
and large potable water treatment plants; to discuss environmental law and planning
laboratory sessions to determine flocculation, issues using case studies.
sedimentation, and filtration performance.
Students have to present a 10-minute dis-
cussion paper on an environmental issue of
48850 an engineering nature, which assists in devel-
Environmental Planning and Law oping verbal communication skills and audio-
6cp; prerequisiteisl: 48820 Introduction to visual equipment usage skills, as well as
Environmental Engineering developing interdisciplinary teamwork skills.
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Undergraduate 48860
The objectives of this subject are: to introduce Pollution Control and Waste Management
key environmental law relating to water, 6cp; prerequisite(sl: 48840 Water Supply and
waste, energy and land use issues; to give a Wastewater Engineering or 48350 Environmental
sound understanding of the history of plan- and Sanitation Engineering
ning with particular emphasis being placed FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
on the NSW experience; to develop awareness Undergraduate
of planning legislation in NSW and the need
The main objective of this subject is to provide
to engineer within the constraints of that
the opportunity to understand the principles
legislation; to provide knowledge of the of pollution control and waste management
planning process and constraints on land use
in modern society. The subject develops an
planning; to develop skills to identify and deal understanding of air and noise pollution
with legal problems confronting engineers in
control technologies, as well as better product
industry; to develop the capacity to communi- or process design to mitigate the problems of
cate in both written and verbal form when
air and noise pollution both in the automobile
dealing with legal matters relating to the industry and other manufacturing industries.
environment and land use planning; and to It also begins to tackle the problems of solid
equip students with the skills necessary to deal and hazardous waste minimisation, gener-
with legal issues in the absence of detailed
ation, treatment and disposal.
lecture material. This helps students to know
when to ask questions or seek professional Topics include: solid waste characterisation,
legal advice and to introduce them to the generation and composition analysis, devel-
operation of the Land and Environment Court opment of optimum collection routing net-
of NSW. works, transfer stations, design, operation and
maintenance of sanitary landfills, and related
Students cover the following topics: social and environmental issues; hazardous
• environmental law -the operation of the waste generation, regulatory process, process
Environment Protection Authority of information, toxicology, design of treatment
NSW, water and waste legislation (Clean and stabilisation methodologies, methods of
Waters Act and Waste Minimisation Act),
150 Subject descriptions

disposal and related environmental issues, 49003


community perspective and education; soil Economic Evaluation
contamination, chemical, biological and 6cp; 3hpw/distance mode
thermal remediation methodologies, site All courses !core for MEM)
characterisation, planning, monitoring, Postgraduate
containment and case studies; air pollutants Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor D Sharma
and their types, sources, generation, measure-
This subject deals with the application of
ments and estimations. Other topics include:
economic concepts to engineering decision
control of the generation of specific air pollu-
making. Main topics include: macroeconomic
tants from the manufacturing and automobile
issues and policies; microeconomic market
industries; an overview of indoor air pollution
theory; theory of the firm; project evaluation
and its control; environmental regulation and
and cost-benefit analysis; intangibles and risk.
air quality standards; noise pollution sources;
the effect of noise on people; noise measure- Assessment: three assignments worth 40 per
ments; traffic noise predictions; and noise cent; two quizzes worth 60 per cent.
control and related regulation.
49004
49001 Systems Engineering for Managers
Judgment and Decision Making 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): 49001 Judgment and
6cp; 3hpw/distance mode Decision Making; corequisite[s): 49002 Project
All courses !core for MEM) Management
Postgraduate All courses !core for MEM)
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor J V Parkin Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: Professor W R Belcher
This subject develops understanding of
rational decision aids in the light of modern The underlying process of problem solving
descriptive theories of judgment, choice and through engineering projects is interpreted as
decision in organisations. The methods of a unifying discipline. Drawing on contempor-
management science, decision analysis and ary scholarship and best practice, the philos-
judgment analysis are presented, and models ophy, concepts, techniques and tools of this
of individual, group and strategic decision systems engineering process are examined in
making are critically assessed. the context of engineering management, and
their domain of applicability explored. The
Assessment: two assignments worth 30 per
subject provides extensive opportunity for
cent each; one quiz worth 40 per cent.
individual and group encounter with the
challenges of the systems approach, and is
49002 illustrated by case studies presented by guest
Project Management lecturers.
6cp; 3hpw/distance mode Assessment: mastery test (confirming under-
All courses [core for MEM)
standing of concepts) worth 20 per cent; group
Postgraduate
assignment (relating to case studies) worth
Subject Coordinators: R Bagia and D Eager
30 per cent; individual project (including
This subject provides a sound knowledge of seminar) worth 50 per cent.
project management principles, techniques
and practice associated with the various 49006
stages of a project lifestyle. The emphasis is
Risk Management in Engineering
an interdisciplinary one of relevance to all
fields of engineering. The subject includes 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite: suitable undergraduate
subject
consideration of the management, financial
All courses
and contractual responsibilities of project and
Postgraduate
engineering managers and organisations
Subject Coordinator: J Irish
involved in projects.
This subject develops capability to identify,
Assessment: assignments worth 20 per cent;
assess, ameliorate and limit risk in the
group project and presentation (face-to-face
management and practice of engineering
students) worth 40 per cent; project report
through the application of the concepts and
(distance mode students) worth 20 per cent;
tools of risk engineering. On completion,
workbook and journal (distance mode
students are also able to identify the main
students) worth 20 per cent; and final examin-
hazards in an engineering project and to
ation worth 40 per cent.
Subject descriptions 151

design an appropriate risk management 49013


strategy. Topics supported by case studies Managing Information Technology in
include: semantics of risk and hazard; risk as Engineering
a social construct; principles of risk manage-
6cp; block attendance and Internet support:
ment; steps in risk engineering; integration prerequisite: an introductory course on computing;
with engineering process; risk perception, risk students should already have some skills such as
communication, and the acceptability of risks; being able to use a word processor, spreadsheet,
statutory provisions in NSW relating to some email and a web browser
engineering risks; legal principles relating to All courses
engineering risks (contract, liability, etc.); Postgraduate
checklists and scoping for risk identification Subject Coordinator: Or J Madadnia
and assessment; design criteria and code pro- The aim of this subject is to explore the in-
visions for various risks; comparing risks; fluence of information technology (IT) on
quantified and qualitative risk assessment organisations and management and in
methods; risk assessment in emergencies; particular engineering management. Students
financial tools in the management of engin- critically examine both past and recent IT
eering risks. innovations. Issues in information technology
Assessment: four assignments worth 25 per extend into groupware, computer-aided
cent each. logistic support, decisions support systems,
tools for systems engineering and commu-
49012 nications technology including the Internet.
Project Management Support Systems Students use a computer-mediated conferenc-
6cp; block attendance and Internet support: ing tool on the Internet to participate in group
prerequisite: some experience in industry on project work either on or off campus. Most of
participating in an engineering project. lt is the support material such as lectures is on the
desirable that students either complete or are Internet.
concurrently studying 49002 Project Management Assessment: development of IT policy and
All courses selection criteria for the IT Manager worth
Postgraduate 30 per cent; library research group project
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor T Anderson worth 30 per cent; participating and reflection
The aim of this subject is to develop the skills on using computer mediating conferencing
for planning and controlling projects. Students tools worth 20 per cent; and debate worth 20
also learn how to use computer tools to per cent.
construct a project plan of a real project and
control a simulated project. Students learn to 49016
understand how models for project manage- Technology and Innovation Management
ment have been developed and which models 6cp; 3hpw
are appropriate in different contexts. The Subject Coordinator: C P Killen
model includes the waterfall model, the
incremental development model and the The goal of technology and innovation man-
spiral model. Models for risk assessment and agement is to effectively manage the invention,
financial planning aspects of projects are also design, development, production, transfer,
covered. Students learn to understand and ap- and use of technology within an organisation.
ply terms such as work breakdown structure, This subject brings together knowledge from
network planning, PERT, GANTT charts, cash engineering and management disciplines.
flow and cost/schedule control systems Emphasis is placed on the importance of man-
criteria to their project. aging the performance of the entire product
and process development cycle. Topics
Assessment: developing and presenting a include: technological change management,
project plan worth 40 per cent; simulating a assessment and evaluation of technology,
project worth 10 per cent; auditing a project technology policy development, and new
worth 10 per cent; preparation and partici- product and process development. Within this
pation in workshop worth 20 per cent; subject framework, specific technology management
portfolio worth 10 per cent; and computer- tools and techniques are evaluated and ap-
mediated conference participation worth 10 plied. These include quality function deploy-
per cent. ment, design for manufacture, concurrent
engineering and robust design methods.
152 Subject descriptions

Assessment: Individual case study analysis 49021


worth 10 per cent; group presentation/ case Evaluation of Infrastructure Investments
analysis worth 10 per cent; individual design 6cp; three modules, each two days; prerequisite[sl:
tool assignment worth 20 per cent; group introductory course in Probability and Statistics or
project/ case study and investigation and equivalent
development worth 30 per cent; and examin- Postgraduate
ation (all objectives) worth 30 per cent. Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor D Sharma
The subject develops capability to appraise,
49017 analyse and evaluate energy investments
Graduate Project (30cp in one semester) within a multidisciplinary framework. Topics
include: the context and rationale of project
49018 evaluation; characteristics of energy project
Graduate Project (30cp in two semester) investments; concepts and methods of
financial and economic evaluation of energy
49019 investments; issues in cost-benefit evaluation;
treatment of risk, intangibles, and external-
Graduate Project (30cp in three semester)
ities; environmental considerations in project
The subject description for 49017-19 Graduate evaluation; multi-attribute evaluation frame-
Project is the same as that provided for 49050- works; case studies. Emphasis is placed on
76 Graduate Project. achieving depth and balance in all aspects of
the evaluation process, with topical case
studies providing an application focus.
Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent;
quizzes worth 50 per cent; contribution to
class discussions worth 10 per cent.

49022
Energy Resources and Technology
6cp; block attendance
Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor D Sharma
Topics covered in this subject include: energy
resources and reserves; concepts and princi-
ples of resource assessment; regional, national
and international resource requirements and
availability; resource technology evaluation;
and the economic and environmental impacts
of resource use.
Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent;
quizzes worth 60 per cent.

49023
Energy and Environmental Economics
6cp; three modules, each two days; prerequisite[sl:
introductory course in Microeconomics or
equivalent; corequisite[sl: 49021 Evaluation
of Infrastructure Investments
Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor 0 Sharma
Topics include: energy-economy-environ-
ment interactions; the micro model (demand,
supply and markets); short-run and long-run
energy pricing; shadow pricing of energy; the
economics of non-renewable and renewable
energy resources; intemporal allocation of
resources; the economics of the environment;
Subject descriptions 153

economic and non-economic principles for restructuring- rationale, models and frame-
environmental valuation. Emphasis is placed works; electricity sector privatisation; electri-
on achieving depth and balance in all aspects city sector productivity; electricity markets;
of the valuation principles, with topical case selected topics on issues relating to the en-
studies providing an application focus. vironment, institutional structures, renewable
Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent; resources, regulation, etc. Emphasis is placed
quizzes worth 50 per cent; participation worth on all aspects of electricity sector planning,
10 per cent. restructuring and policy, with topical case
studies providing an application focus.
49024 Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent;
Energy Modelling quizzes worth 50 per cent; contribution to
6cp; three modules. each two days; prerequisite[sl: class discussions worth 10 per cent.
49023 Energy and Environmental Economics; 49021
Evaluation of Infrastructure Investments 49027
[recommended) Energy Demand Analysis and Forecasting
Postgraduate 6cp; block attendance; prerequisite[sl: 49023 Energy
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor D Sharma and Environmental Economics or equivalent; 49024
This subject covers: models and modelling; Energy Modelling or equivalent
macroeconomic settings of energy-economy Postgraduate
modelling; energy balances; energy input- Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor D Sharma
output analysis; energy aggregating; energy This subject looks at the theoretical and
system modelling, energy demand modelling; analytical concepts and tools used for the
modelling of energy economy interactions. understanding of energy demand generation
Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent; and evolution in relation to socioeconomic
quizzes worth 50 per cent; contribution to development. Students learn methods and
class discussions worth 10 per cent. models of energy demand projections and
explore the various considerations which
49025 must be made in the design, implementation
and monitoring of an energy demand man-
Methods for Energy Analysis
agement policy.
3cp; 3hpw
Postgraduate Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent;
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor D Sharma quizzes worth 60 per cent.
This subject covers: probability concepts;
sampling and estimation; regression analysis;
49028
statistical tests; analysis of variance; simul- Policy and Planning of Energy
taneous equations; time series methods; Conservation
econometric models and applications; intro- 6cp; block attendance; prerequisite[s): 49021
duction to statistical packages. Evaluation of Infrastructure Investments or
equivalent; 49023 Energy and Environmental
Assessment: assignments worth 60 per cent;
Economics or equivalent
examinations worth 40 per cent. Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor D Sharma
49026
This subject introduces students to the
Electricity Sector Planning and rationale and context for energy conservation
Restructuring planning and policy; historical perspective of
6cp; three modules, each two days; prerequisite[sl: energy conservation; public and private sector
49021 Evaluation of Infrastructure Investments; interventions and mechanisms for rationalis-
49023 Energy and Environmental Economics ing the design of energy conservation policies;
[recommended) examples and case studies of energy con-
Postgraduate servation programs at national, sectoral and
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor D Sharma
enterprise levels in developing and indus-
Topics covered in this subject include: nature trialised countries; and decision methods for
of electricity planning; economic and techno- program design.
logical dimensions of power systems; gener-
Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent;
ation planning and production costing;
quizzes worth 60 per cent.
integrated resource planning; electricity sector
154 Subject descriptions

49029 Students are required to analyse the impact


Environmental Policy for Energy Systems of the activity on the recipient organisation
6cp; block attendance; prerequ.lsite(s): 49021
and to evaluate the competence they need to
Evaluation of Infrastructure Investments;
be able to perform the service in a manner
corequisite(s): 49023 Energy and Environmental consistent with the Code of Ethics. In many
Economics; 49024 Energy Modelling (recommended) cases students work with professionals from
Postgraduate other non-engineering disciplines which
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor DSharma increases their awareness of engineers'
interdependence on other professions as well
This subject introduces students to: policy
as enhancing their experience in managing
context; energy resource system analysis; ap-
group dynamics.
proaches to environmental impact assess-
ment; analysis of pollution effects and control Students gain a better understanding of the
technologies; risk analysis of energy systems; role engineering plays in society and in
costs and benefits of environmental manage- particular the perception that the community
ment; and institutional and regulatory issues. at large has about engineering. Students are
able to volunteer for professional service
Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent;
projects throughout their course for which
quizzes worth 60 per cent.
they can receive a certificate.
49032 To meet the requirements of this subject each
project has associated with it a coordinator, a
Sustainable Technological Development
negotiated learning contract and a learning
6cp; 3hpw or block attendance
value as measured in professional service
All courses
points (PSPs). On completion of each project,
Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor P Bryce students are issued with a certificate confirm-
ing the PSPs awarded. One PSP is equivalent
This subject examines the application of to a total of one hour of preparation, service
sustainable development objectives to project and reflection/ documentation. When students
definition and design requirements, in the formally enrol in this subject they can use
context of renewable energy projects in the previously earned PSPs towards the required
developing world. The context provides a service work of the subject. While formally
practical format to explore the more general enrolled in this subject students can also be
issues of client and community participation involved in further significant professional
in engineering decision making. The emerg- service projects. Each learning contract
ing energy technologies, particularly renew- specifies the skill level to be reached before
able, are discussed and compared with an undertaking the project, how the training is
application context. to be provided, the task itself, and the nature
Assessment: major project design study worth and documentation of the reflection that is to
50 per cent; minor assignment worth 25 per take place at the end of the task.
cent; presentations and contribution to class Assessment: individual assessment require-
discussions worth 25 per cent. ments are agreed in the negotiated learning
contract for each project. Normally assess-
49036,49037,49038,49039 ment includes written and oral components
Professional Service Project and the demonstration of enhanced commu-
2. 4 or 6cp; attendance pattern determined by nication and service skills.
particular project; prerequisite(s): appropriate to
the agreed learning contract 49041
All courses Engineering Research Methodology
Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: B Jacobs 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): enrolment in a UTS
Research program at Master"s or Doctoral level
One key aim of this subject is to develop in All courses
students an appreciation of the service obli- Postgraduate
gations and non-financial rewards associated Subject Coordinators: Professor W R Belcher and
with the award of professional status. This Professor B Samali
suite of subjects allows students to participate The subject familiarises students with a range
in one or more professional service activities of approaches used in engineering research,
and thus build students' understanding of the with an emphasis on approaches used in
culture of engineering and the current debates professional practice. Topics include the
surrounding it.
Subject descriptions 155

advantages and limitations of different 49050-76


research approaches and their applicability in Graduate Project
different engineering contexts, the recognition 12cp; individual supervision over one semester;
and protection of intellectual property, and the prerequisitels): completion of all other subject
boundaries and interdependencies between requirements for the course in which the student in
research, development, design and inno- enrolled apart from those taken as corequisites;
vation. Research ethics in engineering are also corequisiteis): any outstanding subject
reviewed. requirements for the course in which the student is
Students learn how to design research pro- enrolled- 49040 Graduate Seminar may be one of
grams and to analyse and interpret data and them
reports. Participants solve problems creative- Postgraduate
ly, access and utilise information resources, Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor T Anderson
and critically evaluate research work. The project is a course requirement taken over
Assessment is criterion-referenced and one or two semesters or in exceptional
ungraded, and based on assignments requir- circumstances, three. It is undertaken on an
ing preparation of a research critique, a individual basis, except in special circum-
research plan, a discussion group assignment stances approved in advance by the Faculty
and a seminar presentation. Board in Engineering, and provides oppor-
tunity for the integration and application of
49047 advanced skills and knowledge gained in part
through other subjects taken during the
Finite Element Analysis
course. The depth and extent of the project
6cp; 3hpw or block attendance; prerequisiteis): varies with credit point requirements. These
suitable undergraduate subjects are set on the basis of an agreed project plan
All courses
submitted by the student to the supervisor,
Postgraduate
and approved by the Director, Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: Or A Saleh
Coursework Programs. The project may
This subject extends understanding of finite involve the development of new technology
element analysis (FEA) techniques and their (hardware and/or software), the application
application to problems in engineering, of technology, research addressing a signifi-
particularly in solid and structural mechanics, cant technical or engineering management
and develops problem formulation and issue or, in special circumstances, a critical
modelling skills in FEA. Topics include a review in the area of the student's concen-
review of matrix analysis methods; the tration, describing key contributions in the
derivation of element stiffness, force and field field covered by the project work undertaken,
matrices; an introduction to the solution of results achieved and a discussion of their
nonlinear stability; and dynamic problems significance and implications.
using FEA. Topics are illustrated by engineer-
Assessment is based on the preparation of a
ing applications. The subject requires the use
written report and, usually, a seminar
of general purpose FEA programs in assign-
presentation.
ments and project work.
49017 Graduate Project 30cp in one semester
Assessment: assignments worth 60 per cent;
49018 Graduate Project 30cp in two semesters
project worth 20 per cent; quiz worth 20 per
49019 Graduate Project 30cp in three semesters
cent.
49050 Graduate Project 12cp in one semester
49051 Graduate Project 12cp in two semesters
49052 Graduate Project 18cp in one semester
49053 Graduate Project 19cp in one semester
49054 Graduate Project 20cp in one semester
49055 Graduate Project 21cp in one semester
49056 Graduate Project 22cp in one semester
49057 Graduate Project 23cp in one semester
49058 Graduate Project 24cp in one semester
49060 Graduate Project 18cp in two semesters
49061 Graduate Project 19cp in two semesters
49062 Graduate Project 20cp in two semesters
49063 Graduate Project 21cp in two semesters
49064 Graduate Project 22cp in two semesters
156 Subject descriptions

49065 Graduate Project 23cp in two semesters government area in accordance with current
49066 Graduate Project 24cp in two semesters practice in NSW. The student is introduced
49070 Graduate Project 18cp in three semesters to standards adopted by the Roads and Traffic
49071 Graduate Project 19cp in three semesters Authority NSW and AUSTROADS. The sub-
49072 Graduate Project 20cp in three semesters ject provides the basic principles of trans-
49073 Graduate Project 21cp in three semesters portation planning and traffic engineering,
49074 Graduate Project 22cp in three semesters including the technical aspects and the
49075 Graduate Project 23cp in three semesters influence of environmental and political
49076 Graduate Project 24cp in three semesters factors.
Assessment: project worth 40 per cent;
49082,49083,49084,49086 examination worth 60 per cent.
Special Course A
49104
49092,49093,49094,49096 Asset Maintenance Management
Special Course B 6cp; block attendance
2cp; normally block attendance; prerequisite[s): All courses
appropriate to the agreed learning contract Postgraduate
All courses Subject Coordinator: K Halstead
Postgraduate This subject aims to enhance the skills and
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor T Anderson capacity of the local government engineer to:
This subject offers students maximum edu- develop an awareness of the real cost of
cational opportunity to benefit from short owning, operating and maintaining assets and
courses and other learning experiences services; gain an understanding of the
available through the Faculty of Engineering. planning, design, maintenance, and monitor-
Enrolment for credit is approved by the ing concepts and methods, with a view to
Director, Postgraduate Coursework Programs. optimising life cycle cost/benefits; develop
Approval requires demonstration by the knowledge of the methods for assessing and
candidate to the Director of a special learning controlling potential losses and risks; and
need or development opportunity consistent understand how these aims interact with and
with the other requirements of the candidate's support the requirements of the management,
program. logistics, reporting and accounting guidelines.
Assessment: individual assessment require- Topics include legislative and other require-
ments are agreed in a learning contract ments, basic maintenance strategies, mainten-
according to each individual program of ance support strategies, risk assessment and
study being undertaken. Normally assess- control, maintenance management systems.
ment includes written and oral components Assessment: project worth 40 per cent;
and the demonstration of enhanced engineer- examination worth 60 per cent.
ing capability in the application of principles.
49082 Special Course A 2cp 49105
49083 Special Course A 3cp Water Supply and Wastewater Management
49084 Special Course A 4cp 6cp; block attendance
49086 Special Course A 6cp All courses
49092 Special Course B 2cp Postgraduate
49093 Special Course B 3cp Subject Coordinator: ProfessorS Vigneswaran
49094 Special Course B 4cp
The objective of this subject is to concentrate
49096 Special Course B 6cp
on the design, operation and maintenance of
municipal wastewater treatment plants,
49102 sewage systems and water supply systems.
Traffic and Transportation At the completion of this subject the student
6cp; block attendance understands drinking water and sewage
All courses treatment plants, sewerage systems and water
Postgraduate reticulation systems in terms of purpose, basic
Subject Coordinator: K Halstead design concepts, operation and maintenance,
The objective of this subject is to provide the identifying and quantifying major problems,
student with the knowledge to implement operating these systems to avoid or overcome
traffic engineering principles in the local problems.
Subject descriptions 157

Subject content includes statutory require- 49108


ments, constituents and quality of waste- Local Government Law
waters, description, operation and control of
6cp; block attendance
treatment process, performance monitoring,
All courses
sewerage and water reticulation systems, Postgraduate
troubleshooting and problem solving. Subject Coordinator: K Halstead
Assessment: two assignments worth 30 per This subject aims to provide the local govern-
cent; mid-semester examination worth 25 per ment engineer with the necessary skills to
cent, formal final examination worth 45 per operate within the legal framework of legis-
cent. lative requirements and procedures govern-
ing local government in NSW; appropriate
49106 knowledge of the law, to operate effectively
Road Engineering Practice within environmental, economic, social and
6cp; block attendance physical constraints; and the knowledge and
All courses expertise to manage the environment in a
Postgraduate practical and effective manner. It covers the
Subject Coordinator: Or S Beecham history of local government in NSW, the local
The aim of this subject is to equip students with government engineer as a senior officer, Local
the ability to design, construct and maintain Government Act and Companion Legislation
roads in accordance with current practice in 1993, Local Government Regulations, and the
NSW. This includes pavement design, as well Roads Act 1993.
as the geometric design of roads. The subject Assessment: project worth 40 per cent;
embraces the standards adopted by the Roads examination worth 60 per cent.
and Traffic Authority NSW, AUSTROADS
and the Australian Road Research Board. 49111
Particular attention is paid to the requirements Coastal Engineering
of the residential street network. Students also
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite(sl: sound knowledge of
develop an understanding of current issues
mathematics and fluid mechanics as part of a first
in road engineering, particularly quality or higher degree in Engineering or a cognate
assurance contracts, road safety needs of discipline
pedestrians and cyclists, and the use of All courses
innovative techniques in road construction Postgraduate
and maintenance. Subject Coordinator: J Irish
Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent; This subject deals with engineering design
examination worth 60 per cent. and coastal structures, with particular refer-
ence to the natural behaviour of water waves
49107 and their interactions with the coastline.
Water Quality Modelling Topics covered include: wave generation
6cp; block attendance processes and wave forecasting methods;
All courses linear and nonlinear wave theories and their
Postgraduate limits of validity; wave characteristics in deep,
Subject Coordinator: Or S Beecham intermediate and shallow water depths; wave
This subject aims to: refresh students in basic shoaling and breaking; wave refraction and
principles and methods of hydraulics and diffraction; wave scattering and radiation; full
hydrology; familiarise them with methods of and partial standing waves; field measure-
urban drainage set out in recent manuals, with ments and statistical analysis of random
an emphasis on flood protection and inte- waves, estimation of extreme waves; tides and
gration with stormwater quality enhance- other long period water level fluctuations;
ment; and provide an overview of rural estuarine hydraulics; coastal sedimentation;
design flood estimation, erosion protection, coastline management; and physical and
flood mitigation and coastal engineering. computer models.
Assessment: five assignments worth 50 per Assessment: assignments/reports worth 60
cent; final examination worth 50 per cent. per cent; examinations worth 40 per cent.
158 Subject descriptions

49113 49121
Urban Stormwater Pollution Management Environmental Assessment and Planning
6cp; three blocks of one-and-a-half-day sessions 6cp; 3hpw
with optional tutorials; prerequisite[sl: suitable All courses [core for MEEMI
undergraduate subjects Postgraduate
All courses Subject Coordinator: K Halstead
Postgraduate This subject analyses the principles of sustain-
Subject Coordinator: Or S Beecham able development and the expectations it
The subject develops an understanding of the places on various aspects of human inter-
nature of pollution processes and levels in action with the environment. Existing and
urban situations, and of engineering systems proposed measures by governments are
for the reduction of pollution, particularly in examined in the areas of environmental
receiving waters. Students consider pollution legislation, environmental economics and
management systems in terms of social and land use planning in relation to sustainable
environmental requirements, and the ration- development.
ale for design and implementation of remedial Assessment: project worth 40 per cent; formal
measures. Through a series of assignments, examination worth 60 per cent.
students become familiar with commonly
used procedures and develop an awareness 49122
of problems encountered in practice.
Ecology and Sustainability
Assessment: continuous assessment involving
6cp; 3hpw
six assignments. All courses [core for MEEMI
Postgraduate
49114 Subject Coordinator: ProfessorS Vigneswaran
Statistical Hydrology This subject covers the following topics:
6cp; block attendance totalling 30 hours; ecological systems and processes; basic
prerequisite[sl: completion of at least one ecological principles, bio-geochemical cycles,
undergraduate subject in statistics; some prior development of ecosystems, interaction
knowledge of hydrology is assumed, but may have between physical ecosystems, global environ-
been gained through either employment or formal mental issues such as greenhouse effect, ozone
education
depletion, acid rain, etc.; human impact on
All courses
Postgraduate
ecosystems - population growth, terrestrial
Subject Coordinator: J Irish ecosystems (forest and agriculture land),
aquatic ecosystems (lake, river and ocean),
This subject provides students with experi- biodiversity; importance of sustainable devel-
ence in a field of hydrology with the confi- opment; overview of major environmental
dence to use a range of statistical tools and problems, their effect and remedies; air
with knowledge of statistical methods which pollution, noise pollution, water pollution,
can be usefully employed in hydrological soil pollution, solid and hazardous wastes;
practice. Such methods are presently employed and case studies.
in Australia in only a limited way for design
flood estimation. Examples will be drawn Assessment: assignments worth 30 per cent;
from surface-water hydrology, including examinations worth 70 per cent.
problems relating to reservoir yield, design
flood estimation and continuous modelling of 49123
water resources systems. Waste and Pollution Management
Assessment: three assignments worth 20 per 6cp; 3hpw
cent each; end-of-semester examination worth All courses [core for MEEMI
40 per cent. Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: ProfessorS Vigneswaran
Waste minimisation and pollution control are
treated in an integrated and comprehensive
manner, permitting evaluation of the benefits
of waste minimisation to industry and of
pollution reduction in the environment.
Topics include: environmental auditing of the
product life cycle; leading-edge technologies
Subject descriptions 159

of waste minimisation and pollution control; Topics include: semantics of risk and hazard;
raw materials extraction and refinement - risk as a social construct; principles of risk
product development, design and manu- management; steps in risk engineering; risk
facture, product use, product reuse/ recycling, perception, risk communication, and accept-
solid/hazardous wastes, liquid wastes; ability of risks; statutory provisions in NSW
effective management of the product life relating to environmental risks; legal princi-
cycle; institutional barriers to improving the ples relating to environmental risks (liability,
technologies of waste technology and man- etc.); checklists and scoping for impact assess-
agement practices adopted in domestic waste ment and auditing; risks to health and to
paper industry, metal plating industry, food ecosystems; comparing risks; quantified and
and dairy industry, household waste, and qualitative risk assessment methods; dis-
waste recycling in buildings. cussion of some specific environmental
Assessment: assignments and class presen- hazards in the context of risk amelioration;
tations worth 50 per cent; examinations worth risk assessment in emergencies; financial tools
50 per cent. in the management of environmental risks;
and environmental auditing procedures.
49124 Assessment: three assignments worth 20 per
Water Quality Management cent each; examination worth 40 per cent.
6cp; 3hpw
All courses !core for MEEM) 49126
Postgraduate Environmental Management of Land
Subject Coordinator: Or S Beecham 6cp; 3hpw or block attendance; prerequisite[s):
This subject examines urban water systems suitable undergraduate subjects
including natural water bodies (streams, All courses
estuaries, groundwater), and related human Postgraduate
infrastructure (water supply, sewerage, storm- Subject Coordinator: Or P Hazelton
water drainage systems) and provides an This subject introduces students to basic
assessment of the impacts and methods of concepts and principles of land resource
monitoring pollution in these environments compilation, planning and environmental
in relation to water quality, natural flora and management. On completion the student
fauna, aesthetic quality and public health. It should be able to interpret and evaluate
enables students to gain a general knowledge physical limitations and their effects on urban
of these systems, their vulnerability to and semi-rural planning and development.
pollution and degradation, and remedial The various stages of management of land
measures. with special needs, such as coastal areas,
Assessment: two essays worth 20 per cent; effluent and biosolid disposal sites and
class exercises worth 30 per cent; quiz and recreational and open space should be clearly
final examination worth 50 per cent. understood.
Assessment: one major assignment task worth
49125 50 per cent; one quiz worth 50 per cent.
Environmental Risk Assessment
6cp; three blocks, each of two days 49127
All courses On-site Water and Wastewater Treatment
Postgraduate 6cp; block attendance
Subject Coordinator: J Irish All courses
This subject provides an introduction to Undergraduate
methods of risk assessment for graduates Subject Coordinator: Or P Hagare
working in environmental engineering, Due to increased urban sprawl the develop-
environmental auditing or environmental ment of on-site water and wastewater treat-
impact assessment. An understanding of the ment systems is becoming more commonplace
concepts of risk perception, risk communi- in unsewered parts of Australia. This subject
cation, risk acceptability and the modification introduces students to the different types of
of risks and their application to environmental on-site systems available for water supply and
engineering, impact assessment and auditing, wastewater management for single house-
together with capabilities essential to environ- holds or small complexes of units. The subject
mental risk assessment, is developed. introduces students to the different technical
aspects and allows them to develop skills in
160 Subject descriptions

the design and operation of these systems. 49133


This subject will also look at the overall Steel and Composite Design
management of water from water supply to 6cp; prerequisite[s): suitable undergraduate
wastewater generation, treatment and reuse subjects
on-site through irrigation. One aspect of the All courses
subject is to look at the different types of Postgraduate
systems available in Australia and understand Subject Coordinator: Or S Parsanejad
the technology that is applied. Current
This subject provides an understanding of
environmental legislation related to on-site
composite beams, columns and connections
wastewater treatment and disposal, its
and of plastically deformed steel frames. The
strengths and shortcomings are also covered
subject develops familiarity with both
in this subject.
Australian and overseas code provisions and
Assessment: two assignments worth 30 per their underlying concepts. The teaching
cent, major project worth 20 per cent, and strategy consists of formal and informal
exam worth 50 per cent. lectures, with student participation.
Assessment: composite beam project worth 25
49131 per cent; plastic design projects worth 25 per
Bridge Design cent; two quizzes worth 20 and 30 per cent
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): strong background in each.
the design of civil engineering structures
All courses 49134
Postgraduate
Structural Dynamics and Earthquake
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor K Crews
Engineering
This subject develops competence in the area
6cp; 3hpw or block attendance; prerequisite[s):
of bridge design and analysis. The subject
suitable undergraduate subjects
focuses on a core study with a series of All courses
assignments requiring the design of major Postgraduate
components of a typical bridge structure in Subject Coordinator: Professor B Samali
accordance with the Australian Code for
This subject introduces students to the con-
Bridge Design. Each student is also required
cepts and techniques of structural dynamics
to undertake an investigation project involv-
and their application to the design and
ing analysis and design of a selected modern
analysis of dynamically sensitive structures,
bridge structure and to submit supporting
such as tall buildings, towers, chimney stacks
documentation including calculations at the
and foot bridges. Students develop an under-
end of the investigation.
standing of the nature of dynamic (time
Assessment: major design project undertaken varying) loads, with particular emphasis on
in four stages worth 90 per cent, final earthquake loads; ability to assess the
presentation worth 10 per cent. response of civil engineering structures to
such loads, taking into account load-structure
49132 interaction; and structural design approaches
Stability of Structures satisfying both strength and serviceability
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): suitable undergraduate requirements.
subjects Assessment: assignments worth 50 per cent;
All courses quizzes worth 50 per cent.
Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: Or A Saleh
49135
The behaviour of slender members subjected Wind Engineering
to compression, flexure and torsion is exam-
6cp; 3hpw or block attendance; prerequisite[s):
ined in this subject. Factors which contribute
suitable undergraduate subjects
to the nonlinear response of structures are All courses
analysed to develop an understanding of Postgraduate
structural stabilising single members and Subject Coordinator: Professor B Samali
slender frames. In addition, students learn
how to assess the stability of practical frames Introduces basic concepts and fundamental
using computer-based methods of analysis. principles in wind engineering and their
application to structural design and analysis
Assessment: continuous assessment worth 60 of structures, such as buildings, towers,
per cent; informal final examination worth 40
per cent.
Subject descriptions 161

chimney stacks and bridges in accordance able to design, independently, a branch line
with strength and serviceability limit-states or a siding complex according to standards
design criteria. On completion the student applicable to NSW. An understanding of
should understand the nature of wind loads track-train interrelationships and their effect
acting on buildings due to along and cross- on track structure will also be developed.
wind actions, and be able to prevent Assessment: assignments worth 50 per cent;
aerodynamic instabilities, such as flutter, bridge design project worth 20 per cent; quiz
galloping, torsional divergence and others by worth 30 per cent.
proper design. Wind tunnel testing techniques
for determining wind-induced dynamic 49141
response of structures and cladding pressures
Advanced Geomechanics
are introduced, and the environmental effects
of severe winds around buildings and other 6cp; 3hpw
structures are studied in terms of human All courses
Postgraduate
safety and comfort.
Subject Coordinator: Or G Ring
Assessment: assignments worth 50 per cent;
This subject consists of two separate com-
two quizzes worth 25 per cent each.
ponents. The first deals with the study of rock
mechanics, including the description of rock
49136 and the quantification of rock properties,
Timber in Engineering Design sampling and testing techniques and the
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite(sl: suitable undergraduate three-dimensional analysis of rock discontinu-
subjects; competency in computer modelling ity. The course considers how these properties
All courses can be incorporated into the analysis and
Postgraduate design of various structures such as under-
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor K Crews ground openings, slopes and foundations.
This subject presents recent advances that Methods of reinforcing rock masses using
have enhanced the role of timber as a versatile anchors and bolts are also treated.
renewable resource with a wide range of The second component deals with computer
applications in engineered structures. It applications in geomechanics. After a theoreti-
familiarises students with the structural cal overview, it concentrates on the finite
behaviour of timber and timber-based manu- element and boundary element methods and
factured products to facilitate the choice of provides considerable hands-on experience
materials, design, construction and mainten- using PC-based software. Students are
ance procedures to produce cost-effective, expected to solve problems of seepage,
durable and aesthetically pleasing structures. deformation associated with the nonlinear
Quality control and reliability issues form an analysis of structural interaction, and stress
important focus. Particular requirements of around underground openings.
residential large span industrial structures
Assessment: assignments worth 50 per cent;
(including connection design), and multi-
storey buildings and bridges and the use of projects worth 50 per cent.
the limit-states version of AS1720 are
addressed. 49150
Prestressed Concrete Design
Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent;
major design project worth 60 per cent 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite(sl: 48369 Structural
Design 2; (for undergraduate students taking this
(including presentation).
as a structural elective); a strong understanding of
reinforced concrete behaviour and design and an
49137 understanding of the fundamentals of prestressed
Railway Engineering concrete behaviour (for postgraduate students)
6cp; 3hpw All courses
All courses Postgraduate
Postgraduate Subject Coordinator: C Wilkinson
Subject Coordinator: A Brady It is assumed that students have a knowledge
This subject introduces students to the design, of linear elastic analysis of uncracked and
construction and maintenance concepts of cracked sections, effective loads and load
railway tracks and bridges. On completion of balancing techniques and design for ultimate
the lecture program, the students should be moment capacity and strength at transfer. On
162 Subject descriptions

the basis of this assumed knowledge, analysis Assessment: assignments worth 30 per cent;
and design for shear and end block reinforce- quizzes worth 30 per cent; seminar worth 10
ment in prestressed concrete beams will be per cent; major report worth 30 per cent.
covered initially, then analysis and design of
tension members, compression members, 49201
continuous beams and continuous flat slabs, Integrated Services Networks
in accordance with the requirements of the 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): suitable undergraduate
current version of AS3600 Concrete Structures. subjects
In addition, the subject may also cover anal- All courses
ysis and design for torsion or of bandbeam Postgraduate
slab systems. Subject Coordinator: Or R Braun
Assessment: assignments worth 25 per cent; This subject covers the following topics:
quizzes worth 35 per cent; final examination switching methods, CCITT recommendations,
worth 40 per cent. SDH, ISDN technology, ISDN signalling,
broadband ISDN, ATM standards, resource
49151 sharing and multiple access (ALOHA, CS/
Concrete Technology and Practice CD, CSMA/CD, Token Bus, Token Ring,
6cp; prerequisite[sl: suitable undergraduate QPSX, FDDI).
subjects Assessment: assignments worth 25 per cent;
All courses laboratory project worth 25 per cent; final
Postgraduate examination worth 50 per cent.
Subject Coordinator: Or R Sri Ravindrarajah
This subject develops advanced engineering 49202
knowledge and capabilities pertaining to the Communication Protocols
specification, production, properties, testing 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): suitable undergraduate
and application of concrete as a construction subjects
material. Mini individual projects focusing on All courses
topics related to the subject content will form Postgraduate
part of the learning process. Subject Coordinator: Professor R Braun
Topics include: concrete fundamentals, con- In this subject students study, at an advanced
crete production and quality control, environ- level, the concepts and protocols associated
mental concrete, deformation and cracking of with each of the seven layers in the ISO
concrete, testing of concrete and special reference model for Open Systems Intercon-
concrete. nection (OSI) with applications examples
Assessment: assignments worth 15 per cent; from a wide range of network types.
mid-semester quiz worth 20 per cent; major Assessment: practical work worth 40 per cent;
report worth 25 per cent; final examination examination worth 60 per cent.
worth 40 per cent.
49203
49152 Telecommunications Signal Processing
Damage and Repair of Concrete Structures 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): suitable undergraduate
6cp; prerequisite[s): suitable undergraduate subjects
subjects All courses
All courses Postgraduate
Postgraduate Subject Coordinator: Professor R Braun
Subject Coordinator: Or R Sri Ravindrarajah
This course focuses on one aspect of telecom-
This subject provides understanding of the munications signal processing: source coding
mechanisms of damage in concrete structures of images and audio. Incorporated in this
and of the methods for in-situ assessment and main topic are: characterisation of random
repair. An individual project is an essential signals using autocorrelation function and
part of the subject. Main topics include: causes power spectral density, optimal linear pre-
of damage; corrosion of steel in concrete; in- diction of signals (including Wiener filtering),
situ strength of concrete; non-destructive quantisation of signals using pulse coding
testing; repair materials selection; repair modulation, and differential pulse code
procedures and techniques; prevention, modulation, linear transforms (Discrete
protection and maintenance of concrete Fourier Transform, Discrete Cosine
structures.
Subject descriptions 163

Transform, Karhunen-Loeve Transform), sub- 49205


band coding transforms, and lossless com- Transmission Systems
pression. These topics are brought together 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisitels): 49203
with an in-depth examination of JPEG coding Telecommunications Signal Processing or
of images. Finally, the implementation of equivalent
various other compression methods, includ- All courses
ing MPEG-2, MPEG-4, MPEG-audio, and Postgraduate
various techniques of speech coding, is Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor
discussed. S Reisenfeld
Assessment: assessment is project based. The subject covers major aspects of digital
transmission systems at an advanced level,
49204 including modulation, coding, synchronis-
Advanced Teletraffic Engineering ation, and multiple access. Case studies of
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisitels): suitable undergraduate optical and satellite links demonstrate how
subjects; corequisiteis): 49201 Integrated Services the effects of performance degradation are
Networks incorporated into the link budget. The subject
All courses involves lectures supported by assignments
Postgraduate and project work using laboratory facilities.
Subject Coordinator: Professor R Braun Assessment: design assignment worth 20 per
The subject exposes students to the theoretical cent; written examination worth 80 per cent.
and practical aspects of modern communi-
cation network design, including teletraffic 49207
engineering and network performance Advanced Concepts in Microwave and
modelling. The course covers an overview of Mobile Communications
relevant statistics and probability theory; 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisiteisl: some knowledge of
traffic characterisation; traffic intensity fields and waves, communication channels
measures; traffic data collection measurement availability: Telecommunications Engineering
and forecasting techniques; queuing theory; program only; special topic
mathematical models for loss and delay in Postgraduate
systems; modelling and analysis of circuit, Subject Coordinator: Or A Sanagavarapu
packet and fast-packet switched networks. The current telecommunication infrastructure
Students analyse practical examples of is increasingly dominated by wireless micro-
network dimensioning for capacity, and net- wave transmission. Examples include mobile
work performance evaluation using simu- telephones, wireless local area networks,
lation software package (BoNES or OPNET). Local Multipoint Distribution Systems
On completion of the course students are able (LMDS), Ka band low earth orbit satellites, etc.
to apply an appropriate mathematical model This subject discusses and explores the vari-
to any communication network, to dimension ous types of microwave propagation mechan-
the primary route and alternate route trunk- isms, the passive and active microwave
ing and switching facilities, and to evaluate devices incorporated in mobile communi-
the network performance either using a cations systems, satellite earth stations and
mathematical approach and/ or by using receivers, and other communication equip-
simulation. Case studies included in the ment such as LMDS. The techniques involved
course provide the student with capabilities in the design of novel antennas for wireless
to make a choice in networking solutions communications are also explored.
based on the performance/cost analysis to Assessment: to be announced by Subject
meet user expectations. Coordinator at first meeting.
Assessment: four assignments worth 60 per
cent; final examination worth 40 per cent.
164 Subject descriptions

49209 49211
Advanced Web Technology Software Engineering Principles
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite(sl: experience in usage of 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite(sl: some programming
both PC and Unix computer systems, familiarity study and experience, ideally in industry
with email and tools such as Telnet and FTP, All courses
HTML, webpage design and Java programming Postgraduate
All courses Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor J Leaney
Postgraduate The aim of this subject is to introduce the
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor D Lowe issues and basic principles of software
This subject aims to develop an understand- engineering. The objectives are to develop a
ing of advanced Internet, web, and related framework into which more detailed material
technologies, and how these technologies regarding specific aspects of the software
relate to management of large-scale infor- engineering process, techniques, and issues
mation repositories. Students will develop an can fit, including software systems, software
understanding of numerous technologies quality, the software development process,
(such as Hypertext, Internet and web proto- process models, development paradigms,
cols and standards, web servers and proxies, development methodologies, and software
Java and JavaScript, CGI, cookies, push/pull, project management. Within the subject the
metadata, SGML and XML, CORBA, security, principles are applied to a small real-time
etc.). Students develop an overview of all tech- project (a device driver written in C). The
nologies and are provided the opportunity to subject assumes significant programming
develop a deep understanding of several of experience in a first degree.
the technologies. Assessment: classwork, assignments, essay,
Assessment: literature review worth 20 per examinations worth 50 per cent; major project
cent, development/ research project worth 60 (industry involvement where possible) worth
per cent, quiz worth 20 per cent. 50 per cent.

49210 49212
Website Design and Management Object-oriented Languages
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite(sl: 49209 Advanced Web 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisitelsl: some programming
Technology study (in Cl and experience
All courses All courses
Postgraduate Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor D Lowe Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor J Leaney
This subject aims to develop an understand- This subject introduces students to object-
ing of how systems engineering and project oriented principles in design, and helps them
management concepts can be applied in the to gain competence in programming tech-
development and management of web-based niques using object-oriented languages. It
information systems. Students investigate covers object-oriented software development
those aspects which make hypermedia and using the Ada language, and thence the C++
web projects different from conventional en- language. It includes coverage of 00 con-
gineering projects and how these differences cepts, design and implementation. The subject
can be accommodated. This includes aspects has a strong emphasis on the practical appli-
such as development methodologies, project cation of these concepts to the development
scoping, website evaluation, project resourc- of industrial software systems.
ing, and user requirements. The subjects also Assessment: major development project
considers different types of information worth 50 per cent; learning contract worth 50
management systems and architectures, per cent.
including concepts such as digital libraries,
content-based retrieval, multimedia, e-
commerce systems, etc.
Assessment: literature review worth 20 per
cent, development/research project worth 60
per cent, quiz worth 20 per cent.
Subject descriptions 165

49213 49215
Human-Machine Interfaces and Software Telecommunications Industry Management
Implementation 6cp; 3hpw
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): some programming All courses
study and experience, ideally in industry Postgraduate
All courses Subject Coordinator: Professor R Braun
Postgraduate The subject provides an understanding of
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor J Leaney commercial issues with particular reference to
The subject has a strong emphasis on the the telecommunications industry in Australia.
practical application of software engineering It is the subject objective to help engineers in
concepts to the development of industrial their working careers to participate in business
software systems. The subject actively en- discussions within larger organisations and
courages participants to develop their under- to assume a wider managerial and organis-
standing of practical issues in software ation role. In smaller enterprises or in
development. This is a competency-based individual engineering projects, financial and
subject, designed to develop basic skills in commercial knowledge will allow engineers
software engineering via a software develop- to gauge the economic and marketing via-
ment project. It also presents principles, bility of a technical undertaking. The subject
guidelines and practice in human-machine covers the socioeconomic environment and
interfaces. commercial and managerial aspects of a tele-
Assessment: HMI software design project communications enterprise. Financial con-
worth 30 per cent; software development siderations of the telecommunications sector
learning contract worth 70 per cent. and of interconnect issues are discussed.
Assessment: based on assignments, group pre-
49214 sentations and final open book examination.
UNIX and C
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): 48430 Software 49216
Development or equivalent programming experience Advanced Mathematics for
All courses Telecommunications
Postgraduate 6cp; 3hpw
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor J Leaney All courses
This subject develops understanding and Postgraduate
competence in the use of UNIX as a develop- Subject Coordinator: Professor R Braun
ment tool for a software engineer, and C This subject provides a short refresher for the
programming in a UNIX environment. The fundamental theory underlying much of
subject encourages good programming telecommunications. It then introduces more
practices through programming style and advanced topics specific for telecommu-
development approaches such as Abstract nications applications. The subject begins
Data Types. UNIX is examined as an environ- with a short review of linear systems, trans-
ment supporting the software development forms, probability, statistics, and random
process. Technical aspects of UNIX such as variables. The student is then introduced to
shell programming, the UNIX file system, the topics such as number theory (appropriate to
UNIX process model, and system level cryptography and security), rings and fields
programming are also covered. The subject (appropriate to coding), and numerical
assumes that students have had significant simulation techniques.
undergraduate programming in Cor a similar Assessment: continuous assessment and final
language and that students are familiar with examination.
UNIX at a user level.
Assessment: three negotiated learning con-
tracts (individual and team-based) worth 33.3
per cent each.
166 Subject descriptions

49217 49219
Software Verification and Validation Emerging lnternetworking Protocols
6cp; 3hpw or block attendance; prerequisite[s): 6cp; prerequisite[s): 49201 Integrated Services
49211 Software Engineering Principles Networks; 49202 Communication Protocols
All courses availability: Telecommunications Engineering
Postgraduate program only; special topic
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor J Leaney Postgraduate
This subject helps students to develop an Subject Coordinator: A Kadi
understanding of verification and validation This subject examines emerging internetwork-
in the context of differing international pro- ing protocols in depth. Particular topics
cesses and life cycles, and differing methodol- include internetworking protocol version 6,
ogies (structured, object-oriented, etc.). Test Internet control message protocol version 6,
planning is considered in relation to develop- wireless networks, and mobility support.
ment planning and quality planning, assisting Assessment: to be announced by Subject
the appropriate choice of validation and Coordinator at first meeting.
verification techniques. Verification and
validation are considered throughout the life 49220
cycle, involving the client wherever possible.
Real-time Signal Processing in
Particular techniques include requirements
Telecommunications
validation; walkthroughs and inspections
(throughout the life cycle); unit testing 6cp; prerequisite[s): 49203 Telecommunications
techniques (including algebraic proofs); target Signal Processing availability: Telecommunications
Engineering program only; special topic
machine and host machine tests; integration
Postgraduate
and acceptance testing; and tools which can
Subject Coordinator: A Kadi
be used to support unit testing, integration
testing and quality (Attol, Logiscope). This topic introduces the real-time implemen-
tation of adaptive filters, advanced spectral
Assessment: classwork, assignments, and
analysis techniques, speech processing, and
examinations worth 50 per cent; major project
modulation-demodulation and synchronis-
(industry involvement where possible) worth
ation. The implementation is to be done on a
50 per cent.
Texas Instrument C3x or C5x real-time DSP
board.
49218
Assessment: to be announced by Subject
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)
Coordinator at first meeting.
Technology
6cp; prerequisite[s): 49201 Integrated Services 49221
Networks; 49202 Communication Protocols
availability: Telecommunications Engineering and Coding and Coded Modulation
Telecommunication Networks programs only; 6cp; prerequisite[s): 49205 Transmission Systems
special topic availability: Telecommunications Engineering
Postgraduate program only; special topic
Subject Coordinator: A Kadi Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: Professor R Braun
This subject introduces the student to the
fundamental operation of ATM technology, This subject aims to refresh information
and examines congestion control, LAM emu- theory and use it in the practical development
lation, and wireless service provision in detail. of coding theory and coded modulation.
Assessment: to be announced by Subject Topics to be covered include source coding,
Coordinator at first meeting. channel coding, enthropy, channel capacity,
block coding, cyclic coding and convolutional
coding.
Assessment: to be announced by Subject
Coordinator at first meeting.
Subject descriptions 167

49222 49225
Advanced Digital Modulation Techniques Software Project Management
6cp; prerequisite[s): 49205 Transmission Systems 6cp; 3hpw or block attendance or part-time;
availability: Telecommunications Engineering prerequisite[s): 49211 Software Engineering
program only; special topic Principles
Postgraduate All courses
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor Postgraduate
S Reisenfeld Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor J Leaney
This subject examines spread spectrum This subject aims to present and develop the
communications techniques for wireless office confidence and software project management
and point-to-point links. Specific topics skills required to become effective project
include direct spread code division multiple team leaders and potential project managers.
access, frequency hopped code division multi- The course covers such concepts as team con-
ple access communication systems, modu- stitution, business aspects, technical organis-
lation and coding, multiple user demodulator ations charts and cost estimates, scheduling
techniques, and error correction coding and monitoring, and maintenance. The course
techniques. proposes an analysis of existing Software
Assessment: to be announced by Subject Project Management tools and groupware
Coordinator at first meeting. technologies. Apart from the theoretical pre-
sentations, much time is given to participants
49223 reviewing their past experience and doing
illustrative exercises.
Satellite Communication Systems
6cp; prerequisite[s): 49205 Transmission Systems Assessment: classwork, a learning contract, a
availability: Telecommunications Engineering major project worth 80 per cent; examination
program only; special topic worth 20 per cent.
Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor 49226
S Reisenfeld Modem/Codec Design
This subject focuses on satellite and earth 6cp; prerequisite[s): 49205 Transmission Systems
station design principles including geo- availability: Telecommunications Engineering
stationary, medium earth orbit, and low earth program only; special topic
orbit communication systems. Topics include Postgraduate
an introduction to communication satellites, Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor
tracking, satellite system architecture, and S Reisenfeld
design and performance trade-off issues. This subject focuses on the digital signal pro-
Assessment: to be announced by Subject cessing design and implementation of modems
Coordinator at first meeting. and error correcting and detecting codecs.
Issues include sampling rate, quantisation
49224 noise, implementation techniques, optimal
detection filtering, the design of carrier and
Simulation of Digital Communication
clock synchronisation systems, and fast bit
Systems error rate performance estimation algorithms.
6cp; prerequisite[s): 49205 Transmission Systems
availability: Telecommunications Engineering
Assessment: to be announced by Subject
program only; special topic Coordinator at first meeting.
Postgraduate
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor 49233
S Reisenfeld Software Requirements Specification
This subject introduces the student to a variety 6cp; block attendance; prerequisite[s): 49211
of simulation techniques, performance Software Engineering Principles or equivalent
evaluation, configuration trade-off studies, All courses
comparison to analytically derived results, Postgraduate
simulation limitations, and required compu- Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor J Leaney
tational complexity to achieve knowledge of This subject establishes the need for software
bit error rate performance. engineering, the current state of the field, and
Assessment: to be announced by Subject the role that the software engineering program
Coordinator at first meeting. can play in this context.
168 Subject descriptions

It is also a subject to develop competency in problems, documentation, quality assurance,


the capture of system requirements and their and the use of software tools. In particular the
representation, using real-time structured project aims to act as a Capstone module and
analysis. The subject aims to have a strong tie the academic content of the course into a
practical focus, covering tools and methodol- cohesive whole, as well as to enable students
ogies and developing skills which will be to experience aspects of teamwork and its
immediately relevant to the applicants and implications. The project involves working
their companies. The subject contains a sig- together in groups of four (in varying roles)
nificant component of practical project work during the complete development of a soft-
which is aimed at reinforcing the material ware system. The project is defined in such a
covered in the subject. way that cost is not critical but deadlines are,
Assessment: analytical written assignment thus encouraging effective teamwork.
worth 10 per cent; software design project Assessment: the assessment focuses on the
worth 30 per cent; software specification ability to apply the material presented
learning contract worth 30 per cent; software throughout the course to the development of
verification learning contract worth 30 per practical software systems.
cent.
49237
49234 Software Quality and Configuration
Real-time Object-oriented Software 3cp; block attendance
Development All courses
6cp; block attendance; prerequisite(sl: substantial Postgraduate
programming study and experience Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor J Leaney
All courses This subject is designed to develop students'
Postgraduate understanding of software quality issues, and
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor J Leaney develop their skills in configuration manage-
This subject establishes students' competency ment. The quality module includes develop-
in the design and implementation of real-time ing an ability to read a quality plan and a
object-based systems. The subject covers development plan, and to understand the role
object-oriented software development using of a QA engineer and the role of the developer
the Ada language, including a coverage of 00 in contributing to quality during the develop-
methodology, tools, processes and imple- ment process. Also covered are issues such as
mentation issues, focusing on those aspects QA activities and organisation. The configur-
specific to developing real-time software. ation module aims to develop an understand-
Aspects of C++ are also covered, especially ing of, and the ability to use, the basic
aspects related to real-time systems. mechanisms of configuration management.
Assessment: student presentations worth 20 Aspects covered include clients, activities,
per cent; software design projects worth 20 objects, standards, the modification process
per cent; four minor projects to be used during and planning methods. The module also
the second academic project worth 15 per cent covers the use of a typical configuration
each. management tool.
Assessment: learning contract worth 30 per
49236 cent; report worth 30 per cent; projects worth
Software Development Project 40 per cent.
6cp; block attendance availability: Software
Engineering major only 49238
Postgraduate Telecommunications Network Management
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor J Leaney 6cp; prerequisite(sl: 48740 Communication
The major goal of this subject is to promote Networks; 48340 Construction availability:
the development of the participants' ability Telecommunications Engineering program only
to apply the knowledge and skills developed Postgraduate
throughout the course to handling real-world Subject Coordinator: A Kadi
software development problems. The project This subject is designed for telecommuni-
covers issues such as the need for an appro- cations engineers working with telecommuni-
priate approach to developing software, cations carriers and suppliers of hardware and
applying the development process to practical software infrastructure that supports the
Subject descriptions 169

provision of telecommunications services to 49271


clients. It will begin with an historical over- Computer Architecture
view of the evolution of telecommunications
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): suitable undergraduate
networks with particular emphasis on the de- subjects
regulated environment that has been the All courses
characteristic of the last decade. The role of Postgraduate
standards making bodies to ensure inter- Subject Coordinator: N J Carmody
operability will be highlighted. The bulk of
The subject explores at an advanced level
the course will examine the technical details
of particular standards such as SNMP, TMN issues that impact upon the hardware design
of modern computers. This experience
and CORBA. The course will conclude with
enables the student to evaluate a proprietary
an examination of future challenges asso-
system, develop a hardware system using
ciated with the operation of very large scale
standard sub-assemblies, and design system
distributed systems and look at current
components, such as specialised processor
vendor solutions.
elements, which meet an application
requirement.
49239
Assessment: final examination worth 50 per
Software Systems Middleware
cent; laboratory assignment worth 30 per cent;
6cp
other assignments worth 20 per cent.
All courses
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor J Leaney
49272
The title software systems middleware is
Adaptive and Multivariable Control
derived from the essential component of an
open system, namely the infrastructure, or 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): suitable undergraduate
subjects
middleware, as it has become popularly
All courses
known. The most public example of middle-
Postgraduate
ware is the http: protocol of the world wide Subject Coordinator: to be advised
web. The subject develops skills in the Java
middleware, Jini, and develops analysis skills This subject covers advanced techniques for
of open systems via a framework for evalu- modelling, analysis and design of systems
ating open systems. suited to multi-variable, adaptive or optimal
control. Laboratory projects are conducted on
Assessment: assignments 30 per cent, project a continuous basis throughout the semester.
50 per cent, other 20 per cent. Topics include: direct and inverse Nyquist
arrays, characteristic locus, robust control,
49261 pole shifting techniques, identification
Biomedical Instrumentation algorithms, minimum variance control, self-
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): suitable undergraduate tuning adaptive regulator, linear quadratic
subjects regulator design, state estimation and the
All courses Kalman filter.
Postgraduate
Assessment: laboratory work including two
Subject Coordinator: Professor H Nguyen
seminar presentations worth 50 per cent; three
This subject covers general concepts applicable out of four assignments worth 50 per cent.
to the design of all medical instrumentation
systems, the measurement of biopotentials 49274
and critical-care analyses for diagnostic
Advanced Robotics
purposes, and the design of biomedical devices
6cp; 3hpw or block attendance; prerequisite[s):
for therapeutic purposes. The subject includes
suitable undergraduate subjects
three modules covering sensors and amplifiers,
All courses
vital sign monitoring for diagnostic purposes, Postgraduate
and physiological intervention/ closed-loop Subject Coordinator: to be advised
control.
This subject covers advanced topics in robotics
Assessment: assignments worth 25 per cent; and robot programming, including mechani-
project work and seminar worth 50 per cent cal manipulation using robots, actuation,
(includes 20 per cent for seminar); final sensing and vision systems, and robotic
examination worth 25 per cent. applications. Upon completion of the subject,
the student is expected to be competent to
170 Subject descriptions

program and control robots with up to six 49306


degrees of freedom. In addition, the student Quality and Operations Management
is expected to have sufficient understanding Systems
to build robots with two-dimensional (terres- 6cp; 3hpw or block attendance
trial) and three-dimensional (aquatic) motions All courses
using advanced techniques such as subsump- Postgraduate
tion architecture and artificial intelligence. Subject Coordinator: Or H Akpolat
Assessment: assignments worth 30 per cent; This subject helps students to understand how
laboratories and quizzes worth 10 per cent; to design, develop and implement a quality
final examination worth 60 per cent. system and how to achieve certification of the
quality system according to the International
49275 Standards ISO 9000 series. It develops under-
Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic standing of the means of defining the structure
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite(s): suitable undergraduate of the quality system in manufacturing and
subjects service organisations, determining what
All courses resources are needed to complete the docu-
Postgraduate mentation and the evaluation of the quality
Subject Coordinator: Professor H Nguyen system.
The principal objective of this subject is to This subject also highlights the use of an
introduce students to neural networks and effective quality system for continuous quality
fuzzy theory from an engineering perspective. improvements.
In the identification and control of dynamic Assessment: assignments worth 30 per cent;
systems, neural networks and fuzzy systems examination worth 70 per cent.
can be implemented as model-free estimators
and/or controllers. As trainable dynamic 49307
systems, these intelligent control systems can
learn from experience with numerical and Internal Combustion Engines and
linguistic sample data. Environmental Issues
6cp; 3hpw or block attendance
Assessment: three assignments worth 25 per
All courses
cent; project worth 50 per cent and final
Postgraduate
examination worth 25 per cent. Subject Coordinator: Or G Hong

49276 This subject emphasises solutions to environ-


mental and energy resource problems related
Sliding Mode Control to internal combustion (IC) engine design,
6cp; 3hpw or block attendance; prerequisite(s): development and utilisation. It introduces a
suitable undergraduate subjects pragmatic engineering field of internal com-
All courses bustion engines and provides opportunities
Postgraduate
to students to develop an understanding of
Subject Coordinator: Professor HT Nguyen
the applications of IC engines in environ-
This subject covers the salient aspects of mental protection, transportation, electricity
deterministic control of uncertain systems generation and other areas.
from an engineering perspective. It deals
Assessment: laboratory reports worth 35 per
specifically with sliding mode techniques for
cent; projects worth 35 per cent; examination
achieving effective control of systems with
worth 30 per cent.
uncertain dynamics or bounded unknown
disturbances. Students develop ability to
identify bounded disturbances and model
49309
variations, to analyse and design appropriate Quality Planning and Analysis
sliding mode controllers, and to implement 6cp; 3hpw or distance mode; prerequisite( si:
control solutions in a specified application. suitable undergraduate subjects
The project is presented through lectures, All courses
tutorials and a semester-length practical Postgraduate
project. Subject Coordinator: Or H Akpolat
Assessment: assignment worth 25 per cent; This subject develops understanding of the
examination worth 25 per cent; project worth imperatives, culture, philosophy, scope,
50 per cent. strategies and practice of total quality man-
agement and covers problem identification,
Subject descriptions 171

process design, continuous improvement, 49316


vendor supplies, customer service, quality Materials Handling
auditing and the development of a quality 6cp; 3hpw
assurance practices manual and compliance All courses
with relevant Australian Standards and Subject Coordinator: J Oartnall
supplier assessment schemes.
The materials handling industry is very
Assessment: assignments worth 30 per cent; broad, covering almost all industries includ-
formal examination worth 70 per cent. ing mining, mineral processing, agricultural
production, food processing, power pro-
49311 duction, chemical processing, manufacturing,
Advanced Heat Transfer packaging, pharmaceutical production and
6cp; 3hpw many others. Since the industrial revolution,
All courses people have made increasing use of mechani-
Postgraduate cal methods of handling materials. This has
Subject Coordinator: Or J Madadnia been to such an extent that in the western
This subject develops concepts and methods world almost everything, included food, raw
for dealing with some advanced topics in heat materials building materials and finished
transfer. These include boiling, natural products, has probably been mechanically
convention and radiation. Numerical simu- handled many times before it reaches the
lation and practical laboratory experiments consumer.
are important components of the course. This subjects covers the main systems and
Assessment: assignments, projects and/ or an methods of mechanical handling of materials,
examination. both bulk solids handling and discrete
handling of products and goods.
49312 Topics include: screw, belt and bucket con-
Advanced Flow Modelling veyors and elevators; pneumatic and hydraulic
6cp; 4hpw; prerequisitelsl: suitable undergraduate conveying of bulk solids; storage systems;
subjects, plus some programming experience feeding, sampling and weighing of materials
All courses and systems for handling artifacts, factory
Postgraduate products and packaged goods.
Subject Coordinator: Or A Mack Assessment: two major projects worth 30 per
Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is a cent, labs and minor assignments worth 30 per
cornerstone of modern engineering and a cent, one day visit to Wollongong industries
technology which is regarded as crucial to the (report) worth 15 per cent, final examination
success of the major economies. Along with worth 25 per cent.
more traditional modelling techniques, this
subject provides exposure to the numerical 49318
methods in CFD computer codes and experi- Manufacturing Systems Management
ence in the practical application of commercial 6cp; 3hpw or distance mode; prerequisitelsl: 48621
CFD packages. Importantly, it develops skill Manufacturing Engineering or equivalent
in the evaluation of the solution integrity. The All courses
subject culminates in a major project of the Postgraduate
students' own choosing. On completion, Subject Coordinator: Or G Hong
students should have proficiency to under- Systems thinking is a vital strategy in the
take leadership roles in this exciting new field international competitiveness of modern
across the entire engineering spectrum and, manufacturing industry. In this subject, a
in particular, in the mechanical, aeronautical, manufacturing system is analysed by parti-
civil and environmental context. The subject tioning, to model its flow of materials and
has particular relevance to the design of information, and to identify waste and value
vehicles, buildings, structures, engines, adding activities. Manufacturing system
turbomachinery, manufacturing processes, paradigms are reviewed in the context of their
heat transfer, combustion behaviour, pollutant application to different businesses, pro-
dispersal, weather patterns, ocean currents fessional disciplines and functional areas.
and biomedical phenomena. Simple linear control systems are contrasted
Assessment: projects worth 50 per cent; with nonlinear, long time lag learning systems
assignments worth 35 per cent; laboratories with multi-input strategies to achieve
worth 15 per cent.
172 Subject descriptions

corporate objectives interacting with multiple 49322


performance indices; assumptions for the Airconditioning
simplification of complexity for scaling, 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisitelsl: 48651 Thermodynamics
modelling and simulation. Case studies All courses
relevant to the student's learning needs or Postgraduate
employment may incorporate issues of Subject Coordinator: Or G Hong
marketing, forecasting, maintenance, modu-
Airconditioning systems are required by
larity, group technology, flexible manufactur-
modern society and promoted by high
ing, time to market, clean production, life
technology to be functional, well-controlled,
cycling, bench marking and the control of
energy-efficient and environmentally friendly,
inventory, production or finance. The design
in maintaining human comfort and health as
and synthesis of new systems built on
well as industrial productivity. The objectives
interlinked sub-systems with manageable
of this subject are: to advance student under-
modules are considered through incremental
standing of refrigeration and airconditioning
development and step change innovation.
systems; to develop basic skills for carrying
Assessment: formative projects worth 35 per out the design and construction of aircon-
cent; formative assignments worth 35 per ditioning for buildings; to enhance knowledge
cent; examination worth 30 per cent. of energy conservation and management as
applicable to airconditioning systems.
49321 Topics include: principles of thermodynamics
Energy Conversion and heat transfer, airconditioning systems and
6cp; 3hpw components, design criteria and standards,
All courses psychometry and airconditioning processing,
Postgraduate refrigeration, load estimation, computer
Subject Coordinator: Or J Madadnia software for load estimation, duct and pipe
The subject develops the capability to appraise, design, control system, noise and pollution.
analyse and evaluate sustainability in design, Assessment: laboratory report worth 20 per
selection and application of energy con- cent; project worth 30 per cent; examination
version systems. Topics for the subject include worth 50 per cent.
three kinds of conversion systems: renewable
(direct and indirect, solar, wind, hydro, 49323
biomass and tidal), alternative (hydrogen and
Vibration Analysis: Theory and Applications
methanol) and non-renewable (coal, petroleum
and natural gas) systems. Aspects to be 6cp; 3hpw or block attendance; prerequisiteis):
covered include technological (design conc- 48662 Mechanical Applications
epts), economic (cost and efficiency) and All courses
Postgraduate
environmental (greenhouse effects including
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor N Zhang
life cycle analysis and pollution) analysis of
energy conversion system. From an Australian This subject extends students' understanding
perspective, the subject considers the future of vibration theory and its application to
developments for energy supply, using solar problems encountered in mechanical and
energy, wind turbines, water turbines, steam structural engineering. It focuses on learning
turbines, gas turbines, internal combustion and practising the techniques and skills most
engines, and fuel cells relevant to social and frequently used in engineering practice. After
environmental criteria. Case studies and a brief revision of basic vibration theory for
relevant laboratory-based projects are directed single-degree-of-freedom systems, the subject
towards improving understanding of the moves on to multiple-degree-of-freedom
fundamentals of the energy conversion. systems, modal analysis, torsional vibration,
approximation and numerical methods for
Assessment: assignments worth 15 per cent;
transverse vibration including influence
laboratories and case studies worth 60 per
coefficient methods, transfer matrix method
cent; examination worth 25 per cent.
and finite element methods. Applications
include vibration reduction by passive and
active means, design of vehicle suspension
systems, experimental modal analysis, rotor
dynamics and spin stability and analysis.
Assessment: assignments and laboratory
reports worth 70 per cent; final examination
worth 30 per cent.
Subject descriptions 173

49324 49326
Instrumentation and Condition Monitoring Heat Transfer and Equipment Design
6cp; 3hpw or block attendance; prerequisite[s): 6cp; 3hpw
48660 Dynamics and Control All courses
All courses Postgraduate
Postgraduate Subject Coordinator: Or J Madadnia
Subject Coordinator: Or F C 0 Sticher This subject is a combination of heat transfer
This subject introduces students to the funda- and equipment design and is for electrical,
mentals of strain-stress, sound and vibration electronic and mechanical engineers wishing
measurement commonly used in condition to learn creative design skills and the practical
monitoring and maintenance programs of implementation of their ideas. The equipment
major equipment in modern industries. It studied requires cooling, heating or heat
covers topics of strain gauging, data acquisi- exchange for its operation.
tion, frequency response analysis, signal The first part of the subject covers the princi-
processing, characterisation of signatures and ples and practical results of heat transfer,
infra-red techniques. Experiments include namely conduction, convection and radiation,
taking various physical measurements by to a level appropriate for engineering design.
using strain gauges, sound meters, accelerom- Thermal-network models are developed for
eters, temperature measuring devices, etc., the analysis of steady-state and transient
together with their associated data acquisition/ heating and cooling. It also discusses thermal
analysis systems. Students apply these skills degradation, thermal properties of materials,
to detection and diagnosis of faults in the Australian Standards relating to thermal
bearings and gear transmission systems of requirements, and the selection of electrical
rotating machines. and mechanical materials. Laboratory work
Assessment: laboratory reports worth 70 per is used to develop skills in thermal measure-
cent; final examination worth 30 per cent. ments and a deeper understanding of cooling
techniques and heat exchangers.
49325 The second part of the subject covers the
Computer-aided Mechanical Design design of electrical, electronic and mechanical
6cp; 3hpw or block attendance; prerequisitelsl: equipment. There is close integration of the
48650 Mechanical and Manufacturing Design two parts because good thermal design is
All courses required for reliable performance and high
Postgraduate efficiency and/ or low cost of equipment. This
Subject Coordinator: T Brown part will be taught through team solution of
This subject extends the development of problem-based design projects and case
students' design skills. Students use computer- studies selected according to the students'
aided methods to complement and enhance interest. The focus is on overall design
the analytical and theoretical skills and optimisation to achieve a specified objective,
knowledge obtained in undergraduate sub- subject to constraints of Australian Standards,
jects and in practice. Mechanical system available materials, total energy consumption,
simulation software is used for designing and customer requirements. Typical topics
mechanical systems and controls, and to include power resistors, power transistor
introduce virtual prototyping. A finite element circuits, inductors, transformers, rotating
analysis program is used for analysing machines, heat engines, cooling coils, and heat
stresses in mechanical components. Although exchangers.
commercially available software is used, Assessment: assignments worth 10 per cent;
students are not simply trained in the use of laboratory reports worth 10 per cent; design
that particular program. Rather, the objective projects worth 50 per cent; examination worth
of the subject is that students understand the 30 per cent.
general approach to computer-aided engin-
eering and the importance of having a sound
knowledge of the fundamental mechanics.
Assessment: assignments and projects worth
70 per cent; quiz worth 30 per cent.
174 Subject descriptions

49327 Assessment: continuous assessment involving


Advanced Kinematics and Dynamics assignments and problems and short
examinations.
6cp; 3hpw
All courses
Postgraduate 49554
Subject Coordinator: Or F Sticher Groundwater Computing
This subject extends the standard courses in 6cp; block attendance or distance mode availability:
planar kinematics and dynamics, and then all courses [elective for ME[GWM) and GOE[GWM))
applies the study of three-dimensional Postgraduate
kinematics and dynamics to such topics as the Subject Coordinator: Or N Merrick,
kinematics of robots, the dynamics of gyro- National Centre for Groundwater Management
compasses and inertial navigation, calculation This subject, conducted through a combin-
of forces in swash plate mechanisms and the ation of classroom and lab sessions, provides
theory of spin stability and non-syndronous a strong computing basis for groundwater
whirl. management especially in the area of statistics
Assessment: five assignments worth 100 per and graphics as applied to groundwater
cent. problems involving computing. It provides an
introduction to DOS and Windows operating
49550 systems, databases, spreadsheets, word
processing, elements of geostatistics and
Computing for Groundwater Specialists graphical packages with applications related
Ocp; block attendance totalling 24 hours or to groundwater processes, and groundwater
distance mode availability: MEIGWM), GOE[GWM) computing project.
only
Postgraduate Assessment: continuous assessment involving
Subject Coordinator: 0 Yates, National Centre for assignments and problems. Assignments and
Groundwater Management problems assessed at a more advanced level
than 49550 Computing for Groundwater
This subject provides the computing back-
Specialists.
ground needed for students with varying
degrees of computer literacy. Topics covered
include DOS and Windows operating systems,
49555
databases, spreadsheets, word processing, Groundwater Modelling
statistical and graphical packages with appli- 6cp; block attendance totalling 36 hours or
cations relating to groundwater processes. distance mode; corequisite[s): 49550 Computing for
The subject is conducted through three Groundwater Specialists availability: all courses
intensive computer lab sessions. [core for ME[GWM) and GOE(GWM))
Postgraduate
Assessment: continuous assessment involving Subject Coordinator: Or N Merrick,
assignments and problems. National Centre for Groundwater Management

49551 The subject, conducted through a combination


of classroom and lab sessions, provides the
Surface Hydrology and Groundwater computer modelling tools required for par-
6cp; block attendance totalling 36 hours or ticular groundwater resource management
distance mode availability: all courses [core for underpinned by an adequate appreciation of
ME[GWM) and GOE[GWM)) the underlying theory and computer
Postgraduate algorithms. Topics include conceptual model-
Subject Coordinator: Professor M J Knight,
ling, analytical modelling, numerical model-
National Centre for Groundwater Management
ling and solution algorithms applied to the
This subject, conducted through a combin- governing differential equations. Emphasis is
ation of classroom and lab sessions, provides placed on finite difference and finite element
the interface process link between surface methods. Applications to groundwater
hydrology and groundwater. Topics include resource studies, borefield management,
hydrological cycle, water and energy balances optimisation problems.
and circulation, precipitation, interception,
Assessment: continuous assessment involving
infiltration, storm run-off, hydrograph
assignments, problems and short
analysis, evaporation and transpiration,
examinations.
surface and groundwater interactions, land-
use effects, artificial recharge.
Subject descriptions 175

49629 topics. Emphasis is placed on achieving depth


New Business Creation and balance in all major aspects of gas sector
6cp; prerequisite(sl: 48250 Engineering Economics
planning and policy, with topical case studies
and Finance providing an application focus.
Spring semester Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent;
Postgraduate quizzes worth 50 per cent; contribution to
Subject Coordinator: Professor R Belcher class discussion worth 10 per cent.
This course is offered to final year students
from the University of New South Wales, the 49702
University of Sydney and UTS through the Gas Distribution Technology and
Australian Technology Park, Eveleigh. It Management
prepares graduates to take control of their 6cp; block attendance
own employment future, increasing their All courses
options through knowledge required to create Postgraduate
and grow a company. Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor 0 Sharma
The course pays particular emphasis to This subject aims to introduce the principles,
technology-based companies. concepts and methods of designing, operating
The course develops understanding of R & D and managing gas distribution systems with
management, intellectual property, technology due regard for security, safety and other
contracts, product development, marketing, related aspects. Topics include: general
financial management and business planning overview of gas distribution; typical features
and should lead many of its graduates into of gas distribution systems; gas distribution
active involvement within technology-based technologies; gas distribution network design;
firms, both in Australia and internationally. construction of gas distribution systems; net-
work operational practices and procedures;
One three-hour block each week consists of maintenance and safety issues; management
lectures, presentations, case study discussions of gas distribution networks; marketing issues
and workshops, videos and computer print- and technological trends. Emphasis is placed
based material. on achieving depth and balance in all aspects
In addition to the three-hour block, students of the design and development of gas distrib-
are expected to spend up to three hours per ution networks, with topical case studies
week out of class reviewing material and providing an application focus.
preparing case studies for in-class discussion. Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent;
Assessment: in-course involvement worth quizzes worth 50 per cent; contribution to
10 per cent; two assignments worth 10 per class discussion worth 10 per cent.
cent and 20 per cent respectively; two-hour
examination worth 60 per cent. 49703
Selected Topics (Energy Pricing)
49701 3cp; block attendance; prerequisite(sl: 49023
Gas Sector Planning Energy and Environmental Economics
6cp; block attendance; prerequisite(sl: 49021 Postgraduate
Evaluation of Infrastructure Investments; 49023 Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor 0 Sharma
Energy and Environmental Economics This subject aims to develop understanding
Postgraduate of the microeconomic principles and methods
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor 0 Sharma
of energy pricing. Topics include: microeco-
This subject aims to develop an understand- nomic foundations of energy pricing; demand,
ing of the nature, characteristics and methods supply and demand-supply interactions
of gas sector planning. Topics include: nature under various market conditions; pricing as
of gas sector planning; planning perspectives; a planning tool; pricing and efficiency;
planning concepts and methods; economic methods of pricing; case studies on the pricing
and technological dimensions of gas sector of electricity, gas, oil and other energy
planning and operation; integrated resource resources.
planning; institutional structures and owner- Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent;
ship of the gas industry; regulatory issues; gas
quizzes worth 50 per cent; contribution to
pricing; social, environmental and political class discussion worth 10 per cent.
dimensions of gas planning; other selected
176 Subject descriptions

49706 SUBJECTS OFFERED BY


Regulatory Economics
6cp; block attendance; prerequisitelsl: 49021
OTHER FACULTIES
Evaluation of Infrastructure Investments; 49023
Energy and Environmental Economics; 49026
Electricity Sector Planning and Restructuring 16061
Postgraduate Construction Management 1A
Subject Coordinator: Associate Professor 0 Sharma 6cp
This subject focuses on developing an under- Introduction to the management of the build-
standing of the economics of regulation, and ing and construction process. The subject is
methods and principles of regulation design designed to provide an introduction and
for the energy sector and other sectors of the overview of the skills and activities involved
economy. Topics include: historical overview in construction management by introducing
of regulation; drivers for regulation; costs and the topics time management, human resource
benefits of regulation; impacts of regulation; management, scope management, work
institutional structure, ownership and regu- breakdown structure, materials handling,
lation; regulatory frameworks; regulation quality management, cost management, and
design; policy issues and politics of regulation; safety management, etc.
case studies on regulatory aspects will be
provided from the energy section and other 16062
sectors of the economy. Construction Management 2A
1

Assessment: assignments worth 40 per cent; 6cp


quizzes worth 50 per cent; contribution to Management of the construction process is
class discussion worth 10 per cent. further developed with the issues of quality
management and organisation theory formally
addressed. Time, cost, scope and quality
management are further developed in the case
study. Project case studies relating to multi-
residential or industrial buildings are utilised
in this subject.

16065
1
Construction Management 25
6cp
Management of the construction process is
further developed with the issues of cost
management and contract administration
formally addressed. Time, cost, scope and
quality management are further developed in
the case study. Project case studies relating to
multi-residential or industrial buildings are
utilised in this subject.

16063
1
Construction Management 3A
6cp
Management of the construction process is
further developed with the issues of occu-
pation health and safety and industrial
relations formally addressed. Time, cost,
scope and quality management are further
developed in the case study. Project case
studies relating to multi-storey buildings are
utilised in the case study.
Subject descriptions 177

16066 21193
1
Construction Management 3S Introduction to Corporate Strategy
6cp 6cp; prerequisite[s): four completed core subjects
Management of the construction process is of the Bachelor of Business
further developed with the issue of sub- Undergraduate
contractor management formally addressed Introduces students to the concept and
and the issue of cost management developed process of strategic analysis and decision
in greater detail. Time, cost, scope and quality making. Provides students with competencies,
management are further developed in the case skills and the understanding necessary for
study. Project case studies relating to multi- implementing and managing the strategy
storey buildings are utilised in the case study. process which aims to ensure the long term
viability and success of an enterprise. Thus
16064 students can more readily understand,
Construction Management 4A
1 communicate and materially contribute to the
purpose of the organisation. Gives partici-
6cp
pants an understanding of the contemporary
Management of the construction process is business environment in which business
further developed with the issues of manage- operates and how decision-making processes,
ment information systems and environmental leadership and organisational politics impact
management formally addressed and the on the strategic activities of managers.
issue of organisation theory developed in
greater detail. Time, cost, scope and quality 21715
management are further developed in the case
Strategic Management
study. Project case studies relating to multi-
storey buildings are utilised in the case study. 6cp; prerequisite[s): 22747 Accounting for
Managerial Decisions; 25706 Economics for
Management; 24734 Marketing Management;
16067 25742 Financial Management
1
Construction Management 4S Postgraduate
6cp This is an integrating subject concerned with
Management of the construction process is top management strategy for, and manage-
further developed with the issues of design ment of, change in the economic and social
management, production management and environments of business. Case studies from
client management formally addressed. Time, real business situations are examined. Topics
cost, scope and quality management are include strategy formulation, strategic
further developed in the case study. Project planning, management audits, management
case studies relating to multi-storey buildings of change, and social responsibility and
are utilised in the case study. corporate effectiveness.
1
The issues developed within one of the levels 2 to 4
may be switched within the same level between the
21718
subject designated A and the subject designated S. Organisation Analysis and Design
6cp
21128 Postgraduate
International Business Develops skills in organisational analysis.
6cp Develops diagnostic and prescriptive skills in
Undergraduate regard to organisations. Focuses on the
Introduces students to the multidimensional description and analysis of organisations as
nature of international business. Discusses the formal structures, political systems and
importance of globalisation and how it has cultural entities.
changed the competitive environment of
business. Introduces the role of multinational
corporations and the complexity of
international operations and management.
Discusses current debates surrounding
multilateral bodies. An Australian perspective
is adopted throughout with students also
developing an understanding of business in
Asia.
178 Subject descriptions

21720 22107
Employment Relations Accounting for Business
6cp 6cp
Postgraduate Undergraduate
This subject presents an introduction to the In most economies business success is
areas of industrial relations and human measured in financial terms. It is the account-
resource management. Topics covered include ants who undertake this measurement. Many
historical steps in the development of the decisions in business are made based on
human resource function and the forces that accounting information, both historical (based
have shaped its development; major functions on past events) and projected (based on
of employment relations managers; the estimates of the future). Understanding
relationship between the human resource and accounting as a systematic way of measuring
industrial relations functions in the modern and communicating financial information on
organisation; the nature of industrial relations the financial status of various business entities
and the contribution to understanding made is the foundation for any successful career in
by several conflict theorists; the structure and both the private and public business sectors.
functioning of formal industrial relations; the
form and function of the employer and 22207
employee organisations, parties to employ- Accounting Transactions and Business
ment relations; and the nature of efficiency Decisions
restructuring and enterprise bargaining and 6cp; prerequisite(sl: 221 07 Accounting for Business
their impact upon the management of Undergraduate
employment relations.
Continues the study of accounting as an
information system and equips students with
21813 the appropriate accounting skills necessary to
Managing People participate in a managerial capacity in the
6cp analysis of accounting information as it is
Postgraduate used to facilitate and enhance decision-
Uses a behavioural science theory and making, accountability and control. Ethical
research perspective to diagnose organis- implications of decisions will be considered
ational processes. Students learn to apply throughout the subject. Covers areas in both
behavioural science ideas to analyse indi- financial and management accounting,
vidual performance issues and organisational including the preparation and examination of
processes in the management of human accounting reports for partnerships and
performance at work; relate people manage- companies; the development of relevant cost
ment practices to developments in manage- concepts used in cost systems and the use of
ment thought and to changing values in the this information in performance evaluation.
world of business and administration; A computer software package is used in the
critically evaluate the major theories and review and presentation of accounting
models that have been developed to explain information.
individual, group and inter-group behaviour
in work organisations; and appraise organis- 22747
ational communication practices in the Accounting for Managerial Decisions
context of organisational diversity. 6cp
Provides an introduction to the field of people Postgraduate
management; basic individual psychology; Introduces students to the basics of financial
motivation, job design and performance and management accounting. Topics include
management; managing groups at work; self- the nature and purpose of accounting,
managing work teams; intergroup behaviour accounting reports (balance sheets, profit and
and conflict in organisations; leadership; loss statements, cash flow statements) and
behavioural aspects of decision-making; and analysing accounting; accounting reports and
communication for people management. financial reports; the nature of management
accounting and cost concepts; strategic
planning and budgeting; cost accumulation
systems (traditional costing systems and
Subject descriptions 179

activity-based costing systems); and responsi- 25300


bility accounting (the management control Fundamentals of Business Finance
structure, and analysing and reporting on
6cp; prerequisite(sl: 22107 Accounting for
performance).
Business; 25115 Economics for Business;
corequisite(sl: 26133 Business Information
24108 Analysis
Marketing Foundations Undergraduate
6cp Introduces students to the concepts of finan-
Undergraduate cial management and the main approaches to
Covers the basic principles of marketing. solving financial problems of the firm. Topics
Develops an understanding of the overall include financial markets; introduction to
process of marketing planning, implemen- foreign exchange risk; introduction to futures
tation and control in the contemporary and options; capital budgeting; financing
business environment. Also develops a basic decisions and working capital management.
understanding of marketing information Develops skills in searching for financial
systems; market research and marketing information via the web and the use of
ethics; market segmentation; buyer behaviour; computer packages such as Excel.
product development; and the development
of product, distribution, promotion and 25706
pricing strategies for both goods and services Economics for Management
domestically and internationally. 6cp
Postgraduate
24734 Provides an intensive introduction to the two
Marketing Management major components of economic theory -
6cp microeconomics (which deals with the
Postgraduate behaviour of individuals, firms and indus-
Recognises marketing as a key managerial tries) and macroeconomics (which deals with
decision-making area, in particular relating the behaviour of the national and inter-
the organisation to its environment to bring national economies). Provides a working
about change. Drawing extensively on the knowledge of the economic environment for
literature in marketing and marketing man- managers.
agement, the subject will adopt a range of
teaching approaches to demonstrate the 25742
nature and complexity of managerial market- Financial Management
ing decision making, and at the same time 6cp
develop knowledge and skills for effectively Postgraduate
managing the complexity of exchange
Provides the analytical framework for cor-
processes.
porate financial decisions. Introduces students
to financial theory and to the tools of financial
25115 decision making. Concerned primarily with
Economics for Business investment project evaluation and deter-
6cp mining the financing mix necessary to achieve
Undergraduate the firm's financial objectives. Topics include
Develops an understanding of basic economic the conceptual basis of financial decisions,
principles and their application to business accounting statements and cash flow, net
decision making and business strategy. present value, the valuation of debt and
Provides a foundation for further studies in equity, capital budget issues, risk and return,
business, economics and finance. Provides the capital asset pricing model (CAPM),
students with the ability to read and under- capital structure - determinants of the
stand analyses presented in the financial and optional balance of debt and equity, dividend
business media and be able to effectively policy, and leasing.
participate in the formulation of business
strategies.
180 Subject descriptions

31425 and techniques available to build user-centred


Principles of Software Development B systems. This subject considers the effects on
use of the different metaphors for human
6cp; prerequisite[sl: 31415 Principles of Software
Development A or another programming subject activity that designers use in their systems
and how user-centred design and evaluation
The specification and implementation of methods can improve the useability of
stacks, queues, lists and trees are discussed computer systems.
as abstract data types. Formal mathematical
specification of software and program correct- 31862
ness are discussed. Program-testing methods
Principles of Human-Computer Interaction
are emphasised throughout the subject, as are
aspects of software quality such as useability. 6cp; prerequisite[s): 48440 Software Engineering
This subject introduces students to the
31429 fundamental knowledge required to under-
Procedural Programming stand the nature and scope of HCI, the con-
6cp; prerequisite[s): 31415 Principles of Software tribution to HCI of human factors, language
Development A and communications, and ergonomics, and
the role of HCI in the software and systems
This subject deals with top-down structured design and development process. Approaches
program design techniques and their appli- to incorporate HCI into the software design
cation to the development of commercial and systems development process will be
programming applications. Emphasis is on examined with an emphasis on how HCI can
the quality and useability of the resultant ensure more usable software and systems.
systems. Debugging and testing skills are
developed. The language used is C. 31931
31434 Software Quality Assurance
6cp; prerequisite[s): 31424 Systems Modelling or
Database Design
equivalent
6cp; prerequisite[s): 31424 Systems Modelling
The subject aims to provide students with the
This subject introduces the students to basic practical knowledge and skills that are
database design and implementation con- necessary to effectively measure and control
cepts. Database design techniques, including the quality of software products. Major topics
relational design and E-R analysis, are include: quality assurance principles; quality
presented. Database programming using SQL metrics; verification, validation and testing;
is covered in lectures and supported by implementing quality assurance, and soft-
practical exercises. Object database and ware engineering methods and tools.
distributed database concepts are introduced.
32108
31514
Applications of Artificial Intelligence
Computing Theory
6cp
6cp Availability: Honours and postgraduate degree
This subject introduces students to some of students
the theory underlying computing science. It This subject covers some important areas of
includes such topics as formal methods and artificial intelligence and their applications.
computational complexity. These areas include, broadly: knowledge
representation; problem solving; planning;
31777 knowledge-based systems; dealing with
Human-Computer Interaction uncertainty; explanation facilities; and
6cp; prerequisite[sl: 31444 Systems Design and machine learning and applications of AI. The
Development or equivalent subject quickly introduces students to the
This subject focuses on the design, evaluation basic AI techniques and then deals with
and implementation of interactive computing individual topics in depth.
systems for human use within actual situ-
ations. Students gain an understanding of
human-computer interaction (HCI)
principles, including the main concepts, tools
Subject descriptions 181

33130 informal language to demonstrate under-


Mathematical Modelling 1 standing of these concepts; demonstrate a
6cp; prerequisite[s]: no formal prerequisites, but a
high level of skill in the computational
knowledge of 3 units of HSC Mathematics is techniques of the subject; demonstrate
assumed; corequisite[s]: 68037 Physical Modelling understanding of the theoretical results which
justify the use of these techniques; commu-
On completion of this subject students should nicate the above knowledge clearly, logically
be able to: understand the relevance of mathe- and critically; use the computer algebra
matics to engineering science and practice; system Mathematica to perform calculations
understand the way in which mathematics and explore mathematical ideas relevant to
can supply useful tools and resources to the subject content; be able to apply the subject
model real world problems; use mathematical matter covered in lectures, tutorials and
terminology and concepts; use formal and assignments to previously unseen problems;
informal language to demonstrate under- be aware of the historical context of mathe-
standing of these concepts; demonstrate a matical development.
high level of skill in the computational tech-
niques of the subject; demonstrate understand- Topics covered include the following: presen-
ing of the theoretical results which justify the tation of a collection of physical problems;
use of these techniques; communicate the functions and their relationship to measure-
above knowledge clearly, logically and ment and the interpretation of physical
critically; use the computer algebra system results; differentiability; differential equations
Mathematica to perform calculations and arising from physical problems; solution by
explore mathematical ideas relevant to the series; growth and decay problems; oscillatory
subject content; be able to apply the subject motion; trigonometric functions and inverse
matter covered in lectures, tutorials and trigonometric functions; integration; the
assignments to previously unseen problems; logarithm function; inverse functions; methods
be aware of the historical context of mathe- of integration; and introduction to nonlinear
matical development. oscillations.
Topics covered include the following: presen- The computer algebra system Mathematica
tation of a collection of physical problems; will be used throughout the subject as an
functions and their relationship to measure- aid to computation, graph plotting and
ment and the interpretation of physical visualisation.
results; differentiability; differential equations
arising from physical problems; solution by 33190
series; growth and decay problems; oscillatory Mathematical Modelling for Science
motion; trigonometric functions and inverse 6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite[s]: no formal prerequisite
trigonometric functions; integration; the but a knowledge of 2 units of HSC Mathematics is
logarithm function; inverse functions; methods assumed
of integration; and introduction to nonlinear Topics covered in this subject include: functions
oscillations. and their relationship to scientific experi-
The computer algebra system Mathematica is ments; differentiability; differential equations
used throughout the subject as an aid to arising from scientific problems; solution by
computation, graph plotting and visualisation. series; radioactive decay and exponential
functions; oscillatory motion and trigono-
33132 metric functions; integration; the logarithm
Mathematical Modelling 1 (two-semester function; inverse functions; inverse trigono-
mode)
metric functions; and solution of differential
equations by integration and inverse functions.
6cp; prerequisite[s]: no formal prerequisites, but a
The computer algebra system Mathematica is
knowledge of 3-unit Mathematics is assumed;
used for symbolic, graphical and numerical
corequisite[s]: 68039 Physical Modelling
computations.
On completion of this subject students should
be able to: understand the relevance of mathe-
matics to engineering science and practice;
understand the way in which mathematics
can supply useful tools and resources to
model real world problems; use mathematical
terminology and concepts; use formal and
182 Subject descriptions

33230 modules appropriate to their particular


Mathematical Modelling 2 discipline. The mathematics component
includes studies of simultaneous linear
6cp; prerequisite[s): 33130 Mathematical
Modelling 1 or 33132 Mathematical Modelling 1
equations and their occurrence in scientific
[two-semester mode) problems; methods for solving these equations
using matrices and determinants; eigenvalues
On completion of this subject students should and eigenvectors; vectors in two and three
be able to: understand the relevance of mathe- dimensions; products of vectors; spatial
matics to engineering science and practice; geometry and coordinate systems; functions
understand the way in which mathematics of several variables; partial derivatives;
can supply useful tools and resources to optimisation; and method of least squares.
model real world problems; use mathematical The computer algebra system Mathematica
terminology and concepts; use formal and in- will be used for symbolic, graphical and
formallanguage to demonstrate understand- numerical computations.
ing of these concepts; demonstrate a high level
of skill in the computational techniques
covered in the subject content; demonstrate
33390
understanding of the theoretical results which Mathematics and Scientific Software
justify the use of these techniques; communi- 6cp; 4hpw; prerequisite[s): 33290 Computing and
cate the above knowledge clearly, logically Mathematics for Science
and critically; use the computer algebra Topics covered in this subject include: methods
system Mathematica to perform calculations of integration; double and triple integrals and
and explore mathematical ideas relevant to their application to scientific problems; the
the subject content; apply the subject matter use of spherical and cylindrical coordinates;
covered in lectures, tutorials and assignments linear algebra and its relationship to boundary
to previously unseen problems and proofs; be value problems; inner products and orthog-
aware of the historical context of mathe- onality; separation of variables; and fourier
matical development. series. An introduction to C and Mathematica
Topics include the following: linear algebra; programming in the context of problems from
solutions to sets of equations resulting from this subject and its prerequisite is also covered.
particular problems; the need to develop a
variety of ways of solving sets of equations; 33490
matrices and determinants, eigenvectors and Computational Mathematics and Physics
eigenvalues; a standard treatment of vectors 6cp; 5hpw; prerequisite[s): 68201 Physics in Action
building on that given in Physical Modelling; [Physics 2); 33390 Mathematics and Scientific
partial derivatives using waves and tempera- Software
ture distributions as illustrative examples; opti- Topics covered include: one dimensional heat
misation; the method of least squares; multiple and wave equations; solution by separation
integrals and their applications; probability of variables; Fourier sine and cosine series;
with a focus on the determination of the line and surface integrals divergence and curl;
reliability of a system of components in various theorems of Gauss and Stokes; functions of a
engineering contexts; variance, skewness and complex variable; Cauchy-Riemann equations;
kurtosis; probability distributions, conditional complex integration; Cauchy's integral
probability and bivariate probability. theorem and integral formula; Taylor and
The computer algebra system Mathematica is Laurent series; and singular points and their
used throughout the subject as an aid to use in contour integration.
computation, graph plotting and visualisation. The subject is an introduction to the study of
complex physical systems by computer and
33290 an introduction to computational tools used
Computing and Mathematics for Science in areas such as molecular spectroscopy, fluid
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite[s) 33190 Mathematical flows, diffusion of pollutants, scanning
Modelling for Science tunnelling microscopy, wave propagation
In the computing component of this subject along optic fibres.
students will study a range of computing
modules designed to give them basic comput-
ing application skills and some more advanced
Subject descriptions 183

60101 students completing one full-time year a


Chemistry and Materials Science broad and general understanding of inorganic,
6cp organic and physical chemistry concepts,
knowledge and practice.
The objectives of the subject are to develop:
an understanding of why engineers require a The organic chemistry topics covered are:
fundamental understanding of chemistry and alkanes, alkenes, alkynes and aromatic
materials; a solid science foundation for hydrocarbons; alcohols, phenols and ethers;
further engineering studies; an understanding aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids and their
of the fundamentals of chemistry and derivatives; amines organic halogen com-
materials terminology and nomenclature in pounds; and stereochemistry. The physical
order to facilitate the working relationship of chemistry concepts are: reaction kinetics;
engineers, chemists and materials scientists; chemical equilibrium; and acid-base theory.
an ability to identify and solve chemical The laboratory work seeks to impart practical
problems in engineering projects; and an skills and to demonstrate the theory and
ability to relate the properties of engineering reactions taught. The subject aims to enhance
materials in environmental and in manufac- students' thinking skills, to foster their ability
turing fields. to work cooperatively with their peers, and
Topics include: chemical bonding of materials to assist in the development of their commu-
- electronic structure of materials, funda- nication skills.
mental bonding concepts, chemical reactions;
materials science and engineering - classifi- 65062
cation of materials, structure property Extractive Metallurgy
relationship, mechanical properties, ferrous 6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite[s): all Stage 1, 2 and 3
and non-ferrous alloys, engineering ceramics, subjects in the Applied Chemistry or Materials
polymers and composites, materials degra- Science degree programs
dation and materials selection; industrial Occurrence of minerals. Comminution and
organic chemistry - hydrocarbons, spon- the theory of time particles. Extractive
taneous reactions, electrochemical cells, metallurgy including physical separation
electrolysis, electroplating industrial pro- methods, flotation, hydrometallurgy and
cesses, corrosion theory, application and pyrometall urgy.
protection.
65101
65012 Chemistry 1C
Chemistry 1A 6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite[s): assumed knowledge:
6cp; 6hpw core of HSC 2-unit Chemistry or equivalent
This subject is an introduction to some funda- This subject is an introduction to some funda-
mental concepts in chemistry. Topics covered mental concepts in chemistry. Topics covered
are: chemicals and chemical reactions; atomic are: chemicals and chemical reactions; atomic
structure; periodic table; chemical bonding; structure; periodic table; chemical bonding;
enthalpy changes in chemical reactions; and enthalpy changes in chemical reactions; and
the structures and properties of solids. There the structures and properties of solids. The
is a laboratory program which complements subject is designed for students with a strong
the learning experiences in the lectures and background in chemistry and accordingly the
tutorials. Other important aims of this subject topics are covered to a greater depth than in
are to enhance students' thinking skills, to 65012 Chemistry lA. There is a laboratory
foster their abilities to work cooperatively program which complements the learning
with their peers and to assist in the develop- experiences in the lectures and tutorials. Other
ment of their communication skills. important aims of this subject are to enhance
students' thinking skills, to foster their
65022 abilities to work cooperatively with their
Chemistry 2A peers and to assist in the development of their
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite[s): 65012 Chemistry 1A communication skills.
This subject builds on and expands the
knowledge and understanding of 65012
Chemistry lA. It seeks thereby to give
184 Subject descriptions

65201 65307
Chemistry 2C Physical Chemistry 1
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite(s)65101 Chemistry 1C or 6cp; 4.5hpw; prerequisite(s): 65201 Chemistry 2C;
equivalent 33190 Mathematical Modelling for Science
This subject builds on the foundation studies This subject is designed to provide students
in 65101 Chemistry 1C. Topics covered are: with a working knowledge of chemical
chemical equilibrium; acid-base theory; thermodynamics and optical spectroscopy
complex ions; electrochemistry; chemical which can then be applied to other subjects
kinetics; structure and bonding in carbon within the course. Students are introduced to
chemistry; and chemical reactions of carbon fundamental concepts in both spectroscopy
compounds. There is a laboratory program and thermodynamics and learn how to apply
which complements the learning experiences these principles in problem-solving situations.
in the lectures and tutorials. The subject also Lectures are complemented by tutorials and
aims to enhance students' thinking skills, to relevant practical experiments.
foster their ability to work cooperatively with
their peers, and to assist in the development 65409
of their communication skills. Analytical Chemistry 2
6cp; 4.5hpw; prerequisite[s): 65306 Analytical
65202 Chemistry 1
Organic Chemistry 1 Lecture and laboratory topics covering:
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite is): 65201 Chemistry 2C or separation techniques; gas chromatography;
equivalent instrumentation. Sample preparation and
The structures and reactions of the important derivatisation. Columns-packed and bonded
families of organic compounds (aliphatic and phase. GC detectors and their application.
aromatic hydrocarbons, halogen compounds, HPLC: basic theory and instrumentation.
alcohols, ethers, carbonyl compounds, Sample preparation. Normal and reversed
carboxylic acid derivatives and amines) are phase columns. Ion-pair chromatography and
studied with emphasis on stereochemistry, gel permeation chromatography. Ion exchange
reaction mechanisms and organic synthesis. resins and chromatography. Method vali-
Lecture and tutorial material is closely dation and quality assurance. Electrophoresis:
integrated with laboratory exercises in which plate and capillary. Laboratory automation:
students gain experience in techniques used robotic techniques. Auto samplers. Post-
in performing reactions, and in isolating, column derivatisation methods.
purifying and characterising products.
65410
65306 Chemical Safety and Legislation
Analytical Chemistry 1 6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s) 65201 Chemistry 2C or
6cp; 5-6hpw; prerequisite(s): 65201 Chemistry 2C equivalent
or equivalent NSW Occupational Health and Safety Act and
Lecture, laboratory and computer-aided role of various governmental agencies. Toxic
instruction components of the course cover: effects of chemicals. Classification of danger-
(a) spectroscopic methods of analysis includ- ous goods. Precautionary labels and material
ing mass spectron and infra-red, ultraviolet- safety data sheets. Corrosives, oxidisers and
visible and NMR spectroscopy; (b) separation explosives. Compressed gases. Personal
techniques including solvent extraction, protective equipment PPE in the laboratory.
distillation, precipitation, and a range of Waste. Good laboratory practice. Good
chromatographic methods; (c) volumetric manufacturing practice. QC/QA issues.
techniques including acid-base, redox, non-
aqueous, and potentiometric methods; and (d)
errors, calibration and interpretation of
analytical data.
Subject descriptions 185

65411 65607
Inorganic Chemistry 1 (Transition Metal Physical Chemistry 2
Chemistry) 6cp; 4.5hpw; prerequisite(s): 65307 Physical
6cp; 4.5hpw; prerequisite[s): 65201 Chemistry 2C Chemistry 1; 65411 Inorganic Chemistry 1
or 65022 Chemistry 2A or equivalent (Transition Metal Chemistry)
Transition metals: electron configurations and Rates of chemical reactions, including order
oxidation states. Fundamentals of coordin- determination and rate laws. The use of
ation chemistry. Crystal field theory. Spectral analytical techniques to monitor reaction
and magnetic properties of metal complexes. course. Activation energy and the effect of
Chelating agents and applications in temperature on reaction rates. Basic electro-
analytical chemistry, industrial processes and chemical concepts. Molar conductivity and
medicine. applications. Nature of the electrical double
layer, single electrode potentials, thermodyn-
65508 amics and electrode equilibria. Pourbaix
Organic Chemistry 2 (Structure Elucidation diagrams; Debye-Huckel theory; Butler-
and Synthesis) Volmer and Tafel relationships. Electrochem-
6cp; 4.5hpw; prerequisite[s): 65202 Organic
istry of energy conservation. Electrochemistry
Chemistry 1 of corrosion processes.
This subject builds on previous studies of 66014
organic chemistry and demonstrates the use
Hydrogeology
of combined chemical and spectroscopic
methods UV, IR, NMR and MS in structural 6cp
elucidation of organic compounds. It also This subject, conducted through a combin-
aims to develop the ability to make planned ation of classroom and lab sessions, provides
use of simpler organic reactions in the multi- a knowledge of geological occurrence and
stage synthesis of new aliphatic and aromatic hydraulics of groundwater flow, exploration
compounds. The lectures are complemented techniques, extraction engineering and
by a relevant practical program and tutorial borefield management.
sessions.
66015
65509 Hydrogeochemistry
Inorganic Chemistry 2 (New Inorganic 6cp
Materials) This subject, conducted through a combin-
6cp; 4.5hpw; prerequisite[s): 65411 Inorganic ation of classroom and lab sessions, covers the
Chemistry 1 [Transition Metal Chemistry) chemical basis for understanding how the
Structures of inorganic solids: crystallography chemistry of groundwater evolves both
and X-ray diffraction. Inorganic materials: naturally and in the case of contamination.
biominerals, clathrates, new carbons, and Both practical field measurement and
aluminosilicates. Introductory organometallic computer modelling are covered.
chemistry: carbonyls and alkyls. Organo-
metallic compounds as catalysts in industrial 66025
organic chemistry. Contaminated Site Management
6cp
65606
To develop an understanding of the method-
Analytical Chemistry 3 ology and technology used in the assessment
6cp; 4.5hpw; prerequisite(s): 65306 Analytical and remediation of contaminated sites.
Chemistry 1
The subject content includes: site assessment
Lecture and laboratory topics cover: (a) methodology, physical, chemical and biologi-
electrochemical analysis methods, ion selec- cal properties and behaviour of contaminants,
tive electrodes, calibration methods, standard health issues, risk assessment, and site assess-
addition, etc.; (b) spectroscopic methods such ment technology. Further details are available
as AA, ICP, ICP /MS and XRF; trace analysis at the website:
and matrix effects; (c) estimation of uncertain-
http: I I groundwater.ncgm. uts.edu.au/ ncgm/
ty in analytical chemistry, accuracy, precision
gross errors, sensitivity, selectivity and linear- or contact the Subject Coordinator on
ity; and (d) error propagation in analytical telephone (02) 9514 2614.
chemistry, systematic and random errors.
186 Subject descriptions

66101 and methodologies used to identify and class-


Earth Science 1 ify minerals and rocks in hand specimen and
thin section. An introduction to the chemistry
6cp
of minerals and rocks is also undertaken.
This is an entry level subject to the study of Crystal symmetry and Miller Indices; optical
Earth Science concepts that introduces students theory; use of the polarising microscope;
to the basics necessary for geoscientific and optical properties, chemistry and paragenesis
environmental studies. The dynamic Earth of rock-forming minerals; crystallisation paths
and its materials; the structure and evolution of igneous minerals; occurrence, mineralogy
of the crust, continents, oceans and the and texture of igneous rocks; introduction to
atmosphere. Geological history - what the nature of magma and its cooling behaviour,
rock sequences are telling us; time sequencing magmatic differentiation, sources of magma;
of major events which shaped our planet; the igneous rock associations. Types of meta-
development of life forms and geological con- morphism and textures of metamorphic rocks;
trols on these; structural geology. Introduction chemical equilibria and metamorphic mineral
to landscape development- fluvial and arid, reactions; concept of metamorphic zones and
the coastal zone; geological hazards; ground- fades; metamorphic rock associations. Macro-
water; engineering geology; resources and scopic (hand specimen) and microscopic
mining; environmental geology. Weekly prac- description of minerals and rocks.
tical classes cover a wide range of skills in map
reading, examination and description of sedi- 66305
ments, minerals, rocks and fossils; geological
Fold Belts and Cratons
interpretation. These are complemented by
two full-day field excursions and other self- 6cp; prerequisite[s] 66101 Earth Science 1
paced field work. Stress and strain in rocks. Classification of
common geological structures including folds,
66204 faults, joints, and foliations. Assemblages of
Field Studies 1 imposed structures at different crustallevels.
6cp; approximately 3-4hpw for 10 weeks,
Deformation in space and time. Present day
six-day field excursion in NSW, and up to deformation and its relationship to plate
four local half-day excursions; prerequisite[s]: boundaries. Relationship between metamor-
66101 Earth Science 1 phism, the emplacement of large plutonic
masses and plate setting. Presentation,
An introduction to field techniques in the earth
manipulation and interpretation of structural
and environmental sciences. Introduction to
data on maps, cross-sections and stereo nets.
air photographs and satellite imagery; use of
Use of the Mohr circle.
these and topographic and other maps in the
field. Concepts of land tenure, ethics and
safety in the field. Methods of systematic
66408
study - gridding, transects, maps and plans Earth Resources
on the local scale. Basic geological mapping, 6cp; prerequisite[s]: 66304 Earth Materials;
stratigraphic principles, examination of corequisite[s]: 66409 Surficial Processes
landscape changes with time. As appropriate, and Products
use and development of thematic and soils Introduction to the nature of ore bodies in-
maps. Much of the subject is taught during cluding genesis and classification. Laboratory
one major field camp and supported by one investigation of ore deposits. Introduction to
or more afternoons of local field work. exploration methods and reserve estimation
1
for mineral deposits. World energy market,
This subject is no longer offered.
geology of fossil fuels deposits including coal
and associated strata, oil, natural gas and
66304 synfuels derived from oil shale, tar sands and
Earth Materials other petroliferos sediments. Concepts of ex-
6cp; prerequisite[s]: 33101 Mathematics 1 [Life ploration and resource estimation. Alternate
Sciences] or equivalent; energy sources and their viability.
65012 Chemistry lA; 66101 Earth Science 1
Students are introduced to the rocks and
minerals that are found at or near the surface
of the Earth. The subject covers the techniques
Subject descriptions 187

66409 surrounding oceans. Interactions between


Surficial Processes and Products tectonics and climate, ocean dynamics, plant
6cp; prerequisite[s): 66204 Field Studies 1; 66304 and animal biogeography and erosion.
Earth Materials;
65012 Chemistry 1A; 91311 Biology 11; or 91101 66609
Cells, Genetics and Evolution Environmental and Quaternary Geology
Formation of soil and its characteristics. Soil 6cp; prerequisite[s): 66409 Surficial Processes and
classification and distribution in Australia. Products
Biota of Australian soils and their role in the Quaternary allocyclic factors that influence
ecosystem function. Plant soil interactions. Earth systems and their consequences.
Soil function in ecosystem determination and Milankovich cycles, ice ages, eustatic
structure. Fundamentals of sedimentary fluctuations and climate change; recordings
materials and their classification. Hydrodyn- of these in Earth systems, their resulting
amics and the processes of sediment transport elucidation, and the consequences of these
and deposition. Sediments as substrates: sedi- and other major influences on the geosphere-
ment/biota interactions and their function in biosphere. 'Greenhouse' concepts and their
palaeoecological reconstructions. Process/ relationship and responses to natural and
response sedimentary models and the sedi- anthropogenic input. Geological hazards and
mentology of the principal depositional their recognition, management and alleviation.
environments including fluvial, marginal and Pollution and anthropogenic interference
marine systems. with Earth systems and the problems that
1
arise. Recognition of the environmental
This subject is no longer offered. problems and methods for their control and
alleviation.
66508
Crustal and Mantle Processes 66611
6cp; prerequisite[s): 66304 Earth Materials; 66305 Engineering and Groundwater Geology
Fold Belts and Cratons 6cp; includes several full and half-day excursions
Mantle-crust interactions as expressed by and field project work in the Sydney Basin;
igneous activity at ocean ridges, intraplate prerequisite[s): 66101 Earth Science 1; 33101
settings and subduction zones. High pressure Mathematics 1 [Life Sciences);
metamorphic processes and products at 65012 Chemistry lA or equivalent;
convergent margins. Crusta! processes 66409 Surficial Processes and Products;
responsible for the formation of metamorphic corequisite[sl: 66409 Surficial Processes
rocks. Basic concepts of thermodynamics and and Products
experimental geology are introduced during Chemical weathering and clay mineralogy.
the subject. A significant part of the assess- Rheological properties of rocks and soils,
ment involves completion of an individual properties of fills and aggregates; unified soil
project which aims to develop investigation classification system. Engineering rock mass
skills and the use of analytical equipment. concepts and classification. Engineering site
investigations, aspects of testing rocks and
66509 soils. Soil and rock slope stability; concepts
Tectonics and Surface Dynamics of urban development, special purpose inves-
6cp; 4hpw lectures/tutorials, 2hpw flexible; tigations, e.g. darns and tunnels. Basic concepts
prerequisite[s): 66101 Earth Science 1 of hydrogeology; effective porosity, hydraulic
conductivity of geologic materials, occurrence
Development of ideas leading to the present
and flow of water in aquifers and soils,
understanding of dynamic systems control-
Darcy's Law, regional groundwater systems.
ling evolution of the lithosphere. Modern
The unsaturated zone. Elements of aqueous
tectonic elements and their distribution in
geochemistry and groundwater sampling.
relation to present-day plate boundaries.
Water wells, construction of piezometers.
Identification of plate boundary assemblages
and other tectonic elements in ancient fold This subject replaces 66501 Engineering and
belts. Terrane analysis. Supercontinents and Environmental Geology, 66061 Environmental
their dispersion. Island arcs, cordilleran Geology, 66034 Groundwater Geology and
orogens and intracontinental mountain belts. 66610 Engineering Geology. Students who
Tectonic development of Australia and its have completed these should not enrol in
Engineering and Groundwater Geology.
188 Subject descriptions

67101 67305
Introduction to Materials Polymer Science
6cp; corequisitelsl: 65101 Chemistry 1Cor 6cp; 6hpw; prerequisiteisl: 65201 Chemistry 2C;
equivalent 671011ntroduction to Materials or equivalent
An introduction to materials science, provid- This subject provides an introduction to the
ing a foundation in microscopic structure and chemistry and physics of polymers and
composition for the understanding of the includes comprehensive coverage of the
behaviour of engineering materials. Topics structures, polymerisation mechanisms and
include classification and structure of solids, characterisation techniques of polymers.
phase diagrams, properties of metals, ceramics, Practical classes provide experience with
polymers, timber and composites. relevant techniques and complement the
theory presented in lectures. The applications
67303 of polymers are also addressed. This subject
Mechanical Properties of Materials gives students a solid grounding in the field
6cp; prerequisitelsl 33190 Mathematical Modelling of polymers and the practical foundation for
for Science; 67101 Introduction work in the polymer industry.
to Materials
This subject provides an understanding of the
67306
mechanical properties of materials by the use Industrial Ceramics
of standard mechanical tests and the deter- 6cp; 6hpw; prerequisiteisl 67101 Introduction to
mination of materials property data. The Materials; 65201 Chemistry 2C
concepts of stress, strain, elasticity, plasticity Fundamentals of ceramic science and technol-
and criteria for yielding and fracture are ogy, ceramic phase diagrams - binary and
addressed and applied to a wide range of ternary systems, ceramic structures and phase
mechanical test methods and materials. The transformation, day-based ceramics, cements
issue of fractography as a means failure and concretes, and glasses. Raw materials and
analysis is also addressed. Basic statics is manufacturing methods.
introduced to the student along with an intro-
duction to fracture mechanics. This subject 67407
also ensures that the student develops the Physical Properties of Materials
necessary laboratory and analysis skills 6cp; 6hpw; prerequisiteisl: 67101 Introduction to
required by professionals involved in the Materials; 68201 Physics in Action
mechanical testing of materials for either !Physics 2]; 33190 Mathematical Modelling
research or quality assurance. for Science; 65201 Chemistry 2C
An introduction to atomic structure and quan-
67304 tum mechanics serves to develop the band
Physical Metallurgy theory of solids at an intermediate level. These
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisitelsl: 67303 Mechanical theoretical concepts are utilised in describing
Properties of Materials; 67101 Introduction to the electrical, thermal, magnetic and optical
Materials properties of metals, semi-conductors and
This subject provides an understanding of the insulators. The characteristics and structure
theory of phase transformations in metal and of high temperature superconductors are
alloys. Solidification and solid-solid trans- discussed. The unique properties of these
formations of metals and alloys are studied materials are emphasised by an examination
in relevance to the phase transformation of devices including capacitors, diodes,
theory. Deformation mechanism and anneal- thermocouples, loudspeakers, recording
ing behaviour of metals and alloys are studied heads, strain gauges, information storage,
in terms of modern theory and practice. fibre optics and so on.
Attention is also given to application of the
industrial processes and their effects on the
microstructure-texture-property development
of metallic materials.
Subject descriptions 189

67408 67606
Industrial Metallurgy Corrosion and Degradation of Materials
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisitelsl: 67303 6cp; 6hpw; prerequisiteis]: 67408 Industrial
Mechanical Properties of Materials; Metallurgy; 67506 Technical Ceramics;
67304 Physical Metallurgy 67409 Polymer Technology
The subject provides an understanding of This subject provides a detailed survey of the
application of metallurgical principles and forms and mechanisms of corrosion of
theoretical concepts to the present and metallic materials and the degradation of non-
developing metal processing technologies, metallic materials. The use of appropriate
including foundry and casting technology, non-corrosion and anti-degradation methods
metalworking processes, welding technology, is considered in terms of modern theory and
surface finishing and powder metallurgical practice. Attention is also given to the econ-
techniques. The theory and application of omics of materials selection and degradation
non-destructive testing techniques are studied protection and control techniques. Lectures
for examination of metal components and are complimented by an extensive practical
structures. Attention is also given to the program which emphasises the applied
environmental impact and the latest recycling nature of the subject.
technology of metals and alloys.
67608
67409 Composites
Polymer Technology 6cp; 4hpw; prerequisite(s]: 67303 Mechanical
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite(s]: 67305 Properties of Materials; 67409 Polymer
Polymer Science; 67303 Technology; 67506 Technical Ceramics;
Mechanical Properties of Materials 67408 Industrial Metallurgy
This subject provides a comprehensive cover- The subject draws together the concepts the
age of the physical properties of polymers and students have developed on metals, ceramics
processing methods used in their manufac- and polymers and applies them to the incor-
ture. Practical classes provide experience with poration of these materials to form composites
such processing methods and the relevant in order to develop material properties that
mechanical testing techniques. This subject are unobtainable in the monolithic counter-
gives students a practical foundation for work parts. Students learn to understand why
in the polymer industry. composites are used and what advantages
they can give the designer I engineer over
67506 monolithic materials . Students gain a basic
Technical Ceramics knowledge of composite design and cost
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite(s]: 67306 analysis in the use of composites. In addition
Industrial Ceramics; 67303 Mechanical Properties students obtain an understanding of the pro-
of Materials cessing methods used to produce composite
parts. Also included is an examination of the
This subject covers the physical aspects of the decision-making processes that materials
Technical Ceramics. Structural imperfections scientists employ to originate, evolve and
are covered using Kroger-Vink notations and produce a device. Material selection and
industrial electronic ceramics are introduced specification is examined and is not limited
as practical examples. Free energy curves for to composite materials.
ceramic materials are covered and spine!
diagrams and related ferrite and aluminate
structures are introduced. Diffusion, densi-
68037
fication, sintering theories, grain growth and Physical Modelling
other sintering problems. Molecular engineer- 6cp; prerequisite(s]: NSW HSC 2 unit Mathematics
ing of advanced ceramics, oxides, nitrides, is assumed, and HSC 2 unit Physics is
sialons in general. Advanced ceramics recommended; corequisite(s]: 33130 Mathematical
production methods. Glass ceramics, thermal Modelling 1
CE,CEE, CSE, ESE, EE, ME, SE,TE, BEBA, BEBBus
coatings, mechanical properties, reliability
CORE
and probability analysis in ceramic materials.
Toughening mechanisms in ceramics. Mag- The objectives of this subject are to develop:
netic and electronic and opto-electronic a conceptual basis in mechanics, thermal
ceramics. Optical fibre production and properties, waves and optics, electric and
technology.
190 Subject descriptions

magnetic fields. Problem-solving skills are 68039


developed in partnership with a hands-on Physical Modelling (two-semester mode)
program designed to use physical concepts 6cp; prerequisite[s): NSW HSC 2 unit Mathematics
in a mathematical formulation and apply is assumed, and HSC 2 unit Physics is
those concepts to engineering problems. The recommended; corequisite[s): 33132 Mathematical
key role of modelling in understanding and Modelling 1 [2 semester mode)
describing the natural world is supported by CE,CEE, CSE, ESE, EE, ME, SE, TE, BEBA, BEBBus
a development of the basic techniques of CORE
physical measurement, data anaylsis, verifi- This subject is identical to the program and
cation of models and presentation of those
aims of 68037 Physical Modelling, but is
skills by good technical communication. offered in a full-year mode (13 hours per
week), enabling participation by part-time
68038 students and those with less background in
Advanced Mathematics and Physics mathematics or physics to absorb the material
EE,BEBA,BEBBus over a longer time period.
6cp; prerequisites: 68037/68039 Physical
Modelling; 33230 Mathematical Modelling 2; 48510 68101
Introduction to Electrical Engineering
Foundations of Physics
FIELDS OF PRACTICE: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
6cp; 6hpw
The objectives of this subject are: to develop
the mathematical skills and foundations This is a foundation physics subject primarily
required to describe a range of electrical for students in the physical sciences. It covers
engineering and engineering science systems, the fundamentals of dynamics and statics,
especially those to be encountered in senior fluid mechanics, thermal physics, waves and
undergraduate and postgraduate programs; electricity. A strong emphasis is placed on the
to provide an introductory understanding of investigative nature of physics research with
key concepts in modern physics which an integrated laboratory program developing
underpin modern electrical engineering further the problem-solving skills of the lec-
technologies; to equip students with a basic ture and tutorial material to an appreciation
understanding of the dielectric and magnetic of good experimental design and significance
properties of key electrical engineering in information obtained under real-life
materials; to introduce some fundamental modelling situations.
insights into select electronic and photonic
devices and transducers. 68201
Topics include: advanced Mathematics- one Physics in Action (Physics 2)
dimensional heat and wave equations; 6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite[s): 68101 Foundations of
solution by separation of variables; Fourier Physics
sine and cosine series; line and surface This subject extends the material studied in
integrals; divergence and curl; theorems of 68101 Foundations in Physics, with statics and
Gauss and Stokes; application to field and dynamics extended to a study of rotation,
potential problems; functions of a complex thermal physics extended to the first two laws
variable; Cauchy-Riemann equations; com- of the thermodynamics, and waves extended
plex integration; Cauchy's integral theorem to a study of geometrical optics and optical
and integral formula; Taylor and Laurent devices. At the same time, students are intro-
series; singular points and their use in contour duced to electric circuitry and electromag-
integration; inverse Laplace transforms. netism and commence a historical study of
Advanced Physics - electrons as quantum atomic and nuclear physics.
entities, basic quantum concepts, simple
solutions of the Schroedinger equation;
energy levels in atoms, molecules and semi-
conductors. Selection of two from: laser,
optical absorption and emission, optical
sensors, or magnetisation and dielectric
polarisation fundamentals, or ferroelectrics,
piezoelectrics, dielectric breakdown, or basis
of some everyday transducers (e.g. tempera-
ture, pressure, force, velocity).
Subject descriptions 191

68311 68314
Atoms, Photons and Orbits (Physics 3) Electronics
6cp; 5hpw; prerequisite[sl: 33190 Mathematical 6cp; 5hpw; prerequisite[sl: 68201 Physics in Action
Modelling for Science or equivalent; 68201 Physics [Physics 2); 33290 Computing and Mathematics for
in Action [Physics 2); corequisitelsl: 33290 Science
Computing and Mathematics for Science This subject develops students' understand-
First-year mathematical techniques enable ing of the basic building blocks of electronic
students in this subject to extend the under- circuits. Review of circuit theory, semiconduc-
standing and modelling of mechanics and tor theory, diodes and bipolar transistors,
optics to more real-world situations and at the transistors as switches and linear devices,
same time explores the exciting evolution introduction to digital electronics, logic gates,
from Newtonian Physics to Quantum Physics. latches and counters, frequency characteristics
It provides the foundation for later core and feedback in amplifiers, operational ampli-
physics subjects, the emphasis of the subject fiers. Hands on learning, guided discovery ac-
being mainly theoretical, but it has an experi- tivities in laboratory context are a key feature.
mental component applying the explorative The subject is equivalent to the Engineering
first year techniques to optical experimen- subject 48520 Electronics.
tation, a study of radioactivity and computer
simulation of dynamical systems. 68411
Mechanics topics include the generalisation Vibrations, Quanta and Nucleons
of kinematics to 3D motion and orbital (Physics 4)
mechanics. Optics studies include refraction, 6cp; 5hpw plus 1 flexible; prerequisitelsl: 68311
lenses, photography, the dispersion of light, Atoms, Photons and Orbits [Physics 3); 33290
aberrations, polarisation and scattering Computing and Mathematics for Science; 33390
phenomena. 'Modern' physics studies the Mathematics and Scientific Software
basic properties of the atom, radioactivity and or equivalent
relativity and lead into an introductory This subject aims to complete the basic core
segment on Quantum Physics. physics training for Applied Physics students
by applying the treatment of mechanics to
68312 vibrations, variable mass and fluid flow and
Electrotechnology and Data Analysis to the special features of the mechanics of the
6cp; 5hpw; prerequisite[sl: 68201 Physics in Action atom. Students learn the basic techniques of
[Physics 2); 33290 Computing and Mathematics for quantum mechanics to begin to understand
Science the findings of atomic theory introduced in
Scientific writing, rigorous analysis and a 68311 Atoms, Photons and Orbits (Physics 3).
command of methods of presentation are Processes involving the considerable forces
essential tools for the physicist of the 21st associated with the inner structure of the
century. In this subject, students study the nucleus are studied to provide an understand-
concepts of electricity, electromagnetism and ing of the power of nuclear applications in the
electrical measurements and their application fields of medicine and forensic science. This
to dynamical systems, and at the same time is core material, providing the foundation for
explore contemporary techniques of analysis a study of the solid-state and leads directly
of experimental data. These two areas are into the subject 68511 Quantum and Solid-
integrated into a project component which state Physics.
develops further the skills of experimental
design developed in 68101 Foundations of 68412
Physics in an electromagnetic context, and en- Energy Science and Technology
ables the students to become critical analysers 6cp; 5hpw; prerequisite[sl: 68201 Physics in Action
of their own and others' experimental work. [Physics 2); 33290 Computing and Mathematics for
Science or equivalent
Solar, renewable and convential energy issues
including energy efficiency and the possibili-
ties for energy use posed by the laws of
thermodynamics. Vacuum and thin films play
a key role in many energy technologies- this
part of the course is laboratory and project-
192 Subject descriptions

based, including a practical study in either ics, computer interfacing, and the use of the
advanced windows, roof coatings or solar Lab View package are the main components
absorbers. of the subject. A sequence of small projects in-
volves the design and construction of circuits
68511 and interfaces and is a key feature of the
Quantum and Solid-state Physics subject. This subject is useful to students in
6cp; 5hpw; prerequisite(s): 68411 Vibrations,
science courses who have an interest in devel-
Quanta and Nucleons (Physics 41. 33490 oping their skills in the instrumentation and
Computational Mathematics and Physics interfacing areas, with project work oriented
to students' needs and interests.
This subject highlights the fundamental
nature of quantum mechanics and its appli-
cation to the understanding of solids. Potential
68611
wells, eigenstates and eigenvalues, solutions Electromagnetics and Optics
to the Schrodinger equation in 3 dimensions, 6cp; 5hpw; prerequisite[sl: 68201 Physics in Action
linear combination of atomic orbitals, band [Physics 2]; 33490 Computational Mathematics and
theory, pure and doped semiconductors, pn- Physics or equivalent
junction and the light emitting diode are ex- The subject's purpose is to consolidate the
plored. A student does not have to be Einstein emphasis on optics and its applications in the
to understand the quantum mechanical basis course. The development of an understanding
of modern devices and their application in of electromagnetic theory and some of its key
modern life. A major assignment is computa- features, and its relevance to modern telecom-
tional and utilises software skills developed munications benefits scientists and engineers.
in 33490 Computational Mathematics and The subject seeks to consolidate students'
Physics. understanding of the theory of electromag-
netism in the modern world. The topics in-
68512 clude derivation and application of Maxwell's
Research Methods in Applied Physics equations, energy transfer by waves, guided
6cp; 5hpw; prerequisite(sl: 68312 waves and optical fibre technology, optical
Electrotechnology and Data Analysis or equivalent instrumentation, diffraction and spatial
experimental design experience filtering techniques. The emphasis of this
subject is conceptual. Students also engage in
The purpose of this 'capstone' applied physics
an extensive laboratory program in experi-
subject is to provide the opportunity for
mental optics. Computer simulation and data
students to experience applied physics
visualisation techniques underpin the electro-
research. Students are able to develop skills
magnetics theory. Students are be encouraged
in cutting edge research techniques. Exact
to explore topics of interest through project
topics covered vary depending on avail-
activities.
ability of staff. For example, X-ray diffraction,
atomic force microscopy, scanning electron
microscopy, solar energy materials, advanced
70105
optical characterisation, lighting, energy, Legal Research
medical imaging, and parallel computing 4cp
could be offered. A few background lectures Undergraduate
may take place though the subject is predomi- This subject aims to familiarise students with
nantly project and laboratory based. The the basic tools available to engage in legal
subject is a suitable elective for students in all research. It includes an introduction to
branches of the physical sciences. various paper-based resources (citations,
digests, etc.).
68514 Students are also introduced to the use of
Electronics and Interfacing computerised systems as an aid to legal
6cp; 5hpw; prerequisite(sl: 68314 Electronics; research. The emphasis is on Internet-based
48520 Electronics or equivalent instrumentation systems such as AustLII, Scale Plus and
experience Butterworths Online. CD-ROM products are
The subject further develops students' under- also briefly covered.
standing of computer interfacing in applied Text
physics and science in general. Students learn
how to construct functioning interfaces and Watt, R J, Concise Legal Research, 3rd edn,
the role of digital electronics. Digital electron- Federation Press, 1997
Subject descriptions 193

70113 performance, and how they may be dis-


Legal Process and History charged. Topics covered include the formation
of contracts (agreement, consideration,
10cp
Undergraduate intention, writing); content and construction;
vitiating factors (capacity, privity, mistake,
This subject aims to introduce students to, and misrepresentation, illegality, duress, undue
to provide students with, a sound working influence, unconscionability); discharge by
knowledge of the Australian legal and performance and non-performance of con-
constitutional environment. The subject also tractual obligations (breach and frustration);
aims to equip students with certain legal skills and contractual remedies.
- in particular, the skills of case analysis,
statutory interpretation, legal problem solving Texts and references
and critical analysis - which are essential to Carter, JW & Harland, DJ, Cases and Materials
the study and practice of the law. Students are on Contract Law in Australia, 3rd edn,
asked to consider what is law, who makes law, Butterworths, 1998
and how and why the law has developed in Carter, J W & Harland, D J, Contract Law in
the way that it has. They will also examine Australia, 4th edn, Butterworths, 1997
the institutions that make up our legal system
-the legislature, the Crown and the executive, Monahan, Essential Contract Law, 2nd edn,
the courts and the 'legal players' (the judge, Cavendish Press, 2001
the jury and the legal practitioner) - and
explore the principles and doctrines that 70217
underpin our legal system. Further, they are Criminal Law
asked to consider why our legal system is so 6cp; corequisite[s): 70113 Legal Process and
different from that of some of our regional History; 70105 Legal Research
neighbours, and to evaluate the strengths and Undergraduate
weaknesses of the common law legal system. This subject deals with the substantive
Valuable insight into the way our legal system criminal law, the doctrines and rules that
operates may be gained through using a define the conditions of criminal liability and
historical approach, and this means delving some aspects of the procedural law. Australian
back into English, as well as Australian, legal common law doctrine and the Crimes Act 1900
and constitutional history. Such an approach (NSW) are considered. Topics include the
also facilitates refinement of critical analysis nature of crime; the doctrine of mens rea and
skills. At the end of the subject, students actus reus; presumption of innocence; offences
should have a fully developed understanding against the person; property offences; strict
of the Western legal tradition, the place of liability; complicity; criminal defences;
common law in that system, and the ramifi- criminal investigation and procedure; and
cations of living under a Westminster drug law.
parliamentary system as well as a federal
system. Texts and references
Crimes Act 1900 (NSW)
Texts and references
Fisse, B (ed.), Howard's Criminal Law, 5th edn,
Morris, Get a!, Laying Down the Law, 4th edn,
Law Book Company, 1990
Butterworths, 1996
Gillies, P, Criminal Law, 3rd edn, Law Book
Parkinson, P, Tradition and Change in Australian
Company, 1993
Law, 2nd edn, Law Book Company, 2000
Helipern, D & Yeo, S, Cases on Criminal Law,
70211 Law Book Company, 1995
Law of Contract Wailer, L & Williams, C R, Criminal Law: Text
Scp; prerequisite[s): 70113 Legal Process and and Cases, 8th edn, Butterworths
History; corequisite[s): 70217 Crim·mal Law; 70105 Brown, D et a!, Criminal Law, 2nd edn,
Legal Research Federation Press, 1996
Undergraduate
This subject deals with the legal principles
related to binding promises, the difficulties
arising out of their interpretation, how they
may become defeasible, issues relating to their
194 Subject descriptions

70311 Texts and references


Law of Tort Butt, Land Law, 3rd edn, Law Book Company,
Bcp; prerequisite(sl: 70113 Legal Process and 1996
History; corequisite(sl: 70105 Legal Research; Conveyancing Act 1919 (NSW)
70217 Criminal Law
Land & Skapinker, Sale of Land, 3rd edn,
Undergraduate
Longmans
This subject discusses the functions and aims
Real Property Act 1900 (NSW)
of the tort. It then examines the nature of
tortious liability in the light of a selection of Sappideen, C et al, Cases and Materials on Real
specific torts, namely, trespass to the person, Property, 3rd edn, Law Book Company, 1990
goods and land; the action on the case for
wilful injuries; conversion; negligence; 70318
nuisance; and defamation. Reference is also Personal Property
made to defences, vicarious liability and 4cp; prerequisite(s): 70211 Law of Contract;
contribution between tortfeasors. corequisite(sl: 70311 Law of Tort
Attention is drawn to the relevance of the type Undergraduate
of conduct complained of (intentional, Topics covered include classifications of
reckless, careless); the nature of the various personal property, chases in action and chases
interests protected (personal security, chattels, in possession; acquisition of title to goods; law
land, reputation, economic interests, domestic of bailment; insurance; securities interests in
relations); the adaptability of tort law to chattels; and law of negotiable instruments,
changing needs and values of society (thus with particular reference to cheques.
the introduction, dominance and current
perceived limitations of the fault concept); and Text
the element of policy expressed or implied in Helmore, B A, Commercial Law and Personal
judicial decisions. Property in NSW, lOth edn, by Carter, J Wet
a!, Law Book Company, 1992
Texts and references
Balkin, R P & Davis, J L R, Law of Torts, 70417
Butterworths, 1996 Corporate Law
Fleming, J G, The Law of Torts, 9th edn, Law 8cp; prerequisite(s): 70317 Real Property
Book Company, 1998 Undergraduate
Trindade, F & Cane, P, The Law of Torts in The response of the law to the activities of
Australia, 3rd edn, Oxford University Press, business entities is dealt with in this subject.
1999 Although the emphasis is on corporations,
Gardiner, D, Outline of Torts, Butterworths there is a brief discussion of the manner in
Luntz, H & Hambly, A D, Torts: Cases and which non-corporate entities including
Commentary, 3rd edn, Butterworths, 1995 partnerships are regulated. The study of
corporations law includes an overview of the
Morison, W L & Sappideen, C, Torts, historical developments, the current method
Commentary and Materials, 8th edn, Law Book of regulation and the proposals for reform.
Company, 1993
Texts and references
70317 Ford, H A J, Austin, R P and Ramsay, I M,
Real Property Principles of Corporations Law, Butterworths,
8cp; prerequisite(s): 70211 Law of Contract; 2000
corequisite(s): 70311 Law of Tort Redmond, P, Corporations Law - Cases and
Undergraduate Materials, Law Book Company, 1999
Topics covered include agreements for sale of Australian Corporations Legislation (2000
land; time for completion; Torrens title and edition)
priorities; old system, possessory, qualified
and limited title; fixtures; trespass to land; eo-
ownership; easements; covenants; mortgages;
and leases.
Subject descriptions 195

70516 restrictions of power, the questions of incon-


Equity and Trusts sistency and intergovernmental relations. The
8cp; prerequisitelsl: 70317 Real Property; general role of the High Court in Australian
corequisitels): 70417 Corporate Law constitutional law is considered, along with
Undergraduate the Separation of Powers Doctrine as it relates
to the independence of the judiciary.
Equity is a body of rules or principles
developed in the Court of Chancery before Texts and references
1873. The doctrines of equity developed as a Booker, K, Glass, A & Watt, R, An Introduction
response to defects in the English common to Australian Federal Constitutional Law, 2nd
law system, defects which had resulted in edn, Butterworths, 1998
rigidity and inflexibility. A knowledge of the
Keyser, P, Constitutional Law, Butterworths,
principles of equity is therefore crucial to a
1998
complete understanding of the law in those
areas of private law, particularly property and Blackshield, T & Williams, G, Australian
contract, where equity intervened to modify Constitutional Law and Theory: Commentary and
the operation of the rules of the common law. Materials, 2nd edn, Federation Press, 1998
In that sense, the doctrines of equity form part
of the law of contract or property. Equity also 70617
developed remedies, such as the injunction, Administrative Law
which were unknown to the common law and 8cp; prerequisiteis): 70616 Federal Constitutional
which have a continuing influence in public Law
law as well as private law. Undergraduate
Texts and references This subject deals with the supervision of the
executive arm of government by the courts
Evans, M B, Outline of Equity and Trusts,
and by other statutory mechanisms. Topics
Butterworths, 1988
include the grounds of review of admin-
Ford, HA J & Lee, W A, Principles of the Law of istrative decisions, in particular natural
Trusts, 2nd edn, Law Book Company, 1990 justice; ultra vires; jurisdictional error and
Heydon & Loughlin, Equity and Trusts and error of law; remedies available at common
Cases and Materials, Butterworths, 1997 law upon judicial review, including the
Meagher, R P & Gummow, W M, Jacobs' Law prerogative writs and equitable remedies;
of Trusts in Australia, 5th edn, Butterworths, judicial review under the Administrative
1986 Decision (Judicial Review) Act 1976 (Cwlth); a
review of Commonwealth decisions under the
Meagher, RP, Gummow, W M C & Lehane, J
Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1976
R F, Equity: Doctrines and Remedies, 3rd edn,
(Cwlth); and the role and function of the
Butterworths, 1992
Ombudsman. If time permits, freedom of
Parkinson, P, The Principles of Equity, Law Book information and privacy legislation will also
Company, 1996 be touched upon, and the role of the
Independent Commission Against Corruption
70616 (I CA C).
Federal Constitutional Law
Texts and references
8cp; prerequisiteisl: 70113 Legal Process and
History; 70105 Legal Research; corequisitels): Sykes, E et al, General Principles ofAdministrative
70211 Law of Contract Law, 4th edn, Butterworths, 1997
Undergraduate Allars, M, Australian Administrative Law: Cases
This subject examines the effect of the and Materials, Butterworths, 1997
Australian Constitution on the legal and fiscal Douglas, R & Jones, M, Administrative Law:
relationship of the Commonwealth, States, Commentary and Materials, 2nd edn,
and Territories. In order that students develop Federation Press, 1996
an understanding of the techniques of judicial Ellis-Jones, I, Essential Administrative Law,
review in the constitutional context, a range Cavendish, 1997
of powers given to the Commonwealth is
examined. These include trade and commerce,
corporations, taxation and external affairs.
Other areas examined are explicit and implicit
196 Subject descriptions

71005 Texts and references


Practice and Procedure Aronson, M et al, Litigation: Evidence and
4cp; prerequisitels): 70516 Equity and Trusts Procedure, 6th edn, Butterworths, 1998
Undergraduate Australian Law Reform Commission,
Practice and Procedure is a core subject that Evidence, ALRC Reports Nos 26 (Interim, two
develops the students' understanding of the vols, 1985) and 38 (1987)
process of litigation from the commencement Brown, R, Documentary Evidence in Australia,
of proceedings through to the final hearings. 2nd edn, Law Book Company, 1996
Topics include statements of claim in contracts Buzzard, J H, May, R & Howard, M N, Phipson
and torts; defence, cross-claims and replies; on Evidence, 14th edn, Sweet & Maxwell, 1990
equitable proceedings; particulars; discovery,
inspection and interrogatories; notice of Byrne, D & Heydon, J D, Cross on Evidence,
motion; drafting affidavits; subpoenas; and 6th Aust. edn, Butterworths, 2000
advocacy skills. Byrne, D & Heydon, J D, Cross on Evidence,
loose-leaf, Butterworths
71116 Campbell, E & Waller, L, Well and Truly Tried:
Remedies Essays on Evidence, Law Book Company, 1982
6cp; prerequisiteis) 70516 Equity and Trusts Forbes, J RS, Similar Facts, Law Book Company,
Undergraduate 1987
This subject deals with the range of court- Gillies, P, Law of Evidence in Australia, 2nd edn,
ordered remedies available to a plaintiff in Legal Books, 1991
civil proceedings. The more common remedies
Glass, H H (ed.), Seminars on Evidence, Law
are those administered at either common law
Book Company, 1975
or in equity: damages; equitable remedies
(declarations, specific performance, Heydon, J D, A Guide to the Evidence Act 1995
injunctions, Anton Pillar orders, account, (Cwlth) and (NSW), 2nd edn, Butterworths,
equitable damages); and statutory and 1997
common law remedies for deceptive conduct. Ligertwood, A, Australian Evidence, 3rd edn,
Bankruptcy and insolvency is also considered. Butterworths, 1998
Texts and references Ligertwood, A, Australian Evidence: Cases and
Materials, Butterworths, 1995
Covell, W & Lupton, K, Principles of Remedies,
Butterworths, 1995 McNicol, R, Law of Privilege, Law Book
Company, 1992
Tilbury, M J, Civil Remedies, Vols I & II,
Butterworths, 1990 and 1993 Odgers, S, Uniform Evidence Law, 4th edn, Law
Book Company, 2000
Tibury, M, Noone, M & Kercher, B, Remedies:
Commentary and Materials, 3rd edn, Law Book Palmer, A, Principles of Evidence, Cavendish,
Company, 2000 1998
Waight, P K & Williams, C R, Evidence:
71216 Commentary and Materials, 5th edn, Law Book
Law of Evidence Company, 1998
6cp; corequisiteis): 70516 Equity and Trusts Wellman, F, The Art of Cross-Examination, 4th
Undergraduate edn, Collier Books, 1936
This subject deals with adjectival law and the Wells, W A N, Evidence and Advocacy,
determination of how information may be Butterworths, 1988
presented to the court in litigation, when such Wigmore, J H, Evidence in Trials at Common
information is admissible in evidence, and Law, Boston, 1961
how the rules of proof are applied. The
inclusionary rule of relevance, the various Zariski, A (ed.), Evidence and Procedure in a
exclusionary rules (such as hearsay, opinion, Federation, Law Book Company, 1993
tendency, coincidence, credibility, character,
privilege), and the judicial discretion to
exclude are studied, as well as the incidence
of the burden of proof.
Subject descriptions 197

79203 plurality and diversity of perspectives found


Business Law and Ethics in reference material and the classroom.
6cp; core
Undergraduate Cross-disciplinary 85209
Business Law and Ethics provides the funda- Reconciliation Studies
mental foundation for all future law subjects 8cp
in the Bachelor of Business. It covers Undergraduate
Australian and international commercial For subject description, see 85208 Reconciliation
relationships in contract and consumer Studies.
protection, as well as developing laws, such
as intellectual property. Students learn legal 85210
research techniques involving the Internet Reconciliation Studies
and paper-based library resources and focus 6cp
on skills and developing general principles Postgraduate
that can be applied to all areas of law, both
For subject description, see 85208 Reconciliation
now and in the future. In particular, the
Studies.
subject focuses on resolving personal and
professional ethical dilemmas, as well as the
choice of resolving commercial disputes in 85211
and outside the court system. Reconciliation Studies
8cp
79371 Postgraduate
Legal Issues in Communications For subject description, see 85208 Reconciliation
6cp; one semester; availability: Bachelor of Studies.
Engineering in Telecommunications Engineering
Undergraduate Cross-disciplinary 91101
1
This subject introduces students to the legal Cells, Genetics and Evolution
context of telecommunications and infor- 6cp; 6hpw (average)
mation technology in Australia and in- This foundation subject in biological science
ternationally, and develops students' introduces a number of associated topics relat-
understanding of the interplay between ing to the cells as well as the whole organism.
technical, commercial and legal aspects of It covers general evolutionary principles,
introducing a new product or service, and in emphasising the biological diversity from
particular how the regulatory structure genetic variation to the diversity of species
shapes market opportunities. Topics to be and ecosystems. Topics include scientific
covered include contract law; product liability; inquiry, concept of science (as applied to
professional liability; intellectual property evolutionary thought), principles of genetics,
law; patents; privacy; and consumer rights. the nature of variation, and human evolution.
Multimedia technology is integrated through-
85208 out the lecture and laboratory curricula.
Reconciliation Studies Students normally work in groups of four in
6cp the three-hour laboratory block. Laboratory
Undergraduate work is designed to involve students in
Reconciliation is a key strategy for a sustain- investigation, problem-solving and discovery
able future for Australia. By reconciliation we exercises and may involve computer simu-
mean creating 'a united Australia which lation exercises supplementing other 'hands-
respects this land of ours; values the on' activities with living organisms. Computer
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander heritage; exercises allow students to further investigate
and provides justice and equity for all' principles of genetics, classification of organ-
(Council for Aboriginal Reconciliation, 1992). isms based on evolutionary relationships,
Reconciliation Studies introduces students to evolutionary mechanisms, population ecology
the challenges of this process. Core recon- and other topics. Small group work develops
ciliation issues are investigated and discussed, communication skills. This unit introduces
drawing on relevant life experiences, students to many of the fundamental concepts
academic research and professional practice. in biological sciences, and as such could also
Skills in applying reconciliation principles in serve as an elective for other courses.
a professional field, industry or community 1
This subject replaces 91311 Biology 1.
are developed, including the use of cultural
198 Subject descriptions

91102 91111
1
Functional Biology PoLLution Assessment
6cp; 6hpw [average) 6cp; prerequisite[s): 65012 Chemistry lA
This foundation subject in the biological or equivalent; 91312 Biology i or 91102 Functional
sciences, introduces a number of associated Biology
topics relating to animals and plants. The This subject presents an overview of the
evolution and diversity of the Australian biota sources and classes of major pollutants in
is discussed within the context of climate aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems, their fates
changes and other environmental factors. in the environment and the means of assessing
Adaptations of animals and plants are their impact on the biota. It introduces the
explored by considering how they function. concepts of bioaccumulation, biotransform-
Multimedia technology is integrated through- ations, acute and chronic toxicity as well as
out the lecture and laboratory curricula. the applicability of field and laboratory
The laboratory classes are normally three- methods in the biomonitoring process.
hour blocks, designed to involve students in 1
This subject is no longer offered.
investigation, problem-solving and discovery
exercises. Students work in small groups with 91112
computer simulation programs and other
Ecological Principles and ModeLLing
activities involving living organisms. The
development of communication skills is 6cp; prerequisite[s): 91395 Biocomputing; 91312
recognised as a key strategy in this foundation Biology i or 91102 Functional Biology
subject. This subject provides a foundation in the
This introductory unit focusing on the characteristics and functioning of populations
Australian environment and its animals and and communities in terrestrial and aquatic
plants could serve as an elective for other ecosystems. It includes exploration of popu-
courses. lation and community processes, including
inter- and intraspecific interactions and the
1
This subject replaces 91312 Biology 2. origins of temporal and spatial patterns in
communities and populations of plants and
91110 animals. This subject may include a field
Experimental Design and Sampling excursion which could be conducted before
6cp; prerequisite[s): 91395 Biocomputing; 331 06 commencement of semester.
Statistical Design and Analysis or equivalent; 91312 1
This subject is no longer offered.
Biology 21 or 91102 Functional Biology
The principles and practice of scientific 91119
experimentation, with particular emphasis on Terrestrial Ecosystems
biology. The essential steps in experimental
6cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s)91309 Australian Biota;
design and analysis, and their roles. The 91307 Community and Population Ecology 1; 91110
source of experimental variability and the ways Experimental Design and Sampling
of effectively dealing with them. Environ-
mental sampling procedures and designs. The This subject provides an advanced under-
logic of experimental and statistical hypothesis standing of the characteristics and functioning
testing. The practical uses and limitations of of terrestrial ecosystems and is designed to
these statistical tests in biology: multifactoral strengthen and develop skills in the acquisition
analysis of variance, correlation, multiple and analysis of data from terrestrial systems.
regression, chi-square. Techniques for analys- Patterns and processes in terrestrial eco-
ing multivariate data, with emphasis on the systems. The influence of soil, fire, climate and
pattern-analysis methods of ordination and history on the characteristics of terrestrial en-
clustering. vironments. Causes and effects of degradation
of terrestrial systems; management issues.
This subject replaces 91303 Experimental
Design in Ecology and 91329 Ecological This subject includes a compulsory field
Sampling (or the equivalent subject 91376 excursion which may be conducted before
Environmental Measurement). Students who commencement of semester.
have completed these subjects should not 1
This subject is no longer offered.
enrol in this subject.
1
This subject is no longer offered.
Subject descriptions 199

91120 subject includes 10 hours of formal lectures,


Mapping and Remote Sensing 40 hours of practical work on site, a written
6cp; prerequisite[s]: 91395 Biocomputing; 91110 exam and a report on one of the detailed
Experimental Design and Sampling; Earth and investigations performed during the field trip.
Environmental Science students should have Enrolment in this subject is restricted by the
completed 66305 Fold Belts and Cratons accommodation at the University of Canberra
This senior subject caters to Earth and Field Station. Preference is given firstly to
Environmental Science, Environmental Environmental Biology students who are
Biology, and Environmental and Urban enrolled in the Coastal and Marine Sciences
Horticulture students. It covers the properties sub-major, and thereafter is based on
of EM radiation and its interaction with the academic performance over Stages 1 and 2.
Earth's atmosphere. Qualitative and quantitat- 1
This subject was formerly called Field Studies:
ive analysis and interpretation of aerial Introductory Marine Sciences. Students should not
photographs and satellite imagery including enrol in Coastal and Marine Ecology if they have
Landsat TM and SPOT data, and microwave completed Field Studies: Introductory Marine Sciences.
and thermal imaging are included. Students
are introduced to the techniques of Geo- 91128
graphical Information Systems (GIS) and Plant Biotechnology
digital image enhancement using specialist 3cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s]: 91314 General
computing software, and image processing, Microbiology; plus first year Biology subjects
GIS design and analysis skills are provided.
Students are introduced to plant cell and
GIS is used to address issues associated with
tissue culture, and the application of these
resources management, while remote sensing
techniques to cloning, somatic embryogenesis,
techniques are applied to the assessment of
somaclonal variation, anther and pollen
resources, such as forestry, coastal habitats
culture, and totipotent suspension as a means
and geological features.
of multiplication, and determining pheno-
typic and genetic stability of tissue cultured
91121 plants. The program also includes media
Aquatic Ecology preparation and nutrient requirements, and
6cp; includes a compulsory field trip to Stroud, the use of robotics and biofermentors in
normally held in February; prerequisite[sl: 91270 micropropagation. Pathogen detection and
Plant Physiology; 91363 Animal Ecophysiology elimination, production of virus-free plants,
Australian water resources. The hydrological pathogen indexing, certification of horticul-
cycle and catchment-water relationships. tural crops, plant quarantine, germplasm
Structural components and functional pro- preservation, cryopreservation, long-term
cesses of aquatic ecosystems; physical, chemi- storage, and biosecondary metabolites are
cal and biological features; nutrient cycles and covered. Physiological status of micropropa-
energy flows. Distinctive features of lakes, gated plants, transplanting and hardening-off
wetlands, rivers and streams, estuaries, stages are demonstrated, and practices and
coastal lagoons and the sea. Ecology of algae, problems in micropropagation such as vitrifi-
macrophytes, zooplankton, benthic macro- cation, phenolic exudates, vessel environ-
invertebrates, and vertebrates in aquatic ment, and large-scale production are covered.
systems. Food webs in aquatic ecosystems. Special emphasis is given to Australian
indigenous and rare flora.
91124
Coastal and Marine Ecosystems
1 91142
6cp; includes a 5-day field excursion to Jervis Bay, Biotechnology
normally held in February; prerequisite[s]: 6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite[s]: 1st year biology
satisfactory completion of Stages 1 and 2, including or medical science subjects; corequisite[s]: 91313
66204 Field Studies 1 Biochemistry 1 or 91314 General Microbiology
The subject provides an introduction to This subject provides an overview of the
marine ecology. It examines a wide range of discipline of biotechnology encompassing the
temperate marine habitats and communities traditional industries of food and industrial
including: seagrasses, fishes, sandy shores, (chemical) biotechnology to the more recent
mangroves and intertidal invertebrates, as high-technology applications in agriculture
well as coastal geological processes. The and medicine. The emphasis is placed on the
200 Subject descriptions

principles and processes of biological manipu- experienced in propagation and cultivation


lation and the resulting product. Practical and status of this area of horticulture.
projects are used along with relevant site visits Students are asked to write a research
and workshops to demonstrate specific proposal for a chosen plant to be developed
applications. as a horticultural crop with an emphasis on
problems related to growing plants in con-
91150 trolled environments or in open situations.
Biology and Ecology for Engineers Australian tree species which could substitute
for exotic trees in urban street planting, or as
6cp; 6hpw
wind breaks. This subject involves field trips
The principals of biology and ecology for to wildflower farms, botanic gardens and
students majoring in Environmental national park. There is also a 3-day field trip
Engineering and other fields. Structure and during a study week.
function of cells, cell divisions and the role of
genetic material in cell function; biodiversity 91237
the classification, distinguishing
Plant Pathology
characteristics of plants, animals and
microorganisms and their economic, medical 6cp; prerequisiteisl: 91270 Plant Physiology
and ecological importance; the physiology of This subject provides knowledge of the main
higher plants and mammals and the effects group of plant pathogens causing plant
of environmental pollution and disturbance; diseases, and an understanding of their mode
the principals of population and community of attack and prevention from spreading. The
ecology, the structure and function of aquatic recognition of signs and symptoms is intro-
and terrestrial ecosystems; the effects and duced. Influence of environmental conditions
management of human impacts on natural on disease development. Methods of preven-
ecosystems. tion are discussed. Visits to Plant Quarantine
at Rydalmere, Narara Research Station and
91233 Nursery are arranged. Collection, preservation
Plant Production and Growth Media and identification of plant pathogens form a
6cp; prerequisitelsl: 65012 Chemistry lA; 91312 component of this subject.
Biology i or 91102 Functional Biology
91245
Cultivation of both exotic and native plants
of value in urban horticulture. Skills necessary Open Space Management
for the cultivation, selection and modification 6cp; prerequisiteisl: 91270 Plant Physiology
of stocks for particular situations are devel- This subject is designed to develop students'
oped. The principles of water use, irrigation understanding of the operation and manage-
and associated problems within nurseries and ment of open space amenity areas, such as
intensive cultivation systems are covered. landscaped parks and gardens, bushland and
Also studied are the physical and chemical reserves, and urban streets. The subject
properties of horticultural potting mixes; considers landscape management principles,
methods of analysis; supply of nutrient, water, including the organisation of landscape
air and ions; management of potting mixes; management and the role of planning.
and problems with mixes. Formulation and use Integral to this subject are contributions from
of growth media; media used in hydroponics. industry experts in diverse areas of open space
1
management. Several case studies in open
This subject is no longer offered. space management are examined and the
importance of obtaining accurate information
91234 for decision making is highlighted.
Uses of Australian Plants
6cp; prerequisiteisl: 65022 Chemistry 2A 91246
or equivalent; corequisiteis]: 91309 Plant Structure, Function and CuLture
1

Australian Biota
6cp
The potential of Australian plants for horticul-
This subject introduces students to a wide
tural exploitation, e.g. cut flowers, essential
variety of plant materials used in urban
oils, source of foods and pharmaceuticals are
(environmental) horticulture. Plant materials
considered. Identification of Australian plants
studied include annual, perennial, herbaceous,
as promising future plant crops, difficulties
wood, exotic, and native plant species. These
Subject descriptions 201

plant materials are studied within the context elimination, production of virus-free plants,
of their uses for enhancement of the urban pathogen indexing, certification of horticul-
surroundings. The subject also introduces tural crops. Plant quarantine and international
students to plant morphology and anatomy shipment of tissue cultures plants. Germ-
in relation to plant function, through the study plasm preservation; cryopreservation, long-
of plant organs and tissues, with a particular term storage. Biosecondary metabolites.
focus on vegetative biology. Also studied are Physiological status of micropropagated
techniques of plant propagation, both sexual plants, transplanting, hardening-off stages.
and asexual, including seeds, cuttings, Practices and problems in micropropagation
budding, grafting, layering, separation and such as vitrification, phenolic exudates, vessel
division. environment. Laboratory design and large-
1
scale production. Students are introduced to
This subject replaces 91231 Horticulture 1. Students who experiments involving plant tissue culture
have completed this subject should not enrol in Plant
Structure, Function and Culture.
technology. Special emphasis is given to
Australian indigenous and rare flora.
91247 Horticultural production management devel-
Landscape Design and Plant Culture
1 ops students' understanding of the technical
aspects of nursery management and plant
6cp; prerequisite(s): 91246 Plant Structure,
Function and Culture production. Cost-benefit analysis is made of
the daily operations of commercial enterprises
This subject introduces students to landscape ranging from plants produced in tissue
studies by considering the impact of humans culture to open area growth of flowers, to the
on the landscape, the history of people/plant/ intensive controlled growth of potted plants
landscape interactions including the history in the greenhouses. Also covered are the
of gardens, and the process of landscape design technical aspects of personnel management,
in relation to current practice in Australia. The and seasonal and budgetary factors involved.
subject also introduces students to a wide Cost-benefit analysis of physical, biological,
variety of plant materials used to enhance and human resources is considered. Long-
urban surroundings, including annual, peren- term and construction design of plant
nial, herbaceous, woody, exotic and native production units are discussed.
plant species. Also studied are techniques of
plant propagation. The subject provides an 91249
introduction to irrigation systems used in
Plant Genetics and Breeding
nurseries and open space areas, including
computerised systems, and methods of 6cp; prerequisitels): 91237 Plant Pathology; 91270
greenhouse environmental control. Plant Physiology
Biochemical and cellular processes including
1
This subject replaces 91230 Landscape Design and 91232 molecular genetics and control of genetic
Horticulture 2. Students who have completed these activity in cells, and environmental influences
subjects should not enrol in this subject.
amongst individuals and populations. The
program introduces students to cloning,
91248 somatic cell genetics and hybridisation. The
Plant Production Systems work also includes the control of cell activity
6cp; prerequisite(s): 91246 Plant Structure, by DNA and protein synthesis, and hormonal
Function and Culture control of plant processes. The importance of
This subject consists of two equal parts: plant cytoplasmic inheritance is introduced as is the
tissue culture and horticultural production genetic manipulation of the plant genome.
management. In plant tissue culture students Traditional methods of plant breeding and
are introduced to plant cell and tissue culture, production of pure seed and stocks are also
and the application of these techniques to covered.
cloning, somatic embryogenesis, somaclonal
variation, anther and pollen culture, toti- 91250
potent suspension as means of multiplication, Plants in the Landscape
phenotypic and genetic stability of tissue 6cp; prerequisite(s): 91270 Plant Physiology
cultured plants. The program also includes
This subject is designed to develop the
media preparation, and nutrient require-
student's understanding of the uses of plant
ments. Use of robotics and biofermentors in
materials (especially woody plants) in the
micropropagation. Pathogen detection and
202 Subject descriptions

landscape as part of the function of open space oxidative phosphorylation. Derivation of


management. The subject considers the amino acids from intermediates of carbo-
benefits of plants, techniques for selecting hydrate metabolism. Gluconeogenesis.
appropriate plants of good quality for particu- Photosynthesis Lipids in membranes.
lar purposes and sites, methods of establish- Overview of fatty acid metabolism. Structure
ing these plants and management techniques and folding of proteins. Fibrous proteins;
necessary to maintain plant health, including functional proteins - haemoglobin, catalytic
the diagnosis and management of plant prob- proteins. DNA and its replication RNA and
lems. Integral to this subject are site visits to translation. Transcription, protein synthesis.
open space developments around Sydney and
discussions with the managers of these areas. 91314
1
General Microbiology
91270 6cp; 5hpw; prerequisiteisl: 1st year Biology or
Plant Physiology Medical Science subjects
6cp; prerequisite(s): 91312 Biology i or 91102 An introduction to the structure, function and
Functional Biology taxonomy of the bacteria, fungi, protozoa and
Plant interactions with their environment. The viruses. Several key topics in the study of
acquisition of carbon dioxide, water and microbiology are discussed including
nutrients by plants. Photosynthesis. Responses microscopy, sterilisation and disinfection,
of plants to environmental stress and the microbial nutrition and growth, antibiotics
recognition of stress conditions. Measurement and the classification and identification of
of plant function and of factors affecting plant microorganisms. Basic mycology also covers
performance. their role in disease and the environment. The
1
mode of transmission and symptoms of
This subject is no longer offered. important diseases caused by both parasites,
such as malaria, sleeping sickness, schisto-
91309 somiasis, elephantiasis, and viruses such as
Australian Biota HIV and hepatitis, are studied. The practical
6cp; prerequisite( si: 91312 Biology 2' or 91102 exercises give the student experience of the
Functional Biology principal laboratory procedures for the
The principles and practice of taxonomy and isolation, manipulation, growth and identifi-
evolutionary biology. The limitations and cation of microorganisms.
usefulness of taxonomic tools in botany and 1
This subject was formerly called Microbiology 1.
zoology. The major Australian groups of plants,
vertebrates and invertebrates. The bio-
geography of Australian plants and verte-
91320
brates. The design and use of identification Biochemistry 2
keys. Collection, identification and preser- 6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite(s]: 91313
vation of specimens from the field. This subject Biochemistry 1
may include a field excursion. The control of cellular biochemical processes.
1
Metabolism, protein metabolism, amino acid
This subject is no longer offered.
metabolism, purine and pyrimidine metabo-
lism. Integration of metabolic pathways,
91313 tissue specialisation. Enzymology, enzyme
Biochemistry 1 kinetics, vitamins and cofactors, enzyme
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite(s]: 65022 Chemistry 2A or regulation. Protein specialisation. Membrane
equivalent; 91101 Cells, Genetics and Evolution or structure and function, membrane transport,
91701 Medical Science 1 channels and pumps. Cell signalling path-
Central place of biochemistry in life sciences. ways. Intracellular transport. Cell defence
Structures and properties of monosacch- mechanisms and detoxification pathways.
arides, polysaccharides, fatty acids, lipids, Cell growth and development of cancer.
amino acids, peptides, proteins, nucleosides,
nucleotides, nucleic acids. Catabolism,
anabolism, energy flow. Enzymes as control-
ling elements in metabolic pathways. Over-
view of main carbohydrate flow pathways in
metabolism. Glycosis, Krebs cycle, links to
Subject descriptions 203

91326 sequencing and the PCR. Lectures, tutorials,


Analytical Biochemistry practicals and assignments are fully inte-
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisitels): 91313 grated so that topics are covered extensively
Biochemistry 1 and are delivered by alternative teaching
modes. These modes include flexible learning
Modern methods in biochemical analysis practices such as the provision of similar
emphasising instrumentation, underlying information by way of lectures, practical
principles, aims and strategies. Spectroscopic experimentation, teaching video tutorials, and
methods; spectrophotometry, spectrofluorom- problem assignments, the last of these involv-
etry flame emission and absorption ing the use of Internet Molecular Biology Sites
photometry, magnetic resonance, mass and UTS MacVector software. Students are
spectrometry. Chromatography principles expected to become adept at retrieving and
and practice, GLC, HPLC. Electrophoresis, analysing nucleic acid and protein sequences
centrifugation; applications to nucleic aids from databases. Flexible assessment is used
and proteins. Cryoscopic osmometry. Electro- for the purpose of accommodating variations
chemical methods; potentiometry and ion in the competence and diligence of students
electrodes, polarography. Introduction to in the different assessment tasks.
radiochemistry. Immunoassay methods.
91335
91330 Molecular Biology 2
Epidemiology and Public Health
8cp; 6hpw; prerequisiteis): 91332 Molecular
Microbiology1 Biology 1
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisiteis): 91314
Structure and organisation of the eukaryotic
General Microbiology
genome. Control of genome expression by
Public health microbiology. Basic epidemio- regulation of RNA synthesis, processing and
logical principles; mathematical formulation translation. Development and differentiation.
of epidemics; measures of disease frequency Techniques and application of hybridisation,
(rates and risk factors); sociological aspects. sequencing, polymerase chain reactions and
The public health laboratory environment; Western blotting. Preparation of DNA libraries.
food, water and airborne diseases; exotic and Clinical applications of molecular biology in
notifiable diseases; zoonoses. Application of inherited disease detection and infectious
bacterial enumeration and identification tech- disease diagnosis.
niques to the examination of water and food.
Epidemiological tracing methods; biotyping; 91351
serotyping; bacteriophage typing; bacteriocin
Immunology 1
(BLIS) typing; molecular typing. Control
measures; hygiene; sanitation; disinfection; 3cp; 3hpw; prerequisiteis): 91314
General Microbiology; 91313 Biochemistry 1
sterilisation; vaccines, vaccination procedures
and vaccination programs. This subject is designed to introduce the basic
concepts of immunology. It is structured in
1
This subject was formerly called Microbiology 2. such a way that it follows the course of an
immune response, from initial non-specific
91332 reactions to the development of adaptive
Molecular Biology 1 responses and immunological memory.
8cp; 6hpw; prerequisiteis): 91314 General Emphasis is given to the basic concepts that
Microbiology; 91313 Biochemistry 1 underlie the recognition of foreignness and
Introduction to the basis of present-day mole- the response to infection. The practical
cular biology. Key concepts and procedures sessions introduce students to a variety of
underlying DNA manipulation methods in cellular and serological techniques that are the
the molecular biology laboratory, including cornerstones of immunological analysis. In
the isolation of nucleic acids and the molecu- addition, special interactive teaching sessions
lar cloning, selection and analysis of recom- are used to explore contemporary topics in
binant DNA. Topics covered include: DNA immunology.
and RNA isolation; restriction enzymes; DNA
ligation; transformation of DNA into cells;
cloning strategies; southern, northern and
western blotting; and an introduction to DNA
204 Subject descriptions

91354 91368
Anatomical Pathology Bioreactors and Bioprocessing
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisitelsl: 91702 Medical Science Scp; 6hpw; prerequisite[s): 91313
2; 65022 Chemistry 2A Biochemistry 1, 91314 General Microbiology
This subject provides a basic knowledge of This subject covers the practical aspects of
disease processes, the body's responses to modern biotechnology including bioreactor
them, the preparation and staining of mam- operation, microbial kinetics, extraction tech-
malian tissues for microscopic examination of niques and downstream processing. It includes
organ structure, and light microscopic the microbiological physiological and bio-
appearance of diseased tissues. chemical basis of industrially useful fermen-
The subject also introduces the chemistry of tations in food, beverage, pharmaceutical and
biological dyes and their uses in the labor- other relevant industries. Economic and other
atory to highlight normal tissue structures and factors impinging on the operation of
to demonstrate pathological tissue changes fermentation industries are also undertaken
that occur during disease development. in this subject. The theory and laboratory
practice is further developed by visits to local
This is all integrated to present an under-
biotechnology businesses.
standing of disease with its morphological
appearance and the laboratory techniques
used to interpret structural tissue changes that
91369
occur in disease states. Biobusiness and Environmental
Biotechnology
91355 Scp; 6hpw; prerequisitelsl: 91314 General
Haematology 1 Microbiology; 91330 Epidemiology and Public
Health Microbiology recommended
3cp; 3hpw; prerequisite[s): 91354 Anatomical
Pathology; 91314 General Microbiology or 91313 This subject explores microbial habitats, the
Biochemistry 1 microbial biogeochemical cycles and environ-
mental biotechnology including sewage
Structure, function and morphology of normal
treatment, industrial/ agricultural waste,
blood and bone marrow. Haemostasis and
biodegradation, bioremediation, microbial
haematopoiesis. Automated laboratory
mining and biofuels. Also included in this
equipment used in haematology. Introduction
subject are quality control techniques,
to haematological disease and the significance
of haematological changes in disease. IS09000, IS014000, HACCP, legislation,
intellectual property and the financing, estab-
lishment and management of biotechnology
91363
companies. Industrial visits are an important
Animal Ecophysiology component of this subject.
6cp; prerequisitelsl: 91312 Biology i or 91102
Functional Biology 91701
Basic concepts in ecophysiology; limiting Medical Science 1
factors, lethal limits, acclimation. Patterns of 6cp; 6hpw
physiological responses to natural and selected
manufactured stressors. Coordination of This subject provides an introduction to the
physiological processes with environmental anatomy and physiology of the healthy
factors; neuro-endocrine control of life cycles human body. Lectures are complemented by
and physiological responses, stress syndrome. an appropriate practical program. The content
Population changes; basic animal population includes: the levels of organisation in the
dynamics, structure, growth and regulation body; basic anatomy, anatomical terms, sur-
of populations. face anatomy and body regions and overview
of major organ systems. Transport of materials
1
This subject is no longer offered. across membranes, osmosis diffusion, active
transport. The basic concepts of microscopy
and the histology of tissues and major organ
systems. The general structure and functional
significance of the major organ systems. Basic
microbiology and aseptic technique. The basic
concepts of modern genetics. Chromosomes,
mitosis and meiosis, DNA, RNA, transcrip-
Subject descriptions 205

tion, translation. Mutations and oncogenes. behavioural sciences that have particular
Genetic inheritance, disorders and pedigrees. relevance to the medical sciences are explored
The structure, function and histology of the within the framework of selected health care
integumentary system, the musculoskeletal and medical scenarios such as chronic pain,
system, the gastrointestinal system, cardio- the placebo effect, depression, cardiovascular
vascular, lymphatic and renal systems. The disease, health promotion. Content provides
chemical principles related to enzyme action an introduction to the field of behavioural
and kinetics and the chemical reactions in medicine which addresses the application of
digestion. theory and practice of the behavioural
sciences to the theory and practice of modern
91702 medicine. Students have practical experience
Medical Science 2 in the application of principles from cognitive
6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite[s): 91701 Medical Science 1 learning theory in design and completion of
behavioural monitoring and self-management
This subject completes the coverage of the programs.
anatomy and physiology of the body systems
begun in 91701 Medical Science 1. It is also
91705
designed to foster an appreciation of the
interactions between and control of all body Medical Devices and Diagnostics
systems. Independent learning as well as 6cp; 6hpw; prerequisite(s): 68041 Physical Aspects
critical analysis and communication skills are of Nature or 68101 Foundations of Physics; 91703
also developed in this unit. Topics include: Physiological Systems
structure and function of the respiratory, en- This subject provides an introduction to the
docrine, nervous, reproductive and immune principles of operation and use of typical
systems along with relevant clinical appli- devices encountered in medical practice.
cations in each system. Specific emphasis is given to various methods
of transducing information from the body
91703 such as pressure, internal voltage signals,
Physiological Systems oximetering temperature. Principles of active
stimulation of various organs such as heart,
6cp; 4hpw; prerequisite(s): 91702 Medical Science 2
muscle and cochlear are also taught. A medi-
This subject extends the knowledge and cal overview of the regulatory framework
understanding of cellular elements of the imaging modalities explored is also given.
body and of certain body organ systems that
were introduced in the subjects 91701 Medical 91706
Science 1 and 91702 Medical Science 2. It
Neuroscience
provides an understanding of cell membrane
8 cp; 4hpw; prerequisite[s): 91703 Physiological
transport processes and how these principles
Systems
apply to the body; the importance of ion
channels generally in cell physiology and the This subject provides an advanced under-
application of ion channels to nanotechnology; standing of the physiological basis of the
the role of ion channels in the physiology of nervous system. It covers physiology of
the cardiovascular system; and mechanisms excitable tissue, with particular reference to
of fluid secretion in the kidneys and coordination and control of ion channels;
regulation of extracellular fluid composition functions of the nervous system, with special
and volume. The subject encourages students reference to systems including complex reflex
to be active learners. systems, control of posture and movement,
cutaneous, deep and visceral sensation,
91704 central regulation of visceral function, vision,
hearing and equilibrium, smell and taste; and
Behavioural Sciences
case studies of disease states in the nervous
6cp; 4hpw; prerequisite[s): 33106 Statistical Design
system. Emphasis is placed on student
and Analysis or equivalent; 91703 Physiological
participation as active learners, for example
Systems
in presentation of case studies and seminars.
The overall aim of this study is to demonstrate
the significance of contributions of theories
and practices from the behavioural sciences
to effective medical theory and practice. Key
concepts, principles and theories from the
206 Subject descriptions

91707 biotic action and to develop the concepts of


Pharmacology 1 modulated receptors and ion channels in
determining anaesthetic drug action. The
8cp; 6hpw laveragel; prerequisitelsl: 91313
Biochemistry 1; 91703 Physiological Systems clinical efficacy of the major pharmacology
drug classes used in the treatment of diabetes
This subject provides the introductory princi- and respiratory and musculoskeletal systems
ples governing drug and xenobiotic action to disorders. Endogenous opioids in pain control
be developed further in 91709 Pharmacology 2. mechanisms and the interaction of opioid
It is designed to foster a problem-solving analgesics with these systems. Selective
approach to pharmacology with particular toxicity in the treatment of microbial, viral and
emphasis on applying molecular pharmacol- protozoal infections. Toxicokinetic factors,
ogy concepts to pathophysiological problems. defence mechanisms, cellular reactivity,
Major objectives are to develop the concepts receptors and binding sites as determinants
of dose response relationships and the spe- of target organ toxicity. Drugs in the concep-
cificity of drug action. Therapeutic index and tion and birthing process. Carcinogens and
the concept of selective toxicity. Pharmaco- teratogens. Specific classes of toxic substances.
kinetic factors and their role in pharmaco- Lectures are complemented by a tutorial/
therapy. Chemical neurotransmitters, ion practical program which emphasises the
channels and receptors as determinants of clinical nature of the subject and develops
drug action in the central and peripheral lecture material using a variety of experi-
nervous systems. Clinical efficacy of the major mental tutorial, computer simulation and
pharmacology drug classes used in the case-study approaches.
treatment of pathophysiological processes
involving the cardiovascular, renal and 95560
nervous systems. Lectures are complemented
by a tutorial/practical program which Multimedia Industry and Process
emphasises the clinical nature of the subject Bcp
and develops lecture material using a variety This subject will examine the nature of the
of experimental, tutorial, computer- interactive multimedia industry today. It
simulation and case-study approaches. explores industry structure and trends,
government policies in relation to the
91708 industry, job specifications, multimedia
Psychophysiology development teams and roles, the interactive
8cp; 6hpw; prerequisiteisl: 91704 Behavioural multimedia development process, costs
Sciences associated with development, and significant
issues such as copyright and intellectual
This subject builds on material provided in
property. This subject also includes a series
Behavioural Sciences. It provides the student
of optional master classes to introduce some
with a solid grasp of the relationship between
common Web development tools and
mind and behaviour with emphasis on the
techniques.
underlying physiological mechanisms. Impli-
cations for health are emphasised throughout
the course. The subject encourages the student
95561
to evaluate the connections believed to occur Multimedia Products and Technologies
between attitudes, behaviour, lifestyle, 8cp
physiology, and health outcome. Lectures are This subject situates the study of multimedia
complemented by practical workshops and products and technologies in the comparative,
discussion in tutorials. historical context of the traditional media. It
looks at debates about the impact of
91709 communication technologies on society and
Pharmacology 2 culture, the trends and impacts of
8cp; 6hpw !average!; prerequisiteisl: 91707 globalisation, and the ways in which
Pharmacology 1 audiences can create meaning out of print and
audio-visual communication.
This subject develops and extends the princi-
ples governing drug and xenobiotic action
covered in 91707 Pharmacology 1. Objectives
are to further develop the concept of receptors
as cellular determinants of drug and xeno-
Subject descriptions 207

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES Chinese Unit 2


Bcp; 6hpw; prerequisite: Chinese Unit 1
SUBJECTS Chinese 2 continues to develop in students a
survival communicative ability in basic social
interactions. It also introduces students to
Language programs some of the basic structures and devices of
the language. Students are expected to know
about 600-800 Chinese characters by the end
971111,972111,973111,974111 of this unit.
Chinese Language and Culture
The Chinese program is open to students who Chinese Unit 3
are either complete beginners, who first learnt Bcp; 6hpw; prerequisite: Chinese Unit 2 or HSC 2/
Chinese at secondary school level in Australia 3-unit Chinese
or who already have a working knowledge Chinese 3 is the entry point for students who
of Chinese characters and communicative have completed HSC 2/3-unit Chinese and
competence in a Chinese language other than who first learnt Chinese at school in Australia.
Modern Standard Chinese. There are three Chinese 3 aims to further develop students'
points of entry into this program: Chinese 1 oral communicative competence in basic
for complete beginners; Chinese 3 for students social interactions. More written texts are
who have successfully completed HSC 2/3- gradually introduced to enhance the ability
unit Chinese; and Chinese 7 for students who of students to use Chinese characters. The
have a working knowledge of Chinese basic structures and devices of the language
characters, as well as communicative compe- are reinforced. Students are expected to know
tence in a Chinese language other than about 1,200 Chinese characters by the end of
Modern Standard Chinese. Students in the this unit.
combined degree take four consecutive units
in the program, usually either units 1-4, 3--6 Chinese Unit 4
or 7-10, determined by their point of entry. Bcp; 6hpw; prerequisite: Chinese Unit 3
Other programs may be negotiated according Chinese 4 is the second unit for students who
to the student's level of proficiency. have completed HSC 2/3-unit Chinese.
The Chinese language program is designed Chinese 4 aims to further develop students'
to provide students with the communicative communicative competence in basic social
skills necessary to undertake In-country interactions. More written texts are intro-
Study in China. A communicative approach duced to enhance the ability of students to use
is adopted for classroom instruction and Chinese characters. The basic structures and
students are expected to participate fully in devices of the language are also reinforced.
class activities in the process of acquiring Students are expected to know about 1,600
practical language skills. The teaching Chinese characters by the end of this unit.
incorporates an introduction to Chinese
culture and helps students to appreciate the Chinese Unit 5
wider cultural ramifications of Chinese in Bcp; 6hpw; prerequisite: Chinese Unit 4
various contexts. The program lays a solid Chinese 5 is the third unit for students who
foundation for further cultural studies in first learnt Chinese at school in Australia and
Chinese. obtained HSC 2/3-unit Chinese.
Chinese Unit 1 Chinese 5 aims to further develop students'
Bcp; 6hpw; prerequisite: nil communicative competence in general social
Chinese 1 aims to develop in students a interactions. While reinforcing the macro-
survival communicative ability in basic social skills of reading, writing, listening and
interactions. It teaches students Pinyin, the speaking, this unit focuses on practical writing
official transcription system, as a guide to the skills. Students are expected to know about
pronunciation of the Chinese language, and 2,000 Chinese characters by the end of this
some basic structures and devices of the unit.
language. Students are expected to know
about 300 Chinese characters by the end of
this unit.
208 Subject descriptions

Chinese Unit 6 texts in order to master the use of Chinese for


Bcp; 6hpw; prerequisite: Chinese Unit 5 different purposes, and are provided with
Chinese 6 is the fourth subject for students who opportunities to maintain speaking and
listening skills through discussion of the texts.
have obtained HSC 2/3-unit Chinese with
basic communicative skills and the ability to Chinese Unit 10
undertake In-country Study in China. Bcp; 4hpw; prerequisite: Chinese Unit 9 or
Chinese 6 aims to further develop students' equivalent
communicative competence in general social This unit aims to further develop in students
interactions. While reinforcing basic structures a high level of communicative competence in
and devices of the language, this unit further reading and writing to meet students' needs
develops students' writing skills. Students are in social and professional interactions.
expected to know about 2,500 Chinese Modern Standard Chinese (also known as
characters by the end of this unit. Mandarin, Putonghua or Guoyu) is used.
Chinese Unit 7 Students are exposed to a range of diverse
texts from modern Chinese literature, history,
Bcp; 4hpw; prerequisite: a working knowledge of
Chinese characters as well as communicative
language and culture in order to master the
competence in a Chinese language other than
use of written Chinese for different purposes,
Modern Standard Chinese. and are provided with further opportunities
to maintain speaking and listening skills
Chinese 7 is for students who have a working through discussion of the texts.
knowledge of Chinese characters as well as
communicative competence in a Chinese
language other than Modem Standard Chinese.
971411,972411,973411,974411
French Language and Culture
This unit aims to develop communicative
competence to meet students' needs in social French is a language program for students
and professional interactions where Modern who are either complete beginners or who
Standard Chinese (also known as Mandarin, first learnt French at school. There are two
Putonghua or Guoyu) is used. Simplified points of entry: the first for complete beginners;
characters, pronunciation, intonation and the second for students who have successfully
situational Chinese usages are the focus of completed HSC 2/3-unit French, or its
class instruction. equivalent. Students in the combined degree
take four units in the program, either units 1-
Chinese Unit 8 4 (beginners) or 3-6 (post-HSC), determined
Bcp; 4hpw; prerequisite: Chinese Unit 7 or by their point of entry. Students with a
equivalent language competence in French that is higher
This unit aims to develop a communicative than the program may be able to undertake
competence at a more sophisticated level. further studies in French at other universities
Students are exposed to a range of Chinese in the Sydney area through arrangements
texts in varied sociocultural contexts in order made by the Institute.
to master the use of Chinese for different The language program covers a broad range
purposes, and are provided with opportu- of communicative situations relevant to daily
nities to further improve speaking and interaction in French. The focus is on the devel-
listening skills through discussions of the texts opment of speaking, listening, reading and
and making cross-cultural comparisons. writing skills appropriate to the situations that
students are likely to encounter. Vocabulary
Chinese Unit 9 and grammar cover a range of themes and are
Bcp; 4hpw; prerequisite: Chinese Unit 8 or presented using written and audiovisual
equivalent materials.
This unit aims to develop in students a high Upon successful completion of the program,
level of communicative competence required students are expected to be able to commu-
for understanding various electronic and nicate about familiar things, events and
published media articles, correspondence and opinions and to have developed skills and
texts related to contemporary society where strategies for continuing their learning of the
Modern Standard Chinese (also known as language in French-speaking environments.
Mandarin, Putonghua or Guoyu) is used. Those students with prior knowledge of
Students are exposed to a range of Chinese French entering the program at a higher level
Subject descriptions 209

are expected to communicate comfortably on action. Students also develop an understand-


a wide range of topics, with the ability to ing of the sociocultural contexts in which the
adjust their language according to social language is used and develop further commu-
variables such as formality, age and status. nication strategies.
Each unit is covered in 13 weeks in one The approach adopted is communicative and
semester. There are six hours of language provides many opportunities for students to
classes per week. Some of the class time may interact and use the language in a meaningful
be conducted in the Learning Resources way in various social and cultural contexts.
Centre using computers and the language Audiovisual equipment and computers are
laboratory. used to facilitate learning.
French Unit 1 French Unit 3
Bcp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: nil Bcp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: French
French 1 is the first in a series of four units Unit 2, HSC French, or equivalent
designed to provide students who have no French 3 is the third in a series of four units
prior know ledge of the French language with for students with no prior knowledge of the
basic survival skills in language and culture, French language, or the first in a series of four
and the ability to undertake In-country Study units for students who have successfully
in France. completed HSC 2/3-unit French, or its
By the end of the unit, students are expected equivalent. It provides students with basic
to have achieved 'elementary proficiency' and survival skills in French language and culture,
be able to satisfy immediate communication and the ability to undertake In-country Study
needs required in basic social interaction, in France.
using expressions and phrases they have By the end of the unit, students are expected
learnt. The program allows for the develop- to have achieved communicative competence
ment of listening, speaking, reading and in speaking, listening, reading and writing
writing skills, and an understanding of the skills to be able to satisfy all 'survival' needs
sociocultural contexts in which the language and limited social needs. They are also
is used. In particular, students gain an expected to have developed an awareness of
awareness of the background of French- the various social and cultural contexts in
speaking countries. Students also develop which the language is used. In this unit,
strategies for predicting the meaning of new students develop the ability to understand the
expressions and anticipating ways to express general content of magazine and newspaper
new meanings. articles.
The approach adopted is communicative and The approach adopted is communicative and
provides students with many opportunities provides many opportunities for students to
to interact and use the language in various interact and use the language in various social
social and cultural contexts. Audiovisual and cultural contexts. Audiovisual equipment
equipment and computers are used to facilitate and computers are used to facilitate learning.
learning.
French Unit 4
French Unit 2 Bcp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: French
Bcp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: French Unit 3 or equivalent
Unit 1 or equivalent
French 4 is the fourth in a series of four units
French 2 is the second in a series of four units for students with no prior knowledge of the
designed to provide students who have no French language, or the second in a series of
prior knowledge of the French language with four units for students who have successfully
basic survival skills in language and culture, completed French 3, HSC 2/3-unit French, or
and the ability to undertake In-country Study its equivalent; and equips these students with
in France. basic survival skills in French language and
By the end of the unit, students are expected culture and the ability to undertake In-
to have achieved 'minimum survival pro- country Study in France.
ficiency' in speaking, listening, reading and By the end of the unit, students are expected
writing and be able to satisfy immediate to have begun to develop the communication
communication needs and minimum courtesy skills required to satisfy limited routine social
requirements required in basic social inter- or work demands related to the situation
210 Subject descriptions

covered. Students would also have developed accuracy to meet a limited range of social
an awareness of the various social and cultural needs and limited work needs. Language
contexts in which the language is used. development focuses on topics such as
Students learn to express opinions, discuss economy, class and social stratification,
education, entertainment and travel, and gender roles, religion and beliefs, literature
develop the language skills and background and the arts.
knowledge required to find accommodation. The approach adopted is communicative and
The approach adopted is communicative and provides many opportunities for students to
provides many opportunities for students to interact and use the language in a meaningful
interact and use the language in various social way in various social and cultural contexts.
and cultural contexts. Audiovisual equipment There are discussions and debates on set
and computers are used to facilitate learning. topics. Audiovisual equipment and computers
are used to facilitate learning.
French Unit 5
Bcp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: French French Unit 7
Unit 4 or equivalent Bcp; 1st semester, 4hpw; prerequisite: French
French 5 is the third in a series of four units Unit 6
designed to provide students who have French 7 is designed to provide students who
successfully completed French 4, HSC 2/3- have successfully completed French 6, or its
unit French, or its equivalent, with the ability equivalent, with the ability to consolidate and
to consolidate and extend their knowledge extend their knowledge of French in prep-
during a period of In-country Study in France. aration for a period of In-country Study in
By the end of the unit, students are expected France.
to have achieved the communicative compe- By the end of the unit, students are expected
tence required to satisfy routine social to be able to communicate confidently in
demands and limited work requirements in French in a wide variety of everyday situations,
speaking, listening, reading and writing skills. and to have comprehension skills which en-
They are also expected to have developed an able them to read a wide variety of authentic
awareness of the various social and cultural materials in French. Students are expected to
contexts in which the language is used. extend their knowledge of present-day French
Students learn to communicate in French and society and culture and to have acquired the
to compare lifestyles, university life and vocabulary and linguistic structures necessary
education and practice interview techniques to participate in formal and informal con-
in preparation for In-country Study. versations with considerable accuracy.
The approach adopted is communicative and The classroom approach provides students
provides many opportunities for students to with opportunities to further develop their
interact and use the language in a meaningful vocabulary, fluency and accuracy as they use
way in various social and cultural contexts. French to respond to authentic texts and to
There are discussions and debates on set discuss set topics. Students are required to
topics. Audiovisual equipment and computers read extensively in preparation for classroom
are used to facilitate learning. presentations and discussions.
French Unit 6 French Unit 8
Bcp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: French Bcp; 2nd semester, 4hpw; prerequisite: French
Unit 5 or equivalent Unit 7
French 6 is the fourth in a series of four units French 8 is designed to provide students who
designed to provide students who have have successfully completed French 7, or its
successfully completed French 5, or its equivalent, with the ability to consolidate and
equivalent, with the ability to consolidate and extend their knowledge of French in prep-
extend their knowledge during a period of In- aration for a period of In-country Study in
country Study in France. France.
By the end of the unit, students are expected By the end of the unit, students are expected
to have achieved the communicative compe- to demonstrate the linguistic skills and cultural
tence required for limited formal and informal awareness required to engage appropriately
conversations on practical and social topics. in a range of formal and informal discussions
Students are also expected to have developed in social, professional and educational
the ability to read and write with sufficient contexts.
Subject descriptions 211

The classroom approach provides students German Unit 1


with opportunities to further develop their Bcp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: nil
vocabulary, fluency and accuracy as they use German 1 is the first in a series of four units
French to discuss set topics and to respond to designed to provide students who have no
authentic texts, television programs and films. prior knowledge of the German language
Students are required to read extensively in with basic survival skills in German language
preparation for classroom presentations and and culture, and the ability to undertake In-
discussions. country Study in Germany.
971421,972421,973421,974421 By the end of the unit, students are expected
to have achieved 'elementary proficiency' and
German Language and Culture be able to satisfy immediate communication
German is a language program for students needs required in basic social interaction,
who are either complete beginners or who first using expressions and phrases they have
learnt German at school. There are two points learnt. The program allows for the develop-
of entry: the first for complete beginners; the ment of listening, speaking, reading and
second for students who have successfully writing skills, and an understanding of the
completed HSC 2/3-unit German, or its sociocultural contexts in which the language
equivalent. Students in the combined degree is used. Students gain, in particular, an aware-
take four units in the program, either units 1- ness of the background of German-speaking
4 (beginners) or 3-6 (post-HSC), determined countries. Students also develop strategies for
by their point of entry. Students with a predicting the meaning of new expressions
language competence in German that is and anticipating ways of expressing new
higher than the usual level accepted in the meanings.
program may be able to undertake further The approach adopted is communicative and
studies in German at other universities in the provides students with many opportunities
Sydney area through arrangements made by to interact and use the language in various
the Institute. social and cultural contexts. Audiovisual
The language program covers a broad range equipment and computers are used to facilitate
of communicative situations relevant to daily learning.
interaction in German. The focus is on the
development of speaking, listening, reading German Unit 2
and writing skills appropriate to the situations Bcp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: German
that students are likely to encounter. Vocabu- Unit 1 or equivalent
lary and grammar cover a range of themes. German 2 is the second in a series of four units
Upon successful completion of the program, designed to provide students with no prior
students are expected to be able to commu- knowledge of the German language with
nicate about familiar things, events and basic survival skills in German language and
opinions and to have developed skills and culture, and the ability to undertake In-
strategies for continuing their learning of the country Study in Germany.
language in German-speaking environments. By the end of the unit, students are expected
Those students with prior knowledge of to have achieved 'minimum survival pro-
German entering the program at a higher level ficiency' in speaking, listening, reading and
are expected to communicate comfortably on writing and be able to satisfy immediate
a wide range of topics, with the ability to communication needs and minimum courtesy
adjust their language according to social requirements required in basic social inter-
variables such as formality, age and status. action. Students also develop an understand-
Each unit is covered in 13 weeks in one ing of the sociocultural contexts in which the
semester. There are six hours of language language is used and further communication
classes per week. Some of the class time may strategies.
be conducted in the Learning Resources The approach adopted is communicative and
Centre using computers and the language provides many opportunities for students to
laboratory. interact and use the language in a meaningful
way in various social and cultural contexts.
Audiovisual equipment and computers may
be used to facilitate learning.
212 Subject descriptions

German Unit 3 German Unit 5


Bcp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: German Bcp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: German
Unit 2, HSC German, or equivalent Unit 4 or equivalent
German 3 is the third in a series of four units German 5 is the third in a series of four units
for students with no prior knowledge of the designed to provide students who have
German language, or the first in a series of successfully completed German 4, HSC 2/3-
four units for students who have successfully unit German, or its equivalent, with the ability
completed HSC 2/3-unit German, or its to consolidate and extend their knowledge
equivalent. It provides students with basic during a period of In-country Study in
survival skills in German language and culture Germany.
and the ability to undertake In-country Study By the end of the unit, students are expected
in Germany. to have achieved the communicative compe-
By the end of the unit, students are expected tence required to satisfy routine social
to have achieved the communicative compe- demands and limited work requirements in
tence in speaking, listening, reading and speaking, listening, reading and writing skills.
writing skills to be able to satisfy all 'survival' Students would have developed an awareness
needs and limited social needs. They are also of the various social and cultural contexts in
expected to have developed an awareness of which the language is used. Students learn to
the various social and cultural contexts in communicate in German when comparing
which the language is used. In this unit, lifestyles, university life and education and
students also develop the ability to under- to practice interview techniques in preparation
stand the general content of magazine and for In-country Study.
newspaper articles. The approach adopted is communicative and
The approach adopted is communicative and provides many opportunities for students to
provides many opportunities for students to interact and use the language in a meaningful
interact and use the language in various social way in various social and cultural contexts.
and cultural contexts. Audiovisual equipment There are discussions and debates on set
and computers are used to facilitate learning. topics. Audiovisual equipment and computers
are used to facilitate learning.
German Unit 4
Bcp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: German German Unit 6
Unit 3 or equivalent Bcp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: German
German 4 is the fourth in a series of four units Unit 5 or equivalent
for students with no prior knowledge of the German 6 is the fourth in a series of four units
German language, or the second in a series of designed to provide students who have
four units for students who have successfully successfully completed German 5, or its
completed German 3, HSC 2/3-unit German, equivalent, with the ability to consolidate and
or its equivalent. It provides them with basic extend their knowledge during a period of In-
survival skills in German language and country Study in Germany.
culture and the ability to undertake In- By the end of the unit, students are expected
country Study in Germany. to have achieved the communicative compe-
By the end of the unit, students are expected tence required to speak the language with
to have begun to develop the communication reasonable accuracy, and to be able to partici-
skills required to satisfy limited routine social pate readily in limited formal and informal
and work demands related to the situation conversations on practical and social topics.
covered. Students would also have developed Students are also expected to have developed
an awareness of the various social and cultural the ability to read and write with sufficient
contexts in which the language is used. accuracy to meet a limited range of social
Students learn to express opinions, discuss needs and limited work needs. Language
education, entertainment and travel, and focuses on topics such as the economy, class
develop the language skills and background and social stratification, gender roles, religion
knowledge required to find accommodation. and beliefs, and literature and the arts.
The approach adopted is communicative and The approach adopted is communicative and
provides many opportunities for students to provides many opportunities for students to
interact and use the language in various social interact and use the language in a meaningful
and cultural contexts. Audiovisual equipment way in various social and cultural contexts.
and computers are used to facilitate learning.
Subject descriptions 213

There are discussions and debates on set The classroom approach provides students
topics. Audiovisual equipment and computers with opportunities to further develop their
are used to facilitate learning. vocabulary, fluency and accuracy as they use
German to discuss set topics and to respond
German Unit 7 to authentic texts, television programs and
4cp; 1st semester, 4hpw; prerequisite: German films. Students are required to read extensive-
Unit 6 ly in preparation for classroom presentations
German 7 is designed to provide students who and discussions.
have successfully completed German 6, or its
equivalent, with the ability to consolidate and 971710,972710,973710,974710
extend their knowledge of the German Greek
language in preparation for a period of In-
Greek is offered to UTS students through
country Study in Germany.
arrangements with other universities. Students
By the end of the unit, students are expected are placed in classes appropriate to their level
to be able to communicate confidently and with of competence. The program focuses on
a high level of accuracy in German in a wide furthering writing and oral skills in contem-
range of formal and informal conversations, porary Greek and learning about Hellenic
and to have comprehension skills which en- literature, society and culture.
able them to read a wide variety of authentic
materials in German . .Students are expected 971311,972311,973311,974311
to be able to read and write for academic and Indonesian Language and Culture
general purposes with sufficient accuracy to
meet a wide range of social and academic Indonesian is offered to UTS students through
needs. arrangements with other universities. Students
are placed in classes appropriate to their level
The classroom approach provides students
of competence. The aim of the Indonesian
with opportunities to further develop their language program is to give students a good
vocabulary, fluency and accuracy as they use working knowledge of modern written and
German to respond to authentic texts and to spoken Indonesian and to enable them to
discuss set topics. Students are required to express themselves in the language correctly
read extensively in preparation for classroom and with reasonable clarity.
presentations and discussions.
German Unit 8 971431,972431,973431,974431
4cp; 2nd semester, 4hpw; prerequisite: German Italian Language and Culture
Unit 7 Italian is a language program for students
German 8 is designed to provide students who are either complete beginners or who first
who have successfully completed German 7, learnt Italian at school. There are two points
or its equivalent, with the ability to consoli- of entry: the first for complete beginners; the
date and extend their knowledge of German second for students who have successfully
in preparation for a period of In-country completed HSC 2/3-unit Italian, or its
Study in Germany. equivalent. Students in the combined degree
By the end of the unit, students are expected take four units in the program, either units 1-
4 (beginners) or 3-6 (post-HSC), determined
to have achieved a high level of proficiency
and speak the language with a high level of by their point of entry. Students with a
accuracy. They are able to participate in a wide language competence in Italian that is higher
range of formal, informal and academic than the program may be able to undertake
further studies in Italian at other universities
conversations on topics such as the economy,
in the Sydney area through arrangements
gender roles, social life, politics and current
issues. They also learn about academic writing made by the Institute.
and develop academic skills such as note The language program covers a broad range
taking and essay writing in German. They are of communicative situations relevant to daily
expected to read and write academic and interaction in Italian. The focus is on the
general texts with a high degree of accuracy development of speaking, listening, reading
to meet a wide range of social and academic and writing skills appropriate to the situations
needs. that students are likely to encounter. Vocabu-
lary and grammar cover a range of themes
and are presented using written and audio-
visual materials.
214 Subject descriptions

Upon successful completion of the program, By the end of the unit, students are expected
students are expected to be able to commu- to have achieved 'basic transactional pro-
nicate about familiar things, events and ficiency' in speaking, listening, reading and
opinions and to have developed skills and writing, and be able to satisfy immediate
strategies for continuing their learning of the communication needs and minimum courtesy
language in Italian-speaking environments. requirements for basic social interaction.
Those students with prior knowledge of Students also develop an understanding of the
Italian, who are entering the program at a sociocultural contexts in which the language
higher level, are expected to communicate is used and further communication strategies.
comfortably on a wide range of topics, with The approach adopted is communicative and
the ability to adjust their language according provides many opportunities for students to
to social variables such as formality, age and interact and use the language in a meaningful
status. Each unit is covered in 13 weeks in one way in various social and cultural contexts.
semester. There are six hours of language Audiovisual equipment and computers are
classes per week. used to facilitate learning.
Italian Unit 1 Italian Unit 3
Bcp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: nil Bcp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: Italian Unit
Italian 1 is the first in a series of four units 2, HSC Italian, or equivalent
designed to provide students who have no Italian 3 is the third in a series of four units for
prior knowledge of the Italian language with students with no prior knowledge of the
basic survival skills in Italian language and Italian language, or the first in a series of four
culture, and the ability to undertake In- units for students who have successfully
country Study in Italy. completed HSC 2/3-unit Italian, or its
By the end of the unit, students are expected equivalent. It provides them with basic
to have achieved 'minimum creative pro- survival skills in Italian language and culture
ficiency' and be able to satisfy immediate and the ability to undertake In-country Study
communication needs required in basic social in Italy.
interaction, using expressions and phrases By the end of the unit, students are expected
they have learnt. The program allows for the to have achieved the communicative compe-
development of listening, speaking, reading tence in speaking, listening, reading and
and writing skills, and an understanding of writing skills to be able to satisfy all 'survival'
the sociocultural contexts in which the needs and limited social needs. They are also
language is used. In particular, students gain expected to have developed an awareness of
an awareness of the background of Italian- the various social and cultural contexts in
speaking countries. Students also develop which the language is used. In this unit,
strategies for predicting the meaning of new students also develop the ability to under-
expressions and anticipating ways of express- stand the general content of magazine and
ing new meanings. newspaper articles.
The approach adopted is communicative and The approach adopted is communicative and
provides students with many opportunities provides many opportunities for students to
to interact and use the language in various interact and use the language in various social
social and cultural contexts. Audiovisual and cultural contexts. Audiovisual equipment
equipment and computers are used to facili- and computers are used to facilitate learning.
tate learning.
Italian Unit 4
Italian Unit 2
Bcp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: Italian Unit
Bcp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: Italian Unit 3 or equivalent
1 or equivalent
Italian 4 is the fourth in a series of four units
Italian 2 is the second in a series of four units for students with no prior knowledge of
designed to provide students who have no Italian language, or the second in a series of
prior knowledge of the Italian language with four units for students who have successfully
basic survival skills in Italian language and completed Italian 3, HSC 2/3-unit Italian, or
culture, and the ability to undertake In- its equivalent. It provides them with basic
country Study in Italy. survival skills in Italian language and culture
and the ability to undertake In-country Study
in Italy.
Subject descriptions 215

By the end of the unit, students are expected By the end of the unit, students are expected
to have begun to develop the communication to have achieved the communicative compe-
skills required to satisfy limited routine social tence required to speak the language with
and work demands related to the situation sufficient accuracy for limited formal and
covered. Students would also have developed informal conversations on practical and social
an awareness of the various social and topics. Students are also expected to be able
cultural contexts in which the language is to read and write with sufficient accuracy to
used. Students learn to express opinions, meet a limited range of social needs and
discuss education, entertainment and travel, limited work needs. Language focuses on
and develop the language skills and back- topics such as the economy, class and social
ground knowledge required e.g. to find stratification, gender roles, religion and
accommodation. beliefs, literature and the arts.
The approach adopted is communicative and The approach adopted is communicative and
provides many opportunities for students to provides many opportunities for students to
interact and use the language in various social interact and use the language in a meaningful
and cultural contexts. Audiovisual equipment way in various social and cultural contexts.
and computers are used to facilitate learning. There are discussions and debates on set
topics. Audiovisual equipment and computers
Italian Unit 5 are used to facilitate learning.
Scp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: Italian Unit
4 or equivalent 971211,972211,973211,974211
Italian 5 is the third in a series of four units Japanese Language and Culture
designed to provide students who have
This program comprises six units offered in
successfully completed Italian 4, HSC 2/3-
two main streams: beginners and post-HSC.
unit Italian, or its equivalent, with the ability
There are two main points of entry into the
to consolidate and extend their knowledge of
Japanese Language and Culture program.
the Italian language and culture during a
Students with no prior experience of the
period of In-country Study in Italy.
language enter the program at Japanese 1,
By the end of the unit, students are expected while students with HSC-level Japanese or
to have achieved the communicative compe- equivalent are required to enter the program
tence required to satisfy routine social at the post-HSC level Oapanese 3).
demands and limited work requirements in
The program enables students to develop the
speaking, listening, reading and writing skills.
skills to communicate in everyday situations
They are also expected to have developed an
in order to live, study and work in a Japanese-
awareness of the various social and cultural
speaking environment; or interact with
contexts in which the language is used.
Japanese people in a social, university or
Students learn to communicate in Italian work-related context. The emphasis is on the
while comparing lifestyles, university life and development of communication skills, par-
education and practice interview techniques
ticularly speaking and listening, with an
in preparation for In-country Study. increased focus on reading and writing skills
The approach adopted is communicative and at the post-HSC level. The study of socio-
provides many opportunities for students to cultural aspects of Japan is an integrated and
interact and use the language in a meaningful essential part of the language program.
way in various social and cultural contexts.
There are discussions and debates on set Japanese Unit 1
topics. Audiovisual equipment and computers Scp; 6hpw; prerequisite: nil
are used to facilitate learning. This is the first subject in the Japanese
Language and Culture program. It is designed
Italian Unit 6
as the first step in providing students who
Bcp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: Italian Unit
have no prior knowledge of Japanese with the
5 or equivalent
basic language survival skills and socio-
Italian 6 is the fourth in a series of four units cultural awareness to enable them to
designed to provide students who have undertake In-country Study in Japan.
successfully completed Italian 5, or its
While focusing primarily on the development
equivalent, with the ability to consolidate and
of speaking and listening skills, this subject
extend their knowledge of the Italian language
also provides a working knowledge of the
and culture during a period of In-country
Study in Italy.
216 Subject descriptions

hiragana and katakana scripts and approxi- alent, and aim to further develop Japanese
mately 50 kanji. Sociocultural aspects are listening, speaking, reading and writing skills.
integrated into the program as they relate to By the end of the unit, students are expected
the need for students to learn to use the to have achieved 'limited social proficiency',
language appropriately in various social and and be able to interact in limited social, study
cultural contexts. and work contexts with Japanese speakers in
Japan or Australia. They will also have learnt
Japanese Unit 2 approximately 350 kanji.
Bcp; 6hpw; prerequisite: Japanese Unit 1
This is the second in a series of four units for Japanese Unit 5
students with no prior knowledge of the Scp; 6hpw; prerequisite: Japanese Unit 4
Japanese language. By the completion of this Japanese 5 is the third in a series of four units
unit, the student should be able to demon- in the post-HSC series, and is for those who
strate the language and sociocultural skills have successfully completed either Japanese
required to establish and maintain relation- 4, or its equivalent, and aim to further develop
ships in social or work-related spheres, and listening, speaking, reading, writing and
fulfil basic survival needs in a Japanese- cultural skills. By the end of the unit, students
speaking environment. are expected to have achieved 'limited social
Emphasis is given to the development of proficiency', and be able to satisfy routine
speaking and listening skills, but students also social and limited work demands. The em-
further develop their reading and writing phasis is on the development of the language
skills. Besides kana, they will know approxi- and of the cultural sensitivity required in both
mately 150 kanji by the end of the unit. formal and informal situations. By the end of
Sociocultural aspects are integrated into the the subject, students are expected to be able
program as they relate to the need for students to read and write approximately 470 kanji.
to learn to use the language appropriately in
Japanese Unit 6
various social and cultural contexts.
8cp; 6hpw; prerequisite: Japanese Unit 5
Japanese Unit 3 Japanese 6 is the fourth in a series of four units
Bcp; 6hpw; prerequisite: Japanese Unit 2 or HSC in the post-HSC series and is for those who
Japanese have successfully completed either Japanese
Japanese 3 is the third in a series of four units 5, or its equivalent. By the end of this subject,
for students with no prior knowledge of the students are expected to have achieved
Japanese language, or the first in a series of 'minimal vocational proficiency', and be able
four units for students who have successfully to speak the language with sufficient structural
completed HSC-level Japanese. By the end of accuracy and vocabulary to participate
the unit, students are expected to have effectively in many formal and informal
achieved 'survival proficiency' in the use of conversations on practical, social and limited
the language, and be able to satisfy survival vocational topics. The emphasis is on the
needs and limited social demands relating to development of the language and of the
topics and situations covered. cultural sensitivity required in both formal
and informal situations. By the end of the
At the end of the subject, students are
subject, students should be able to read simple
expected to have developed their listening,
prose and read and write approximately 600
speaking, reading and writing skills to a level
kanji.
where they can communicate in everyday
situations, and are able to demonstrate an Japanese Unit 7
awareness of the social implications of Bcp; 4hpw; prerequisite: Japanese Unit 6
language and behaviour.
Japanese 7 is designed to provide students
It is expected that students know approxi-
who have successfully completed Japanese 6
mately 250 kanji by the end of the unit. or its equivalent with the ability to consolidate
Japanese Unit 4 and extend their knowledge of Japanese.
Bcp; 6hpw; prerequisite: Japanese Unit 3 Students are expected to continue to develop
Japanese 4 is the fourth in a series of four units communication skills required to function
for beginners. It is also the second in a series effectively in academic and vocational
of four units for those who have successfully contexts in Japan. In the first half of the unit,
the focus is on the development of academic
completed HSC-level Japanese, or its equiv-
reading and writing skills and the acquisition
Subject descriptions 217

of vocabulary based on reading, under- The language program covers a broad range
standing and discussing various topics and of communicative situations relevant to daily
viewpoints on the interrelationship between interaction in Spanish. The focus is on the
Japanese language and culture. In the second development of speaking, listening, reading
half of the unit, the focus is on workplace and writing skills appropriate to the situations
communication and the comprehension of that students are likely to encounter. Vocabu-
university lectures in Japan, with an emphasis lary and grammar are taught using written
on the development of listening and note- and audiovisual materials that cover a range
taking skills. In terms of literacy development, of themes and situations.
students will be expected to be able to Upon successful completion of the program,
recognise and pronounce the kanji introduced students are expected to be able to commu-
in the prescribed texts, to have increased their nicate about familiar things, events and
pace of reading as a result of regular and opinions, and to have developed skills and
habitual reading and improved dictionary strategies for continuing their learning of the
skills, and to be able to write an increasing language in Spanish-speaking countries.
number of kanji as required for specific Those students with prior knowledge of
academic tasks. Spanish, who enter the program at a higher
level, are expected to be able to communicate
971331,972331,973331,974331 comfortably on a wide range of themes, with
Malaysian Language and Culture the ability to adjust their language according
Malaysian is offered toUTS students through to social variables such as formality, age and
arrangements with other universities. Students status. Each subject is covered in 13 weeks in
are placed in classes appropriate to their level one semester. There are six hours of language
of competence. The aim of the Malaysian classes per week.
language program is to give students a good
Spanish Unit 1
working knowledge of modern written and
8cp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: nil
spoken Malaysian and to enable them to
express themselves in the language correctly Spanish 1 is the first in a series of four units
and with reasonable clarity. designed to provide students who have no
prior knowledge of the Spanish language with
971734,972734,973734,974734 basic survival skills in the language and
Russian culture, and the ability to undertake In-
country Study in Latin America or Spain.
Russian is offered to UTS students through
an arrangement with other universities. By the end of the subject, students are expected
Students are placed in classes appropriate to to have achieved 'elementary proficiency' and
their level of competence. The aim of the be able to satisfy immediate communication
Russian language program is to give students needs required in basic social interaction,
a good working knowledge of modern written using expressions and phrases they have
and spoken Russian and to enable them to learnt. The program allows for the develop-
express themselves in the language correctly ment of listening, speaking, reading and
and with reasonable clarity. writing skills, and an understanding of the
sociocultural contexts in which the language
971501,972501,973501,974501 is used. Students gain, in particular, an
awareness of the background of Hispanic
Spanish Language and Culture countries. Students also develop strategies for
This language program is designed for predicting the meaning of new expressions
students who are either complete beginners and anticipating ways they might express new
or who first learnt Spanish at school in meanings.
Australia. There are two points of entry: the Spanish 1 consists of 78 hours of classroom
first for complete beginners and the second instruction. The approach adopted is commu-
for students who have successfully completed nicative and provides students with many
HSC-level Spanish or its equivalent. Students opportunities to interact and use the language
in the combined degree take four units in the in various social and cultural contexts.
program, either units 1--4 (beginners) or 3-6 Audiovisual equipment and computers are
(post-HSC), determined by their point of used to facilitate learning.
entry.
218 Subject descriptions

Spanish Unit 2 Spanish Unit 4


Bcp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: Spanish Bcp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: Spanish
Unit 1 Unit 3
Spanish 2 is the second in a series of four units Spanish 4 is the fourth in a series of four units
designed to provide students who have no for students with no prior knowledge of the
prior know ledge of the Spanish language with Spanish language, or the second in a series of
basic survival skills in the language and four units for students who have successfully
culture, and the ability to undertake In- completed Spanish 3 and HSC-level Spanish,
country Study in Latin America or Spain. or its equivalent. It provides students with
By the end of the subject, students are basic survival skills in the language and
expected to have achieved 'minimum survival culture, and the ability to undertake In-
proficiency' in speaking, listening, reading country Study in Latin America or Spain.
and writing, and be able to satisfy immediate By the end of the unit, students are expected
communication needs and minimum courtesy to have begun to develop the communication
requirements in basic social interactions. skills required to satisfy limited routine social
Students also develop an understanding of the and work demands. They are also expected
sociocultural contexts in which the language to have developed an awareness of the
is used and further communication strategies. various social and cultural contexts in which
Spanish 2 consists of 78 hours of classroom the language is used. In this subject, students
instruction. The approach adopted is commu- learn to express opinions, discuss education,
nicative and provides many opportunities for entertainment and travel, and develop the
students to interact and use the language in language skills and background knowledge
various social and cultural contexts. Audio- required, e.g. to find accommodation.
visual equipment and computers are used to Spanish 4 consist of 78 hours of classroom
facilitate learning. instruction. The approach adopted is commu-
nicative and provides many opportunities for
Spanish Unit 3 students to interact and use the language in
Bcp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: Spanish various social and cultural contexts. Audio-
Unit 2 or HSC Spanish visual equipment and computers are used to
Spanish 3 is the third in a series of four units facilitate learning.
for students with no prior knowledge of the
Spanish language, or the first in a series of Spanish Unit 5
four units for students who have successfully Bcp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: Spanish
completed HSC-level Spanish, or its equiv- Unit 4
alent. It provides students with basic survival Spanish 5 is the third in a series of four units
skills in the language and culture, and the designed to provide students who have
ability to undertake In-country Study in Latin successfully completed Spanish 4 and HSC-
America or Spain. level Spanish, or its equivalent, with the
By the end of the unit, students are expected ability to consolidate and extend their
to have achieved a communicative competence knowledge during a period of In-country
in speaking, listening, reading and writing Study in Latin America or Spain.
skills in order to be able to satisfy all 'survival' By the end of the unit, students are expected
needs and limited social needs. They are also to have achieved communicative competence
expected to have developed an awareness of in speaking, listening, reading and writing,
the various social and cultural contexts in and to be able to satisfy routine social
which the language is used. In this unit, demands and limited work requirements.
students also develop the ability to under- They would have developed an awareness of
stand the general content of magazine and the various social and cultural contexts in
newspaper articles. which the language is used. Students learn to
Spanish 3 consists of 78 hours of classroom communicate in Spanish to compare lifestyles,
instruction. The approach adopted is commu- university life and education, and practise
nicative and provides many opportunities for interview techniques in preparation for In-
students to interact and use the language in country Study.
various social and cultural contexts. Audio- Spanish 5 consists of 78 hours of classroom
visual equipment and computers are used to instruction. The approach adopted is commu-
facilitate learning. nicative and provides many opportunities for
Subject descriptions 219

students to interact and use the language in The approach provides students with oppor-
various social and cultural contexts. There are tunities to further develop their vocabulary,
discussions and debates on set topics. Audio- fluency and accuracy as they use the language
visual equipment and computers are used to to respond to authentic texts and to discuss
facilitate learning. set topics. Students are required to read
extensively during self-study periods in
Spanish Unit 6 preparation for classroom presentation and
Scp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: Spanish discussion.
Unit 5
Spanish 6 is the fourth in a series of four units Spanish Unit 8
designed to provide students who have Scp; 2nd semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: Spanish
successfully completed Spanish 5 and HSC- Unit 7
level Spanish, or its equivalent, with the Spanish 8 is designed to provide students who
ability to consolidate and extend their have successfully completed Spanish 7, or its
knowledge during a period of In-country equivalent, with a higher level of commu-
Study in Latin America or Spain. nicative and cultural competence, and the
By the end of the unit, students are expected ability to consolidate and extend their
to be able to speak the language with sufficient knowledge during a period of In-country
accuracy, and to participate in limited formal Study in Latin America or Spain.
and informal conversations on practical and By the end of the unit, students are expected
social topics. Students are also expected to be to have further developed the linguistic and
able to read and write with sufficient accuracy cultural awareness skills required to engage
to meet a limited range of social and work appropriately in a range of formal and in-
needs. Language focuses on topics such as the formal discussions at a social and professional
economy, class and social stratification, level on topics such as employment, job
gender roles, religion and beliefs, literature applications, academic presentations and
and the arts. university life, social welfare, human rights,
Spanish 6 consists of 78 hours of classroom leisure and sport, the media, family roles and
instruction. The approach adopted is commu- relationships, etiquette, and immediate
nicative and provides many opportunities for concerns such as arranging accommodation
students to interact and use the language in and banking.
various social and cultural contexts. There are The approach provides students with oppor-
discussions and debates on set topics. Audio- tunities to further develop their vocabulary,
visual equipment and computers are used to fluency and accuracy in speaking and writing
facilitate learning. as they use the language in response to
authentic texts such as newspaper, and
Spanish Unit 7 magazine articles and television programs in
Scp; 1st semester, 6hpw; prerequisite: Spanish Spanish. Students are required to read
Unit 6 extensively during self-study periods in
Spanish 7 is designed to provide students who preparation for classroom presentations,
have successfully completed Spanish 6, or its debates and discussions.
equivalent, with the ability to consolidate and
extend their knowledge during a period of In- 971320,972320,973320,974320
country Study in Latin America or Spain. Thai
By the end of the unit students are expected Thai is offered to UTS students through the
to be able to communicate confidently in language program offered jointly by the
Spanish within a wide range of everyday University of Sydney and Macquarie Univer-
situations, and to have further improved their sity. The program is designed to allow
comprehension skills by reading a wide complete beginners in Thai to reach a survival
variety of authentic materials in Spanish. level that will allow them to continue their
Students are also expected to have extended studies in Thailand. If student numbers
their knowledge of today's world-wide permit, classes will be available at UTS
Hispanic society and culture and to have campuses.
acquired the vocabulary and structures
necessary to be able to discuss and write about
the cultural context of texts with considerable
accuracy.
220 Subject descriptions

emergence as an economic superpower. In the


Contemporary Society process, it offers a general introduction to
Subjects Japan's culture. This subject requires no prior
knowledge of Japan or of Japanese.
976111
Contemporary China 976301
Bcp; 2nd semester, 4hpw Contemporary South-East Asia
This subject examines the contours and Bcp; 2nd semester, 4hpw
dynamics of social, political and economic This subject provides an introduction to the
change in the People's Republic of China since countries of Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand
the death of Mao Zedong and the start of the and Vietnam. The themes of modernity and
reform era. A central theme is the emerging identity are examined at a political-economic
relationship between state and society in a level and also at an individual level. Issues
state socialist system in the process of change which are explored include: migration patterns
and reform. It is an introductory subject that in the context of regional interrelationships;
requires no prior knowledge of the People's increasing urbanisation; legacies of colonial-
Republic of China or of any Chinese language. ism; the commodification of culture and the
growing impact of tourism; new creative
976401 forms in the visual, literary and performing
Contemporary Europe arts; the beliefs about and behaviour of
Bcp; 2nd semester, 4hpw
women in the region; and ways in which
religion and social practice intersect.
This subject is an introduction and an over-
view laying the groundwork for the study of 976501
contemporary Europe and individual
countries within Europe. It aims to provide Contemporary Latin America
students with a basic understanding of Bcp; 2nd semester, 4hpw
contemporary European history, politics, Latin America has been a crucible for social,
society and culture, as well as national political and economic change in the 19th and
convergences and divergences in these areas. 20th centuries. Intense struggles for nation-
In particular, it aims to provide students with hood, democracy, economic modernisation
the critical skills that allow them to identify and secularisation have all resonated in the
major contemporary issues in the European countries of Latin America. During the middle
region of the world, and beyond it. Insights of the 20th century, Latin America's primary
are gained into Europe's national and regional concerns were focused on national self-
diversity and heterogeneity in national, determination, inward industrialisation and
continental and international contexts. This populist authoritarian efforts to legitimise
gives students the opportunity to develop a elite rule. In the late 20th century, the
critical appreciation for societies outside emphasis shifted towards economic growth,
Australia. Students are exposed to ideas that internationalisation, and pressures to improve
challenge Eurocentric modes of thinking, and the capacity and accountability of govern-
that also draw attention to the legacies of ments. The unit aims to provide students with
imperialism, colonisation, and transnational the historical background, cultural awareness
capitalism and their impact on contemporary and analytic skills to interpret everyday social,
European peoples, wherever they may reside. political and economic reality during their
Students develop critical thinking skills period of In-country Study. The subject
relevant to the multidisciplinary nature of the requires no prior know ledge of Latin America
subject. or of Spanish.

976211
Contemporary Japan
Bcp; 2nd semester, 4hpw
This subject provides an introduction to the
dynamics of political, social and economic
systems in modern Japan. Central themes are
the causes and consequences of social change
and continuity in the context of Japan's
Subject descriptions 221

50140 977xxx
Comparative Social Change (U/G) In-country Study 1
Scp 24cp; prerequisite: completion of relevant subjects
Disciplinary Strand- Social, Political and Historical appropriate to the student's International Studies
Studies- 200 level major.
Compulsory subject in the combined degrees with In-country Study subjects are only available
International Studies. This subject is for
to students doing the Bachelor of Arts in
undergraduate students only. Graduate students
International Studies.
refer to 50175.
As part of the International Studies combined
The aim of this subject is to provide students
degrees, students spend two semesters of In-
with an understanding of the processes of
country Study at a university or institution of
modernisation and social change in a compar-
higher education overseas. The location is
ative context using case studies in countries
determined by the student's International
of Western Europe, Latin America, East and
Studies major.
South-East Asia. The lectures highlight a
number of key issues, e.g. whether the In the International Studies program, students
processes of social change are universal or focus on one of the following countries or
specific; the consequences of modernisation majors: Chile, China, France, Germany,
in and for the economy, politics, society, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico,
culture and ideology of non-Western societies; Spain and Thailand. There is also a Heritage
and whether the established Eurocentric major that permits students with previous ex-
analytical models are still useful in under- posure to a language and culture to continue
standing the modern world. It is emphasised their study in countries such as Croatia,
that differing interpretations of modernisation Greece, Hong Kong, Korea, Poland, Russia,
flow from various relations of power which Taiwan, the Phillipines, Vietnam and others.
lead to a multiplicity of views on its meanings Australia and the Asia-Pacific is only avail-
and significance. able as a major to international students.
International students may access one of the
50175 other majors offered provided that the
Comparative Social Change (P/G) country they choose as their major is able to
Scp grant them a visa to study there. This needs
to be determined prior to commencing
The aim of this subject is to provide students subjects within the International Studies
with an understanding of the processes of major. If a visa cannot be granted, then it will
modernisation and social change in a compar- not be possible to undertake the chosen major.
ative context using case studies in countries
of Western Europe, Latin America, East and 978xxx
South-East Asia. The lectures highlight a
number of key issues, e.g. whether the In-country Study 2
processes of social change are universal or 24cp; prerequisites: 977xxx In-country Study 1
specific; the consequences of modernisation For subject description, see 977xxx In-Country
in and for the economy, politics, society, Study 1.
culture and ideology of non-Western societies
and whether the established Eurocentric
analytical models are still useful in under-
standing the modern world. It is emphasised
that differing interpretations of modernisation
flow from various relations of power, which
lead to a multiplicity of views on its meanings
and significance.
222

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF
SUBJECTS
Adaptive and Multivariable Control 49272 Dynamics and Control 48660
Advanced Concepts in Microwave and Ecology and Sustainability 49122
Mobile Communications 49207 Economic Evaluation 49003
Advanced Digital Modulation Techniques 49222 Electrical Energy Technology 48550
Advanced Digital Systems 48451 Electricity Sector Planning and Restructuring 49026
Advanced Electronics 48551 Electromechanical Systems 48531
Advanced Flow Modelling 49312 Electronics 48520
Advanced Geomechanics 49141 Emerging Internetworking Protocols 49219
Advanced Heat Transfer 49311 Energy and Environmental Economics 49023
Advanced Kinematics and Dynamics 49327 Energy Applications 48661
Advanced Manufacturing 48663 Energy Conversion 49321
Advanced Mathematics for Energy Demand Analysis and Forecasting 49027
Telecommunications 49216 Energy Modelling 49024
Advanced Robotics 49274 Energy Resources and Technology 49022
Advanced Teletraffic Engineering 49204 Engineering Communication 48230
Advanced Web Technology 49209 Engineering Design 48670
Aerospace Maintenance and Management 48404 Engineering Economics and Finance 48250
Aerospace Operations 1 48401 Engineering Experience 1 48110
Aerospace Operations 2 48402 Engineering Experience 2 48130
Aerospace Operations 3 48403 Engineering for Sustainability 48210
Airconditioning 49322 Engineering Management 48260
Analogue and Digital Control 48560 Engineering Practice Preview 1 48121
Asset Maintenance Management 49104 Engineering Practice Preview 2 48141
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM} Engineering Practice Review 1 48122
Technology 49218 Engineering Practice Review 2 48142
Authentication and System Security 48730 Engineering Research Methodology 49041
Biomedical Instrurnenta tion 49261 Environmental and Sanitation Engineering 48350
Bridge Design 49131 Environmental Assessment and Planning 49121
Capstone Project (12cp) 48012 Environmental Management of Land 49126
Capstone Project (6cp) 48006 Environmental Planning and Law 48850
Capstone Project- Part A 48016 Environmental Policy for Energy Systems 49029
Capstone Project - Part B 48026 Environmental Risk Assessment 49125
Circuit Analysis 48530 Evaluation of Infrastructure Investments 49021
Coastal Engineering 49111 Finite Element Analysis 49047
Coding and Coded Modulation 49221 Fluid Mechanics 48641
Communications Networks 48740 Fundamentals of Mechanical Engineering 48620
Communication Protocols 49202 Gas Distribution Technology and
Communication Theory 48771 Management 49702
Computer-aided Mechanical Design 49325 Gas Sector Planning 49701
Computer Architecture 49271 Geotechnical Engineering 48360
Computer Modelling and Design 48389 Graduate Project 4905(}-76
Computer Systems Analysis 48470 Ground water Computing 49554
Computer Systems Design 48480 Ground water Engineering Project (GD) (F /T} 44153
Computing for Ground water Specialists 49550 Groundwa ter Engineering Project (GD) (P /T} 44157
Concrete Technology and Practice 49151 Ground water Engineering Project (M) (F /T) 44152
Construction 48340 Ground water Engineering Project (M) (P /T) 44156
Construction Materials 48352 Ground water Modelling 49555
Damage and Repair of Concrete Structures 49152 Heat Transfer and Equipment Design 49326
Data Acquisition and Distribution 48570 Human-Machine Interfaces and Software
Design Awareness for the Aero Industry 48405 Implementation 49213
Alphabetical list of subjects 223

Hydraulics and Hydrology 48362 Signals and Systems 48540


Informatics C 48222 Signals and Systems (Telecommunications) 48541
Informatics VB 48221 Simulation of Digital Communication
Instrumentation and Condition Monitoring 49324 Systems 49224
Integrated Services Networks 49201 Sliding Mode Control 49276
Internal Combustion Engines and Software Development 48430
Environmental Issues 49307 Software Development Project 49236
Introduction to Civil Engineering 48310 Software Engineering 48440
Introduction to Electrical Engineering 48510 Software Engineering Foundation 2 49247
Introduction to Environmental Engineering 48820 Software Engineering Principles 49211
Introduction to Mechanical Engineering 48610 Software Project Management 49225
Introduction to Telecommunications Software Quality and Configuration 49237
Engineering 48720 Software Requirements Specification 49233
Introductory Digital Systems 48441 Software Systems Analysis 48475
Judgment and Decision Making 49001 Software Systems Design 48485
Local Government Law 49108 Software Systems Middleware 49239
Machine Dynamics 48640 Software Verification and Validation 49217
Managing Information Technology in Soil Behaviour 48330
Engineering 49013 Special Course A 49082-84,49086
Manufacturing Engineering 48621 Special Course B 49092-94,49096
Manufacturing Systems Management 49318 Stability of Structures 49132
Materials Handling 49316 Statics 48321
Mechanical and Manufacturing Design 48650 Statistical Hydrology 49114
Mechanical Applications 48662 Steel and Composite Design 49133
Mechanics of Solids 48331 Strength of Engineering Materials 48642
Methods for Energy Analysis 49025 Structural Analysis 48349
Mobile Communications 48780 Structural Design 1 48359
Modem/Codec Design 49226 Structural Design 2 48369
Network Planning and Management 48750 Structural Dynamics and Earthquake
Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic 49275 Engineering 49134
New Business Creation 49629 Surface Hydrology and Groundwater 49551
Numerical Methods 48071 Surveying 48320
Object-oriented Languages 49212 Sustainable Technological Development 49032
On-site Water and Wastewater Treatment 49127 Systems Engineering for Managers 49004
Operating Systems 48450 Technology and Innovation Management 49016
Policy and Planning of Energy Conservation 49028 Technology Assessment 48270
Pollution Control and Waste Management 48860 Telecommunications Channels 48785
Power Electronics 48561 Telecommunications Engineering
Prestressed Concrete Design 49150 Foundation 2 49249
Professional Service Project 49036--39 Telecommunications Industry Management 49215
Project Management 49002 Telecommunications Network Management 49238
Project Management Support Systems 49012 Telecommunications Signal Processing 49203
Quality Planning and Analysis 49309 Thermodynamics 48651
Quality and Operations Timber in Engineering Design 49136
Management Systems 49306 Traffic and Transportation 49102
Railway Engineering 49137 Transmission Systems 49205
Real-time Object-oriented Software Transport in the Environment 48370
Development 49234 Uncertainties and Risks in Engineering 48240
Real-time Signal Processing in UNIXandC 49214
Telecommunications 49220 Urban Stormwater Pollution Management 49113
Regulatory Economics 49706 Vibration Analysis: Theory and Applications 49323
Review of Engineering Practice 1 48120 Waste and Pollution Management 49123
Review of Engineering Practice 2 48140 Water Quality Management 49124
Risk Management in Engineering 49006 Water Quality Modelling 49107
Road Engineering Practice 49106 Water Supply and Wastewater Engineering 48840
Satellite Communication Systems 49223 Water Supply and Wastewater Management 49105
Selected Topics (Energy Pricing) 49703 Website Design and Management 49210
Signal Processing 48770 Wind Engineering 49135
224 Alphabetical list of subjects

SUBJECTS OFFERED BY Corrosion and Degradation of Materials


Criminal Law
67606
70217
OTHER FACULTIES Crusta! and Mantle Processes 66508
Database Design 31434
Accounting for Business 22107 Earth Materials 66304
Accounting for Managerial Decisions 22747 Earth Resources 66408
Accounting Transactions and Business Earth Science 1 66101
Decisions 22207 Ecological Principles and Modelling 91112
Administrative Law 70617 Economics for Business 25115
Advanced Mathematics and Physics 68038 Economics for Management 25706
Analytical Biochemistry 91326 Electromagnetics and Optics 68611
Analytical Chemistry 1 65306 Electronics 68314
Analytical Chemistry 2 65409 Electronics and Interfacing 68514
Analytical Chemistry 3 65606 Electrotechnology and Data Analysis 68312
Anatomical Pathology 91354 Employment Relations 21720
Animal Ecophysiology 91363 Energy Science and Technology 68412
Applications of Artificial Intelligence 32108 Engineering and Ground water Geology 66611
Aquatic Ecology 91121 Environmental and Quaternary Geology 66609
Atoms, Photons and Orbits (Physics 3) 68311 Epidemiology and Public Health
Australian Biota 91309 Microbiology 91330
Behavioural Sciences 91704 Equity and Trusts 70516
Biobusiness and Environmental Experimental Design and Sampling 91110
Biotechnology 91369 Extractive Metallurgy 65062
Biochemistry 1 91313 Federal Constitutional Law 70616
Biochemistry 2 91320 Field Studies 1 66204
Biology and Ecology for Engineers 91150 Financial Management 25742
Bioreactors and Bioprocessing 91368 Fold Belts and Cratons 66305
Biotechnology 91142 Foundations of Physics 68101
Business Law and Ethics 79203 French Language and Culture 97x411
Cells, Genetics and Evolution 91101 Functional Biology 91102
Chemical Safety and Legislation 65410 Fundamentals of Business Finance 25300
Chemistry lA 65012 General Microbiology 91314
Chemistry 1C 65101 German Language and Culture 97x421
Chemistry 2A 65022 Ground water Geophysics 66018
Chemistry 2C 65201 Haematology 1 91355
Chemistry and Materials Science 60101 Human-Computer Interaction 31777
Chinese East Asia 976101 H ydrogeochemistry 66015
Chinese Language and Culture 97xlll Hydrogeology 66014
Coastal and Marine Ecology 91124 Immunology 1 91351
Comparative Social Change 50140 In-country Study 1 977xxx
Composites 67608 In-country Study 2 978xxx
Computational Mathematics and Physics 33490 Indonesian Language and Culture 97x311
Computing and Mathematics for Science 33290 Indus trial Ceramics 67306
Computing Theory 31514 Industrial Metallurgy 67408
Construction Management lA 16061 Inorganic Chemistry 1 65411
Construction Management 2A 16062 Inorganic Chemistry 2 65509
Construction Management 2S 16065 International Business 21128
Construction Management 3A 16063 Introduction to Corporate Strategy 21193
Construction Management 3S 16066 Introduction to Materials 67101
Construction Management 4A 16064 Italian Language and Culture 97x431
Construction Management 4S 16067 Japanese Language and Culture 97x211
Contaminated Site Management 66025 Landscape Design and Plant Culture 91247
Contemporary China 976111 Law of Contract 70211
Contemporary Europe 976401 Law of Evidence 71216
Contemporary Japan 976211 Law of Tort 70311
Contemporary Latin America 976501 Legal Issues in Communications 79371
Contemporary South-East Asia 976301 Legal Process and History 70113
Corporate Law 70417 Legal Research 70105
Alphabetical list of subjects 225

Malaysian Language and Culhtre 97x331 Remedies 71116


Managerial Marketing 24734 Research Methods in Applied Physics 68512
Managing People 21813 Russian 97x734
Mapping and Remote Sensing 91120 Software Quality Assurance 31931
Marketing Foundations 24108 Spanish Language and Culhtre 97x501
Mathematical Modelling 1 33130 Strategic Management 21715
Mathematical Modelling 1 (2 semester mode) 33132 Surficial Processes and Products 66409
Mathematical Modelling 2 33230 Technical Ceramics 67506
Mathematical Modelling for Science 33190 Tectonics and Surface Dynamics 66509
Mathematics and Scientific Software 33390 Terrestrial Ecosystems 91119
Mechanical Properties of Materials 67303 Thai 97x320
Medical Devices and Diagnostics 91705 Uses of Australian Plants 91234
Medical Science 1 91701 Vibrations, Quanta and Nucleons (Physics 4) 68411
Medical Science 2 91702
Molecular Biology 1 91332
Molecular Biology 2 91335
Multimedia Industry and Process 95560
Multimedia Products and Technology 95561
Nanotechnology 1 xxxxx
Neuroscience 91706
Open Space Management 91245
Organic Chemistry 1 65202
Organic Chemistry 2 65508
Organisation Analysis and Design 21718
Personal Property 70318
Pharmacology 1 91707
Pharmacology 2 91709
Physical Chemistry 1 65307
Physical Chemistry 2 65607
Physical Metallurgy 67304
Physical Modelling 68037
Physical Modelling (two-semester mode) 68039
Physical Properties of Materials 67407
Physics in Action (Physics 2) 68201
Physiological Systems 91703
Plant Biotechnology 91128
Plant Genetics and Breeding 91249
Plant Pathology 91237
Plant Physiology 91270
Plant Production and Growth Media 91233
Plant Production Systems 91248
Plant Struchtre, Function and Culhtre 91246
Plants in the Landscape 91250
Pollution Assessment 91111
Polymer Science 67305
Polymer Technology 67409
Practice and Procedure 71005
Principles of Human-Computer Interaction 31862
Principles of Software Development B 31425
Procedural Programming 31429
Psychophysiology 91708
Quantum and Solid-state Physics 68511
Real Property 70317
Reconciliation Studies (PG) 85210
Reconciliation Studies (PG) 85211
Reconciliation Studies (UG) 85208
Reconciliation Studies (UG) 85209
226

BOARDS AND COMMITTEES

FACULTY BOARD IN Registered members


Dr H Akpolat
ENGINEERING Associate Professor TA Anderson
DrT Aubrey
Ex officio members Mr M Benitez
Dean (Chair) Mr EA Brady
Professor A Johnston Ms B Buckenmaier
Associate Dean, Research and Development Associate Professor K Crews
Professor W R Belcher MrDM Eager
DrQHa
Associate Dean, International and Enterprise DrGHong
Development DrPHuynh
Associate Professor J V Parkin Mr PG Lewis
Associate Dean, Teaching and Learning Associate Professor D B Lowe
Professor KW Yates Dr J Madadnia
Professors Associate Professor H McGregor
Professor H Nguyen Ms V McKain
Professor C R Drane Dr N Merrick
Professor M J Knight Dr ASaleh
Professor B Samali Associate Professor D Sharma
Professor S Vigneswaran Dr K Yasukawa
Professor R Braun Associate Professor J G Zhu
DrN Zhang
Faculty Manager
Ms S Meiras
Elected student member
Nominated members Mr R Vijh
Ms E Mudge
MsAC Newton
MrDOrr
Nominee of the University Librarian
Associate Professor B Hunt
One remaining vacancy exists for a
postgraduate by research program student.
Nominee of the Dean from the Faculty Board in
Business
Mr R Raban (Spring)
Professor J Debenham (Autumn)
Nominee of the Dean from the Faculty Board in
Information Technology
Associate Professor Les Kirkup
Nominee of the Dean from the Faculty Board in
Science
Boards and committees 227

COMMITTEES OF THE Dr Mike Sargent, AM


Chief Executive Officer
FACULTY BOARD Transfield Group
Ms Else Sheperd
Academic Conduct Committee Chair
Advanced Standing Committee Powerlink Queensland Board
Faculty Educational Development Committee Mr Ian Stuart
Examination Review Committees General Manager- National and International
Graduate Courses Committee
Projects
Pacific Power International
Prizes Committee
MrJohn Wood
Research Degrees Committee
Managing Director
Student Assessment Appeals Committee Keycorp Limited
(Composition, terms of reference and mem- Mr Johnathon Withers
bership details are available from the Faculty Director, Group Technical Strategy
Manager.) Vodafone Pacific Pty Ltd

UTS Staff (Faculty of Engineering)


ADVISORY COMMITTEES Professor Rod Belcher
Associate Dean
Research and Development
Industry Advisory Network
Professor Archie Johnston
Chairperson Dean
Dr John Nutt, AM Faculty of Engineering
Chairman Associate Professor Helen McGregor
Ove Arup & Partners Planning Director
Engineering Practice Program
Industry Members
Associate Professor Jim Parkin
Mr Leigh Anderson Associate Dean
TMP Worldwide Graduate Programs
Dr Erik Aslaksen Mr Paul Stapleton
Principal Director
Sinclair Knight Merz Industrial Liaison
Mr Alan Chappel Professor Warren Yates
Regional Manager- NSW Associate Dean
Connell Wagner Pty Ltd Teaching and Learning
Mr Michael B Dureau
Managing Director
Alstom Power Limited
Mr Ross Fowler
Chief Executive Officer
Alcatel Australia
Mr Lyall Foy
Senior Executive NSW
Skilled Engineering Limited
Mr David Hudson
Managing Director
Barclay Mowlem Construction Ltd
Mr Michael Kirby
Engineering Consultant/Director
Kirby Engineering Pty Ltd
Mr Bob Pentecost, AM
Chief Executive
Network Design and Construction Limited
228

STAFF LIST
Professor and Dean of Engineering Staff Groups
A Johnston, BSc(Hons), PhD (Heriot-Watt),
FIEAust, CPEng, MICE Administration

Associate Dean, Teaching and Learning Faculty Manager


Professor KW Yates, BSc, BE, PhD (Syd), S Meiras, BSc (Syd)
FIEAust, CPEng, SMIREE, MIEE, SMIEEE Office Manager, National Centre for
Associate Dean, International and Enterprise Groundwater Management
Development HPXu
Associate Professor J V Parkin, MSc, Finance Manager
MEnvStud, PhD (UNSW), FIEAust, CPEng JChea
Associate Dean, Research and Development Manager, Undergraduate and
Professor W R Belcher, BE, MEngSc (Q'ld), Postgraduate Office
PhD (Lond), DIC, FIEAust, CPEng, MIEE S Tanuwijaya
Faculty Manager Marketing Projects Manager
S Meiras, BSc (Syd) R Booth, BA(Hons) (Paisley)
Director, Undergraduate Programs Executive Assistant to the Dean
A Lowe, BE, PhD (UTS) D English
Director, Postgraduate Programs Administrative Officer
Associate Professor T AAnderson, BEng A Van Eeuwen
(UNSW), MEngSci (Syd) Industry Partnering Officer (P(f)
Director, Industrial Liaison S Reeve, BA (W' gong)
P Stapleton, BE, MEngSc (UNSW) Customer Service Officer (P(f)
Director, International Engineering Program Vacant
P Maloney, BA (Macq), MA (Syd) Manager, International and Enterprise
Director, Women in Engineering Program Development Office
B Holland, BA (Syd), GradDipComm B Buckenmaier, BA (UTS)
(NSWIT), MScSoc (UNSW) Student Administration Officers
Adjunct Professors R Hamilton, DiplntDg (Syd Tech)
S L Bakoss, BE (Syd), MEngSc (UNSW), MS K Kaur, BBus (Monash)
(Calif), PhD (UNSW), FIEAust, CPEng, SLay
MA SCE C Cahill
A Chappel, BE, DipT&RP (Melb), FIEAust Administrative Assistants
J Nutt, BE (Q'ld), PhD (Mane), HonDSc SAli
(Macq), Hon FIEAust, FIStructrE (UK), L Dixon (National Centre for Groundwater
MICE (UK), KTSE, FRSA Management)
M Sargent, BE(Hons), PhD (Q'ld)
Administrative Officer, Associate Dean,
V Ireland, BE (UNSW), BA, MEngSc, PhD
Teaching and Learning
(Syd), FAIB, MIEAust
RL Tay
SF Johnston, BE, ME (UNSW), FIEAust,
CPEng Secretary (P(f)
J A Reizes, BE, ME, PhD (UNSW), FIEAust, J Chetcuti
CPEng Executive Assistant to Associate Dean,
A C Wightley, BE, ME (UTS) Research and Development
G Lye
Executive Assistant to Associate Dean,
International and Enterprise Development
ETu
Staff list 229

Technical Civil Engineering


Group Head and Director MEFC Group Head and Professor
L Weber B Samali, BS, MS, DSc (GWU), MIEAust,
Technical Manager Mechanical Laboratories CPEng, MASCE, MIABSE
C E Evans Associate Professor and Program Head, Core
Engineers K I Crews, BE (UNSW), ME (UTS), AIWSc,
KC Barnes, BA (Macq), Graduate Certificate MIEAust, CPEng (Director, Timber
Engineering (UTS) Engineering Studies)
M Benitez, BE (UTS), MIEAust, CPEng, Program Head and Senior Lecturer
MIPENZ EA Brady, BSurv, MSurvSc,
W M Holliday, BE (UNSW) GradDipHigherEd (UNSW), MISAust
R S Nicholson, BE (NSWIT) Director, Postgraduate Coursework
H H Ngo, BSc, MSc (Nat Taiwan), PhD TA Anderson, BEng (UNSW), MEngSc
(UTS), MIAWQ, MAAW (Syd)
A Revel, BE (NSWIT), MIEAust, CPEng
S Shoon, BSc, MSCI (Nat Taiwan)
Senior Lecturers
S C Beecham, BSc, PhD (Mane)
IT Systems Manager K J Halstead, BE (NSWIT), ME (W' gong),
W S McKendrick, BSc(Hons) (N'cle), MACS LGE, LGT&CP, MIEAust, CPEng
Office Systems Support Manager R Karim, BSc (B' desh Engineer), MSc
R Corran, BE (UTS) (MEastTU), PhD (Birm), MICE, CEng,
Network Manager MIEAust, CPEng, MAAEE
P MYardley R Sri Ravindrarajah, BSc (Eng) (SLanka),
PhD (Sheff)
Faculty Laboratory Manager
G J Ring, BE, PhD (Syd)
M De la Villefromoy
A Saleh, Diping, Dring (RWTH Aachen)
Research Officer
Lecturer
R B Clout
K L Lai, BE, PhD (UNSW)
Scientific Officer
Associate Lecturer
CMChapman
C Wilkinson, BSc, BE, BA (Syd), MIEAust,
Senior Technical Officers CPEng
G Bayley
Research Fellows
P M Chatfield
J Li, BSc (Eng), MSc, PhD
GWEvans
Y M Wu, BE, ME (Shichuan University,
W Firth
China)
J S Gibson
PTGimes
Environmental Engineering
SGordon
SAGraham Group Head and Senior Lecturer of
J C Holmes Environmental Engineering
D Hooper P Hazelton, BSc (Syd), DipEd (UNE), PhD
RC Moore (UNSW), CPSS
HAMyers Professor and Director, National Centre for
St J Parmigiani, BE (UTS) Groundwater Management
RSmith M J Knight, BSc, PhD (Melb ), FGS,
L S Stonard MIEAust, MAIMM
RJ Turnell Professor
Technical Officers S Vigneswaran, BSc (SLanka), MSc (AIT),
R del Busto Drlng (Montpellier II), DSc (Inst Nat
WHowse Polytechnique, Toulouse)
Desktop Support Consultant Associate Professor
R Pagan J V Parkin, MSc, MEnvStud, PhD (UNSW),
Computer and Network Support FIEAust, CPEng
CChan Senior Lecturers
Stores Officer J L Irish, BSc, BE, ME (UNSW),
SE Gabor GradCertArts (Env Pol), FAil, MIEAust,
230 Staff list

CPEng Senior Lecturers


P Hagare, BSc (Andhra), MSc (Hyderabad), N C Carmody, BE, MEngSc (UNSW)
MTech (liT), PhD (UTS) K K Fung, BSc (HK), MSc (Land), PhD
Senior Lecturers, National Centre for (Syd), MIEE
Groundwater Management Lecturers
R G McLaughlan, BSc (Melb), M J Evans, BE, PhD (UTS), CEng, MIEE,
GradDipCivEng, MAppSc, PhD (UNSW), MIEEE
Graduate Certificate in Higher Education S Murray, BE (N'cle), MIEEE
(UTS) Lecturer and Educational Developer
N P Merrick, BSc, MSc (Syd), K Yasukawa, BA(Hons), PhD (Macq)
GradDipDataProc (NSWIT), PhD (UTS)
W A Milne-Home, BSc (Leic), MSc (Land), Telecommunications Engineering
PhD (Alta), CertEngGCH (UNSW)
Group Head and Professor of
Lecturer Telecommunications Engineering
B Holland, BA (Syd), GradDipComm R M Braun, BSc(Hons) (Brighton), MSc
(NSWIT), MScSoc (UNSW) (Program (Eng), PhD (Cape Town), SMIEEE
Director, Women in Engineering Program)
Professor of Electrical Engineering
KW Yates, BSc, BE, PhD (Syd), FIEAust,
Electrical Engineering
CPEng, SMIREE, MIEEE, SMIEEE
Group Head and and Associate Professor
Associate Professor
J G Zhu, BE OIT, China), MSc (SUT, China),
S Reisenfeld, BScEng (Ill), MSc, PhD
PhD (UTS), MIEE
(UCLA)
Professor
Program Head and Senior Lecturer
HT Nguyen, BE, ME, PhD (N'cle)
TA Aubrey, BE, PhD (UTS), MIEEE
Associate Professor
Senior Lecturers
R Stere, DipEng, DEng (Bucharest), MIEEE,
K Sandrasegaran, BSc(Hons) (Zimbabwe),
MSICF
MSc (Essex), PhD (McG)
Senior Lecturer A M Sanagavarapu, BTech (SVU), ME,
V Ramaswamy, BE, MTech, PhD (Madras) PhD (liT Kharagpur)
Senior Lecturer/Senior Research Fellow Lecturers
P A Watterson, BSc(Hons) (Monash), PhD J Harnett, BA(Hons) (Macq), Dip Teach (Tas),
(Cantab) PhD (Syd)
Program Head and Lecturer A Kadi, BE (UTS)
B S Rodanski, MSc, PhD (Wroclaw), MIEEE
Lecturers Mechanical Engineering and Manufacturing
Q Ha, BE (Ho Chi Minh) PhD (Tas) Group Head and Senior Lecturer
AN Mears, BE(Hons), ME (N'cle) G Hong, BE, ME (Huazhong UST), PhD
D Webster, BE, PhD (UTS) (Cambridge), MASME, MSAE
Associate Lecturer Program Head, Capstone and Double Degrees
P McLean, BE (UTS) and Senior Lecturer
B Eager, BE(Hons) (NSWIT), PhD (UNSW),
Computer Systems Engineering FIEAust, CPEng, MAAS, MASME, MIIAV
Group Head and Professor of Computer Systems Senior Lecturers
Engineering A N F Mack, BSc, BE, MEngSc, PhD (Syd),
C R Drane, BSc(Hons), PhD (Syd), SMIEEE SMAIAA
Associate Professor and Director GM Marks, BE (NSWIT), MA(Hons) (Macq)
Undergraduate Programs J Madadnia, BE (Sharief), MSc (Land), DIC,
D B Lowe, BE, PhD (UTS) PhD (Liv), MIEAust, CPEng, MIMech, CEng
N Zhang, BE (Northeastern), ME (Shanghai
Associate Professor
Jiao Tong), PhD (Tokyo)
C E Peterson, BSc, BE, PhD (Syd), FlEA
Lecturers
Director and Associate Professor
TA Brown, BE, ME (UTS), GradiEAust,
J R M Leaney, BE, ME (UNSW), SMIREE
PEng, GradiM
W J Dartnall, AIT MechEng, BSc (Maths &
Staff List 231

Camp) (Curtin), MIEAust, CPEng, MACE, National Centre for Groundwater


MAIRAH
B P Huynh, BE, MEngSc, PhD (Syd),
Management
MASME Joint Centre of the Faculties of Engineering
C P Killen, BSME (Virginia), MEM (UTS) and Science
F C 0 Sticher, BE, PhD (Syd) Professor and Director of Centre
Visiting Fellow M J Knight, BSc, PhD (Melb), FGS, MIE
S G Mallinson, BSc(Hons) (ANU), PhD (Aust), MAIMM
(UNSW), MAIAA, AMRAes Senior Lecturers
N P Merrick, BSc, MSc (Syd),
Engineering Management and Practice GradDipDataProc (NSWIT), PhD (UTS),
Group Head and Associate Professor (Deputy Director, National Centre for
H T McGregor, BS (Drexel), MA (Macq) Groundwater Management)
Professor of Electrical Engineering W A Milne-Home, BSc (Leic), MSc (Land),
W R Belcher, BE, MEngSc (Q'ld), PhD PhD (Alta), CertEngGCH (UNSW)
(Land), DIC, FIEAust, CPEng, MIEE R G McLaughlan, BSc (Melb), Graduate
Certificate in Higher Education (UTS),
Director, International Engineering Program
GradDipCivEng, MAppSc, PhD (UNSW)
P Maloney, BA (Macq), MA (Syd)
Office Manager
Director, Industrial Liaison HPXu
P Stapleton, BE, MEngSc (UNSW)
Principle Scientist
Associate Professor D Yates, BAppSc(Hons) (UNSW),
P Bryce, BSc, PhD (UNSW), FIREE, MSSRE
GradDipEnvStud (Macq)
Senior Lecturers Administrative Assistant
R K Bagia, BE (UNSW), MEngSc (Syd), MBA
L Dixon
(Deakin), MIEEE
P G Lewis, BSc (Tech) (UNSW)
D Sharma, BScEng (Punjab), MEng, DEng
(AIT), MIEAust, CPEng
H Akpolat, BE, ME, PhD (TU Berlin)
Lecturers
B Jacobs, BSc (GenSc) (Syd), MEd (Syd)
V McKain, BSc, BH MS (Ed) (Q'ld), MS
(Penn State), BE (QUT), Graduate Certificate
in Higher Education (UTS)
R Jarman, BE (UTS)

Centre for Local Government


University Centre linked to the faculties of
Engineering; Business; and Design,
Architecture and Building.
Associate Professor and Centre Director
G Sansom, BA(Hons) (Oxon), MTCP (Syd),
FRAPI
Manager, Special Projects
R Mellor, MPS (UNSW)
Research Fellow
Dr J Porter, BSc, PhD (Birm)
Administrative Officer
TKemp
232

INDEX
A Atoms, Photons and Orbits (Physics 3) 191
Australian Biota 202
About the UTS Handbooks 6 Australian English Language and Culture
Abstudy 11 Program 113
Academic staff groups - areas of professional Austudy 11
interest 31 Authentication and System Security 145
Accounting for Business 178
Accounting for Managerial Decisions 178 8
Accounting Transactions and Business
Decisions 178 Bachelor of Engineering 62
Adaptive and Multi variable Control 169 Bachelor of Engineering Science 62
Administrative Law 195 Bachelor of Engineering Science, Bachelor of
Advanced Concepts in Microwave and Mobile Laws 77
Communications 163 Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Arts in
Advanced Digital Modulation Techniques 167 International Studies, Diploma in Engineering
Advanced Digital Systems 134 Practice 67
Advanced Diploma in Australian Language and Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of
Culture 112 Biotechnology 71
Advanced Electronics 139 Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Business 69
Advanced Flow Modelling 171 Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Business,
Advanced Geomechanics 161 Diploma in Engineering Practice 70
Advanced Heat Transfer 171 Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Medical
Advanced Kinematics and Dynamics 174 Science 71
Advanced Manufacturing 144 Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Science 71
Advanced Mathematics and Physics 190 Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Science,
Advanced Mathematics for Diploma in Engineering Practice 76
Telecommunications 165 Bachelor of Engineering, Diploma in Engineering
Advanced Robotics 169 Practice 41
Advanced Teletraffic Engineering 163 Behavioural Sciences 205
Advanced Web Technology 164 Biobusiness and Environmental
Advisory Committees 227 Biotechnology 204
Aerospace Maintenance and Management 132 Biochemistry 1 202
Aerospace Operations 1 131 Biochemistry 2 202
Aerospace Operations 2 131 Biology and Ecology for Engineers 200
Aerospace Operations 3 131 Biomedical Instrumentation 169
Airconditioning 172 Bioreactors and Bioprocessing 204
Alphabetical list of subjects 222 Biotechnology 199
Analogue and Digital Control 139 Boards and committees 226
Analytical Biochemistry 203 Bridge Design 160
Analytical Chemistry 1 184 Business Law and Ethics 197
Analytical Chemistry 2 184
Analytical Chemistry 3 185 c
Anatomical Pathology 204
Animal Ecophysiology 204 Campus life 19
Applications 8 Capstone Project- Part A 120
International students 8 Capstone Project- Part B 120
Non-award and cross-institutional study 8 Capstone Project (12cp) 120
Postgraduate 8 Capstone Project (6cp) 119
Undergraduate 8 Cells, Genetics and Evolution 197
Applications of Artificial Intelligence 180 Chemical Safety and Legislation 184
Aquatic Ecology 199 Chemistry lA 183
Asset Maintenance Management 156 Chemistry 1C 183
Associated centres 28 Chemistry 2A 183
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Chemistry 2C 184
Technology 166 Chemistry and Materials Science 183
Index 233

Chemistry Learning Resources Centre 14


Child care 19
D
Chinese Language and Culture subjects 207 Damage and Repair of Concrete Structures 162
Circuit Analysis 136 Data Acquisition and Distribution 140
Civil and Environmental Engineering major 51 Database Design 180
Civil Engineering major 49 Dates, Principal for 2002 20
Coastal and Marine Ecosystems 199 Design Awareness for the Aero Industry 132
Coastal Engineering 157 Doctor of Philosophy 92
Coding and Coded Modulation 166 Doctor of Philosophy 96
Combined degree courses 67 Dynamics and Control 143
Committees of the Faculty Board 227
Communication Protocols 162 E
Communication Theory 147
Communications Networks 145 Earth Materials 186
Comparative Social Change (P /G) 221 Earth Resources 186
Comparative Social Change (U /G) 221 Earth Science 1 186
Composites 189 Ecological Principles and Modelling 198
Computational Mathematics and Physics 182 Ecology and Sustainability 158
Computer Architecture 169 Economic Evaluation 150
Computer Modelling and Design 131 Economics for Business 179
Computer Systems Analysis 134 Economics for Management 179
Computer Systems Design 135 Elective subjects 114
Computer Systems Engineering major 53 Electrical Energy Technology 138
Computer-aided Mechanical Design 173 Electrical Engineering major 55
Computing and Mathematics for Science 182 Electricity Sector Planning and Restructuring 153
Computing facilities at UTS 13 Electromagnetics and Optics 192
Computing for Ground water Specialists 174 Electromechanical Systems 137
Computing Study Centre 14 Electronics 136
Computing Theory 180 Electronics 191
Concrete Technology and Practice 162 Electronics and Interfacing 192
Construction 128 Electrotechnology and Data Analysis 191
Construction Engineering major 54 Emerging Internetworking Protocols 166
Construction Management lA 176 Employment Relations 178
Construction Management 2A 176 Endowments, prizes and scholarships 35
Construction Management 2S 176 Energy and Environmental Economics 152
Construction Management 3A 176 Energy Applications 143
Construction Management 3S 177 Energy Conversion 172
Construction Management 4A 177 Energy Demand Analysis and Forecasting 153
Construction Management 4S 177 Energy Modelling 153
Construction Materials 128 Energy Resources and Technology 152
Contaminated Site Management 185 Energy Science and Technology 191
Contemporary China 220 Engineering and Ground water Geology 187
Contemporary Europe 220 Engineering clubs and societies 35
Contemporary Japan 220 Engineering Communication 124
Contemporary Latin America 220 Engineering Design 144
Contemporary Society Subjects 220 Engineering Economics and Finance 125
Contemporary South-East Asia 220 Engineering Experience 1 121
Continuing Professional Education 87 Engineering Experience 2 122
Co-op Bookshop 19 Engineering for Sustainability 123
Corporate Law 194 Engineering Learning and Design Centres 35
Corrosion and Degradation of Materials 189 Engineering Management 125
Courses Engineering Practice Preview 1 121
Undergraduate 41 Engineering Practice Preview 2 122
Postgraduate 81 Engineering Practice Review 1 122
Coursework awards- general 103 Engineering Practice Review 2 123
CRI COS provider code 7 Engineering Research Methodology 154
Criminal Law 193 English Language Study Skills Assistance
Crusta! and Mantle Processes 187 (ELSSA) Centre 14, 112
Environment, Health, Safety and Security 17
Environmental and Quaternary Geology 187
Environmental and Sanitation Engineering 128
234 Index

Environmental Assessment and Planning 158 General Microbiology 202


Environmental Management of Land 159 Geotechnical Engineering 129
Environmental Planning and Law 149 German Language and Culture subjects 211
Environmental Policy for Energy Systems 154 Greek 213
Environmental Risk Assessment 159 Graduate Certificate in Engineering 107
Epidemiology and Public Health Graduate Certificate in Engineering
Microbiology 203 Management 102
Equity and diversity 15 Graduate Certificate in English for Academic
Equity and Trusts 195 Purposes 114
Evaluation of Infrastructure Investments 152 Graduate Certificate in Environmental
Experimental Design and Sampling 198 Engineering Management 101
Extractive Metallurgy 183 Graduate Diploma in Engineering in
Ground water Management 100
F Graduate Project 155
Graduate Project (30cp in one semester) 152
Faculty Board in Engineering 226 Graduate Project (30cp in three semester) 152
Faculty information 24 Graduate Project (30cp in two semester) 152
Academic staff groups- areas of professional Ground water Computing 174
interest 31 Ground water Engineering Project (GD) (F /T) 119
Associated centres 28 Ground water Engineering Project (GD) (P /T) 119
Endowments, prizes and scholarships 35 Ground water Engineering Project (M) (FIT) 119
Engineering clubs and societies 35 Ground water Engineering Project (M) (P /T) 119
Engineering learning and design centres 35 Ground water Modelling 174
History 24 Ground water research degrees 96
International Engineering programs 27
Location 27 H
Mission 25
Other support centres 35 Haematology 1 204
Practice-based engineering education 25 Heat Transfer and Equipment Design 173
Principal contacts 29 HECS 9
Professional bodies in engineering 30 History 24
Research programs 28 Human-Computer Interaction 180
Staff list 228 Human-Machine Interfaces and Software
Structure of the Faculty 27 Implementation 165
Welcome to the Faculty of Engineering 24 Hydraulics and Hydrology 130
Women in Engineering program 26 Hydrogeochemistry 185
Federal Constitutional Law 195 Hydrogeology 185
Fees and costs 9
Field Studies 1 186
Financial help 11
Abstudy 11 Immunology 1 203
Austudy 11 In-country Study 1 221
Youth Allowance 11 In-country Study 2 221
Financial Management 179 Indonesian Language and Culture subjects 213
Finite Element Analysis 155 Industrial Ceramics 188
Fluid Mechanics 142 Industrial Metallurgy 189
Fold Belts and Cratons 186 Informatics C 124
Foundations of Physics 190 Informatics VB 124
Freedom of Information and Privacy 16 Information for students 88
French Language and Culture subjects 208 Inorganic Chemistry 1 (Transition Metal
Functional Biology 198 Chemistry) 185
Fundamentals of Business Finance 179 Inorganic Chemistry 2 (New Inorganic
Fundamentals of Mechanical Engineering 141 Materials) 185
Instrumentation and Condition Monitoring 173
G Integrated Services Networks 162
Internal Combustion Engines and Environmental
Gas Distribution Technology and Issues 170
Management 175 International Business 177
Gas Sector Planning 175 International Engineering programs 27
General degree, without major 49 International Exchange Programs 79
General information 6 International Exchange Student Scheme 12
Index 235

International Studies electives 80 Master of Engineering Management 96


International Studies subjects 207 Master of Engineering Studies 105
Introduction to Civil Engineering 126 Master of Engineering Studies (Honours) 105
Introduction to Corporate Strategy 177 Master of Environmental Engineering
Introduction to Electrical Engineering 135 Management 98
Introduction to Environmental Engineering 148 Materials Handling 171
Introduction to Materials 188 Mathematical Modelling 1 181
Introduction to Mechanical Engineering 141 Mathematical Modelling 1 (two-semester
Introduction to Telecommunications mode) 181
Engineering 145 Mathematical Modelling 2 182
Introductory Digital Systems 133 Mathematical Modelling for Science 181
Italian Language and Culture subjects 213 Mathematics and Scientific Software 182
Mathematics Study Centre 15
J Mechanical and Manufacturing Design 143
Mechanical and Mechatronic Engineering
Japanese Language and Culture subjects 215 major 58
Judgment and Decision Making 150 Mechanical Applications 144
Jumbunna, Indigenous House of Learning 14, 15 Mechanical Engineering major 57
Mechanical Properties of Materials 188
L Mechanics of Solids 127
Medical Devices and Diagnostics 205
Landscape Design and Plant Culture 201 Medical Science 1 204
Language programs 207 Medical Science 2 205
Law of Contract 193 Methods for Energy Analysis 153
Law of Evidence 196 Mission 25
Law of Tort 194 Mobile Communications 147
Legal Issues in Communications 197 Modem/Codec Design 167
Legal Process and History 193 Molecular Biology 1 203
Legal Research 192 Molecular Biology 2 203
Library, UTS 11 Multimedia Industry and Process 206
Local Government Law 157 Multimedia Products and Technologies 206
Location 27
N
M
Network Planning and Management 146
Machine Dynamics 141 Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic 170
Majors 50 Neuroscience 205
Civil and Environmental Engineering major 51 New Business Creation 175
Civil Engineering major 50 NSW child protection legislation 16
Computer Systems Engineering major 53 Numerical Methods 120
Construction Engineering major 54
Electrical Engineering major 55
Mechanical and Mechatronic Engineering
0
major 58 Object-oriented Languages 164
Mechanical Engineering major 57 On-site Water and Wastewater Treatment 159
Software Engineering major 59 Open Space Management 200
Telecommunications Engineering major 60 Operating Systems 133
Malaysian Language Culture subjects 217 Organic Chemistry 1 184
Managing Information Technology in Organic Chemistry 2 (Structure Elucidation and
Engineering 151 Synthesis) 185
Managing People 178 Organisation Analysis and Design 177
Manufacturing Engineering 141 Other services 16
Manufacturing Systems Management 171 Other Support Centres 35
Mapping and Remote Sensing 199
Marketing Foundations 179 p
Marketing Management 179
Master of Engineering 96 Personal Property 194
Master of Engineering (by coursework) 103 Pharmacology 1 206
Master of Engineering (by thesis) 94 Pharmacology 2 206
Master of Engineering in Ground water Physical Chemistry 1 184
Management 99 Physical Chemistry 2 185
236 Index

Physical Metallurgy 188 Research Programs and Centres 81


Physical Modelling 189 Review of Engineering Practice 1 121
Physical Modelling (two-semester mode) 190 Review of Engineering Practice 2 122
Physical Properties of Materials 188 Risk Management in Engineering 150
Physics in Action (Physics 2) 190 Road Engineering Practice 157
Physics Learning Centre 15 Russian 217
Physiological Systems 205
Plant Biotechnology 199
Plant Genetics and Breeding 201
s
Plant Pathology 200 Satellite Communication Systems 167
Plant Physiology 202 Selected Topics (Energy Pricing) 175
Plant Production and Growth Media 200 Signal Processing 146
Plant Production Systems 201 Signals and Systems 138
Plant Structure, Function and Culture 200 Signals and Systems (Telecommunications) 138
Plants in the Landscape 201 Simulation of Digital Communication
Policy and Planning of Energy Conservation 153 Systems 167
Pollution Assessment 198 Sliding Mode Control 170
Pollution Control and Waste Management 149 Software Development 132
Polymer Science 188 Software Development Project 168
Polymer Technology 189 Software Engineering 133
Postgraduate courses 81 Software Engineering major 59
Postgraduate Education Loans Scheme (PELS) 10 Software Engineering Principles 164
postgraduate program 114 Software Project Management 167
Postgraduate Program Majors 108 Software Quality and Configuration 168
Power Electronics 140 Software Quality Assurance 180
Practice and Procedure 196 Software Requirements Specification 167
Practice-based engineering education 25 Software Systems Analysis 134
Prestressed Concrete Design 161 Software Systems Design 135
Principal contacts 29 Software Systems Middleware 169
Principal dates for 2002 20 Software Verification and Validation 166
Principles of Human-Computer Interaction 180 Soil Behaviour 127
Principles of Software Development B 180 Spanish Language and Culture subjects 217
Procedural Programming 180 Special Course A 156
Professional Bodies in Engineering 30 Special Course B 156
Professional Service Project 154 Specialist coursework awards 96
Project Management 150 Stability of Structures 160
Project Management Support Systems 151 Staff list 228
Psychophysiology 206 Statics 127
Statistical Hydrology 158
Q Steel and Composite Design 160
Strategic Management 177
Quality and Operations Management Strength of Engineering Materials 142
Systems 170 Structural Analysis 128
Quality Planning and Analysis 170 Structural Design 1 129
Quantum and Solid-state Physics 192 Structural Design 2 130
Structural Dynamics and Earthquake
R Engineering 160
Structure of the Faculty 27
Radio Station 2SER-FM (107.3 FM) 20 Student complaints 16
Railway Engineering 161 Student inquiries 7
Real Property 194 Student Learning Centres 14
Real-time Object-oriented Software Student Ombud 16
Development 168 Student Services Unit 12
Real-time Signal Processing in Students' Association 19
Telecommunications 166 Subjects
Reconciliation Studies 197 Alphabetical list of 222
Regulatory Economics 176 Descriptions 119
Remedies 196 ELSSA 115
Research degrees 92 International Studies 207
Research Methods in A pp lied Physics 192 Offered by other faculties 224
Research programs 28 Support for student learning 12
Index 237

Surface Hydrology and Ground water 174


Surficial Processes and Products 187
Surveying 126
Sustainable Technological Development 154
Systems Engineering for Managers 150

T
Technical Ceramics 189
Technology and Innovation Management 151
Technology Assessment 125
Tectonics and Surface Dynamics 187
Telecommunications Engineering major 60
Telecommunications Industry Management 165
Telecommunications Network Management 168
Telecommunications Signal Processing 162
Terrestrial Ecosystems 198
Thai 219
The Faculty of Engineering 81
Thermodynamics 143
Timber in Engineering Design 161
Traffic and Transportation 156
Transmission Systems 163
Transport in the Environment 131

u
Uncertainties and Risks in Engineering 124
Undergraduate courses 41
Undergraduate programs for international
students 112
University Graduate School 11
UNIX and C 165
Urban Stormwater Pollution Management 158
Uses of Australian Plants 200
UTS Gallery and Art Collection 20
UTS Union 19

V
Vibration Analysis: Theory and Applications 172
Vibrations, Quanta and Nucleons (Physics 4) 191

w
Waste and Pollution Management 158
Water Quality Management 159
Water Quality Modelling 157
Water Supply and Wastewater Engineering 148
Water Supply and Wastewater Management 156
Website Design and Management 164
Welcome 6
Welcome to the Faculty of Engineering 24
Wind Engineering 160
Women in Engineering program 26

y
Youth Allowance 11
238

UTS CONTACTS

University of Technology, Sydney Quay Street


telephone (02) 9514 2000 • 10 Quay Street, Haymarket
international +61 2 9514 2000 • Prince Centre
fax (02) 9514 1551 8 Quay Street, Haymarket
email info.office@uts.edu.au
www.uts.edu.au Student housing
• Bulga Ngurra (CA02)
Postal address 23-27 Mountain Street, Ultimo
PO Box 123 • Geegal (CA01)
Broadway NSW 2007 82-84 Ivy Street, Chippendale
Australia
Institute for Sustainable Futures
City campus • National Innovation Centre
Corner Garden, Cornwallis and
Broadway
Boundary Streets
• Tower, Building 1 (CB01) Eveleigh NSW 1430
15 Broadway, Broadway telephone (02) 9209 4350
• Building 2 (CB02) fax (02) 9209 4351
15 Broadway, Broadway
• Bon Marche, Building 3 (CB03) Kuring-gai campus
765 Harris Street, Broadway
• Buildings KG01-KG05
• Building 4 (CB04) Eton Rd, Lindfield
751 Harris and 95 Thomas Streets (PO Box 222, Lindfield NSW 2070)
• Peter Johnson Building • UTS Northshore Conference Centre
Building 6 (CB06)
702 Harris Street, Broadway
• The Terraces (CB08)
St Leonards campus
9,11 and 13 Broadway, Broadway • Dunbar Building (SL01)
Corner Pacific Highway and
Haymarket Westbourne Street, Gore Hill
• Haymarket, Building 5 • Clinical Studies Building (SH52)
(CM05A-CM05D) Centenary Lecture Theatre (SH51)
1-59 Quay Street West Wing (SHllA), Reserve Road
Haymarket Royal North Shore Hospital
• Gore Hill Research Laboratories (SH44)
Blackfriars and Biological Annexe (SHHHA) Royal
• Corner Blackfriars and Buckland Streets North Shore Hospital
Chippendale (CC01-CC07)

Smail Street Yarrawood conference and


• 3 Smail Street, Ultimo (CS01) research centre
• 689 Springwood Road
Harris Street Yarramundi NSW 2753
• 645 Harris Street, Ultimo (CH01)

McKee Street Stroud field station


• McKee Street Childcare (CK01) • 2605 The Bucketts Way
1-15 McKee Street, Ultimo Booral NSW 2425

Note: In 2002 UTS City campus will extend to include Building CBlO (Jones Street) and a number of faculties and
administrative units will be relocated.
Maps 239

UTS MAPS

Sydney regional map


Davidson

Frenchs Forest Beacon Hill

Ultimo:
------,
Woollahra \
City, ~ I \
Ashfield
Leichhardt HaymarketW I '
& Blackfriars I Bondi Junction

En more Newtown
240 Maps

City campus
\
\ \.
\ Pier Sttee
\ / 4:\N
\ r.t ?;"'>/ £ \
\ Llll 0o'/ U') \
\ ~0/ (11 \

..t'.
·~.....
'--~//
~~?}.Haymarket
UTS ~
m
(11

'?:·iS' ~.....
~ (01.9,.. Prince
Mary Ann ~(0.... ~o"<>~ ~Centre
to
House s"'{e~ ~~·~
0
~
~~"<>~ ~ 10 Quay
~ ~ ~~~ '\~0 r.t Street
1£.... ~'::;)
(I)
(I)
...
Ill,
+"<><\ Lil
... t:5 ULTIMO ':>~ Me" .mbley
\(e\\.'J stree ~
L.
use
,.
\fl
a~ ~
I!>~
~'?>~
'\.~o ~ ~
..
• Railway
Illr,,. •_. .
~TS Ceo)ra~
'\.street '1o. Square 1
srna\ ! ' , I
urs•
1.9,...
Ill Ill
Smail Street
, Broadway :Jitiop
Stoaawa'l , .
@ 1llf J::"~ ~-~
' ·'";' I
I
1I
I
I
I
M ~ 1 I 1

'b
UTS - " '33 .£
V 'IJ f l ; I I I
q;:~
Blackfriars t;t. - I 1 1 1
~ 5;1; 1 ; 1
·~ ~ 5J'I I I I I
(.j CHIPPENDALE % O::f;/1;
""' II I I I
Cleveland Street I 11 I I
(i; ~ I I;
~
- n~ c;-5 e
w vmes
treet
11.

Vl
"E ~
i
Q)
~Q'li~
c,.::S % 0 125 250m
ti<o ~~~

KEY
-+ Entry I Exit
~ Disabled access

• s
Main bus stop
UTS shuttle bus
[iJ Parking
[@] Child care
rJ Student accommodation
6 Building numbers
Maps 241

Broadway

'"
l"" ABC

8roaa, •.
•vay

Haymarket Blackfriars
Darling
Harbour
Broadway
m Entertamment
Centre Church

:g
:.. o

CiCl)J
:g L

.. c tn
"'
>
g,' -o
c
ro
,.,8/GSflj ~
;g u
::J
,. . 8/La~} ro
a;
E:
Ul
>,
ru
-~ ,' ...... ::J
0
<::,~
:::>
'
'

Blackfriars Street
Ultimo Road
242 Maps

Kuring-gai campus
Lindfield
Station 'fN
LINDFIELD

11!'0~
~to'~~'
(#.O.fl,

(#.0.,6
~
.:1-~ ~
""
""
',,,
Ros~ville lE
~d(' ••"'''(P StatiOn
~'fo~Ofl
~:\

.
ROSEVILLE
it
IViflchester Avenue .
\~..... !. KEY
IJFilm- a o•?;) Entry I Exit
Sb\t\e'f ~
Australia IR!
~

~4'~~
Disabled access

UTS ~~
/
to
CreE>k

it';
Main bus stop

UTS shuttle bus


Kuring-ga~
~
{;urn m Parking

Mitlwood Av~ [@] Child care


~&
<,;
1, t'J Student accommodation
CHATSWOOD
i DJ Building numbers
~ 0 250 SOOm

~- /Q Student
Car,
j
\Park
, I
1

I
Staff
Car
Park

Cl

UTS

Centre

t1 '/ /
Staff
Car
Park
Maps 243

St Leonards campus
I
ARTARMON I
I ·1'
~

._ To I N
ROYAL I ;;
e
Chatswood NORTH 1 I
4
..0
Q)<),·
mm1ttmm
\
SHORE
HOSPITAL ,.
~
I
I
I
I
~ \
\ I':I:II1J \ CROWS .91.
GORE
--·~- NEST ~
\
\_ 1
I ...
HILL~~ \\
\ - 6\.
'c,\.<e~ --· -c. ,1 I §
~IS', I

#
:IJI
S'- "$,. f:I!!II 0~{
fl'e , '
j@
.... I

lJI.O('le~ ~~ ~$
\L
I
~e<?.;s~ ~ \
?k I St Leonards
Is .
1 tat1on
'-
~. -·
.,. '('.~aY
l':1!iii
Dunbar Building
r::ITm
. ~tmll
Research Labs ' I >?<\'o

.
~Biology Annexe I
\
~West Wing ~ ·!<,\(, \
~~ (,'i \
tmll Centenary ~~ ST LEO\NARDS
Lecture Theatre \
~ Clinical Studies \

• Bus Stop 0 250 \


\ SOOm
\

.
11
Entry I Exit
Disabled access
KEY

•,, Main bus stop


UTS shuttle bus

~ Parking

~ Child care

a Student accommodation
m Building numbers
lnter.national

Вам также может понравиться